Author: davenkross2026

  • Amplified 2026: Printify 101 Stream

    Wow. Oh my gosh. We are live and you guys, we are going to have the most fun today. We are here for the fourth Amplified ever and the fourth Amplified of my career. And honestly, I think it is going to be the best one yet. I am beyond excited to hang out with all of you today for a whopping 6 hours. Now, for those of you who are totally totally new here, my name is Leah and I am your host for today. I’m the Printify person or whatever silly title the team decided to give me this year. They give me a new one every year and I never actually see it till after the fact. It’s really fun. Anyway, we are at the biggest print on demand event of the year, Amplified. Welcome everyone. I’m excited to have you here today. Now, we’re going to have a ton of fun inside Amplified Arena in Sellers Club or over on YouTube if you’re watching from there. Now, just remember if you are watching from YouTube, all of the awesome giveaways that I’ll be doing, the sponsor gifts, Q&As’s, and the community aspect of this is happening inside Sellers Club. Now, it’s totally free to watch from there as well, and it is certainly not too late to join. We will share the link in the chat right now for that. Now, while you’re over there in the chat, say hi to our moderators. We have Cynthia over in Sellers Club. Say hi to Cynthia. And our moderator over on YouTube, Raul. Say hi to Raul. And make sure to please be nice to them because they are my friends. Now, speaking of the chat, I’m going to do my very best to follow along with you today in the chat, chitchat with you, answer your questions as they come, but you guys sometimes get so excited, type so fast, and I just cannot read that fast, but I will do my best. All right, let’s get the chat warmed up. My first question for you, where are you watching from? And who here has never ever opened up Printify or just very recently signed up? basically who’s here for the first time ever and who here already has a little bit of experience with Printify. I’m gonna see what you guys are saying here. Give some shout outs. So, wow, we already have so many of you guys. Four almost 500 of you. Wow. Okay, can I get all 500 of you to say hi in the chat? We have Rachel Guyger. She says hello sellers. Hello, Rachel. Leandra, so excited. Who else do we have here? We have Alyssa. She says hello to the moderators. Thank you for saying hello to Raul and Cynthia. We have Janelle from Canada. Marie from Norway. Christy from Florida. Hello. Who else do we have here? You guys, you guys are going so fast here. From Texas. I think I saw someone. Pamela says hello. Marvin from Virginia. Hello. Orland Park, Kansas. Brenda, hello. Oh my gosh, you guys are going way too fast. Anyway, hello to everyone. Make sure to answer that question. Oh yeah, I didn’t ask you that question yet, did I? I did ask you that question. Okay, in sellers club now, where are we at here? Okay, so we got a lot of new people here. I love it. I love it because everything we’re chatting about today is tailored right to you. Again, we get to hang out together for a whopping 6 hours. and we’re going to start with an A toz, top to bottom, head to toes Printify tour, but you’re going to kind of help me here a little bit. Basically, I’m going to show you what you can do inside Printify and all the cool things that you can do. We’re going to build some products. We’re going to build a store. And if it ever starts to feel a bit too beginner for you, I do need to say there is another live stream happening right now inside the Amplified Arena. It’s going to cover slightly more advanced topics. So, feel free to check that out as well. We’re going to do a little bit more beginner things for this first session with Printify. Later on, I’m going to have Etsy joining me for the first time ever. That’s going to be in the next session. And then a bit later, too, I’m having KD joining us. We’re going to do a live store review later also with Crystal Lee and Starlea Moore. and we are going to have the best conversation, I promise, about Tik Tok Shop with April Duplantis and Riley Richardson. Now, I do need to give an extra shout out to our sponsors, KD andstore Domains. Make sure to check out their pages inside the Amplified Arena because they’ve got some extra goodies for you over there. And as always, I also will be doing giveaways throughout the entire show. So, think official Amplified merch and store credit for your Printify account. So, keep your ears perked for those. Just remember those are happening all in Sellers Club, not on YouTube, but you can join at any moment throughout the show and even afterwards if you want. It’s totally free. We will share the links for that in the chat. All right, I think we are off to a really good start here, but it is time to get into the meat and potatoes of this very first session. I’m going to take you right over to my Printify account here. So, you should see my screen now. And feel free to follow along on your own account as well if you’ve already created it. Play around a little bit. There’s not really a wrong way to get started here unless you haven’t signed up. Okay, so after you’ve signed up, after you’ve done the onboarding, you’ve answered some simple questions about your goals for Printify for print on demand, you are taken right to your dashboard. This is basically your Printify homepage, if you will, for your specific store. And right away you would see if you have any orders that need to be submitted or double checked or reviewed, how many products you’ve published, and your total costs to date. Okay, so this will be your homepage. On the left side here is your entire menu. This is how you can navigate through your entire Printify account. So you can see all the stores that you have connected. You can add new stores, manage all your sales channels. You can access the catalog from here. You can see all the products that you’ve created and you can go in and edit your products from there. You’ll see all your orders of course, your store settings, um trends, we’ll talk about trends a little bit later. We have branding of course and down here will be kind of all your account settings. Now, we’ll get into that a little bit towards the end if we have time, but we’re going to start off right away with just the fun stuff. We’re going to get right into the catalog and we’re going to create our first product. So in the left menu if you click on the catalog this is the catalog homepage. Now right away you see kind of our top sellers here our different categories. We do give you top picks. So if you are completely totally new and don’t know where to start maybe you can explore those top picks. Now if you do have a sales channel connected already like an Etsy store for example you would actually see different products. We take the data right from Etsy or Shopify, wherever you’re selling, and we will recommend the best products for that sales channel. But we’re going to go back to my unconnected store for now. And now here in the catalog, so at the top of the page, you’ll see all the categories that we offer. The for you will kind of be all the new rivals, bestsellers. You can favorite some. If you use the same ones, you can access those easily. But then you can go by things like Tik Tok specific uh products. We have seasonal things like Halloween is coming up, eco-friendly, recommended things, stuff that is best for personalization. We’ll talk about personalization a little bit later. And of course by the different print techniques. We’ve got a couple new ones, some really cool ones, the standard DTGs, embroideries, things like that. AOP or all over print clothing if you want everything covered. We also, of course, have kind of subcategories. We have men, women, standard t-shirts, sweatshirts, hoodies, all the best sellers. We’ve got kids stuff, accessories like phone cases, bags, sports, stationary accessories, home and living journals, all the cool stuff. And the coolest part now is that I can officially say in the Printify catalog, we have over 2,000 products. I think that is just absolutely insane. So, explore the entire catalog. Obviously, we have all those bestsellers. T-shirts. T-shirts and sweatshirts are always going to be top sellers, but you can get into some really niche products. One of my favorite ones that I think is really underrated is the hoodie blanket. I ordered one for myself, I don’t know, probably like 2 years ago. I wear it all the time. And the print and the feel, just everything was perfect about it. So, if you are new, explore literally all 2,000 of the products, okay? But we don’t have time for that today. So, let’s get into creating a product. Let’s go with the standard t-shirts here. We’re going to click into our t-shirts page. Now, for every category, you can filter down even further. If you want, you can filter by print area. So, if you want it to print just on the front or the left chest, on the sleeves, the back, you can filter by that. by colors, by brands. We can open up this too and have a few more options like decoration method. The cool new ones are here. Glitter and metallic and puff. I’m going to show you guys real samples of that later, but you’re going to have to hang tight. Okay, back to the t-shirts here. So, we have all our t-shirts. We’re going to click into comfort colors 1717. I chose this one because it is the top selling t-shirt right now, especially coming Q4, the holiday season. The colors they offer are are just mind-blowing. They have so many cool colors. So, we opened up the t-shirt and this is the product page. So, here you would see all of the details for that specific product, right? We see what it’s made of. It’s a heavy fabric. Um, it shows you all the decoration methods. So for this comfort colors t-shirt specifically, you can get it in standard print, DTG, embroidery, glitter, metallic, and puff. Okay. So each product will see the different methods. You will see the fulfillment options. So you have a choice of who you want to fulfill this specific product. Now, I would suggest doing Printify Choice. You’re going to get the cheapest option. and you’re going to get the fastest shipping because what we do with Printify Choice basically we will take your customer’s order wherever they ordered from. If it’s from Chicago or Florida or Germany, we will find the closest print provider to them so they can get it faster and that saves you money on shipping costs, things like that. So, Printify Choice will kind of do the thinking for you in that sense. And so if we scroll down a little bit further here, you can see what’s offered with Printify Choice. You see the price of the product, the shipping options, about how long it takes to deliver, which print areas they offer, all the sizes, and of course all the colors. So I told you Comfort Colors had awesome colors. I think they have over 60 colors here. Okay. And we can see that you can offer branded inserts. So if you want to say send a thank you message or something with that package from your brand, you can do that. gift messages and of course the printing type. Now, if you want to, you can choose the specific print provider. So, if we go on choose manually here, you’ll see all the options that pop up. These are everybody that fulfills this specific product. Okay? We see the location, the price, all the same details. I’m not going to get too ind depth with this because I have a lot of cool stuff to show you other than this, but I do have a full video over on YouTube. We’ll share that. That kind of explains how to choose a print provider. So we will go with printy choice today. When you are ready, we click start designing.

    Okay. And here now we are in the product creator. This is really truly where all of the magic happens for your shop. This is where you can create your designs, add your designs. I’m going to kind of break down all the little buttons here and then we’re going to create a design as we go. So, the first thing that we see is our product template. Okay, this is the t-shirt. We see a dotted line on the garment. That is what’s called the print area. So, all of your design, everything needs to be inside this square. Let’s go ahead and just grab an example real quick. Here we go. Okay. So, that’ll load onto the product hopefully at some point. Okay, there we go. So, you have your design on here element. You can resize it. You can drag and drop and move it around. Now, notice as I take it outside of this print area, that dotted line, it gets cut off. Okay? So, anything that’s outside of this area is not going to print. So all of our elements need to be inside the print area. Okay, let’s go back to our toolbar here. So first things first that you should look at is this information panel here. This is going to tell you how to design for the specific products. We have some guidelines here. You can download design templates as well. Not for all products, but for a lot of products, you can. Basically, if you want to design in Photoshop or KD or somewhere else, you can download this t-shirt design template and work with that in a different tool. You see the production cost. So, we break down the cost for you as you’re designing. Okay? You see the price of the blank product and you see the print price for the front side. Now, if we were to add, let’s say, a print to the back, we’ll just grab something real quick to the back side here. Now, we have two print areas. we go back to our cost, we see that we have to pay a little bit more for that additional print area. So, be mindful of how many print areas you add as you’re creating and as you’re setting your prices. Okay. Next up, we have the print area size. These are also very important numbers that you should follow along with because this is the exact size of the print area. So, especially if you’re creating your design elsewhere, you want this size so you get the best resolution so you get the cleanest, clearest print possible on your product. Okay? Okay. And then we have some guidelines that you should definitely read through because DTG versus embroidery versus puff, you’re going to have slightly different guidelines. Okay, let’s close out of there. So in the left menu here, this is kind of all of your design options. What you can do with design, you can of course upload your own design from your computer. So you can either open a folder or you can also let’s drag in a design. You can simply drag and drop in a design. So if you couldn’t tell already, the theme I’m going for today is kind of ice cream, gym, working out. So, I went with a I earn my sprinkles because I like going to the gym, but I enjoy a sweet treat every now and then. So, let’s remove one of those. Okay. So, we can drag and drop in our own design that we’ve created elsewhere. And we can again edit edit it the same way. Drag and drop. We have some tools up at the top here as well. When you’ve selected your design, you can duplicate it. Oops. Okay. You can crop designs in here. You can create it into a pattern. You can remove the background if you need to. You can fill it to the entire size of the placeholder. And of course, you can flip it if you need to. Now, if you ever want to get more precise with your design sizes, here on the right side, you see the variance and layers panel. You can enter in exact numbers. You can see the height and the width of it. You can rotate it, scale it, and of course, you can make the position a bit more precise. So, we can just put this right at the top and make sure it’s in the center. All right, what else can we do? So, back to the left side here, you can create designs with AI. So, it’s just like any other AI tool you would write in your prompt. Let’s just say, I don’t know, an ice cream bar. Okay, you can let’s say an ice cream bar in pink and blue pastel colors. Okay, you can enhance the prompt if you want it to be a little bit more indepth. Okay, you can choose the style. I found with my kind of experiments here that either digital art, the line art, or the comic book style are the best for POD, but it really does depend on your design style, what your audience wants, the products you’re creating. But for today, we’ll just try digital art. And let’s generate the image. We’ll just see what comes up. Now, you do get only 15 attempts a day, but those do reset every 24 hours. So, it typically is enough. Okay. And once that generates, you can actually see Oh, this is actually kind of cute. Okay. You can see your history. So all the other images you’ve generated in previous days or in the past, they’re still right here in that library. So you won’t ever lose those. Okay. If you like the image, we can also check it out a little bit bigger here. And if you like it, we can apply it. And it goes right onto our product. Okay. Now, you might see it says medium resolution here. Don’t worry about that too much because we will kind of autoenhance it before sending it to print. Okay. All right. So, that’s the AI tool. We of course have text tools, right? Some of the top selling t-shirts, actually, a lot of bestselling t-shirts are just plain text. One, two, three words. People like funny, relatable text on their shirts or something that kind of loudly says their identity, right? So, we have a text tool. Now, you can either upload your own font. If you find something elsewhere, you can bring it right into Printify and access it. or you can use any of our fonts. They are all free to use. They’re all commercially licensed, so you can use those in your products. Now, my favorite here is our templates because I can never choose which fonts to use and more so I have a hard time figuring out which fonts actually go together. So, our designers have created a whole bunch of templates and they know what looks good. So, they’ve created those for you to already use. and we’re going to use one as an example today in our design. So, I’m actually going to simply delete my other ones for now. Okay. Now, we’ll see I highlighted all of these layers at once, all these text layers at once. And you’ll see here in the various layers panel all the separate layers. So, if you want to click on one specifically and edit that specific text or layer, you can click it here or on the template itself. Now, let’s move this a little bit. We can zoom in a smidge. Okay. So, we can highlight them all. We can change the sizes of them all. We can rotate it if we need to. And of course, we can edit that text. So, I’m going to change up this template to fit more my niche, my brand, which I’ve chosen to be ice cream and the gym today. So, let’s say my my brand name is Sweet Gains because we make gains at the gym, but we like a sweet treat, right? It makes sense. Okay? And we can just say Sweet Gains, let’s say they’re not made of fleece as far as I know, but they are made in the gym. So, these are all completely customizable, these templates, to your niche, your design, whatever it might be. And up here, we don’t want it to say custom sleepwear. Let’s say maybe Whoops. lifting bars as in ice cream bars or like gym bars, right? It works. Also, if you have any funny like gym or ice cream or cheat puns to put on a t-shirt, I want to see those in the chat, please. I’m sure you guys have a lot of funny ideas. Okay, so we can say lifting bars, for example. We can do establish or I don’t know, let’s just say since we’ll just leave 2021 for fun. Okay. So, we can edit each of these text layers separately. Now, it’s still kind of a plain boring t-shirt. It’s not what I would want to sell, right? Let’s keep editing it a little bit further. Now, what I’m actually going to do, I’m going to add a little graphic in here. So in my library, this is all the designs that I’ve uploaded previously to Printify. So if you drag and drop in a design like I did earlier, you will find it in your library. Any of the any of the AI generated designs, you can find them in your library as well. So we can let’s go with Oh, let’s go with this one. I’ve made this one before and oopsies. I think it’s a really fun ice cream bar. So, we’re going to adjust it a little bit. And let me zoom in here a smidge for you so you can see better. Here we go. And we’ll center that. There we go. Okay. So, now I have a little extra element here. Now, of course, I can’t see the text behind it. To rearrange our layers, you can go to the variance and layers panel here, find the ice cream bar, and the dots. We can simply drag it all the way down. There we go. And now, of course, we would probably want to move. We can select the two layers. Move this down. Maybe we make it a little bit smaller. Something like this. Okay, we’re getting somewhere here. Not a big fan of the colors. We want it to look a little bit cohesive. So, with the text, you can edit all of the text colors and fonts as well. So, if I click on a text layer here, okay, at the top toolbar, we see all of our font options. So, you can change the font actually if you want. You can change the size up here, can make it bold, italicize, change the alignment, and we can change the color. Okay, let me move this a little bit so we can see that. So, you can choose any color here. You can enter in a hex code or you can use this handy dandy eyropper tool. So for the eyedropper tool to make it look all cohesive, I’m actually going to take a color from let me zoom in again for you from this little ice cream bar that I created earlier. All right, so let’s take this and let’s go with this pink color. It’s kind of a fun color. Okay, so now it’s starting to look a little bit better, a little bit more matching. We’re going to change the same text. And now you’ll see that same exact pink is in our recently used. So I don’t have to keep using the eyropper tool each time. I can simply choose my pinks there. Okay. And actually this is kind of hard to see. Let’s maybe choose kind of this brown color from the ice cream bar. Okay. This looks a little bit better. Now that I’ve done that, I actually might change this to brown. Maybe pink will be like kind of our accent color in the text. Okay, I’m getting too nitty-gritty with the details here. All right, still not fully how I like it. I actually would change this color now. Let’s use that pink for sweets. That’s kind of the emphasis. I don’t want gains to be pink. I think that we can make the same brown. And we’ll make this one that brown as well. All right, we are getting somewhere. So, for time sake, I will speed things up a little bit. Now, another nifty tool here. I want the design I want part of it to be on the back side. I don’t want this design there. We have a tool. I’m going to move this big text to the back. Now, when you highlight a few layers together, you can have the option to save it as a template. So, let’s say I wanted to add this text specifically to a sweatshirt or something else. It’ll save as a template. We’ll just say sweet gains for now. Okay. You save it as a template. And here in the left side, you have the my templates option. So, you can find this for a different product right in the product creator. You don’t have to recreate it every single time. Okay. And same thing now at the top of the toolbar. I’ve highlighted the same layers. I’m actually going to apply it to all areas. This means you’re applying it to all of the print areas. So now it’s on the back, this text. So I’m actually going to delete it from the front side. Leave it on the back. And of course, we’re going to make it a little bit bigger. We want to center it. Maybe something like this. Yeah. Okay. Back to the front side. Ooh, Barbara said, “I sprint to the freezer.” That’s a good one. That’s a really good one. Okay, back to my lifting bars here. Let me zoom in again. Let me move down. I actually want to make this a left chest designs kind of or like a pocket design kind of. I’m going to highlight all of my layers here and bring it right over. Now, my little kind of hack for getting that nice left center design without it being like awkwardly low or in the armpit. You want to look at kind of like two invisible lines. So, look at where the collar comes together with the shoulder and you want to line it up with that. You don’t want to have it kind of past that line. Otherwise, it’s going to be more centered. I mean, maybe your design you want it more centered, but that’s kind of the line that I look at. and I look at the invisible line with the armpit. Okay, so at this size, I probably wouldn’t want it down that far. It’s going to be a little awkward. And size-wise, for a chest design specifically, typically you don’t want to go bigger than like 4×4 in. Otherwise, it’s going to be starting to be a bit too big. You might want to have a center design then instead. And how to check that again in the variance and layers panel. So if we look at our ice cream bar for example, we see right now the current design is a little over 2×2 in. So I think that’s a good size. Now if we make it bigger, that 4×4 in is about like this. It depends how big you want, but I would not go bigger than 4×4 for a chest for a left chest design. Okay, let’s bring that back. Something like this. Maybe move it down. Okay, with the design, I think I’m happy with this. Now, we do want to offer I at least would want to offer more colors than just a white t-shirt. Right now, before I get into that real quick, I will want to say if you really have no idea what you’re doing with design or the design aspect of print on demand doesn’t interest you, you can find Fiverr right in the toolbar here and it’ll take you over to our partner. We have some kind of like discounts with Fiverr. You can hire someone to create a design for you and bring it right into Printify. We also have a whole bunch of pre-made stuff that you can use from Shuttertock. Just note that with Shuttertock, you will be paying for the design per sale. So, you would just have to work that into your price. And of course, we have a whole entire graphics library. We have editable shapes that you can change the color of. Here’s our text tool, the curve text, and we have a whole bunch of text elements and kind of free stuff for you to just play around with if you’re totally new. Okay, let’s go back to the variance and layers panel here. This is where we can choose all of the colors that we want to offer of the actual product itself or the different sizes if it’s like a canvas or something like that. So, here we see all of those awesome awesome colors that we had. And for time sake, let’s say I’ll choose pepper, black, and espresso. Oh, and let’s go with ivory. Ivory also espresso. Espresso. I think I could use an espresso. Actually, espressos are or the color is very popular right now for shirts. I think I’ve been seeing it like all over Etsy. Okay, so we’ve chosen five colors. Now, if we go back to the variance layers here, we see all of the color variants here have popped up and we can kind of sort of preview what they look like. Now, the white one and the ivory colored shirt, it looks fine to me. The text is quite noticeable. It’s readable. But now when we get to these darker colors, it’s kind of hard to see. Okay, the black still looks a little bit okay with that brown, but the gray, it really starts to kind of blend in. So in this case, we would want to change the color of our text here specifically so it’s readable, right? But I don’t want to change the color of the white shirt. For example, if I make white text here, I’m not going to read be able to read white text here. So if you have a specific variant, you can click make a specific design and for whatever color variant it is. Now when this is a enabled, you’ll see a blue dot up here. You are changing the design only for this pepper colored t-shirt, none of the other ones. So, we could actually take our text here now and we can make it maybe like this cream color for example and we can go through and change all of the colors to that. Okay. So, maybe now I would actually move this down a little bit cuz then it starts to blend in. Something like that. And on the back side we can do the same thing. Okay. Okay. Now, I probably do that maybe for the espresso one and the black one as well, but for time’s sake, we will not do that. Now, when you are happy with your design, you always always want to preview it. So, this is going to give you the most accurate representation of what it’s going to look like in real life after it prints. So, you can preview all the different sides of it. You can preview the different colors, the variants here. There we go. You can see how it looks on a model. All right. Now, my biggest note here, let’s go back to the back one here. My biggest note, always preview in CMK mode. And we have it labeled as realistic here because what your screen shows and what actually prints is going to be different. A printer uses CMK. Your screen is emitting light. It’s going to look a lot brighter. And a good example, let’s actually change to the black one so you can see. I want you now take a look at the pink. You can see that it kind of changes. It gets a little bit more muted. Maybe we should use like a brighter pink real quick. You’ll see. You’ll see what I mean. So, if you’re expecting like a super super bright pink like this here, it looks awesome on the screen. It’s kind of like this neon pink. Now look at it in the CMK preview. It’s a little bit more muted. It’s still a really bright pink, but it does not look the same. So, make sure you’re always checking in CMK. Make sure this is kind of what your buyers are seeing also, so they’re not expecting a bright pink like this. All right, let’s go ahead and save the product. Now, when we save the product, now we are taken into the mockup library. Here, we can choose all of the mockups we want to show on our storefront. We can choose which colors we want to show. And these are all free for you to use. You can upload your own mockups. So, if you buy your mockups or if you order samples and take your own photos, you can upload those here as well. or you can generate your very own mockup right here inside Printify. So, let’s show let’s show a quick example. I’m going to go kind of quick. I have a full tutorial on YouTube about this as well, but just so you can see what it looks like. So, you can choose which product variant, so the t-shirt colors. Let’s go with that espresso one for fun. You can choose which print area. Let’s go with the back. And you can choose if you want a model or the product by itself. Now, how this works, basically, we’ve already kind of written the prompt for you, and you just choose which features you want. So, you don’t have to know how to write a prompt or anything. So, you can choose the age of your model here. You can choose male or female. Let’s let’s go with female. And let’s say, okay, East Asian. Give her lighter skin. Let’s say, okay, she’s probably at the gym, right? Cuz we all eat ice cream at the gym. So, I’m going to give her a ponytail and I don’t know, let’s make her a brunette. Let’s make her athletic because she’s at the gym. And she’s going to be smiling cuz we all smile and laugh at the gym, right, when we’re in pain. And since since I chose to show the back print, let’s say we can kind of choose her position here. Let’s say she’s standing, not looking at the camera. Okay. And then last but not least, you can choose the background. So we have a few preset option here options here for you. Or you can write in a prompt for a custom background, which I’ll do because none of these kind of fit what I’m looking for. So we’re going to put my person in the gym. Let’s just say a weight room. When you’re ready, generate mockup. Okay. So it’ll think it’ll generate that image for you. Do note that this AI mockup tool is only available for Printify premium users at the moment. And you get, I think, 10 generations a day, but I find that that’s more than enough. Okay. And now we can zoom in on it. Okay. I should have changed this color back. And I probably should have changed the text color, but the model looks pretty great. Okay. Maybe like I wouldn’t be wearing jeans in the gym, but that’s such a tiny detail. the um the model itself, the weight room. It’s pretty cool. Okay, so let’s say we like this one. We can if we don’t like it, you can regenerate it. You can change up your prompt. You can choose to do uh the product by itself. You can change the color, etc. But we will select this one for now. Okay. And here we see it in our selected mockups. Perfect. So when we’re happy, let’s save this. Okay. And now we are in the listing details page. So the listing details page, this is where you would add your listing details like the SEO, all your keywords. We do have an AI tool to help you kind of get started if you’re totally new to SEO and aren’t sure. We’ll kind of scan whatever sales channel you’re connected to and use what we think is the best SEO, but you should always validate that, double check that with your own research. Okay? So, you can do that. You would add your description personalization. We’ll talk about that in a little bit. Of course, you would add all your prices here. And then you have your publishing settings. But we have not connected a story yet. So, we have nothing to publish. Okay? So, you’d either publish it if you were connected or you can save it as a draft. And you’re going to be taken to the my products page here. And here you’ll see all of the products you’ve previously created. You can always come back to this page. And if you click on it, you’ll be taken back into the listing details. Or if you need to get back into the product creator to work on the design, you can click on this little paintbrush icon here. But first, we need to actually add a store. And it’s a lot easier than you would guess. So to add a new store, we’re going to do Printify popup because it takes about 5 minutes to do. So in the top left here, you see all the stores you have connected. You can add a new store. Okay, here you see Etsy, Shopify, Tik Tok, all the integrations we have and you see Printify popup. You will click launch popup store and you can name your store. So, let’s call mine the same thing, sweet gains, your country, and of course, agree. Now, you can either choose a template. We’ve made a few preset templates, like store templates that you can see here. You can choose one of those, or you can create it with AI, and the AI option is really cool, but I’m going to show you that in a little bit. So, we’re going to go the kind of more manual route here for a second. So, we’re going to choose a template.

    Okay, we have a few templates here. We’ve got kind of more urban street wear style kind of maybe like an outdoorsy one. I like this minimal one for my brand cuz I like that pastel purple. And then you can change the color palette if you want. If you want a bit of a darker theme or a lighter theme or colorful, you can choose. And the coolest part, we have this little phone icon up here. You should always check what the store looks like on mobile because most people are shopping on their phones these days, right? So, we’ll continue with this template. Whoops. I did not mean to do that. I wanted to add more products. That’s okay. So, you can publish your products right away. Okay, here we go. I wanted to show you the create products in bulk. So, we’re going to go back into there. Here we go. This is where I want it to be. So basically the next step if you want if you want to launch I don’t know five 10 products at once with just your brand logo or something quickly you can do that here and you can choose kind of you can always add more products later keep that in mind so you’re not limited to the products here. So if you have a more corporate vibe or something music related school spirit etc you can choose some like bundles so to speak. So, let’s choose some top sellers here. Something that would make sense for gym and ice cream. Probably a couple of tank tops, t-shirts, hoodies. You can pick and choose which ones you want. We’ll keep that comfort colors one. Maybe you can remove that one. Okay. You’ll see the categories. We probably wouldn’t want a poster in this store. Maybe a sticker. Maybe not a journal. Some mugs. Accessories. Maybe we want a tote bag. Definitely we want a hat in there. Okay. So, you’ll be able to choose from a lot of best sellers here, but again, you can always add more products later. Then, you’ll be taken to upload your image. So, here, for example, I would upload, I don’t know, my store logo or something. You would want to upload a design that looks good across multiple products. Okay. So, because if we continue, okay, it’s going to process it. Because a design on a t-shirt, something that’s like a big text design on a t-shirt, may not look great on a mug or a phone case, it’s going to look different. So, I found for like logos or something, if you kind of go with that simple badge style, something circular, it tends to translate across different types of products really well. So, if you’re going this route, think about that. Okay. Now, it’s used AI to kind of figure out which colors, which product colors best stand out with your design. So, here it chose gray, blue, and yellow. For me, I’m not a huge fan of that palette. So, here I would actually just choose my own colors. Let’s say white, black. We can have kind of this tan color. And let’s go with light blue for fun. Or teal. Actually, I like teal better. And we can deselect these if we want. Maybe we’ll keep the navy one. Okay. Choose your colors and continue. And there we have it. You see that it automatically put that design. So, we’ll say this is my logo across all of these products at once. I didn’t have to go through the product catalog and the creator. What do I have here? 12 products or 10 different times to create these. It happened all at once. Okay. Now, you can save them, come back to them later. Or we can publish those all to our store. So, I’ll publish the products and we’re going to be taken to customize our store. Now, remember all of these products that I just created, you can go back, you can adjust the designs. If you decide you don’t like a specific variant or you don’t like the product or you want to change the design, you can always do that later. Okay. So, it’s going to publish our products. And what do we have happening in the chat here while this is loading? Okay. How can you change what the shirt is on that screen? I’m not sure I understand that question. You can replace your shirts like in the my products page. If you don’t like the specific shirt variant or you want to change from comfort colors to Gilden, you can replace that in after you’ve created the product. It’ll just swap out the actual shirt with the design. I’m not sure if that’s what you were asking. Kim Wer is asking, “Is that with Oops, I just lost it here. Is that with the premium to see all that merch at one time? I don’t see that option. Um, no. That is I think it’s a free option. It is for Printify popup specifically. So, you have to launch that popup store first and then you should see the option to create in bulk. Okay. What did you click on to build a number of items at one time again? So, I was in the um I had just launched the pop-up store and I think it brought it back to the dashboard because I hadn’t created a product yet. You have the option to create either bulk products or one product at a time. Does the pop-up store create a website? Yes, it does. And actually, while this is loading, it did not take this long yesterday. I can show you an example of a pop-up store. Um, I made a full tutorial that’s way more step by step over on YouTube, but I can show you the store there. So, let’s find that here. This is kind of what a finished store would look like. Now, these are totally customizable. I changed I chose the background color. I chose what images are here, the button colors, what logos, how I want the menu to be. You can add a banner here. I chose how the product cards look like looked like. So, it’s really customizable to your brand. Now, again, if you want to launch really fast, again, 10 products or hop on a viral trend or you’re a content creator, you can choose our templates and just have a nice looking store from the get-go. And then when you find time or you figure out kind of what your brand palette is, then you can start customizing things. So, this is kind of what a finished product or a finished store would look like. Now, the domain for the free one, um, it will have aprintify.mme domain and that’s free to you, free to use. However, you can buy your own domain and connect that as well if you want it to be your store name. It’ll be your store name at print or.printify.me. So, you’ll see here mine slows Sunday.printify.me and you can have it whatever domain you want. So, you get the full product product page, you get the descriptions, everything you would get in a typical shop and you can add all your social media icons. We have the whole add to cart function and this is all totally free to you. Okay, let’s check back in. Here we go. Okay, so nice work. Now we have 10 new products. They’re almost live. If I had followed the flow correctly, I think they would have published. Oh, here we go. So, now we do see that they are all published. We see that our store is connected. Now, we are doing okay on time. I’m I’m going to have to speed things up a little bit here. So, let’s say I do want to customize this store. If I go into more here, we can click customize store. And now you’re brought into the store builder. This is where you can change the color of your backgrounds. This is where you can add your custom images if you want. Okay? You can change those banners, the menus. You can change how the product cards look for example or how how many you want to show. You can create all your pages, add your social media, choose your your typography, the button styles, basically everything that you want to customize, you can do that right in here. Okay. And you can always get that mobile view as well as as well. And from here, you can also preview what your store would look like. Now, do make sure if you’re making any changes inside the store builder, always publish your changes before you exit. Otherwise, you will lose your progress. Yes, I have learned that the hard way. Okay. Um, now, if building the store is not for you or you just don’t want to deal with it, we have a really cool way to do that. We have the AI way to do that. But before I show you that way, I think we need to do our very first giveaway. What do you guys say? I I think it’s time. Okay. So, the very first giveaway, we are going to do a store credit giveaway. I am going to give five of you $20 to add to your Printify account. And so, how it’s going to work, I’m going to ask you a question. you will answer it in the chat. Okay. Now, remember, only answers inside the Amplified Arena in Sellers Club are eligible to win. So, if you’re watching on YouTube, go over to Sellers Club to be eligible. Now, how is it going to work? I’m going to answer ask you a question. You’re going to answer. You do not have to be the fastest typer. Don’t worry, but also like don’t dillydally because we’d have a little bit of a time limit here. I’m going to have the moderator enter 10 random names from the chat into a randomizer and then randomly choose five more winners. So, it’s going to be completely random. Now, my first question to you to answer in the chat, what product are you most excited to create first? Or if you’ve already created some products, what new product are you excited to try? Let me know in the chat. Okay. Now, how’s it going to work? Once our moderator chooses the winners, you can expect an email from with the coupon that you would enter into Printify, you’ll get that store credit and it’ll be to the email that you used to sign up for sellers club. Okay. Now, what can you actually do with store credit? You can put it towards any orders. So, if you get an order, you have to pay for the production cost. you know, the cost of printing the t-shirt, for example, and the t-shirt itself, and you cover shipping, right? But you would build this all into your price. You can put the store credit towards any order that comes in, or, and this is what I would do, you can order samples for yourself. It’s always I always recommend ordering at least one sample. If you’re making 20 t-shirts, 20 designs, you do not need 20 t-shirts and 20 different samples. One sample is enough for you to understand what the product is. You can use that for giveaways on your social media. You can take your own mockup pictures so you have unique ones and original ones. You can do video content with it. You can wear it yourself and represent your merch. You can gift it to someone. So, ordering samples, I feel like it kind of brings you a little bit further. So, I would order a sample with this credit. Okay. Now, let’s continue. We’re gonna have Yes. Okay. D. Here we go. Back to the screen share. So, I said that there is another way to create this popup store that I showed you. Let’s quickly, it would be the same steps. You would add a new store. You would launch popup store. Okay. And let’s say this is Okay, this name’s already taken, of course, cuz I just made this one. Let’s just say this is sweet gains number two. This time we are going to create with AI. Okay. And this is a really cool tool. I actually only played around with this for the first time this week sometime and I was my mind was blown. So you kind of it kind of will prompt you what do you want it to look like? What should your store feel like? So mine is what was it? Ice cream and the gym, right? I would say it’s probably I don’t know. Let’s go with cute and dreamy since I went with like pastels. Okay. Then it gives you the prompt it chose. Now you can edit it if you want. Gentle pink pastel colors. Let’s say pink and blue since that’s what I said before. Okay. And continue. Now you get to tell a little bit about your store. So are you a solo entrepreneur? Are you a content creator? An artist? Etc. We’ll just say I’m a solo entrepreneur. And who are your customers? Now we have some preset examples or you can describe them yourself. So my customers are let’s say people who love the gym and love to work out but enjoy a sweet treat like ice cream every now and then. Although I would say every now and then is a little bit modest for me. I love a sweet treat almost every day, but you know. Okay, so we will generate the store. It’s going to kind of analyze everything you’ve told it. It’s going to do that.

    Okay. Building content.

    What products are we excited to create first here? David says sweatshirts. Someone says Velvetine blankets. Blankets are a really good one. And Q4 also blankets go hard. Okay, back to my screen. Wow. Okay, so this is totally different from the first one I made, but it’s still super awesome. It basic it just created an entire storefront for me. Do you guys see all see this? This is amazing. Okay, so it chose the colors for me. It already put together a mockup image for me. It even came up with a slogan. Cute fits, serious reps, whimsical performance apparel for gym lovers who train hard and still save room for a sweet treat. I mean, I feel like I don’t even have to edit this. This is amazing. Okay, now we still get all of the same options as before. So, we can see it in mobile. We can still choose kind of our color palette. We can choose a lighter one. We can go with a darker scheme. There we go. I kind of liked the first one here, the default one. Okay, we can choose the typography one if we want to change it maybe. Okay, we’ll go with that. Or if you really don’t like it, you can edit and regenerate. You can go back at your prompts, change some things, and redo that. Now, it kind of already built the menu and put the title of the store everywhere I need it. and it added okay these are blank products because remember I just launched a new store so we don’t have any designs here but it would be the same process as before now so if we go to create store

    okay now we can either visit our store here if we click customize store it’ll take us into that store builder or if we publish products that’ll get you the option to individually create products or that bulk create option Let’s go back into the store builder real quick.

    Okay, so now we’re in the store builder and we see the same exact thing that the AI generated. If we wanted to change the slogan here, we can say, I don’t know, just for example, serious lifts. You can change the slogan. You Oopsies. We didn’t want to do that. Whoopsies. We’re getting a little bit of a glitch here. That’s okay. It happens. Okay. Well, while while this fixes itself, I think we can announce our winners finally. So, our winners of the $20 store credit is Amanda Ray. Congratulations, Dana R. Anderson, Marina Munos, Tiffany Franklin, and Michael Stalicker. Congratulations. You got $20 in Printify store credit. You can check your emails. You will get information on how to use that and what code you need to use. So, shout out to you in the chat. Congratulations. Okay, let’s continue here with our AI store builder. So, as I said, you can edit everything like you would before. Okay, it still seems to be getting stuck. That’s okay. Let’s pretend I changed the colors and everything. And we would publish our Whoa. There we go. We have publish our changes and then if we want to see what the store looks like, it’ll open up right here. Now, we haven’t made any products, of course, but you have a homepage in what was that like 5 minutes. Super fun, super easy. Okay, let’s go back into we will just discard our changes for now. Okay, now we can add products to this store. You can actually, let’s go back to the first store that I made. Which one was that? Sweet gains. I can actually, let’s say this was like an Etsy store or something or I’ve already had products in a different store. I could take the products I made here and I can copy it over to any of my other stores. So, I can copy it directly to here or to my Tik Tok shop if that’s where I have it. Copy products and it’ll go into that store as well. So, if you have different products in a different store, you can easily bring those over. Wow, that was a lot and really cool. Let me see what questions we have. Okay, questions. Any plans to add PayPal or Payaneer payouts for pop-up stores? Stripe is not supported. Um, we do not have any specific ETAs. We are very aware that it’s very highly requested. We’re still working on expanding all of this and if you keep requesting things. We will keep hearing it. Um, but we know there’s a want for this in other countries as well that don’t offer Stripe. But for now, it it is only available in those select countries. We have a help center article that says specifically which countries it’s available in. Okay, any other questions here? Oh, you guys are typing so fast. Saying congrats to everyone. That’s nice. How do you handle sales tax for pop-up stores? Oh, that’s a good question. Also a tricky one because I’m I am not a tax expert by any means. Um, we actually have a whole help center section dedicated specifically to sales tax or VAT if you’re in the EU. We kind of break it down and there are options for you to submit um, oh man, I don’t want to get this wrong. You can submit a resale certificate. So, you can either take care of the taxes yourself if you have like a professional on hand or we would charge the sales tax in your place, but I would suggest going through those help center articles because I don’t want to give you wrong information off the top of my head. Again, I don’t know a ton about sales tax, but we do kind of guide you through that because it is a tricky topic. How can I market my products without showing my face? I mean, there’s a lot of ways to still do it on social media. You don’t have to always show your face in video or if you just create like photos and giveaways on social media, you can have text things like that or I don’t know, you can like force your younger brother to do it to do it or something. Um, there are plenty of ways to do that. I would suggest scrolling other brands on social media or elsewhere and seeing kind of how they’re marketing their products. Okay, there is one more thing that I want to show you before we do another giveaway. I do have another giveaway planned for you. So, we’re going to switch gears a little teeny tiny bit. Now, I created products here inside a pop-up store. I’m going to take you over to Etsy. Now, not to actual Etsy, but like my Etsy shop connected to my Printify account. So, I want to talk about personalization. And we’re going to talk about it a little bit more in depth in the next section or next segment, I guess. But if you’re starting out, personalization is such a great way to really to help you get those first sales because people want personalized stuff. They’re willing to pay a little bit more for it. And we have this super awesome new tool specifically with Etsy. So basically, you can personalize your product. It’ll get sent over to Etsy and your buyer on Etsy will be able to see a live preview of what they created. Okay? And then when they order it, it’s going to go automatically into Printify without you ever having to like manually bring in a design or a photo. You can just submit it or it can be submitted automatically. So, it’s much more handsoff for you. So, I’m going to kind of show you the flow of this. Now, it would be the same um product creation process that I brought you through before. Any of the products in our catalog can be personalized. Any of the 2,000 plus products. So, we can go we’ll go I’ve already pre-made a product. It’s in my products page. Let’s go into the product creator. Okay. Now, and now I want to say to personalization, it’s awesome for Etsy, but you can personalize no matter what sales channel you’re connected to. So, if you have one of these pop-up stores, you can offer personalized products there on Shopify. So, it’s not Etsy exclusive, but these live previews are on Etsy right now only. Okay. So, when you open the product creator, you’ll see a tool here that we did not see before. This is the personalization button and this is how we can offer personalized products. You can add personalizable text and you’ll see that it opens up as a standard text layer. It shows up in our varants and layers panel just like all the other designs did that we did before. Let’s delete this. So, I’ve I’ve pre-created a product here for time sake. So, we can add text or you can add a personalizable image, meaning your buyer over on Etsy, they can type in whatever text they want and they can add whatever image they want to your product. Okay. Now, when we add these layers, let’s open up the text. Now, we can offer our buyers more than just text and image. We can have them choose the color of the text. We can give them the option to choose the font of the text. So there’s a lot that we can do here. Let’s say for the text we want to offer. So first of all I need to show where we can add the text. Here you would put your placeholder text and then you have the text options here. You can let’s say oops here we go. You’ll have add text options. Now it’s not showing for me because I’ve already added them here but you can offer the colors. And if we click edit, you can add up to 30 colors, I think, for your buyers to choose from. I would not add that many 30 colors cuz otherwise it’s just going to be like choice paralysis and they’re going to have no idea which color to choose. I think I would say three to five is a good number here. So, you can add all your color options for your buyers. Say those. And then you can add all your font options. Again, you can add up to 30 of those. Now you can delete anything if you want to change the default one. The default one will be the ones that your buyer sees in the picture and what you’ll see in the preview here. We can save that. Okay. And then here you can So this is let’s just say uh buyer text. This label here your buyer will not see this label. This is more for you. So it’s not super important right now. I’ll see where your buy where you can add instructions for your buyer. Okay. We can edit it like we did any other text. Same with the photo. We can resize it if we need to. Now, the most important thing that I actually want to say here or point out is this little text here, the fields. So, right now, Etsy only allows up to five personalizable fields. So, that means you can offer different combinations of things, but right now I’m using four fields. For example, the photo, the personalized photo is one field, one of five. The text, the text itself, that would be a second field. So, the more personalization kind of layers we’re offering, the more fields we’re using. I added a text color option, that is a third field. I added then the font option, that’s a fourth field. So, I could add theoretically another like personalized photo option or personalized text option, but then I would hit the limit. And if you hit six out of five fields, it’ll show you, but it’s not going to let you save the product or publish it. So, be mindful of that. Okay, we are going to save the product real quick and be taken into the listing details page right here. So, this is all exactly the same as we saw before. If we scroll down, here we go. Now, you’ll see the personalization section. This is where you can enable or disable that live buyer preview. I I would keep it enabled because I would love to see my products before I actually buy it. You know, before on Etsy, you had to they had to buy the product or they wanted a mockup. You had to DM them this and that. You had to actually make the product before before they actually bought it. So, here we add the instructions. Okay. Now, if we click on this, we see all of the fields that we just added in the product creator. Little pencil icon will open up a panel and we can change the title. So, for the image, for example, we can say your picture and this is what they’re going to see in your Etsy listing now. Okay. You can give them instructions here. For example, what kind of picture or how big, etc. Apply that. We can change the instruction for the text. We can also make it optional text. So maybe they just want a t-shirt with their image, no text. That’s fine. So we can change this. Now, the text we add here automatically, it is the most kind of clear that we’ve found to be most specific for Etsy buyers. You can still make it whatever you want, but we’ve made it super easy, so you don’t have to think about it too much. And of course, you would probably want a character limit and make sure to apply that. Now, I’m not going to go through all of these. Um, so once you’ve added the personalization instructions, you actually do get a preview here of what it looks like. You would publish it. You would fix all your pricing, publish it, or you can save it to work on it later. Um, I’m not going to show you the Etsy side of it yet. You’re actually going to have to hang out with me in the next segment where I’m going to show you the actual preview, but this is how we get it set up. So, I’ll show you the the real preview in a little bit. Okay.

    How much time do we have? Okay, we need to speed things up here. Um, I’m gonna show you one more thing, but before we do that, I want to do another giveaway. So, this time we are doing a merch giveaway. This is merch for the official Amplified popup store. So, one person, so last time we had five winners. This time, one winner is going to get a $50 coupon for the official Amplified merch store. And it is going to work the same exact way as before. I’m going to ask you a question. You’re going to give your answer in the chat and one winner will be chosen at random. Okay? And then the winner will be emailed the code. So my question to you is on a scale of 1 to 10, 10 being like the highest, the best, how excited are you to explore Printify and all of these new features? 10 being like you are already building right now. one being that you’ve probably already left the chat. And do remember that this is only available to those in sellers club right now answering these questions. If you are watching on YouTube, you can still join. It is free. We’ll drop a link for that. Again, the question on a scale of 1 to 10, how excited are you to explore Printify and all of our new features? Okay, I see a lot of tens. Did I see a one in there? I think I saw a one. That’s okay. Maybe it’s not for everyone. I’m I’m going to just assume it was a typo that you meant to hit the zero and you were so excited you hit enter before you hit the zero. Ellie says 10,000 or 100,000. 20 10 plus 9.9. Oh, I love these numbers. These are awesome. Okay, we will we will announce the winner here in a little bit. Um, keep in mind too, whoever is the winner, the coupons, they are only valid until October 1st. So, order your swag ASAP. Okay, let’s go back over to my screen here real quick. I’m going to go back into my pop-up store, although it doesn’t really make a difference. I want to talk a little bit about some of this other stuff here. Um, the main thing that I want to talk about, actually, this is a new one, and this is something a lot of you have been requesting for a long time. Olga just says 10 10 10. I love that. I love you guys. That’s awesome. Okay. Um, back to my account here. Um, if you want to build your store or your brand together with someone or you and your sister, you and your mom or you and your organization need to all work in one store, you can finally do that without having to share your specific email or or your like password account credentials. We finally got it. So if you go to your account settings here and under users you can invite users to your store. So they would get their own kind of login credentials. You would still be the main holder and you would have control over who can log in or who gets access. But this is something that you can now work together with with your partners, your parents, whoever. And this is a fun this is like a brand new feature. I think we launched it maybe last week, maybe even this week. But yeah, that’s kind of the main one I wanted to show. One more thing that I wanted to show. We have Okay, we have a little bit of time still. Uh, one more thing that I wanted to show is in Etsy. I’m sorry. I’m po I’m hopping around all over the place here in the products. We can now you can now offer multi-product listings. And I’m going to chat a little bit later with Starla Moore about why multi-product listings are good, but I’m going to show you how to set that up in Etsy. Now, basically what that means is in your Etsy listing, you can offer like a t-shirt, a sweatshirt, and let’s say a hat with the same design all in one listing. Before you had to make all these separate products and then kind of like manually enter all the SKs in Etsy. Well, now you can all do all of that super easily right here in Printify. You’ll see in the my products page. You can select your products. Okay, we’ll just do these random ones here. And let’s say I think I need two t-shirts here. Let’s take the two different sweatshirts. This is not the store I want. Okay. Ah, no. I see. My problem is it is not available yet for personalizable products. Let me find some nonpersonalizable products or okay, let’s say we want to offer two different types of canvases. Here we go. So, I’ve selected my products and we see this button create multi-roduct listing. If we click on it, now we have two different products in one listing. So, you would add your title here, the description. It’s kind of the same listing details you would add if you’re doing like a a single product, right? all your tags, attributes, and then you get a preview of what it looks like. So, this is a really fun new tool that we’ve recently added. If you’re selling on Etsy or thinking about that, definitely think about multi-product listings as well. And again, I’ll have a session later with Starla Moore. She’ll kind of tell you why that can be a good thing. All right, I think, let me check here. Yes, I think it is time to slowly wrap up here, but we need to announce our merch winner. So, congratulations to, drum roll, Lindy Deng, congratulations. You won $50 coupon to the official Amplified merch store. Lindy, if you are in the chat here, obviously you are somewhere. Let us know what you buy. I think we’ve got like a t-shirt in there, a hoodie. I think we’ve got some tote bags. But congratulations. Use that money wisely. Okay. I had a good time today. Thank you very much. I had a good time in this session. We have five more sessions with me all about Etsy. We’re going to talk about popups some more. We’re going to talk a little bit about Shopify, store previews, all that stuff. Um, but right now next we are going to show you how to make the boring adminy type of stuff like actually setting up your account way faster, way easier with our new guided onboarding flow. So, we’ve made it super easy for you so that you can actually focus on kind of the fun stuff like creating all these products like getting sales and designing. And of course, if you prefer doing any of this stuff on your phone or on the go, you get all of this same stuff, including this on this guided onboarding flow that we’ll show right inside the Printify mobile app. So, it’s available for iPhone, it’s available for Android. We’re going to have a little bit more later on that app as well or on that uh feature. And also, this is what I’m really excited about. For the first time ever, we are chatting with Etsy here at Amplified. That’s going to be in the next segment. We’re going to talk about how to find trends, why personalization is the go-to move, and I’m going to show you what that live preview for your buyer looks like. So, that t-shirt that I created with the picture, we’re going to see it in action on Etsy. And I’m going to show you how you can create your own personalized products again. So, I hope you guys had a good time. Thank you, Isaiah. I’m going to give some shout outs here. Thank you, Jeff. Jeff, how many earrings do you have? I have eight earrings. I have more on this side. That’s the first time I’ve gotten that question. That was a good one. Okay. Um, thank you, John, for joining us. Thank you. Oh, Linda, you are in the chat. Thanks for everything. I’m so excited to start. Oh, we’re so excited to have you here. Okay. Thank you, Christine, for joining us. Tracy, Isaiah, Samantha, thank you so much. All right, everyone. We’re going to take a little break here. I’m going to show you that new AI onboarded guided flow. See you in a few minutes. For years, Printify has been a leader in print on demand and building online businesses. Thousands of products, the sharpest technology to help your business thrive, the platform everyone else tries to catch up to. And now we’re taking that even further. We’re changing the way you start a POD business. Introducing Printify’s new AI product creation tool. The fastest, most successful way to build your online business. We took everything we’ve learned from watching thousands of POD stores succeed and thousands more flop. Design trends and bestseller products. That’s millions of data points crunched down into this one feature. a tool that just hands you the answer for free. It all starts with discovering what’s selling right now. Because here’s the thing, you don’t have to guess what to sell anymore. We already know. We built short lists of what’s working today. Signals straight from Etsy, Tik Tok shop, Shopify, everywhere buyers are actually spending money. Then we hand you styles labeled and ready. Beginner friendly, trending, giftable, the styles people are already buying. And there’s always more. No guesswork here. You pick with the confidence that there’s verified demand behind it. Real business owners don’t publish one design and call it a day. That’s why we hand you a whole collection. Choose from a handful of them, all built around the style you just picked. A process that takes most sellers hours done in seconds. Every collection is generated just for you. We work with artists to fine-tune every design to be perfect for POD and built to sell. You’re not just walking away with a design. You’re walking away with a brand. Our data shows this is where most sellers actually fail. They don’t know how to make a listing look like a real product, the kind that gets that first sale. So, we fixed that for you. We’ve studied millions of listings to figure out exactly what works so you don’t have to write yours from scratch. You get expert listings created for you the way top sellers make theirs. Descriptions, sizes, colors, prices already by default. Over a third of all POD sales are t-shirts. The data is unmatched here, which is why we always start you off with this best-selling item. your first sales streamlined so you can start with profits from the get-go. Your whole business created in just a few clicks. And if you already know your way around POD, don’t worry. The regular product creation process is still right there. But if you want a quicker way to get started, this new AI product creation tool is your fast lane. Whether you’re just starting out or you’ve already got a store and want an easy way to explore new niches and expand, this is built for you. Head over to printify.com/ai. We already did the hard part. Printify presents badass ways to quit your job.

    I quit. But how? Every week, thousands of people open a store and make their first sale with Printify. And so can you. Printify has over 2,000 products waiting for your designs, so you can launch your store in minutes. We make starting your own business so easy, quitting is all you’ll think about. Printify.

    Hey, hey, hey.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Hey, hey, hey.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Hey. Hey. Hey.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Hey, hey, hey.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat.

    Welcome back again. If you did not meet me in the very first session, my name is Leah and I am your host for today. Now, this is going to be an awesome session because for the first time ever, I have Etsy right here with me and we have got a packed session and not a ton of time. So, we’re going to get right into it. I’ve got Toulojo with me. How are you today, Tou? I’m feeling amazing. How are you? Oh, I’m feeling fantastic. I’m having so much fun already. Um, we’ve got to start with a quick intro, though. Who are you? What’s your role at Etsy? Yeah, I am a product marketing manager at Etsy. I lead marketing for our seller inventory tools. Essentially making it easier for sellers to list, manage, and grow their businesses on um our platform. So, I work really closely with our research, marketing, and product teams to bring to market a suite of new tools um that add value to our seller community. So, you’re like the perfect person to be here with us today. Um let’s dive right into it. Tell us about Etsy. What are some of the absolute biggest trends you’re seeing on Etsy right now? Yeah, we’re seeing three major key trends that are actually really related. So, the first is everyday exhibits. So, buyers are turning their homes into personal galleries. So, they’re choosing pieces that reflect their interests, memories, and also individual style. And what we’ve seen on our platform is searches for wall art decor are actually up 110% this year and searches for gallery prints are also up 80%. Um we’re consistently hearing from buyers that they’re looking for more than decor. They want pieces that help them show who they are and also tell and reflect their story. Um the second which is actually my personal favorite is treat yourself. So buyers are also celebrating the smaller moments. So whether that’s a new job, completing a course, um a pet adoption anniversary, or even just making it through a really tough week, which I’m sure we can all relate. Um everyone is trying to find these mini mini milestones and and treat themselves. Um so 39% of Gen Z buyers celebrated a just because moment last year and that has not stopped on our platform this year as well. So for sellers, that creates an opportunity to move beyond major holidays and life events and really think about how you can show up in the everyday moments people want to recognize. Mhm. And the last trend is human touch. So we’re living in a time where it has never been easier to make more products, launch more designs, and also automate the most of that selling process. So products that feel thoughtfully made are really standing out. Um, we’re seeing, for example, sales of handmade crochet clothing are up 36% this year and also searches for handmade embroidered bags um are up 20,000% this year. So, it’s clear that buyers are valuing the care, the creativity, and the personal story behind what they’re buying. Um, and that’s really true across all three trends. Like buyers are looking for things that are more meaningful and connected to their lives. So if you’re thinking as a seller, how can you apply those trends to your business? Personalization is one of the simplest ways in which you can meet that growing buyer demand. So thinking through how you can turn an everyday product into something that feels specific to a person, a relationship or even an occasion. Um and for Etsy, we are a natural fit for that personalization because buyers do come to our platform to find creativity and human connection. So, it’s all about turning a mug into potentially a retirement gift or even an ordinary t-shirt into like a family reunion memory um and really connecting that product to something the buyer loves. So, the key takeaway is to not think about like adding um a name or personalization to every product, but identifying the moments where a buyer is already looking for meaning and making it easier for them to express it. Mhm. So, basically like personalization here is a big trend on Etsy also. Um, and it’s also a way for new sellers to really easily maybe kind of get their first few sales because that’s exactly what people are looking for, especially as the holiday season is coming. You can ask a little bit more money for it. And again, it gives that human touch not just for you as a seller, but I would say like as a buyer, you had a hand in creating the product or creating this gift for someone, right? So, yeah, like you said, the human touch here. Um, what are some of the top products right now for personalization? Yeah, I will I’ll share the top five that we’re seeing. So, the first is t-shirts, which feels like a no-brainer. Um, second is ornaments. Third is mugs. Fourth is signs. So any sign having that blank canvas and adding personalization to it. And fifth is digital prints. Um I think what’s super interesting is when you take a step back, all of those products serve really different purposes, but they all give buyers like that simple canvas to mark a person or a relationship memory um or even a moment. So again, when applying this to your business, really think like what products um can you bring that turn a moment for a buyer into something that they can celebrate, remember or um make their own. Mhm. I think too like the the moments um I read something about like you know you have these big milestone like the typical moments you might personalize like I don’t know a 50th birthday or a 20th wedding anniversary or something but I think I saw something too about ma basically like mini milestones or like the Jenzie you said the just because moments I feel like even this was like everyday I got out of bed moment like can be personalized in a way. So yes, big milestones are great, but even those mini tiny, I don’t know, micro moments, if you want to, if you will. Um, yeah. So, you mentioned t-shirts was still one of the top selling ones. And in my very first session, I created a personalized t-shirt and I showed a lot of you, if a lot of the same people are still watching, how to personalize a t-shirt on Printify and get that onto Etsy. I actually want to show you the Etsy side of things now to see what your buyer would see as they’re getting the personalized t-shirt. Now, real quick, you actually totally mentioned something to me yesterday. How can people find these trends? You mentioned something about marketplace insights and that’s relatively newish. Can you quickly tell us about that first? Yeah, there’s a few places. So, what we spoke about yesterday is what we call marketplace insights which is on Etsy shop manager. any seller can go into it um and look through what buyers are searching for, keywords, tags, and really use that as the start point of your research. For more of the broader trends that you’re seeing on our platform that I kind of covered, the top three um earlier on, you can look for that on our Etsy seller handbook. So, if you search Etsy seller handbook, Etsy trends, those should also come up for you um as well. Right. So, I’m going to show you also quickly the marketplace insights just to kind of give you guys a taste. But this is a really cool tool. I think if again if you’re totally new to Etsy and you’re not sure maybe what to create, what to design, this is just another tool for you. So, let’s go over to my screen here. And I am in Etsy right now. In my shop manager, you have the menu here. Under the stats here, you can actually find the marketplace insights. And so right away you can browse different things that are I’m guessing popular right now. These are what people are searching for and different categories. But you can also search a specific term. So for example, let’s just put in t-shirt and see what comes up. So you see how many searches there have been in the past few days here. How many total search results? If you scroll down you will see some other keywords here. Now I Oh, you actually see listing price range. You kind of get all the whole like listing information from this for that specific term, right? Yeah. Um I do understand though. Yeah. So this is with Etsy plus, correct? Yeah, that is correct. So to access the full tool, you would have to sign up for Etsy plus. But again, for a new person or even if you already have a ton of sales, it probably is a very helpful tool. Um, all right. Let’s switch gears to that personalized listing real quick. So, back in Printify in the first segment here, I created this uh I’ll say it’s a retro birthday t-shirt. So, this is the exact one I created in the Printify product creator. Now, I’m going to open up the listing details here on the Etsy side. And if you scroll down a little bit, you do all your keyword stuff. Here we go. In the custom options here, we see all of those same exact fields that I created in the Printify product creator. So, we had the picture, we had the front text, color, the actual text, and we see the same exact fields. We have three of the five here. Now, one quick comment. If you want to edit the fields, if you want to change the fields or change the instructions, do not do that on Etsy for now. Right now, the the way the integration is set up, it has to be done on the Printify side of things. So, if you want to change something in the specific product, you can just click this go to Printify button, edit your personalization options there, and then you would republish it to Etsy. Okay. Now, let’s see the actual product now. So, go back to our listings and if we view it on Etsy, we’ll see. There we go. So, this is exactly Oops. We should We should see the personalization button there. Let’s try to refresh. Here we go. Okay. So, now we are viewing this listing how a buyer would see it. Okay. You see everything, the mockup pictures, we have the standard colors that we can choose, the sizes, whatever. And then we have this awesome little add personalization button. Okay. And again, here we see all of the fields that we created in Printify. So me as a buyer, I can change the text. Let’s just say, I don’t know, 40 and still cool. I’m not 40, by the way, but we’re going to use that as an example. Um, so they can add their text and then you can choose the text color. So, let’s say, I don’t know, we want the cream colored. And if we had a font option, it would also show up as as a drop down here. Okay. And then we can upload our picture. So, again, I’m like in buyer mode right now. This is what buyers see. They upload files. They can choose their own picture

    and oopsies. It looks like we have a glitch here. There should be the live preview. You know what? It’s okay. I’m prepared for this moment. Maybe. Let’s try it again. Okay. So, we’re we’re going to try it on this listing. I’m still 40. Still not 40, but I’m still cool. Okay. Choose. Now, let’s go with the cream one. Let’s try this again. Add our picture.

    Okay. Well, I am being put on the spot here. So, theoretically, there should be a live preview button here. Maybe if I refresh this one,

    maybe because I changed it in Printify. Oh, it’s such a cool feature. I really hope it works. We’re going to get this, guys. I promise. If not, we’ll come back to it when I figure out what’s happening.

    Okay. Well, it looks like it looks like it’s not going to happen in this very moment. Theoretically, you should be seeing here a button that says preview your item. and it opens up a whole new window with the actual product and the picture and the text that I just typed in right here. And so your buyer can preview their personalized product before they even add it to their cart. Okay. Now, you will see it a little bit later. I promise I have a I have a full tutorial that we’re going to show after our next segment that does show the live preview. I’m going to play around here more and get it to work. But in the meantime, I do want to say all of this live preview stuff has been expanded to most of the products in our catalog. U we’re still working on a few categories like um like AOP, embroidery, kind of those different print techniques, glitter, metallic, and puff. Those are still to come. And all of this can also be done and set up in the Printify mobile app. So you can edit all your fields, you can change the design if you need to, and you can toggle on that live preview control. All right, before we get back to questions with Tulu, I think we need to do another giveaway. What do you guys say about that? I know you’re super excited for it. Okay, we are going to do a store credit giveaway this time. So again, five of you will win $20 in store credit. That is for your Printify accounts. Okay. So, the question same same thing as before. Answer it in the chat. The question, what product would you personalize for Etsy? Let us know in the chat and the moderator will pick out five random winners. Okay? So, you don’t need to be the fastest typer, but do put a little bit of pep in your step because we don’t have all day here. Type in your answers. And then while you’re doing that, let’s see what you guys are saying. Ah, beanie. JG says that he would personalize a beanie. That’s a good one. Okay, while you’re typing in your answers, let’s get back to Tou. We’re going to discuss some common questions that a new seller might have about Etsy. So, Tulu, as a total newbie on Etsy, what is the best way to get my products to actually rank and show up in search? I think this is probably the most popular question. Um, I think the short answer is there’s no search shortcut, unfortunately. Um, I think the goal is to create a listing that is super easy for buyers to understand and feel really confident when purchasing. So, a few things go into that. First, make a really strong first impression. I can’t stress this enough, like, use clear photos that show the product in different angles. For example, the item up close or in real use. And if you can add a short video as well, so buyers can see how the item looks. um how it works, how it moves as um because what we found is buyers really really value that um and it is linked with engagement. Um and then continue to build buyer confidence with the details. Um so make sure your description answers any questions that the buyer may have. Um ensure it in includes relevant keywords as well for your listing. Um and then also keep your title super clear and easy to read. So focusing on helping buyers quickly understand what you’re selling rather than repeating keywords. Um and then lastly, ensure you use tags. Tags are one of the ways in which Etsy matches you with search queries. So we’ve highlighted some of those key trends. Really think about your target buyer, what they might be se um searching, what they might be celebrating, and think about relevant tags that you can use to help your listings appear in more buyer searches. So, like we’ve plugged the mark Etsy marketplace insights is a fantastic starting point to help you fill up those tags as well. So, the long the short answer or potentially long now is to like make it really easy for buyers to find your items, understand it quickly, and feel ready um to purchase. I think that’s a stronger foundation than any ranking hack I can give. Mhm. So, in short, there are no shortcuts. You’ve got to you’ve got to do your research. Fill in all those details. Add a little video. If you get the store credit, order a sample. You can take a video. And it’s okay to use the same video across multiple listings, right? Um, okay. About personalization. If I’m totally new to Etsy, should I try personalization or is it too advanced? I would say you should absolutely start with personalization and keep it really simple. Um, as you went through the features that we’ve developed on our end, we’ve designed it to make it super easy to get started with personalization, collect all those details you need up front from buyers, and really streamline your fulfillment process. Um, so reducing that back and forth messaging with buyers and focusing your time on what matters the most. Um, so advice on getting started with personalization, choose one product that has a natural personalization opportunity. We’ve kind of gone through those trends and those key areas today and make the instructions very clear for buyers. You don’t need to offer every single possible choice from day one, but the best first step is to offer something you know you can fulfill consistently. And as you start to learn what buyers respond to and what they ask for, you can always build from there. So in short, make sure it has it provides genuine extra value. Don’t force personalization on something that doesn’t work right. Um, are there niches that you see where personalization works best in? Are there niches that maybe it doesn’t really work in? Yeah. So, we’ve kind of went over the top five items, which obviously that’s based on on results that stats. So, that’s definitely what’s hot right now on Etsy for personalization, but thinking more broadly, personalization works well when there’s a strong relationship identity or occasion behind a purchase. So think weddings, new babies, pets, anniversaries. We’ve spoken about mini stones and Gen Z just celebrating everyday life. Um so all those items are natural examples. But I think it’s less about finding the right category. I’m more about whether personalization adds genuine value. So ask yourself how can it make the item more meaningful, more useful, or just more clearly suited to the buyer. Um instead of feeling like an afterthought, um what is the best use of personalization? Um that’s always a better starting point than just adding customization because it’s available like you mentioned. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. That’s a good point. Um slightly different question. In your shop, is it okay to have both POD products and handmade together or digital products and POD or all three types of products? Yeah, that’s that’s a good question. I definitely think it can be. I think the key is to make sure your shop feels cohesive to buyers and that every item meets Etsy’s requirements. So, the strongest shops that I see tend to have a very clear point of view. So, for example, a shop that is centered on celebrations, they might offer digital invitations, um, personalized keepsakes and also handmade party items. So, all of those formats differ, but the buyer, the occasion, and the visual identity can still make sense and tie everything together. So, be super transparent about what you design, how your items are made, and any potential production partners you work with. But the ultimate goal is that buyers understand what they’re buying and why it belongs in your shop. Um, buyers typically see an item they like on Etsy and browse the whole shop in its totality. So, make sure that that first impression makes sense and makes it super clear um what your your value is, right? So yeah, make sure So it is okay to have all three, but make sure it’s all cohesive and again that it makes sense in your shop. It’s not like some random products all put together. Um, okay. So we only have about 5 minutes left. I do have good news. I figured out what my problem was and now we I can show you what the live preview was. That was totally my mistake because I said as I said I showed you how to set it up on the Printify side of things, but I didn’t republish it. So it didn’t make the connection. That’s on me. And I did see someone ask a question here in the chat. Yes, Adam Reed asked um where can I see how to set up the personalization side on the Printify side. So all of the sessions today are going to be recorded. You will be able to rewatch them later at any point on our YouTube channel. Um also in a little bit I will be showing you a full tutorial um on how to set up on the Printify side and see it on the Etsy side. So hang tight. You will see that. But let’s go back over to my screen real quick here. Okay, so now so we have our listing as a buyer would see it. They would choose the variant color, the size, and then they had the add personalization button. They would upload their images, add the text, the font color, and the font options. And now you see this awesome little awesome little button that says preview your item. Do keep in mind if the buyer has not filled in or selected a size all of these options then it will be uh unhighlighted. They won’t be able to click it. But we filled everything in. You click preview your item and boom. Look at that. This is a product I created. I can see it right in front of my eyes before I even buy it. I mean this is pretty awesome. And yes, that is baby Leah. Okay, not baby, but like toddler Leah. So, still going. I maybe I should have worn pigtails and bangs today to match that picture. But anyway, that is what your buyers see. That is the live preview. It’s a super cool tool. If you haven’t tried it out yet on Etsy, definitely try it out. Okay, let’s get out of that. Tou, any final words of wisdom or inspiration or something we can look forward to for the holiday season before we sign out here? Yeah, I think we’ve covered a lot. Um, if I was going to leave everyone with a few gems, it will be to start with the human moment, not just the product. So, all the tools we’ve mentioned today, definitely use them, go and check them out to understand what buyers are looking for. Um, spot both major milestones and everyday mini stones, which is a massive opportunity for sellers right now. and really look to create a meaningful option that you know you can fulfill consistently for buyers. Um and in terms of the holiday season, we’ve got a lot that we’re preparing um for sellers. So definitely stay tuned. We have a special holiday trends report. So if you loved some of the trends that I went through earlier in our talk today, definitely stay tuned. We’ve got more of that coming um along with checklists, guidance, best practice for how you can succeed on Etsy. I still love the concept of mini stones. You guys should look into that. I I It’s cute. It’s awesome. People love it. Yeah, it’s a great great concept. Okay, real quick. We’ve got a minute left. I’m going to announce the winners of $20 store credit. Congratulations. Let’s celebrate them in the chat. Tiffany Jones, Rachel Guyger, Vanessa May, Karen Sanford, and Lee Roy. You have $20 in Printify store credit. Keep an eye out on your emails for further instructions on how to use that. Thank you again so much Tulu for being with us. We appreciate your time and the fact that you could speak about Etsy for us. I think you truly brought some very special insights just for our viewers here today. Um all right, I’m going to take a quick break here. We’ve got some pretty cool new decoration methods that I’ve mentioned briefly that people have been asking for. Check them out right now and I’ll be back in 5 minutes with Drew from KD. Some products you scroll past, some you have to touch. When you make products that feel as good as they look, people stop scrolling. Three new decoration methods are ready for your designs. Puff, metallic, and glitter print. Each one adds real texture and dimension your customers can see and feel. And you can start using all three today, right in the tools you already know. Let’s start with Puff, the one customers really want to reach out and touch. The ink physically rises off the fabric for a bold raised 3D finish that turns a simple shirt into a statement piece. It’s built for big, confident designs. Go bold and Puff photographs beautifully every time. We’ve seen Puff do especially well on evergreen designs like religious niches and sports parents. It’s the kind of thing people buy for themselves and grab as a gift. Then there’s metallic, your premium upgrade, a reflective foilike finish that catches the light and instantly reads as high-end. It’s how a basic garment starts looking boutique so that higher price feels earned. Metallic prints are a natural for sports teams and gifting. And for wedding season, bachelorette and bridal party pieces are a wide openen lane right now. Make it modern and sharp or lean into full luxury. And glitter, pure sparkle, pure impact, a shimmering texture that’s perfect for sweatshirts, hoodies, and specialty pieces people love to gift and wear. Think team spirit, celebrations, bachelorette weekends. Anywhere the moment calls for a little sparkle, this is the finish that fits. Bold designs light up big. Sparkling, impossible to ignore in a photo. One simple approach works across all three. Bold, consistent fonts look amazing in puff, metallic, and glitter alike, so you can build a whole product line around one look you love. Keep your text nice and large and it comes out gorgeous every time. Then preview your mockup and there it is. The metallic sheen, the glitter sparkle, the raised puff effect, all in full detail. That’s the moment your idea becomes a product you can’t wait to list. Whether it’s your very first product or your next bestseller, it all happens in the Printify product creator you already use. Pick a product, type in your text, and you’ve got something ready to sell. Puff, metallic, glitter. Three new ways to make products people can’t scroll past. Jump into Printify and start creating yours today. If you’re struggling to make print on demand sales, then I want to show you a workflow that will save you a ton of time, which is important, especially if you’re doing this as a side hustle right now. With AI workflows in KD, you can easily create merch designs, mockups, and even social videos for your products, all pre-built to speed you up. Find the perfect style for your merch design and select a preset or upload your own. You’ll get a feel for how your merch is going to look even before you hit generate. Then make your mock-ups and even make social videos to advertise your merch on Pinterest or Tik Tok. And new workflows land all the time. Whatever’s trending, it’s probably already in there. This isn’t just a feature. It’s a library that’s going to help you grow your shop. So try AI workflows in KD now.

    Heat. Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Welcome back. For those of you just tuning in for the first time today, my name is Leah. I am your host and I just have to show you how cool these look. So, you just watched the video about the new decor methods, puff, glitter, and metallic. But you don’t need to trust just the video because I have these awesome samples. I’m going to try to show you up close how each of them looks. Here we go. So, this first one is a fleece hoodie with the glitter print. And you can see, look at that sparkle. We have a ton of colors, too. And it kind of has like the feel of glitter, but it’s not super like it’s not like you glued glitter on some paper, but it’s actually very sturdy. And I just have to show you how pretty it is. And the fleece in this hoodie also, these are brand new. Look how soft that is. There we go. Now, these print methods, too. We offer more than just the front print. Look at this beautiful glitter sleeve print. I think it’s so fun and so pretty. I mean, look at this sparkle. Okay, that’s the glitter one. I have a few more to show you. Puff print. This is probably the one that you all have been asking for the most. So, puff print is this actual kind of like it literally puffs. It has kind of a 3D effect. So, I’m trying to show you the best here and how it works. So it gets printed onto the shirt, onto the sweatshirt and literally after it comes out the ink like rises or it puffs and you can see this texture here. So here we have it available for front print as well as this awesome sleeve print. Now these decor methods are super popular on Etsy right now. I’ve seen them a lot for like sports team. Like this one says, “Go wild cats for religious niches.” Basically any like simple text designs. They work super well. Okay. And Kelly Kelly Lamont is asking, “Can you do personalization with puff print?” That’s a good question. Uh I don’t want to lie to you. I think we’re it’s still in the works, but we know people want that. Um if it’s not ready yet, we are working on it. Okay. And oh, with the puff print, too. So, you would think I actually confused this at first. You would think this is the metallic one, but this is kind of like a combo deal. This is puff print with a metallic sheet. I think there are gold and silver options available, but then you also have like the matted muted puff print colors. But I just had to show this one cuz this is super cool. Look at that. Okay. And last but not least, we of course have the actual metallic print. So this metallic, it’s similar to glitter, but it’s not as like sparkly cuz this is more of like a foil on there. And we have I don’t know how many colors we have available, but you can see all this pretty shine. And how about Amber is asking, “How about graphic puff print?” Do you mean like a design that’s not text? If you mean that, then right now it is only available for text specifically. And we do recommend going with like bigger, bolder text because you will see it. It’ll just print a lot nicer. But we’re going to be updating and developing these features as we go. And of course, the metallic has the sleeve print as well that I need to show you. I think this blue color especially looks super cool. So, I needed to show you these. Here we go. Now, for any of those any of you winning that $20 in store credit, you can order a sample of one of these new methods and check them out for yourself. But anyway, super cool. Check them out in our catalog. Now, let’s get on to this session. So, we have KD here today with me right now, who is one of our sponsors. Now, I love KD. I use it regularly. They are an awesome design resource to have in your toolbox. You will see, especially if you are a beginner or if you know nothing about design, you will see why KD could be the perfect tool for you. Now, if you’ve seen any of their content online, you probably know who Drew is. But if you haven’t, Drew, why don’t you take over from here? Tell us a bit about yourself. What is KD? Yeah, absolutely. First, let me say I’m happy to be back. I I did this event last year. It was a ton of fun. Got to do some really cool designs, which we can do again today. But yeah, my name is Drew. I’m the production manager at KD. So, a lot of the YouTube that you’re seeing if you check out our channel, you might have seen an ad or two or you may have just seen an ad. I don’t know if it was me or Graham in that ad. Uh, as well as other things, basically all video, you know, animations and basically just trying to get people to go farther faster, learning KD, getting more design. It’s a great design tool for not only print on demand but for you know business owners who need marketing. So the the niches and the use cases really span quite wide from needing graphics or templates or fonts or whatever you might need is in KD for you to use. And so you’re actually going to show us a lot of this stuff today. Why don’t we just go right into it and you’re going to walk us through some of these processes. Yeah. Yeah, absolutely. So, what I want to do first here is just kind of show you what you’re going to be seeing once you have gotten signed in. Once you get signed in, you’re going to come here to what I just like to call your dashboard. Now, you’re going to see a couple of different places you can go. You’re going to end up here in the AI studio. You’re going to be able to create a project right away. You could go start creating things with AI right here. We have a mode called Agentic, which will kind of take your prompts. can be a super simple prompt, can be a robust prompt, and we actually built a Gentic to take your ideas in the prompt and then actually choose a model that works best for you. We’re going to look at some of that a little bit later. Uh, but you can scroll through different templates. So, if you wanted to go to the templates feed, you could go through and type in anything you might be looking for that’s related to print on demand, for example, any kind of design style, any kind of design niche. You can look through different graphics if you want to be looking at, you know, images, illustrations, icons, all that kind of stuff. You could browse through our different fonts. You do all of this later in the editor, which I’m going to show you, but you can do a lot of things from right here in the dashboard. Not uh including, this is a new thing we just released, which is a bulk mockup feature. We had a lot of people saying they need to create a lot more mock-ups a lot faster, which I know for many of you who are getting into print on demand, you really need to see not only what your design is going to look like, but maybe you want to just have a ton of mock-ups to show on your social media or email or website or Etsy or whatever it is. And we can look at this a little bit later, but what I want to get into first, and if there’s any questions, you know, go ahead and throw them at me as as they come up. I know I’m going to I’m going to feed you from a water hose here, a fire hydrant, but I want to get you from going from zero to something very fast. And we have built these things called workflows. You can see right here under the AI studio, we have these workflows for a variety of things. Product visuals if you’ve already got a design, but we also have these merchandise workflows which I can categorize right here. I can just go to merchandise for example, and we have these different styles. Now, don’t be don’t be led astray in thinking that you have to make a design that looks exactly like these because if I click on one of these, you’re going to see more styles inside of them. You can also describe the style, choose a background, all the things like this. So, let’s go ahead and do one together because this is going to help us get a t-shirt, a tote bag, a hat, whatever. It’s going to help us get a design very quickly. So, I’m going to describe my topic. These are very, very user friendly. We’ve we’ve tried to keep it as simple as possible. I’m just going to say a toad riding on a lily pad. And then let’s see. I just want to make sure on water. I don’t want it to be on land. And then I’m going to say I’m going to do a little pun. I was struggling yesterday, but today I’ve got some good ones. So, totally a drift is going to be my pun text. And we’re just going to do it in this. I really like this main quest. I don’t know who came up with that. Uh, and I’m just going to pick it on a on a on a white background. We can explain that a little bit later why we might want it on a white background. I’m going to go ahead and hit generate here. You can always see how many tokens, how many AI tokens it’s going to take to generate something as well as which model. So, what’s really really great about workflows is you see this notice up here. It says I can leave. So, I’ve actually already prepared some of these for us. So, while this one is generating, if you look in your dashboard, whenever you get signed in, you’re going to see these recent AI creations. As you can see, I’ve done quite a many. I did one in a different kind of doodle design. And you can see right here, here is my my doodle design version, which is more of like a an outline uh style, like a you know, like a doodle is basically what I’m what I’m trying to describe. And we can do a lot of things from right here in the workflow. Um on the right side, we’re going to see things like removing the background. Okay, removing the background is very important for those of you getting started. You you want the design to be, you know, on the garment itself. You don’t want a white box, right? You don’t want a white box or a gray box or a blue box on your gray shirt or your black shirt or whatever it is. So, we could remove the background right from here. We could edit a particular area. So, let’s say you you don’t like totally a drift anymore. Uh maybe you want to highlight over that and change it. Um, we can layerize the image, which is a new feature coming. Uh, you you all probably don’t have this one unlocked yet, but it is coming, which will allow you to separate things from this image. So, to kind of parse that out a little bit, we’re looking at a completely flat image, basically as if you printed it out from your printer at home. The the the text, the frog, the water, the background, it’s all baked in together. But if I click layerize image, what’s that going to do? What that is going to do is make the text individual so I can edit it. Make the toad individual so I can edit it. Make the background individual so I can edit all of these things as individual layers. Another thing we can do right from here is vectorize it. Now probably not as important at this current moment cuz it’s still got a background on it. But to explain vectorizing, which we’ll look at in a little bit, a vectorzing is going to take your flattened pixelized image and turn it into an endlessly scalable colorable graphic. You can make it as big as you want, as small as you want, and you’ll never lose clarity. That’s about as as simple as I can make vectorizing, but we can explain it later. Now, if you don’t want to do that, you can also just upscale it. Maybe you have a colored version, a colored in version of this that has too many colors. you don’t want to vectorize it cuz it’s like a million colors, but you can just upscale it to make this image even bigger. And then if we wanted to add more text on top of it, we could we can also download this and and and be ready to upload this right into Printify or we can open it up in the editor and continue editing. Now, I’m sure there’s going to be questions. I want to go back and look at the one that we just made. So, here is the totally a drift one uh in the different style. So, this is actually a lot of fun to to mess with all of these. Uh, so here’s an example where maybe I don’t want to vectorize it because there’s maybe too many colors, but I want to upscale it so that this graphic looks really really nice on a shirt. But I know that was a lot in a short amount of time. If there’s any questions, uh, now is the time before we we go even further. There there’s a good question actually from um Denise Baldwin. Are you able to download those layers like separately if you wanted to? You will be. Yes. when when the layeriz image is available for everyone, you will be able to see each of the individual layers and then you’ll be able to uh to export them individually. So, for example, if you wanted the text, this is a great question. If you wanted the text by itself, you’d be able to export that text if you want to. Um you could download just the toad if you want to by itself. Now, there are ways around this right now because you if you don’t have the layeriz image, uh you can do that right now with a different method which I can show you, but you will be able to do that quite easily. Yes. Mhm.

    And so, uh, yeah, let me know if there’s any other questions, but I’ll kind of just continue because I think what’s really, really cool about these workflows is how you can keep on, uh, iterating and changing design. So, you’ll see this button right here. I mentioned you can download it straight from here if you’re if you’re happy with it, you want to remove the background, uh, and then download it, upload it, and you’re ready to go. or you can up uh open it up in our editor. And so I have already done a fair bit of that with the original one, the doodle one that I mentioned right here. Uh and so you can see that what happens is we are opened up in a different area. Now don’t don’t be alarmed. I know what you just looked at in the dashboard was different. Now we’re in an editor. That’s okay. There’s a lot of different cool things you can do with the tools in the editor. For example, I mentioned that we can vectorize it. If I click on any one of these, you’re going to see this same tool set over here. It says vectorize. It also says upscale. You can do the same things here in the editor. But what vectorizing does is now allow me to take this graphic and change the color to whatever I want because maybe you want variations of this on different colored t-shirts and one color design won’t look good on another t-shirt. Another thing I mentioned is now you can make it as big as you want or as small as you want with no like graininess with no like image messiness to it. So that’s really really good for DPI. Another thing that we can get into if we need to, but very important for being able to print very very clear things. Now what I think is really cool about using the editor mixed with what we’ve made in the workflow, any kind of design, you can do this with anything. Even if you’re not trying to do this for a t-shirt, maybe you just wanted uh something without text and you’ve brought it into the editor. We have a tool I mentioned called a gentic and you can see I was working on some prompts down here where a gentic will take the prompt albeit however simple or robust and it will decide which model to use and it will enhance the prompt to be extremely clear in a language that the the AI is going to understand. So, what I’ve asked it to do because there’s a lot more, you know, woodland and pond creatures than just a toad, right? Is and and somebody in the chat if you want me to turn it into something else, let me know. We can we can do that. I asked it to actually create four different variations and it made all four for me at the same time. I said, “Make four different variations with these animals.” I listed out the animals, fox, turtle, snail, rabbit. And I also told Agentic to change the pun or to change the text to something else. So now you have like setting shell for the turtle. I think that one’s pretty clever. Uh you have snailing it at sea. No idea what that means. Uh foxes see, you know, it tried its best. You know, it’s it’s AI. But like I think it did a pretty cool job. Now, what I want to show you that’s really, really nifty about the editor, remember we were talking about having these on a white background. If I exported this, it’d have a white box on my garment. I don’t want that. So, I can just click and drag my mouse over all four of these. And then I can simply hit remove background to knock all of that white out of it. Just like that. And so, now if I were to, for an, for example, I’ll just make like a box and I’ll send it to the back here. I can make this box any color. Now, if I move this around, you can see that it’s fully transparent. So, it no longer has that white on it. So, whatever t-shirt color you might be doing, uh, this design is going to be flush on it. Just like that. Now, the other thing I asked Agentic to do with these four was I said, “Well, maybe you don’t want it to be outlined.” Okay, you used the workflow. The workflow was a doodle. It was a scribble. And that’s cool. It’s definitely cool for certain things, especially if you’re going to have tote bags, hats, garments that are light, very light color, right? Maybe you want to have them filled in. So, I simply asked a Gentic to make colored in versions. So, I said use natural colors that would make sense with the actual animals. And here we have colored in versions, right? So, the lily pad is green, the snail, the rabbit, the turtle are all actual colors. That makes sense. And I can do the same thing. I can drag over these, remove the background. So again, that white is knocked out from them. Just like that. So now I’ve got multiple designs in minutes really that I can put on a variety of different things. Now I also said, uh, if you notice, these are kind of like frowning like animals. I’m not really sure why. And I said, well, maybe I want to have them smiling. So then I selected all four of them again. And then I went down in Agentic and I said, “Please create four of these with smiling faces.” So now I’ve got all of my animals that are smiling. So I’m gonna stop here for just a second in case there are questions, but there’s a lot we can do just from using the workflow, opening up in KD, and then just kind of endlessly variating on it over and over again. I love that. There are a lot of good questions. Quick comment. I love that you can like bulk create these designs because this is literally like when you make your first sale or you start getting sales, this is how you double down, right? Whatever sales you’re getting for one specific t-shirt design, bring it into KD and make variations of that same thing that you know that idea is working and you can just mass create, not mass create it, but bulk create it here. I love that. Exactly. Um, we have some really cool cool questions here. Kristen Mcuan has an interesting one. Can this work? I’m guessing this like process with your own artwork like paintings or something. Yes, absolutely. So, let’s just assume that I, you know, we just focus on this one for example. Maybe I made this like I I actually do this quite frequently as well. I might draw something in Procreate or I may have downloaded it from another uh graphic site or maybe I found, you know, a different kind of fox over here in our illustrations. So, maybe I found one of these that I liked. If you simply select it, you can use um Agentic or you could switch over to any of the models you see here. We have a whole bunch of, you know, AI models just kind of endless. I think one comes out every day or something like that. Uh I keep it on Agentic because it is actually the most um conservative in the amount of tokens that it uses actually best bang for your buck. And so you see here um this image has been selected. So, let’s say it was your graphic that you you uploaded that you made yourself or maybe you downloaded and then you could say, you know, create variations of this or change the fox color to white or, you know, show me what this would look like as a X. A lot of people do that. They may change the style or keep this illustration style the same. Uh, excuse me, keep the illustration the same, but change the style to v vintage etching or something like that. So, yes, definitely you can use your own things. Mhm. There’s uh I’m glad you talked about the tokens, too, cuz Melody Sanford asked, “Does it cost AI credits to see the four or does it only cost if you pick like two of the four images?” This is a good question. So, it it will cost to create something. Now, uh like as in if I said four, which I did when I originally did this, I selected the one here and then I said create four. It was individual tokens for each one. Um, so let’s see which one this used. Chat GPT image 2, which I believe is, let’s see, image two. Let’s see what it is. Uh, 15, which is pretty much what it’s going to try to default, which 15 is always going to be the the least amount. Now, if I were to um let’s see, say create a variation. Let’s see. Yeah. So, if you hover over this little button right here, if you I don’t know if you guys, it’s maybe a little small, but you can see there’s a number there with the token. It’s going to warn you, hey, you’re about to create this and it’s going to cost 24. If I were to change this to like three and I hover now, it says 72, right? So, we try to give you those warnings as best we can. But, yes, it is. I I think I understand what the question is getting at. We have some things coming out soon where you’ll be able to like preview a very very low resolution scale version and if you like it, you can hit yes and then it uses your tokens. That was free. I don’t know if I was supposed to say that, but that’s not out yet. Secrets for you guys. Just for you guys. Um Evelyn Weber has a good question, too. Can you show us the prompt, the original prompt that you use to get the four images at once? Yeah, absolutely. So, we have this cool thing now, which is called prompt history, uh, which is going to save you guys so much time. It saves me a ton of time. So, I’m going to open up my my my prompt history. And then this is the one. I’m going to go back and click on this one. And then I had this selected. So, you can see right here, you can see my images selected. My original prompt was create four different versions of this design with the following animals and be sure to change the text pun above it to fit the animal. Then I just listed out one with a fox, one with a turtle, snail, rabbit, and then I said make all of them one by one ratio as in like square. You can say square. It understands that as well on white. And I I’m happy to even do this. Um, again, make sure the animals are smiling. And then I’m going to hit go. It’s going to say it’s thinking because it’s trying to decide which model to use. And because there’s text in it because I’m asking it to to do stuff with text, it’s probably going to use chat GPT2 or 2.5 or whatever it might be using. And then you can see they all load in right here. And that’s exactly what I did to get these. And then I just kept doing it again and again. So, I would like select all of these and then I think I said, let me go back to prompt history. I said create four versions of these, keep the text black, keep the background white, keep all four images, use natural colors that would match the animals. And then I did it like so. It’s actually quite simple. That’s not really a a novel. It’s not really anything heavy that you have to explain to the to the chat. It’ll just kind of figure it out and really cuz like if I select this one, check this out. Prompt details. If I open this, look how massive this prompt is now. Like that’s what our our agentic mode uses like a writing skill to come in and give you all of this so that it tells uh chatpt what to do and it does it for every single one of these to give you the best kind of outcome. And so here’s a very very simple similar version with all of them smiling here. So it works actually quite fast, a lot faster than it was two weeks ago. So yeah. Um, another good question by Swagata, and I think you actually mentioned this, but you didn’t quite show us. When you layerize these designs now, can you go back in and change the text? Can you show us? You will be able. Yes, you will be able to do that. I am using an account that’s very closely uh related to your all’s account. So, I’m it’s a it’s not out yet. So, I’m not able to you will be able to do that’s why I’m trying to show I was trying to explain that you will be able to do that. So, the answer is yes. But that’s the final step that we’re working on is essentially making the text its own separate thing. Now you could always come into any of these. We have a uh cropping feature here. So let’s say or eraser. So let’s say we just wanted to get rid of that text. Then we could simply add whatever text we want. And then we can come over here into our font, you know, and pick from whatever you want and then keep editing it. That that may be the fastest way to do it. I just showed the workflow with the text because if you don’t want to, it’s going to probably give you a text like you’re seeing here that’s closely related to the design style. But if you have one in mind, like this is kind of more handwritten, I think, right? Uh yeah, so it’s more handwritten style. So if you have one that you like, I don’t know, maybe like that, then you could do all of your puns in text and set up all of your illustrations, set up all of your text, so you can easily change them out like that. Mhm. Okay. So it is coming. Yes. Okay. Yeah. Yeah, that that that feature is coming. Uh, let me check here. What other questions there was? I’m sorry I lost your question. Something about ah Isaiah Cells is asking what is the best design advice you can give to get a good cut in the background removal tool like to get like a perfect background removal. Yeah. Uh maybe prompting wise is maybe what they’re asking specifically cuz you can actually design anything you want with any of the illustrations that they’re already like kind of perfectly cut. They’re already have no background to them. But if I’m talking about um with AI specifically, I always want it to generate on a white background. So, if I go back over to uh this area, for example, uh in in all of the workflows, all of the merch workflows, even if we wanted to work on text, for example, this, you know, this probably will cut out, okay, because the edges are pretty clearly defined, I would say. So, if I remove the background, it’d be fine. But you can just always select white. And white is always going to give you a better version of a cutout because it’s very clearly, you know, what is the word I’m looking for? It’s it’s very clearly contrasted from the background cuz this already has like a very nice border to it. So if this was white, you could hit remove background and then you’re good to go. Another spoiler, uh, we will actually have an upgraded version of the background remover that you can choose to use for it does cost like I think four AI tokens, but it’s I don’t remember which model. It’s incredible. I’ve used it a bunch and it’s even better. So, you could even have like a crazy like barely any like contrast and you hit remove background and it works. So, anyway, that’s also coming. Don’t know if I was supposed to say that, but that would be my advice is to always put it on a clean white background. And if you’re really worried about it, you could say something like make sure the border is thick, right? So that there’s a clear cutout between uh the the contrast of the design and the background. I love that you’re filled with spoilers for us today. That’s exa that’s exactly what we want here. I know. Yeah, I wasn’t thinking about it. Um, but what’s really really cool about the even though I know I’ve been flipping back and forth between the editor and the dashboard here, you can see a couple of these other things that we we may get into in a minute because I’ve already designed those in the workflows. I can actually go into the mockup studio here and you see all these designs that we’ve already made. So, I’ve already made them. So, they’re already in the the the mockup studio. So, I could just select one and hit use image and this is going to appear on all of my stuff here. Isn’t that pretty neat? Like just pretty much good to go. I can download it if if I want to or I can keep editing it. I can do the same thing that I showed you with the designs and I could open this in in KD and then uh you know use aentic to say create four variations of this sweater in and then list the colors. I think that was another question we get a lot is how do we change the colors of a of a mockup? You could change the color here, but it is going to change um all of them as you see down below. So, if you need individual ones, uh you can edit them and keep on changing the color. So, anyway, a lot of really cool things that we just released right before this. So, that’s very cool. This is kind of this kind of leads perfectly into like the second half of our uh segment here because Melody is asking, “Can you create videos in KD?” And the answer is yes. But we’re going to show you in a quick second because Drew has some goodies for us, right? Yes, I do have a a a coupon code for you. Uh it’s very very easy to remember because the code name is called Amplified. That is the coupon code. Uh that will get you when you’re signing up that will get you your 50% off your KD subscription. Now it I also right before literally right before joining this session I said you know what I we’re about to show you some cool video. I don’t want you to just have 50% off. I want you to also have extra AI tokens to make more videos. So, you’re going to get the 50% off, but you’re also going to get 300 additional AI tokens to get in. You could use Agentic the way I was doing it to create variations of your design if you want, or you can create UGC videos. You could create listing videos. So, your code is amplified. Now, that is going to be available to you until October 15. So, basically, uh, midnight October 14th. will figure out which which time zone that is cuz I know we’re all watching from different time zones, but essentially you have till October 15th. So definitely don’t wait. Don’t wait. Uh use the code for 50% off. And quick reminder, that is all happening inside sellers club in the amplified arena. Go check out the sponsors page and you will see all the goodies over there, more details and you know, you don’t have to wait till October 15th. You can do it before then just to be safe to get it. Um we had a good question in the chat. I’m sorry again you guys are chatting so fast I can’t read that fast so I don’t know who asked it but does KD offer a free tier? Yes we do. We have a free plan. Uh we were we also will have I just also got confir a lot of confirmation today. Um there will be some of the video workflows available to you on the free tier. Now you’re going to have some other things locked. So, a lot of the things that I’ve already done, you may see a little crown symbol next to them, which means you need to get the the paid tier, which is why we’re giving you a discount. But yes, there is a free tier um that allows you to create projects, use the tools, get in, really try it out, and see if it’s best for you. Uh Linda Reese also has a good question. Is the 50% off only for new users? What if someone already has a premium plan or something? It should be for um just any annual plan. So, as to my knowledge, it’s not new. I think it’s just if you upgrade to the next plan, it should it should take effect. If it’s not, you can email um support and tell them that I said to do it, but it should I don’t think it’s just new. I think it’s it’s just annual. It has to be annual, right? Because that’s where you really get the benefit of the of the amount of money taken off, right? So, if you need help, email KD support and said Drew said this. Drew said it’s okay. Upgrade to the max plan or whatever. I think we have four plans now. Yeah. And then, all right, let’s do one more question quickly. Uh, again, I’m sorry I lost who asked it, but does KD have a mobile app or something? Good question. Uh, more spoilers. So, it is in the works. Uh, I have seen it. It works. Uh, but it is not out yet. Good point here, though, because I know actually quite a bit of users have been emailing us, uh, these fake apps that that have like a K on them or something, and they’re called KD app. I don’t know what they are. Those are not ours. If it doesn’t say officially from KD, I don’t know how they’re getting it on iOS, but it is not our app. We are working on our own and we will notify everybody. So, make sure you’re on our email list for when the mobile app drops. You guys are asking all the right questions cuz Drew is just spilling the beans for us. This is awesome. Um, all right, let’s get back into KD now. Get back to that question. Melody asked, can you make videos? Yes, you absolutely can. And though so this second half, Drew is going to take us through that workflow. Yes. So in the AI studio, you can see up here back in your dashboard. I can also show quickly how you might be able to do it in the editor if you want to, but we already have workflows for different kinds of videos, actually multiple kinds of videos. So we have these product listing videos. This is going to be really important for you all that are selling on Etsy or you may be selling on Shopify. you want someone to see that video in the feed and it kind of catches their attention, right? Stops the scroll, you can easily do that. Now, you also have these UGC style videos. You can see the little Tik Tok symbol. Just because the Tik Tok symbols on there doesn’t mean you can’t use it on Instagram. It’s just it means 9×6. Essentially, it’s going to be vertical, which is really what you want for maybe you you’ve connected to your Tik Tok shop or something like that. And these work the same way that I showed you how to do the design one. So, if we wanted to do this one, the authentic flatlay, uh, all we have to do is simply upload an image and select a surface. So, we can go here and we are going to go down to, let’s say, this tote bag. I’ve actually already done this, so I’ll show it to you in a second. We’ll click use image and then let’s say we want to do this one on carpet or you could describe your own if none of these suit your fancy. And then you’ll see right here how many uh how many tokens it’s going to take. You could also make multiple if you wanted multiple. And then you can see right here it’s going to be 9 by6. Now again the workflows you can leave. So while this one is loading I’ve actually already done this a couple times. So I did the authentic flatlay that I just showed you uh on a tote bag. And so I think yeah I clicked grass. And so here it is. It’s just kind of as if somebody was taking a POV uh with their phone, you know. And if you’re not where grass is, maybe that’s maybe that’s a good one for you to do. But we also have um these really really cool ones like uh mocked up on people out in the wild. So I did a couple of these in a couple of different colors with different avatars. So some of them are going to have just simple like as if you were holding the phone. We’ll just call those POV shots. And some of them are going to be these avatars, these AI avatars. And if you notice right here, you’ll be able to upload your own. So, if you have a specific uh character in mind or maybe someone you’ve gen like a character you’ve generated with AI, you could upload that avatar to put the product on it. Then you can pick your backgrounds. All very very userfriendly, very very fast. Or you could describe your own. You’re always going to see how many tokens it’s going to take. You can see which model it was uh done with. And let’s see, let’s go to another one. This also works. I just want to make sure everybody knows it works with multiple products. It doesn’t have to just be a t-shirt. So, I did one with uh a bottle. So, I mocked the the same little design from one of them up on a bottle and I just uploaded uh the image here, selected an avatar, and then Okay. Yeah. Cozy living room. Yeah, it looks pretty cozy, actually. And then generated. So, it doesn’t have to be I don’t want people to be scared that when they see these uh you know, we call them thumbnails, the the video thumbnails, that this can’t be a hat or it can’t be a bottle or it can’t be whatever. You know what I mean? You you this could be it doesn’t have to be what it’s saying on there. Now, we also have many more coming out. I think we have another seven or eight dropping very very soon that are specific to print on demand. Although, you could use any of these for for print on demand. But, are you allowed to spill the beans on which product templates? Um, let’s see. I I looked at them today, but I I I’m I would do it, but I actually cannot remember what they were. I can’t remember what what the product was. We’ll just have to go into and find out for themselves. Yeah, there was more shirts. There was more I think there were stickers. I mean, again, like let’s say that you’re selling, you know, bracelets instead of I think there was on demand jewelry. I can’t remember. But let’s say you’re selling something that’s like, I don’t know, not a necklace. You could still try that with this um this necklace one. Or this doesn’t have to be coffee or whatever package this is. This could be the bottle that I mentioned. Uh or it could be a hat. They could be holding a hat. Oh, unboxing ones. That’s one I can share that are coming uh coming soon. So, uh it’ll be like the product in a package and the hands are like unboxing it. That’s some that are coming out. That’s those are really really neat. They’re super high quality. I’m excited for those. Um but what’s really neat about this is you’ve got some uh the avatars. Like this is the character. I can’t remember what the character’s name is. I clicked for this one, but then I also used the same avatar Kai for this one. So now I’ve got the same avatar wearing the shirt on a bus and I’ve got the same avatar in his living room holding the thing, you know. So you could you could create some uh brand consistency, if you will, to your products and to how you’re advertising it or you can customize and upload your own. And then you can actually just download these straight away. They’re ready to go um for you to upload. Now, these won’t have any sound in them. Um, if that’s the next question that people are going to ask, you’re probably going to want to use a trending sound on your Instagram or your Tik Tok or something like that because these are really just for the these are these are really mirrored after viral best performing videos that our team has taken and watched endless hours of and most of these have someone voicing over them or you know trending audio or captions and things like that. So yeah. Mhm. Now, what if there’s a product, what if someone’s selling a product from the Printify catalog that there’s not a template for, like a, I don’t know, a yoga mat or like a suitcase or something, could they theoretically somehow bring the mockup image from Printify into KD? Absolutely. Get a video. Absolutely. Yeah. Yeah. So, if they just downloaded it right from uh I mean honestly maybe even a screenshot would work, but yeah, they could download that that mockup from um Printify and then you just come back here and then you could just drop it in right here. So, you could just drag and drop it right in. Click use image. This is actually a great one, the flatlay. That’ll work with pretty much any product I think. I I don’t I think we’ve tested this on almost every product and it’s fine. It doesn’t there’s no discrepancy, but you can really do that with any of them. Even if you wanted to make these uh product listing ones, I mean, you know, ones like this, the product grab probably you would want to do something that’s like grabbable like a bottle or something like that, you know, but it just because all of these have like a sweater or a shirt or a bag doesn’t mean that you have to use a sweater or shirt or bag. You can come in and use any uh any product that you may not see in KD already, like a notebook or something. Mhm. Mhm. Um, we had another good question here. Ah, April Ford is asking, “What about flows that go together?” Like 3 to seven second flows were being we’re now being pushed harder to 15 plus second videos. So I guess like can you stitch all these flows together these videos or uh yeah I mean that hopefully will be something we have in KD u but I mean the easiest thing to do uh would be so this is 8 seconds already. You could generate another one of these. I would just download it and then in the the app whether it’s Instagram, Tik Tok, I would just add the clips together and post it. that that’s probably the the way I would do it for now is I would generate all your clips in KD download them and then you know I don’t really use Tik Tok but and Instagram they both have an editor where you can basically create a reel and then just add the clips together uh cut them to however you want them to be add some fancy captions or something trending audio and that’s how I would do it because these apps are really going to reward you for using their tools like you know Tik Tok in Instagram they want you to use their editors right uh to you make your make your stuff. So, that’s that one’s a pretty easy fix, but I am also Yeah. hoping that one day we will have uh our own little editor that you could stitch these all together with. Mhm. Uh Linda says, “We need blankets and wall art, but did you guys not have a blanket template or was that one that was in the works?” I feel like we talked about this. Let’s see. There may also be some that are in the works. Um, but there’s again, uh, you know, this could be this person holding the blanket. It doesn’t have to be the the AI are pretty smart, especially seed dance, and a lot of these are made with seed dance. Um, so I think you could do it. I I wonder if we have a blanket in Let’s see. Bags, apparel. Let’s see. We may not. I don’t know if we have a bag. I want to try that. That’s actually a really good question. Let’s see. We have flags. That’s interesting. Are there flags in Printify? There sure are. Let’s Let’s make a flag one for fun. See how it turns out. Okay. So, let’s go up here. Yeah, that’s an interesting one. So, let’s let’s go back to our little design here. Let’s do the snail. Uh I don’t know how that’ll look on a flag, but that’s okay. Uh let’s go down and find it. Let’s say I think you guys definitely have this one. I think I’ve seen this one before, right? Pretty sure. Uh I don’t know if we have the triangle ones actually. I know we have like the basic like garden flags and like banner type flags. Okay, let’s see here.

    Okay,

    let’s see. I want to make the design just a little bit bigger. So if you Yeah. If you bring these like templates, you open it in the editor, you can kind of edit it a bit further if you want more like manual manipulation, right? You can I think Yeah. So like what I’m what I’m doing right here is kind of small, right? So I’ve opened it here in the editor so that I can move the the snail around and make it bigger. Um because it was a little small, right? Um so I wanted I don’t know how what the size is. I would always have to double check and printify to make sure that it’s, you know, the right size. But now we’re looking a little bit bigger, right? And we’re going to convert this to an image. And then we can go try it in one of our uh try it in one of our workflows. Okay. So now there’s our image. Let’s go back over here.

    You guys are putting it to the test today. I This is all live. I have no idea what’s going to happen. Let’s try this one first. That’s the fun part about AI though, right? Right. Okay. So, let’s Okay, here’s the bigger one. So, let’s use that. And let’s just do grass cuz that would make most sense, I think. And then let’s go back and let’s see. I wonder if this would work with this person holding the flag. That would be crazy sauce, actually. So, you guys are going to be as surprised as uh as I am. So, this one will I believe this one actually does have audio. I’m not sure. I’m not going to have any right now. So, let’s just go with Jonas. And we’re going to go with uh uh so yeah, this one is more of a testimonial, but we’re going to try it anyway. So, let’s go outdoors walking could work. 8 seconds. Uh let’s see. What do you think AI AI would say about like a flag for a testimonial that’s got a snail? I have no idea. I mean, you can describe the This is one I will have to be honest with you. I have not like played with this specific workflow, the testimonial one, the direct to camera one, but I know that you can you can say something here like this is the highest quality flag that’s ever been existed. You know, it comes in 18 colors, and they will factor it. The AI will factor it in, and then you can like pick a hook and pick a, you know, whatever, and it should work. Uh those may take a little bit of a while to to generate, but again, the answer is if you don’t see a product or if you don’t see a a template or if you don’t see a mockup in KD, the answer is yes, you could bring your Printify one over, try it in the workflows. Uh give us a feedback. You know, if if there’s if they’re not working, let us know so we can add more that do work. Right. Michelle Ray has a really good question. Uh she says she sees the cup the cup one um and she also sees rotating pictures. Could you have the mockup do a full rotation of the mug to see the design on both sides? Can you manipulate it somehow? Yeah, I believe we have this one uh right here which will rotate left to right. And I don’t know if we have any Do we have UGC ones that do that? Oh, yeah. That one also does it too. Uh some of these Let me see if this one allows you to do Yeah. So, you could upload an image. Okay. Let’s say it’s a bottle. uh that uh like a or a mug that has the design on both sides, right? I think that’s the question. You could upload the one here. Okay. And then you could upload the other angle. You see right here it says angles. So you could add I mean yeah you maybe you had a what is it called? Sublimation or something when the the design is around the whole thing. Maybe you could add like four or five here and then as it turns around it uses the context to create um a 360. Um so I guess the answer is yes. Yeah. You would take those mockups if you’re making like a a wraparound mug design or Tumblr. Take all those mockups from Printify. You can download them or screenshot them and bring them right into here and play around with it. For sure. Yeah, cuz Printify gives you the the angles of it. Especially for mug. I know. It has the editor of where you need to put the design on either side and then it it’ll show you all the angles. Yeah, you would pop all those in here and then yeah, let the AI do the rest of the work. Mhm. Mhm. Uh let’s see. Interesting. Okay. So, it made the flag a little small, but it it did do something. Uh it didn’t probably do it exactly right. But hey, this is good good feedback and context to to to take back. If people start selling a whole bunch of flags, let me know and we can make a flag video. I’m curious if it would understand better if again you took that mockup from Printify like the exact one with the more accurate dimensions or whatever. You would have to play around with it, especially with multiple angles, you know, and and context. That’s another thing that a lot of these workflows, you know, we’re trying to make them as as as simple and user friendly as possible, but if people start needing more editability, we can keep on adding features to it um to work. We have we actually have a lot of really good questions here. We’re gonna take a quick giveaway pause because we’ve got to do another giveaway, right? So, Drew already gave you guys what? 50% off plus 300 AI tokens. We’re going to do another merch giveaway. So, this time, one more of you will win $50 to the official Amplified merch store. So, it’s going to work just like it has been. I’m going to ask you a question. you’re going to answer it in the chat and our moderator will choose a person at random. Okay, so my question for you in the chat is which of the KD features that Drew showed just today absolutely blew your mind? Let us know in the chat. Again, it’s not a typing contest, but we don’t have all day. So, do get your answers in there. If you’re still watching on YouTube, you still have time to come on over to Amplified Arena and watch for free from there and then be eligible for these giveaways. Okay? Um, so keep your keep your eyes on your email to see if you’re the winner. I will announce the winner kind of towards the end of this session. But let’s get back to the Q&A segment here. So we have a lot of question a few questions kind of around AI in general and generated images. Uh first one from Stella al Alexander. Can you use these AI generated images commercially and the videos? Sorry I’m distracted by this one that actually worked pretty well actually. That’s crazy. Sorry. Uh yes. Yes. anything you make with the models um is yours to use. Again, we’re not generating anything with a you know model that is ours. You can very clearly see which model it is. We are kind of just a conduit for using those models. So, what I always say if we’re ever talking about copyright or if we’re talking about where to use them, you you really just want to do your research to make sure that you know wherever you’re posting is okay with AI stuff. You know, I know certain certain sellers like uh you know, I think Creative Market, for example, I am also a seller on it always wants to know if you used AI. So, we’re just use we’re just kind of integrating all of the AI for you to use. But essentially, yeah, what you make is yours to to post. Mhm. Um this kind of goes along with what Kelly asked. Do you have to disclose if you are using AI avatars where Yeah. So, I think that’s kind of Yeah, it kind of depends on where you’re using it, right? It depends kind of on the sales channel you’re using. Um, I know it depends on state. So, New York, right, recently had passed a law, I think, that you have to disclose AI. Um, I believe if it’s AI humans specifically, um, so you kind of need to research your specific sales channel where you’re selling. Also, you have to know your audience, right? Some people, buyers, they do not mind AI models or they like it. Others will might be totally against it. So, there’s not really a black and white answer here, right? You have to do a little bit more research on your specific audience, your product, your sales channel. Um, exactly right. That’s the best advice is to just always check it out, you know, where where it’s okay. I mean, some of these apps are getting better at spotting it. I’m pretty sure Instagram would pretty much know. And it has the little made with AI above it. So, yeah, always do your research. Mhm. Mhm. Um, Martina Acriman has a question. Oh my gosh, it just disappeared. Wait, she’s asking, “What happens Oh, you guys are typing too fast. It just keeps popping up as I’m trying to scroll to it.” Oh, no. Now I lost. I think she asked, “What happens if you use up all of your tokens too fast? Do you have to wait till the next month or?” Yeah, so they top up monthly. That’s how the the tokens work. Um, you know, there are other options at getting more tokens. You know, you can share and refer people to KD to get more tokens. You can join some of our uh community events. We have community events almost weekly uh where we are giving giving away I don’t remember how many, but quite quite quite a large amount. Um Christina does a great job, our our community manager. So, definitely join those. There are ways to get more, but yes, if you’re on one of the paid plans, you’ll see that it um it tops up every month. Okay. Um, Susan Dixstein has a good question. I have had trouble getting the AI to get the animal on the t-shirt design to jump off in the 4se secondond video. It often changes what the animal looks like to a cartoon. Then it doesn’t look right. Any suggestions? It sounds like it’s getting cartoonized somehow. Yeah, this is a little hard without seeing it. I don’t know if it I don’t know if they’re Speaking of KD specifically. I’ I’d have to I’d have to look at it. Um, I have never had any It sounds like maybe they’re trying to make an animation. I’m not really sure. I I’ve never had any issues with having the design static on the shirt and then using AI to create the video. I actually never had it change on me uh because I’m not asking it to do. Now, if you’re prompting that you want the design to come alive, that’s that’s like a level of animation that I’m not sure AI is ready for. I have no idea. So, sorry. I would kind of have to check it out and look at it visually. Um, Jim and Nancy Cook are asking, “Who who owns copyrights to your designs? Is it Printify or KD? And how do you establish the rights?”

    Um, interesting. I mean, in terms of the designs of what you’re making in KD, uh, yeah, they are you they are yours to sell and use freely. We have a whole licensing page that you can go and check out. I’ve done a whole licensing video explaining it. Um, but I mean, if you’re using it’s kind of like if you use any of these other creative sites like Invato or Shuttertock or anything, you’re you’re you’re basically sublicicing the rights to use all of these things, fonts, illustrations. When it comes to AI, whatever you’ve generated is like fully purely yours anyway because you used AI to generate it. But yeah, we in yeah, we’ve never had any issues with with with Right. We try to keep it extremely simple. There isn’t a certain set of assets that can only be used on t-shirts and then another set of assets that can only be used on whatever. It’s just yeah, I mean, I don’t want to go into too deep with it because it’s actually very simple. I we we don’t have any issues with licensing. Now, on the Printify side, I have no idea. In general, your designs are yours that you create. Now, when it comes to copyrightiting your own designs, again, I’m not like a total legal expert here or anything. When it comes to copyrighting your designs, and you used all AI to do that, you probably have to do a little bit more research on that. Yeah. Um, yeah. And most of the time fonts like are you really can’t like copyright um like if you’re just using a specific font that the font is owned by whatever made it, whether it’s Monotype or Google Fonts or us or whatever. Um, yeah. So, that’s that’s probably a whole another session on on what copyrights are, right? Um, Glennon Bar has a good question, too. Can the demographics of the models be changed in I’m guessing like either in mockups or videos? So, you had some avatars there, but what if there’s like they want a different demographic that’s not there? Yeah, I would use that custom upload um to to change it. So, let’s say we were on this one. Yeah, I would just customize it. um like upload a custom one. Now, if you’re in like uh if you’re using mockups, for example, on the mockup generator or like if we come back over into KD and let’s say we want to add a mockup and we say it’s this lady with the tote bag. Um, one way I would do that quite easily is I would add and we have tons of videos on YouTube. I don’t want to try to stress anybody out. You can just watch the deep dive on YouTube. I would add what’s called an AI image board. And then here I could describe what I would like I would like to do. Change the age, change the, you know, whatever. You can pretty much change what you would like to do about this mockup uh using using AI and it will do it. Can we see an experiment? Can you make it like an old lady? Yeah, I would say something like change the I would even say change the subject or character uh in the photo to be an older lady. Keep the let’s say change the background to be daytime. Have her smiling. Keep the tote bag the same. We’ll actually do two tests. I’m going to copy this over. Uh let’s go with Yeah, we’ll just go with Nana Banana 2. Why not go ahead and click generate? And then I’m also going to do the same thing in Agentic just to see uh what happens. Again, I I just I really like Agentic. It it has yet to really fail me uh in terms of like taking what I want uh with the with the prompt and like really making it a lot better. Um, so yeah. Okay, there you go. Yeah, it can do it. Definitely nice. Yeah, I don’t know if that’s what you were looking for, but you know, yeah, you could you could do anything. Change the change the clothes to be a dress, change the, you know, jean color to be red, change the night to daytime, whatever you want, you know. It’s really kind of up to your prompting imagination. We had another good question. Um, oh, wait, I just saw it. Where’d it go? Here we go. Uh Michelle Ray is asking, “Do your unused coins, I’m guessing your unused tokens go over in the next month?” I think I saw someone else ask like, “Do they roll over if you have unused?” Yeah, this has been a neverending discussion. Uh right now, oh, this look, this one’s even closer to this. Sorry, I’m going to get distracted all the time, but this one’s quite nice, right? It’s even closer. It’s just really, really good. So, anyway, you guys should go go use this. So, uh, the rollover question, uh, it will probably be argued until the end of time. They do not currently roll over. Now, additional credits that you get from things like community events or referring or, you know, winning a challenge or something, those do roll over. But in terms of uh what you get, whether it’s the 600 a month or the 800 a month or the 3,000 a month or whatever it is that you get, I mean, you have to understand if you didn’t use any of them, you would end up with like 100, 200, 300,000 tokens, which is a lot of a lot of tokens. So, no, they don’t currently roll over. You get your monthly aotment on the day that your subscription renews each month. Okay. All right. We have time for one more question. We have about two minutes. Ireie Blue is asking is saying, “I’m having trouble finding consistency with my product mock-ups using models. I often want the same products but different angles and settings with the same model. Can KD produce that?” Yes. Uh, let’s maybe walk through it a little slower. What are we trying to do? I’m sorry, that was fast. Sorry, I read that really fast. Um, she wants the same products but different angles and settings, but also with the same model. So I guess having model consistency throughout like as in a person like so uh change the camera angle to be from farther away. Let’s see how fast it’ll do this. And then we’ll do change the camera angle to be from the left side in the distance. Let’s do change the camera angle to be I don’t know why you’d want to do this but from the other side of the pillar by a train. I don’t know if this is what this person is trying to do, but um we have tons of people doing this with with KD where they basically use Agentic to say, you know, create five variations of different angles of this whatever or they may have the one flatlay and they say create three variations, change the floor color to be wooden, then grass, then opaque, then whatever, you know. And we actually have an MCP. This is maybe a little advanced, but you can connect KD to Claude or Chad GPT and actually just ask it to do everything you just said and it should do it pretty well. I just did a video on it. Um, but okay. So, here’s one from farther away. The model look, I mean, look, it’s pretty pretty good. I mean, that’s pretty good. I don’t know if that’s what that person is trying to accomplish. I may be interpreting it wrong. I would say it’s something you have to play around with. Um, but I’m so sorry, Drew. We are already over time. I have to cut you off real quick. Yeah. So, real quick, remember KD is offering 50% off their annual plans. You can find all the information on that inside Amplified Arena. Um, go check out their page. And our merch winner is Janelle McCann. Congratulations. You get $50 coupon to the official Amplified merch store. Let us know in the chat what you’re going to buy with that. Thank you so much, Drew. I’m sorry. I feel like we could talk for like another 3 hours about all this stuff, but thank you so much for being with us today. Absolutely. Next up, you are going to see the full video on how to use our new Etsy personalization tool both inside Printify all the way through Etsy and how you can offer your buyers a live preview before they commit to buying. And then we’re going to be talking all about Printify, Popup, and Shopify, and doing live store reviews with Crystal Lee. See you soon. What you’re looking at is a buyer personalizing a sweatshirt on Etsy and seeing exactly what they’ll receive before they ever click add to cart. No redirects, no messages back and forth, no, can you send me your photo after the order comes in. And right now, this experience is only possible with Printify. I’m going to show you exactly how this works, how to set it up, and why this is an absolute gamecher for anyone selling personalized products on Etsy. Personalized products are already among the highest converting listings on Etsy. A buyer searching for a custom item with a name, a photo, or a specific message already knows what they want. They have strong purchase intent and they pay more for it. 30 million people bought a personalized item on Etsy within the last year. Not just any product, something made for them, their name, their photo, their dog’s face on a sweatshirt. One in three purchases on the entire platform was personalized. The demand is already there and still growing. The problem, sellers still had to do personalization the hard way. And the hard way costs real time and money. Until recently, you’d get one text field for personalization information. Buyers had to type their instructions into a single box when placing an order. Not a ton of structure or clarity. Sellers had to interpret what came in, chase buyers for missing details, and piece together the order themselves. On desktop, that was already clunky. On mobile, where more than 60% of Etsy traffic comes from, it was close to impossible. But we’re coming back better than ever before, a whole new approach. Right now, Printify is the only print on demand provider who’s fully integrated with Etsy’s new take on personalization. Image uploads and structured dropdowns built directly into your listing page. And for Printify merchants, you’re getting something that goes a step further. Live previews that show buyers a real mockup of their personalized product before they add it to their cart. Before we get into the setup, let’s walk through what the new fields actually are. There are three types of personalization fields you can now add directly to your Etsy listings through Printify. Image upload. Your buyer uploads their photo, logo, or file directly on the listing page at checkout. JPEG, PNG, or SVG files up to 10 photos. No email, no link, no post-purchase message asking for their dog’s picture. It shows up with the order. Text inputs. Your buyer types in a name, a date, a monogram, quote, whatever, up to 1,024 characters. This is where something like a pet’s name goes. You’ll see exactly how in a moment. Finally, drop downs. Instead of asking a buyer to type, “I want it in black itallic,” you give them a list to choose the font and or color. Up to 30 options per drop- down field. Clean, structured, no room for misinterpretation. Etsy currently supports up to five personalized fields in total. Any combination of the three types. For example, a listing where the buyer can add personalized text, choose the font, and change the color would count as three of the five fields. Some other combinations could be photo plus two text inputs plus one color drop down plus one font drop down or photos plus two text inputs plus one color drop down. Three text inputs and two font drop downs. And all of this is 100% free. No thirdparty apps, no subscriptions. It’s built right into Printify. One more thing worth saying before we get into the setup. Etsy’s data shows that when buyers see exactly what they’re creating before they buy, there are fewer disputes, reprints, and fewer unhappy customers. And of course, the number one thing we all want, higher conversion rates. Let’s see all of this in action. Now, I’m going to use a custom pet portrait sweatshirt as our example. The buyer will be able to type in their text, choose a font and color, and upload a photo of their pet. All three field types, one listing. Open the Printify catalog. Any of our thousand plus products can be personalized. I’m going to choose a sweatshirt. In the product creator, you’ll see the option to add personalized text and images in the left toolbar. I’ll add the image first. Next, let’s add our personalized text. Add in your placeholder text. Then, you’ll see a button to add text options. This is where we can create the drop- down menu for text color and or font. You’ll get a popup to edit your font list and add your font options. You can choose up to 30, but remember, analysis paralysis is real. Give someone too many options and they might give up. Set a font as the default by clicking the check mark next to it. This will be what gets printed if a buyer doesn’t make a choice. Save the list. And let’s now give some color options. So in my example, I’ve used five out of the five personalized fields. Etsy allows the photo, two text inputs, font style, and font color. You can see how many fields you’ve created at the bottom next to the save product button. One last note about creating your product. You’ll see a field to label your design layer. The labels here in the product creator will not be seen in Etsy by your buyer. All labels in your listing need to be edited and created in the Printify listing details page. I’ll show you in just a moment. Preview the sweatshirt to see how your design will look on different colors. And when you’re happy, save product. In the mockup library, choose which photos to add to your listing from the Printify options or upload your own. Save your selection and now add your listing details, title, description, and tags. Under the Etsy personalization section, you can turn on or off live previews and edit your fields, including the title, instructions, and character limit. You can also label color and font options if those were added. Or you can leave the default labels we created. These are buyer friendly labels we automatically create based on the position of the design layer. Remember your buyer is seeing all this right before they commit. Make sure labels are simple and clear. Set your shipping prices and publishing settings. Save this listing as a draft in Printify if you want to come back later to it or hit the green publish button and let’s see how it looks on Etsy. Find the listing in your shop manager. It’s business as usual, but now under item options, you’ll see the personalized fields we created in Printify. A very important note, do not edit or rename anything related to personalization fields. Do not reorder, delete, or add any field options here. Doing so may break the automated personalization flow into Printify and result in live previews getting disabled. If edits are needed, go to Printify and edit everything in the listing details page under the personalization section I showed earlier. And let’s look at what our buyer actually sees now, because this is where the new experience becomes something genuinely different. When a buyer clicks on your listing, they’ll choose the shirt color and size as usual, and then they’ll see the personalization fields. This is where the new drop-own menus and the live preview live. They’ll type in the name, choose the color and font, and upload their own image. After filling in all the required fields, they can click on preview your item. The shirt mockup updates to show exactly what they’ll get, their name in the font and color they chose with their pets photo, all before they’ve added anything to their cart. Note that the preview your item button will only become clickable once product color, size, and all the required personalization fields have been filled in. That is live previews. A real time rendered mockup directly on your Etsy listing page on both desktop and mobile. The last reason a buyer hesitates before purchasing a personalized product, I don’t know what it’ll actually look like, is gone. For sellers who’ve been offering personalization for years, this removes the friction that was costing you orders. For sellers who have never offered personalization before, the complexity that made it feel out of reach is no longer there. No more manual labor downloading and re-uploading customers images. No more typing in names before submitting an order. Your buyer does it all themselves. Automated personalization means higher conversions and more focus on creating and selling. A few things worth knowing about where this is headed. Live previews are available for DTG and DTF apparel right now. That covers the highest converting personalization categories on Etsy. Sweatshirts, hoodies, and teas. Live previews will be expanding across the full Printify catalog. Mugs, home decor, accessories, all of it soon. Which means if you sell stuff other than apparel or apparel with different print techniques like embroidery or puff print, now is a good time to set up your personalization fields. The new fields work across all products today in Printify. And when live previews do expand to those categories on Etsy, you’ll have a head start over every other seller in your niche. The setup only takes a few minutes and everything you need is in the Printify product creator today. A little bit of time now means less time spent resolving problems after the sale.

    And we are back. Hello. Hello. For those of you joining for the first time, my name is Leah and I am the Printify person and your host for today. I’m going to be asking Crystal here some questions all about Shopify and Popup and then we’re going to critique some of your stores live. Now, Crystal, you have a very impressive resume. Real quick, tell our viewers a bit more about you. So, I have a brand called Girl Plus God. So, I sell t-shirts and hoodies and lots of things like that primarily for women. I also am a teacher, so I teach other people how to do this. I’ve taught like thousands of people how to start their brands with no money and I love it because it’s possible and I want other people to do this. And you teach people. You have a YouTube channel right over there. Okay. So, you’re a teacher. You create your own stores. All this. What doesn’t she do? It’s I do a lot. Do you sleep? Sometimes. Sometimes you sleep. Okay. So, we She’s got a lot of good advice for you today. You definitely want to take out your pen and paper. Take notes because we are going to start with a quick lightning round question about how to drive traffic to your popup store or to your Shop Shopify store before we get into the store reviews. All right, so first of all, we’re going to talk about kind of just the building blocks you need for a successful store for someone moving from Etsy over to Shopify. What is the biggest mindset shift that you need to make? I would say you want to look at Etsy as like your parents house, right? When you go to Shopify, it is your own place. So you don’t have the support of your parents to like do anything for you. Shopify is truly about you driving your customers there. So in your mind, you need to think that you are about to make millions. You need to know I am serious about my brand. I am serious about marketing and I am serious about taking this all the way. And Shopify is a platform that will support you in that. I love the analogy like it’s like you’re moving out of your parents house, right? You’re leaving the nest and again it’s you are now in charge of bringing everything over whereas Etsy has like the people and Yes. Um so as I said Etsy has like the built-in traffic on Shopify you don’t get that or on popup stores you don’t get that. What are the core building blocks that your store needs to have before you even think about bringing in traffic? Well, I would say first, you know, just because you’re moving over to Shopify, I would not get rid of your Etsy, right? You can absolutely have both of them. And I would say make sure to get your customers information because you’re going to need it to get them over to Shopify. So, that means making sure that you have an email list. That means making sure that you have some type of text list, right? Thinking about some things that you can do for your customers now that you’re on your own. So that means maybe doing a drop schedule, right? Thinking about I can drop new items to customers every Friday or every two weeks or every month. So you’re going to want to really think like a marketer. And I would suggest for you to uh find maybe three to five other brands that you admire. Get on their email list and see how they’re marketing to you. And then take some of those things. Don’t copy it exactly. Okay? I’m not telling you to go copy, but I am telling you that success leaves clues. So, look at the other like heavy hitters that are on Shopify. I know this is controversial, but I’ve been saying it all day. Like the Kardashians, they’re all on Shopify, right? Look at how they’re marketing to you. So, just take some some notes from other places and implement that into your Shopify. I just want to say to you have a fan here in the chat says I think Oh, I just lost it again. You guys are typing too fast for me. Uh, oh, Cat Aesthetic B says, “Yay, Crystal. Crystal’s YouTube is amazing.” So, you have a fan here. Hi, Cat. Okay, next question quickly. What are the musthave pages or elements that a beginner store might miss? All right, so the first thing that you want to think about is we talked about Essie’s Etsy’s SEO. That is hard to say back to back, but you still want to think about SEO even when you’re on Shopify, right? So, even your homepage, you want a really good banner image, right? The first thing that people see, you want to capture their attention and then you want to have a shop now button. Now, hear me when I say that we are living in the age of AI. So, Shopify will help you with that. Use AI in your Shopify to build out a really strong SEO on like your main homepage. I want to see collections that people can easily click. I want to see like your products and I really want to see like the like personality of your brand. I want to see what it’s all about because that’s what’s going to get people to click. Remember that we’re selling a feeling. We’re selling something that people want to be a part of. So, think about that when you create your Shopify. And like I just said about the other brands, think about what makes you buy. What makes you go to a store and say like, I need that and implement that into your store, right? But make it as easy as possible for people to pay you. Yeah. I like that you mentioned AI in there. And I know some people are really just either anti-AII or no, they don’t want to do it. But truly, it can be so helpful if you are just starting out, especially if you aren’t sure how Shopify works or how Printify pop-up works. I showed you earlier we have the AI store builder. It’ll at least give you an idea of what a goodlooking store should look like from the start. And now it doesn’t mean you have to keep it. You should be changing your store all the time. you know, kind of learning what people are liking and what they’re clicking on. So, if you’re just starting out, it can be a really good learning tool and like a step forward. Um, okay. So, how polished though does your store actually need to be before you start bringing people to it? Like, does it need to be completely finished, 100% done before driving traffic? I would say done is better than perfect, right? A lot of us are holding on to this idea that it’s going to be perfect and we never want anybody to see it before it’s perfect and no, I have to have all these things because that’s what the other brands have, right? And what you need to do is get people to buy from you. That is what’s most important. So, I would say get your products on your page. Make sure that people know what your Shopify is about, what your brand is about, and then allow people to start seeing it. And then take feedback. If somebody says like, “Oh, I wish I could find this here.” then take that feedback and say, “Can I add that into my store?” If you’re not good with this, because I know some people just are like, “I don’t have the time for it.” There’s always like Fiverr. There’s always like places you can outsource that and it’s literally inside of Printify. Okay. Okay. You get a coupon and everything inside of Printify. And you can have somebody do it for you. If you feel like, you know what, I just I don’t have the time for this. Do that. If not, use AI. If you’re not an AI person, get your niece or somebody else to do it right. Find a way to get the store up and running. Yes. Rosie Pototts in the chat is saying, “Done is better than perfect.” Thank you. I was just telling myself this, but next is getting sales. So much pro advice. Yes, I might need a nap. Me too. Same. Um, but yeah, I also can really relate to that cuz like being a perfectionist, I want everything to be perfect, but it’s never going to be perfect. And as you kind of mentioned too, people will tell you like, “Hey, fix this.” Or, “Hey, I want this.” like take that feedback. Um, all right, let’s talk about a little bit getting traffic, running ads. When your store is ready, where should a beginner be focusing on? Is it more organic traffic with SEO or content or should we just start blasting ads? Definitely go to social media. It’s free, right? You have the opportunity to reach your customer just by creating a video. But find what works for you. Everybody is not a Tik Tocker, right? So, don’t force yourself to have to be on there and then you’re like, you don’t have to do that. For some people, you just sitting down talking to the camera on YouTube is great, right? It might be Pinterest for you. It might be uh Twitter or X or whatever it’s called now. It can be something for everybody. Just find your lane. But I want to free a lot of you and say you’re going to make mistakes and that’s okay. Just try like try different things. have fun with this. And if you’re selling something that you really, really, really care about, then that should motivate you to like, I got to get this to people. So, how am I going to tell them that it’s available? I find that a lot of people are just afraid to tell people what they’re doing. And you can’t sell if you are ashamed of what you’re selling. So, you got to tell somebody, right? Right. You mentioned all these like social media platforms, too. You don’t have to start on all of them right away. I don’t think you have to make five, six accounts a year. Start on one that you’re already using that you’re comfortable with or maybe you know like your type of buyers specifically on Instagram or Pinterest. So, I mean there’s a little bit of research required to it, but you don’t need to be overwhelmed with 10 social media platforms. And ask your friends and family, the people you trust, right? Not the haters that always got something to say. The people you absolutely trust. Ask them like where could you see me at? You know, what what do you see me kind of doing? And then take that feedback. Yeah. Yeah. Exactly. Okay. Let’s say someone does want to spend a little bit of money. They’re ready for ads. What ad platform should a beginner start with and why? You know what? I really feel like it depends on the platform that you choose to do your content on, right? Because you kind of know that platform a little bit. I think if you are really killing it on Tik Tok, then you may want to try to start running ads on Tik Tok. And that could be something as small as like $25 to see, can I boost this this shirt post that I’m talking about. Um maybe you did something and you’re talking about uh who you are. People love authenticity right now. Please let people know like, hey, I’m starting a new brand. It’s about this. I I just I’m new and I don’t know what to do. People want to see who you really are. So I would say if you’re on Tik Tok, try to run some ads there. If you are on Instagram, then me will probably be better for you. Um, I would definitely say try maybe boosting a post first before you invest a whole lot of money. Um, I know there’s so many options that it really is like I want you to make sure that you have the product that people want before you run an ad to it. A lot of people make the mistake of let me just jump in and run an ad for a product that I like, but you’re not your customer. So, make sure they like it first and then go run an ad. That’s the hard to swallow pill. like you may love one of your products and nobody likes it and kind of like well dang. Yeah. And now you spend all this money on ads anything. Um can you give us a rough number? How much money do you need to spend on ads? Like should I be dropping $100 on an ad or can I spend like two bucks to boost a post? How much does it cost about? It depends honestly. I’ve spent hundreds of thousands of dollars on ads so it’s you know what you’re doing. Like you have good designs obviously. Well, yeah, but that took like that took me really testing it and then that took me learning myself and knowing I can’t do this by myself. Like I would boost some posts and then I just said I need to go hire somebody, right? But I would run by myself maybe like an $100 ad, but I didn’t really know what I was doing. Which is why I’m like for some people they’re great at that. That they can figure it out. They can get on Meta and do it. I would say if you are good and familiar with Facebook ads um then maybe try like a $100 budget. But again, what I want more than anything is for you to know that this is your winning product. Like that is what’s important. Not just the ad spend, but that people actually want this product. And I don’t run an ad unless I know that people are like, I got to have that. Mhm. Mhm. Uh Cat Aesthetic Beach, your fan here just says, “Yes, promote products that are already selling.” And that’s very true. If you have a product that’s already making sales or a product on your Instagram, whatever that is getting a lot of likes or comments, engagement, that might be one to test. That’s a really good place to start. Yeah. Um, all right. Time is flying by here. Theor theory is one thing, but let’s look at some real stores now and kind of their setup. Um, we’re going to pull up a few here. Now, the first one on my screen, I’m using the wrong mouse. Here we go. Uh, this store was submitted by Brenda Clber. This is a Printify popup store. So, this is the homepage. What we see here. All right. My first thought, I’m a little bit overwhelmed here. Yeah, there’s a lot going on. Well, I would say the fact that this is here is a win. So, shout out to you, Brenda. You got it all right. What you do have though is a lot. So, I would say this is a lot for somebody to land on as their first impression of your store. And I’m not really sure who this is for. Like, I’m not sure like who your target customer is for this store. As we scroll down, I’m seeing a little bit more. So, now I see what the name of your brand is. I would like this to be moved up, right? So, I would want to see Pete’s Imagination moved up to the top of the page. Yeah. So, it looks like this actually might just be like, so you used our store builder, the Printify store builder here, and you would just have to move this up to the top cuz like you said at the very beginning, you need to know who it’s for. You want to see an image, not just be have Exactly. products here. And this is a lot of products, right? And just because we’re using print on demand, we don’t have to let everybody know that we have that much, right? Because you want to create some type of scarcity. Like look at things like the Jordan brand, right? is successful because they don’t have enough of it or they’ve sold you that they never have enough of it. May make people feel the FOMO. Exactly. You You want people to feel like they’re going to miss out. If I see 500 products, I’m going to come back later, right? I’m going to go somewhere where they may be about to run out and then I’ll come back to this later. But I do think that this is very um it’s overwhelming because it is a lot. Yeah. I would say too, like not just a lot of products, but if you go up back up here, you do have some nice categories and your designs themselves are very nice. Um, but I don’t know what I’d want here cuz you’ve got like Thanksgiving themed things, but then we’ve got it looks like a religious like kind of niche journals and we’ve got bedding. So, I would choose one of these lanes to start with and get really good at that. Um, let’s click into one of these categories. Um, all right. All right. Are you a Thanksgiving, Halloween, or Christmas person? I’m a Halloween person. Halloween person. All right. Let’s go. Let’s go with Halloween. So, okay. So, I This is another thing. I click on the category and it’s actually bringing me back to the top of your page. We want it to go right into Yeah. the product, right? So, it actually happens to be they end up at the bottom here. Yeah. So, again, these products, the designs I think are great. They’re great. They are great. I really love that. Uh where you can like color on the man right there. I love that. I think that that’s a good product. Yeah. So that right there like wait, where did I just go? That right there. We got to fix that, Brenda. We got to fix that one. I love this product though. I think that this could be like your only product and it’d be great. I think first of all, this is genius. I have never thought about this. I mean, I’ve never tested it. I don’t know if it would work. I feel like with fabric markers or felt markers, like color your own t-shirt for kids or something. This would be great. I would run with this cuz this is such a cool concept. I do with this. The idea is great. The product itself is nice. I actually I I said this earlier, but this is an underrated product in the Printify catalog. I’ve ordered samples for myself. The print is absolutely amazing. It is so soft on the inside and so warm. Um anyway, yes, this is a fantastic product. I do love overall choose what you want to sell here. Pick start with one of these niches and then get really good at that. Fix the layout here a little bit. Um and I think you really are on to something, Brenda. Okay, let’s move on to the next store. Okay, we have Dogma House submitted by Sue Brown. Yes, Sue. Very clear on our niche right away, right? This is a really big niche. Okay. People love their dogs and this one is all about the dogs and I love that. Praise be the dog. I love this is like two really popular niches cross niche which is we tell people to do this all the time cuz it is hard to find a very specific niche. So you got kind of like this religion for dogs or like in the dog religion or something. Um the idea is fantastic. You have a good banner here. nice menu. The picture to me looks very AI, but again, you know, your audience, if they’re fine with that, you know, it’s okay. I do like the concept that the dog is carrying the shirt. It’s very cute. This might work well, too, if there was a sliding banner. Maybe if this is one of the banners and then the other one is an actual person with the dog, that could work, too. Um, just for the people who may not love AI. There are still some people that are like, uh-uh. But I do think that you know immediately when you click on this who this is for exactly right here for people who believe in dog it makes a lot of sense. Um okay let’s test your buttons here. So this is another thing when you are ready to launch your store test all of your buttons and make sure they bring you to where they should share your shop with a friend and say hey click through this make sure everything’s working. So and do it on mobile. Mobile is the most important right now. I literally build my store for mobile. Know that everybody’s coming from social media. So, I put desktop secondary to mobile. Especially if you are targeting younger audiences, Gen Z. They’re all They’re all on their phones. Yeah. So, all right. Your shop the collection button worked. It brought us to the collection. Yes. I love these shirts. I think again, your designs are fantastic. The I think the mock-ups are really nice. They’re clean. They’re cute. You know, they’re not too much. The design is front and center. Mhm. The SEO maybe not the best. Yeah, I would add a little bit more in there about like the shirt because all of these have dog is real, dog is real, dog is real, and just different colors. I will also because there are many variations of the same shirt with just a different type of dog on it. Um, it may be good to mix that up with adding people, adding an element with that particular dog, even having your customers like them with their dogs, with that dog in there. And then yes, for the SEO, you definitely want to add a little bit more to the title other than dog is real. That could be like dog mom shirt, unisex shirt. Like even saying dog mom will help you a little bit more with the SEO. But I love the satisfaction guarantee with the little dog. The help rescue dogs made just for you. So cute. Almost like they’re selling to the dog themselves. I know. These are This is almost like these are those tiny details that maybe don’t make a huge difference, but people notice them. Like you don’t want to have these just bulleted lists in your description that is like a novel, right? em.

    Um, your description is very clear. Also, like easy to read. You have your FAQs here. Yes. Let’s scroll around a little bit here. Yeah. So, I do I love this. I will say that because everything looks alike. I definitely want to see some more uh some more pictures. Even if it’s of a dog, right? with just some more pictures so that everything is not the exact same picture. Even though I love this picture. I think it’s great. You got the bones on there. You got the postcard. Like this was very well thought out and just a really great niche. Yeah. Yeah. So, if we scroll down, okay, we have some more information. Soft enough to sleep in. This This is a really nice picture. This one I think you ordered samples and you actually you took your own image and this is beautiful. Yeah. Um, I actually almost would want to see something like this. If we go back to the homepage here, you did have Okay, right away you have your best sellers, which is that’s a really great spot to put them is right under that hero image, this banner. Um, but it almost for me it kind of it gets a little bit overwhelming. All of a sudden, I’m bombarded with a lot of products. Yep. With a lot of colors. Yes. I would almost want to see what we saw on the previous page, maybe kind of under three or four of your bestellers, maybe with a human wearing the shirt and saying a little bit more about your store with some collections on the homepage. I would definitely do that. And then maybe this brand would really benefit from some drops like this would be great for like a bi-weekly or a monthly drop. So that again, you don’t have everything here. You could do like a dog of the month and then that month you have like oh we’re having a special I don’t know Bernie’s mountain dog collection dropping. There’s a lot of really good potential here and you have so you do have all your kind of like categories here and by by breed. Yeah. I would I would almost want to see some of these maybe pull it down down here. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. You gave a really good idea though. Like I I hope they’re listening. Dog dog of the month. I I hope you’re watching. Say hi in the chat if you are because I I want to see this. It’s It’s an awesome idea. That is Please do that. I also want to say one little teeny tiny detail that I that I love is the bark at us. If you have a store, you definitely want a way for your customers to contact you, right? Um bark at us. It speaks very clearly. It’s hilarious. It’s cute. the little story right here about Yeah, I love this. I think I feel like I’m being sold the shirts by a dog. Like the dogs are selling the shirts and Yeah, it would it works on me, you know? I love it. And I This looks like a very real picture of I imagine your dog Lo Lobo. Yeah. Unal alive. And if his little his laptop got messed up. This is so cute. And you’ve added so much personality into the store. I really think you’re on to something really good here. Yes. Um, clean it up a little bit, take some feedback. You’ve got awesome stuff. This is great. Dog of the month is is is going to take it to the next level. You can even have people like I hope you are on social media. We didn’t check. Okay, you’re on Instagram and Facebook. I hope you ask your followers on social media like, “Hey, what’s the next dog of the month?” and have them vote and get them engaged there. Oh, so many ideas. Okay, we have about 10 minutes left. Let’s look at another store. All right. This next one is submitted by Jess. This is a Shopify store. So immediately I think Okay, we know it’s car. Mhm. Doctor’s apparel. So I read doctors. Okay. But I’m guessing it has I think I saw when I was looking at this earlier, it’s something related to cars, right? So we don’t know if it’s DRS or doctors. Yeah. Is it doctors or DRS? Either way. Who knows about cars? Either way, I this kind of sleek look is great for this niche. I would say I don’t like the slash. I think that that reads a little less like put together for a store. So, you can do like the and sign. You can spell out and or a plus sign. I would maybe even add a car or um it’s me and a car like the or a model and a car, something like that, just so you have some personality up there. Yeah, I would say overall it’s a very clean landing page. I I like it. Like I think it looks really good. Small things. I would almost make this B. So it’s really good to have a banner too. Members get exclusive discounts. I think I saw free worldwide shipping on all orders. That is awesome. People love free shipping, especially if they can order it from from I don’t know from Europe to the United States, etc. They love free shipping. Mhm. I would almost make this little banner louder, like a bright green or bright something, cuz it’s kind of a darker green. It kind of blends in with the the black here a little bit, but other than that, good impression. Okay, scroll down. We’ve got the women’s collection. We’ve got a men’s collection. Good use of the space. Yes. Um, I would say the menu you you see it a little bit, but it it is tucked away over there on the side. I see drive the brand about. What are those about? I don’t want to see those. Which ones? These? Yeah. Let’s go. Okay. Okay. So, we got a car there. So, your story. It’s good to have your story. I like it. I don’t know where to look first. Do I read this story? Do I read this story? Um, okay. My name is Jess. I’ve always been one of the boys. Okay. And you knew it was time for women to have more custom car gear. Okay. So, now here you’re saying very clearly that it’s car stuff for women, which that’s an awesome target. That’s a huge That’s a huge niche. Like, I would go and lean more into that. Like immediately when you come on this page, you know this is all about the car enthusiast, the women car enthusiast. I would really lean into that more. Yes. Bring that on to the homepage here. Let’s actually go look into Well, what’s drive the brand? Yeah. What is Drive the Brand? Ah, this must be for the We have members get exclusive discounts. Oh, okay. Okay. I like that. You have an ambassador program. That is also very smart. Okay. So, you’re already doing the right things when it comes to marketing. social media here.

    So, you’re on Tik Tok, which is really great. But the Tik Tok link is sending us a 404 error. So, that’s one of those small things. It’s not the end of the world by any means, but again, making sure all of your links work here for sure. Um, let’s go into I actually want to see one of the product pages. Let’s go to the best sellers here. Okay, so best sellers, some jerseys, t-shirts, Miniature Hot Wheels. Oh, those are earring. You know what? Wow. Let’s see. That is cute. Okay. I think I saw somewhere that like crop tops were signature. Signature, right? Okay. Okay. Okay. I like the landing page or the product page here. I would say again this green here. It’s good that when you hover over it, it does get a bit brighter, but it still is kind of hidden. Yeah. Yeah. I would almost want this add to cart. Like you want people to add to cart right away. It does. This buy with shop does stand out very well. Okay. What do you have? You have a very full description here. Yes, that’s a lot of reading for some people. Um, so I would think about that. I really, and this is just me. If if I was kind of sharing my own story and I was thinking about how I felt left out for so long, I would make this all about women, right? I’m not saying you have to get rid of the men, but I am saying I would really, really, really lean into like this is for the girls. Yes. For the girls. Also, I mean, I’m I’m guessing Jess, too, you obviously know your audience and over on social media. Maybe you are getting a lot of male buyers as well. So, obviously, you know, look into that more and yeah, adjust how you need to. But either way, um I definitely agree with you. Like thinking about your actual branding, your colors, how things are standing out. Even with the apparel, I want to see the cars, right? Like so even if there’s a picture of you in the shirt in the car or with the car, there is a lot of attitude with the models, which I like. Um I think this can go for all the brands. Is that car of the month, right? Like think about ways to get your customers, your people, your tribe excited about what you’re selling. And don’t just give it all to them up front. Give them something to look forward to. Yeah. Yeah. Um, quickly again, I love these models. These are great. Like the attitude is great. You got models. Um, what do you think of the titles SEO here? I love a good title. So that I I love all of that. I would still think about though just adding the SEO in. So that may be maybe even adding the color in or maybe even adding a car collector boxy tea, right? You want to start adding some language that is going to get people to see you if they’re googling something because this is a brand that somebody would be googling because car shirts for women, car shirts for Yeah, exactly. Yes. Um, how important is it having like so obviously Etsy SEO and Shopify SEO are different. How important is it have it having the keywords in the title here versus having it in the description down here? Like what’s more important? I would say both. You want to make sure that you maximize as much as possible. And there is the AI built in. So utilize that as you can if you don’t know or go to your AI bestie and say uh chat help me optimize this uh this title and this description. You want as many keywords as possible women car collectors uh anything like that so that the people who are googling they will find your product. Yeah. I’m guessing too there’s stuff about like like racing terms, car racing and all that. I know. I know nothing about cars or racing, but you could probably work work that in for sure. Um, also important, I think you do a good job with this here, but making sure that you’re working in your keywords and descriptions in your audience’s language, in your brand’s language. You know, you don’t want to just be stuffing in random words like car, fast car. Stay true to yourself but still think about you know you are a business owner so you have to add in things so that people can find you easily and again your AI bestie can help you with that like keep my personality but add in more SEO. Mhm. Mhm. One final comment and this is such a like teeny tiny thing. Again we’re like perfectionist. We’re going to nitpick here. Um you have to have a footer. This is great privacy policy refund. I feel like it’s almost taking up unnecessary space. I would almost like small make it a bit smaller. Maybe like one smaller line, but again that’s such a or give me a car down there. Maximize the space if you’re going to have Yeah, get like a little car down there or something. But other than that, I think this is a really cool one. And I mean all three of these shops today from Brenda, Sue, Jess, like all of you have a lot of potential and you have really good ideas. So I would definitely Yeah. And congratulations on these getting this far because some people don’t make it here. So, I’m so proud of all of you guys. Yes. Okay. So, thank you again, Brenda, Sue, Jess. That was awesome that you guys submitted these. Um, fantastic advice from Crystal. Any final words of wisdom, inspiration for our audience, man, I would say know that you can do this. I’ve had the greatest time here at Amplify. So many different people, personalities that we’ve all come together and said, “Wow, you did that.” Right? Be willing to try. Be willing to pivot. Uh, know you’re going to mess up. So, just enjoy messing up and having fun doing this. But I’m really excited for all of you who are about to change your life with print on demand cuz I did it. So, you can do it. Exactly. If we can do it, you can absolutely do it. Okay. Thank you again so much, Crystal, for being here. Stay tuned for the next session because I’m going to be putting Stara Moore into the lightning round spotlight and then we’re going to take a look at some of your Etsy stores live. We will see you in a few minutes. Every seller wants to grow, but figuring out how to do it, that’s usually the hard part. There’s endless advice out there, and before you know it, you’re spending more time learning about all the different ways to expand a business than actually doing it. That’s why we created mentorship by Printify. We went to sellers who are already at the top with the sales, systems, and results to prove it and asked, “What actually works?” We turn these strategies into blueprints with a mentor to guide you that’ll take you where you want to be, whether you’re chasing your first sale or ready to scale. We’re even offering the chance to get a scholarship for these programs. More on that later. But first, let’s show you what mentorship actually looks like. Starting with two dedicated programs for Etsy and Tik Tok. On the Etsy path, you’ll learn directly from mentors like Sarah Caps, a top 1% Etsy business owner with gold star seller status who started exactly where you’re at right now. She’ll walk you through everything it takes to grow your POD business with weekly live sessions with mentors, roundts, open Q&As’s, one-on-one coaching calls, and listing reviews with real detailed feedback. Every live session gets recorded so you never miss out. And you won’t be doing this alone. You’ll be learning alongside a community of other sellers in the same spot as you celebrating wins together. And if Tik Tok shop is where you want to win, you’ll be learning from sellers actually running six-figure Tik Tok shop businesses right now, not sideline commentators who don’t know the ins and outs of the platform. This program goes indepth on how Tik Tok rewards content, not catalog size, what to post, how to hook, and how to turn views into orders so you can grow your POD business. You’ll join weekly sessions and roundts and receive real feedback on your products and ads before you post. You bring the effort and dedication. We’ll help you turn it into orders fast. Here’s the best part. Mentorship is valued at over $2,300 a year, but for Amplified attendees, that cost could be fully covered with a scholarship. Only a 100 scholarships are available, and once they’re claimed, they’re gone. If mentorship has been on your radar, this is the moment to move. And we’ve already seen what this can do for people who show up and put in the work. Real sellers, real results. Here’s what Riley had to say. I’ve used the Tik Tok mentorship program by Printify, and the ticks were actually actionable. I scaled my new store to $25,000 in revenue in a single month. My mentors were there whenever I had an urgent situation and needed help. They’re all so knowledgeable and I’m grateful to have access to some of the top experts in the field. You’ll find the scholarship application link in the chat right now. Click it and apply for the program that’s right for you. And don’t wait. Spots are limited. If you’ve been waiting for the right time to take your business seriously, this is it. All we ask is that you show up. Your path to success starts with mentorship. We look forward to seeing you there. Printify presents badass ways to quit your job.

    I quit. But how? Every week, thousands of people open a store and make their first sale with Printify. And so can you. Printify has over 2,000 products waiting for your designs, so you can launch your store in minutes. We make starting your own business so easy, quitting is all you’ll think about. Printify.

    Heat. Hey, Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Hey,

    hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey, hey.

    Welcome back for the fifth time today. For those joining for the first time on this stage, welcome. My name is Leah. I am the host and the Printify person. Now, we’re talking all about Etsy again in this session. And if you want your Etsy store to be the absolute best it can be, this is the session for you because I have the absolute best person with me here for everything and anything Etsy related. Yes, she’s already dancing. I’ve got Stara Moore here who’s going to share the best way to convert buyers and we’re going to be doing live store reviews. So, get ready to take notes. Stara, say hello and quickly tell us your Etsy experience. Well, you know what? If anybody has searched for Etsy SEO on YouTube at any point in their life, I’m probably the face that you’ve come across because I’ve been doing this for a really long time. I’ve been teaching for 10 years. I have been selling for 15 years and I’m also a manager over at e-rank.com. So, if you’ve ever done any Etsy SEO, there’s a chance that you’ve seen my face. And this is actually my fifth time speaking at Amplified, so that’s really fun. Awesome. Let us know in the chat if you’ve seen Stara here before. I’m sure we we have all sorts of Starla watchers here already. Um, okay. We’re going to start with a quick lightning round of questions on what makes a great Etsy listing, great Etsy shop, and then we’re going to get into the real fun, the store critiques. So, for someone who just opened up their shop, what actually makes a listing convert versus just getting views? Yeah, there’s so many components when it comes to listing conversion, but I really think that the things that sellers tend to not consider when they’re starting, when they’re watching all the videos and they’re getting stareyed about the possibility is the utter saturation and the number of competitors that you’re going to be up against once you get that listing posted. Because of that, the thing that helps a listing to actually convert, it’s not having the best SEO in the world. It’s not even having the best quality product in the world. Because if you have the best quality product, but it’s surrounded by other people who also have great quality products, you still blend. It’s about having a defined niche that’s actually going to call to a very specific type of person. So, for example, I always use mama bear sweatshirts. We’ve all seen like the silhouette of the bear and it says mama in it. Okay, that’s cool. But there are so many other sellers who make that. So, even if you make a really nice one and your SEO is great and your photos are great, you are going to be buried in that sea of millions of other sellers who have that exact thing. But let’s say that you’re super passionate about mama bear sweatshirts and you still want to make that. What type of mama bear is it? the sports mom, mama bear, who all her kids are in sports, maybe they all play, you know, basketball. You could totally theme that mama bear around the basketball mom or the soccer mom or even, you know, maybe you do organic mama bear, whatever it is, whatever you’re passionate about, start with a niche because everything after that gets so much easier. Niches are what help listings to convert when you’re competing in something that is so saturated like POD. Then maybe you go for mama duck instead of mama bear. Yes. What is the biggest mistake that you see beginners make with their listing? M I think that there are so many little mistakes that newbies make, but I really do feel like they spend so much time on things like SEO. And I mean SEO is great. Like my whole thing is SEO and teaching people how to make SEO easy, but you could have the best SEO in the world on a search page if your photos aren’t compelling in the way that your competitors are compelling. It doesn’t matter if your product is great. It doesn’t matter if your SEO is good. It’s like the recipe for the perfect listing. It needs to start with having that defined niche. But then you also need to make sure that your photos in the context of search are something that someone is going to want to actually click on. Now, when you look at your storefront, you might say, “My photos look great. Like, looking at all of my listings together, they look so pretty.” But then you type in some keywords associated with your niche and that product, and you start looking at all of the other listings around it. Is your listing the one that people are going to want to click on? Because if not, it doesn’t matter if a million people see it. It doesn’t matter if you have the best keywords in the world. It doesn’t matter if you have, you know, the lowest prices or even the best niche. You have to be able to get that person who is already overwhelmed with the possibilities to click on your thing and be compelled enough to explore it further. Otherwise, the conversion is just going to be impossible. Mhm. So on a scale of 1 to 10, how really important is that first photo? Is it Oh, it’s a 10 or 20 or like a 30. It is the most important. Like there’s nothing more important to me than a great photo. And you know, great can mean different things for for different products, different industries. I’ve had sellers in the past who are who have told me, “Oh, my photos aren’t that great.” and I look at them and I say, “Yes, but you look like your photos were shot by like a grandma who’s selling products and it kind of fits.” Like I almost feel like a photo that’s too professional in the context of that specific shop wouldn’t perform as well. So, it takes a lot of experimenting as well. It takes taking different types of photo styles, running AB split tests, looking at your data. Data is the compass that is going to tell you what works for you based on your demographics, your target customers, that data is going to speak. So, in the beginning, when we’re talking about newbies who are getting their first listings out into the world, it is absolutely okay to, you know, I’m going to try an AI generated photo and a mockup photo and I’m going to order a sample product and take a photo of myself wearing it and then I’m going to test and see which of those does well. As long as those are all contained within one shop, Etsy doesn’t care if you take, you know, three of the same product and list it three, you know, three times in your shop just to see the data and see what performs better. And then once you find that winning formula, you can kind of run with it and make sure that your other photos match up. Mhm. I hear you say all the time that data is king. And I think you are so right with that. Um, all right. Beyond the photos though, what’s the one thing people might underestimate? Is it the titles, tags, description? I think it’s really how those three things work together. Four things actually because attributes are also a big part of it. So, um, in the realm of Etsy SEO, a lot of people will come to me to ask, what should I focus the most on? Do I spend more time on my title? Should I spend, you know, 12 hours researching my tags? should I make sure that I’m writing the best description, you know, and attributes. Obviously, they don’t take as much time because we’re just picking drop- down menus, but they’re still important. And I think that what sellers don’t realize is it’s not about any of these singular elements on their own. Think of it like a system of gears. If you had gears that were all like equidistant from each other, not touching, they’re they’re not going to spin. They’re not going to work together. What matters and what powers the Etsy machine is all of those gears coming together and combining and twisting and turning in unison because really that is what’s going to make the Etsy machine move. So yes, you should make sure that you’re finding the very best words to put in your title. And yes, you should make sure that you’re getting some great words in your tags to kind of back up your title. And obviously when you’re filling out your attributes, you should make sure that you’re filling them out as accurately as possible. And descriptions, they work a little bit differently. Um, a lot of people still do the age-old, you know, take your whole title and copy it and paste it down in the description just to make sure that you get all of your, you know, best keywords in there. That’s not really how the algorithm works anymore. like way back when, sure, that was the strategy like 10 plus years ago, but now what we’re really looking for with descriptions when it comes to Etsy is organic language that’s going to connect both to your shoppers so they better understand your product. They know how things are going to fit. They know what, you know, fabric you’re using, the important stuff that a buyer needs to know. But Etsy has disclosed in the past that descriptions are not used for query matching. So that is that keyword matching phase. Etsy has disclosed that they’re actually used more to gather context. So, the thing that, you know, we I think a lot of people don’t realize with our descriptions is that it’s a place where you can talk more about the specifics of how a person might come about that search. So, maybe they’re searching for a great birthday gift for grandpa’s 60th birthday, for example. Well, that’s a really clunky set of keywords that you might not necessarily be able to cleanly get into your title and tags, but it’s great context for Etsy to understand in those descriptions. So, I usually tell people when it comes to descriptions, while they are important for search, it’s better to just use them to educate your shoppers because if you’re doing that, you’re probably also fitting search needs. I guarantee that there’s going to be people with questions. Yes. So, we we do have a few questions here. Um, I’m going to pick one here from Craig. A lot of successful shops on Etsy have over a thousand plus listings. What are your thoughts on the volume play? I don’t think that it’s as important as people try to make it seem. I know that there’s a lot of people who say more listings equals more opportunities equals more chances to get found. But often when I look at shops like these and I critique them, I see shops that have thousands and thousands and thousands of listings and none of them are converting where what they’re doing is they’re listing and hoping and listing and hoping rather than really defining themselves, finding that niche, finding a passion, and creating something that people actually want to buy, which is hard. It’s easier to list and hope. It’s also expensive. Um, when you have a thousand listings at 20 cents every four months that aren’t selling, that does add up over time. I also see people that just pile money onto, you know, into ads into ads into ads. Get it seen, get it seen. But if you don’t have good SEO, there is an algorithm for ads. So, that’s probably not going to work either. It all kind of boils down to having that defined niche that both tells your customer what you want to be known for and tells Etsy what you want to be known for because that algorithm is also going to recognize topical consistency. It’s going to know that if you want to be known for, I don’t know, German Shepherd products because your whole shop is about German shepherds. the algorithm is gonna say, “Man, this lady over here is searching for German Shepherd t-shirts, and Bob over here only lists German Shepherd products.” Clearly, Bob is a specialist in German Shepherd products. So, we should show those products to this lady over here who’s looking for them. Mhm. Mhm. Okay. Uh, real quick, a couple more questions. Switch gears slightly from SEO. I want to talk about multi-product listings because we have an awesome new feature in Printify where you can make multi-product listings. Is it real quick explain what that means and also is it a good idea or a bad idea for beginners? Yeah, so a a good multi-product listing to me because I know that you can add a lot. Um I actually just checked the numbers in Printify today to see how many you could add and it is a lot of variants, a lot of products that you can bundle. But I think that the goal should be to make sure that for one, you’re not just doing it for the sake of doing it. Like I think that it’s probably very easy to get stareyed at the possibilities of putting as many products together as you can. Make it make sense, though. Make those bundles make sense. So in a nutshell, the feature is going to allow you to say make a maybe you want to sell a whole outfit. You’ve got the hoodie and you’ve got the matching t-shirt and you know, you want to make it really easy for a buyer to say, “Oh, I want I want the whole thing. I want the whole the whole fit. I want to match. I want to have the matching hat and the matching shirt and the matching hoodie.” It will make that so easy for a customer to see all the possibilities and be able to purchase it with one click rather than having to go search for all of those individual items, which I love. What I wouldn’t want to see sellers do is, for example, put their whole catalog into one listing to the point where it becomes fatiguing for your shoppers. There’s actually a fantastic book um that I recommend about buyer fatigue called The Paradox of Choice by Barry Schwarz. Fantastic read for anybody who enjoys consumer psychology. But it talks about how our brains shut down when we’re faced with too many choices because we run the risk of making the wrong choice. And in our mind, oh no, like I spend all this because you know your bundle is probably going to be a little pricier, right? You’re off, if you’re offering a hoodie and a t-shirt and a matching hat, that’s a lot of money that customer is going to pay. And if you have 6,000 things for them to choose from, that might be fatiguing and that might scare them. So make it super simple. Make sure that your photos are showing everything. Make sure that all of your bundles make sense. Um, if you’re doing, you know, a German Shepherd shirt and a basketball hoodie and, I don’t know, a pickle ball hat, that’s a really weird combination of items. Maybe make sure that they’re all German Shepherd or they’re all pickle ball. But I personally, I think it is a great idea. And anytime someone asks me like, “Is this good? Is this a good idea for sellers to do?” I’m like, I think it’s a great idea for sellers to test it with their own industry because the data will tell you if it’s a good idea or not. Yeah. We have uh Cat Aesthetic Beach in the chat. She says, “Pro tip, make multi-product listings after you have a good performing product.” Yes. And I kind of have like an addition to that question. So, we say to double down on something that’s working. Why? Why wouldn’t I want to just make another new listing and have more listings rank for those same keywords at SEO versus putting it in one listing? Or should I do both? Um, I would honestly do both. So, you have to remember how the algorithm works when it’s when we’re talking about organic ranking. Um, every time you make a sale of a listing, you build up your listing quality score, which is unfortunately a secret score that we don’t get to see as sellers, but we can sense it. So, if you’ve ever made a sale in your shop and then conveniently, like the next day or even a couple hours later, that exact same item then sells again, that is evidence of our listing quality score kicking in because Etsy says, “Oh, people really like this thing. They bought it. we should show it to more people because we have evidence of demand. There’s buyer intent there. So, when you have one listing with everything compacted and that listing is able to be, you know, your flagship that sells over and over, then yeah, you’ve got more opportunities for that singular listing to rank higher in search. Whereas, if you split everything up, you’re going to be basically dividing that listing quality score up. However, I do think that there is some value in listing things individually as well because you can target more specific keywords. If you’re selling, let’s say that you’re selling sweatshirt and sweatpants. If I’m searching for a sweatshirt, I’m not typing in keywords for sweatpants, right? So, um I think that you can definitely narrow down on a specific type of product so that you are really telling Etsy like the these are sweatpants. This is what this is. It is sweatpants. It’s categorized as sweatpants. it needs to be seen as sweatpants, whereas this is hoodie. It needs to be seen as hoodie. A bundle, you’re going to have to kind of sacrifice um a little bit of that space to get terms in for both angles. This is where that AB split testing is going to be really, really important so that you can look at the data and see, do my bundles perform better? Do my listings individually perform better? Do they all perform well? And maybe I just need to keep them all. I need to have the bundle, but I need to list them separately because there’s going to be different type of buyers. Some buyers are going to be so in love with the idea of buying everything all together. But you’re also going to have buyers who see, you know, maybe the listing photo has the sweatshirt and the sweatpants together and they say, “Oh, I just want the shirt.” And you offer just the shirt, but in their mind, they see picture of shirt and pants and they say to themselves, “That’s not what I’m looking for. I’m just looking for the shirt.” So again, data is king here. I would test both and see what works for you. Yeah, great advice. We actually do have a lot of questions. Unfortunately, we don’t have a ton of time. So, the theory is great, but let’s look at some real stores first, but first we have some gifts, right, Stara? We do. We do have some gifts. So, I am going to be giving away today three e-rank expert plan, which is our highest uh subscription over at E-Rank. And I’m hoping that my husband is upstairs ready to post that on the live stream. Um, and if not, it will be available in the sellers club. Oh, yeah. He’s stomped on the floor, so he’s posting it now. So yeah, the way you can get this one, it’s going to work a little bit differently than what we’ve been doing. Um there will be a post inside the amplified lobby space um from Stara. Yes, from Stara and she’ll give you instructions there on how you can be a winner of the E-rank expert plan giveaway. So you can go check that out after this session. Um go check it out. Okay, let’s get into the store critiques here. So, Stara, you’re actually going to share some stores on your screen first, right? And the first store that we have here is submitted by Denise Taylor. Let’s take a look. Yes. So, our first store is Cottonwood Cozy. Um, very cute banner. It was the first thing that I noticed when I arrived. I’m I’m a big stickler for branding. However, the more that I started to explore your shop, the more that I started feeling inongruencies and this lack of overall cohesion. And I think that during, you know, holidays, Halloween, we can get really excited about making our banner festive. But the I feel like making your banner festive can sometimes distract from the branding that you’re trying to establish. So, for example, if I held up a soda can to you and you saw red with white curly font, it doesn’t matter how far away I’m standing or if you can read it, you know, oh, that’s Coca-Cola, right? Like, we all know what that looks like. If I show you a baby blue box with a white ribbon wrapped around it, you’re like, “Oh, that’s Tiffany and Co.” Our branding should be a beacon to our shoppers and should tell them what to expect and how to recognize us. So, what I noticed was that you have a great logo down here, um, some great fonts, and that’s not translating to this very puffy fabric Halloween banner. I would really love to see you use this strong branding that you already have and in the style of that branding, add some Halloween elements that match so that we can maintain that cohesion. I always tell people that branding is like a song. You have to sing the same words to the song over and over again if you want people to remember the words and sing along. If you listen to a song and every single time you heard it, the words changed, you would never be able to sing along to that song. And then as we scroll down into your product again, this is a cohesive style. Your photos are a cohesive style. I can immediately tell what your brand is all about. I’m seeing babies, kid-friendly, super cute, soft colors, neutrals. This branding doesn’t match. I would love to see you create this soft, very neutral tone, still fuzzy and warm um branding for your banner that also kind of emphasizes the strong brand elements that you have already created because your photos are beautiful. I absolutely love your your photos. It just feels a little uh inongruent. I’m popping open our E-Rank extension right now. This is a feature that we have over at E-Rank where you can check out things right on uh E-Rank. And honestly, looking at your keywords, they’re fantastic. You have fantastic tags here and you are doing very minimal repetition. So, we’ve got personalized swaddle, optional bundle, coming home outfit, photo props, name announcement. So, you’re not saying baby, baby, baby, baby, baby. You don’t have to do that in your tags or your title because Etsy is actually mi mixing and matching every word in your titles and every word in your tags in every possible combination through broad matching. So, your keywords phenomenal. Really, my only critique at this point is to go in and just make sure that when you’re creating seasonal banners, they’re congruent. Um, I would also love when I’m buying something for like a baby, I would love to know who you are. Um, a faceless shop owner. When it comes to baby products, I want to know that the person that I’m buying baby products from is a face that’s friendly, someone I can trust, someone I’m excited to see. even if it’s just a little avatar or a character that you create for yourself. Um, I would love to see that. But overall, fantastic shop. Super cute. Okay, let’s go on. We have Sorry, Scarlet. We have about 10 minutes, so we got to we’re going to go fast here. And we still have some really good questions. Uh, the next store, Cavy Whisper, is by Sarah Grace. Yes, I love this one because I absolutely love guinea pigs. I used to breed guinea pigs. Um I would love to see some cohesion with your um logo and your branding because this kind of just feels like an Instagram handle. I would love to see, you know, a fun like curly cute font that kind of matches your logo here because I think all of the elements on their own are cute, but I want to see that glue that kind of holds them together. Now, I am going to pop into the extension because I did a little of scoping initially. I’m looking at this guinea pig umbrella. It looks like there’s fantastic keywords in the title, but you have some one-word tags here. You You could put travel accessories as one tag and get rid of the tag travel accessories cuz you’re already ranking for travel accessories by having them separate. Other, that’s a one-word tag. And I don’t know of anybody searching other. Umbrella. Um, again, that’s a one-word tag. You’ve got guinea pig, guinea pig, guinea pig, guinea pig, guinea pig. That’s a lot of unnecessary repetition. So definitely consider trying to get some other keywords in there. Small pets, rodents, cavies. There’s a lot of different ways that you can say guinea pig, but I definitely feel like you have something here because there’s a fantastic niche. I I think that my biggest critique here is to expand your net of keywords. I see I have to point out in the chat, Barbara McI said, “I thought that said cavity whisperer.” And I think if you are in the dentist niche, that would be hilarious. I That’s really niche. Yeah. Yeah. Perfect. I’m not gonna lie. I didn’t know what cavies were when I first saw this. I had to Google it. I had no idea. I mean, I assumed it was about guinea pigs because the shop did a very clear job of expressing that, but I had no idea. Okay. Uh, our final store submitted by, let me see here, by Chelsea Juicy Threads. Thank you, Chelsea. Love it. I absolutely love this shop. I just got back from a huge EDM festival, which is why I sound so sick. And this is exactly the type of stuff that I would expect to see like at the festival. The first thing that I noticed, this is this is drawn. You didn’t AI generate this. This is not clip art. The style is cohesive. I can tell that you’re an artist and I absolutely love that. That is your thing. Where is your banner? You’ve got to get a beautiful banner because your style is amazing. I think a lot of people are under the impression that the banner is going to distract from the products when in reality you have less than 7 seconds to convince that person of the vibe, the emotions, the feelings of your brand. The same as when you walk into one of those cute little um shops, like if you go to like a small town and walk in a little shop and it just smells good and you think to yourself, I’m in the right place. That is the job of your banner and you’re an artist. So, draw something awesome for your banner. I know you can do it because your style is absolutely beautiful. Um I also noticed first of all, fantastic photos. I love that you do the custom backgrounds. Even though everything is kind of different, it’s cohesive in an almost purposefully chaotic way, and I love that. However, looking at your title, Juicy is your brand name. Okay. Um, I see you’ve only got two sales. You’re trying to establish a brand name for yourself. I’m doing the same thing in my shop. So, that’s fine. But that only leaves us with two keyword opportunities. Ribbage T. That’s it. Um, you’ve got to get some more keywords in there. I would definitely recommend trying to expand out a little bit into maybe the types of people I just gave you a great one. This stuff would do so well at raves and EDM festivals and music festivals and um you know I I just feel like there’s so much potential here especially since you’re handdrawing uh street wear colorful Y2K there’s almost like a Lisa Frankes like colorful thing and obviously don’t say like Lisa Frank inspired but you could absolutely run with that colorful Y2K vibe. Why? Because that’s I mean the kids are loving that right now. And not to sound old. Um let’s see. Bold graphic tea like gift for her, gift for him. They’re very generic terms. I would definitely try to lean more into those specific niches like we discussed because there’s a market for this stuff for sure. I I saw so many people wearing similar things at the festival that I was just at. I saw so many booths selling similar things. I would absolutely love to see this brand go viral. And and honestly, if you’re not on TikTok like showing your process, maybe doing like um time lapses of you creating your artwork or or Instagram reels, that’s where you need to be. And thankfully, there’s been a lot of fantastic sessions about social media today. Mhm. I I agree. I think the colors here just they pop. It’s beautiful. It’s clearly original. Um, a really cool idea. Yeah. Okay, we have a few minutes for some questions. Or did you have something else you wanted to say here? No, no, that’s it. I would love to do some questions. So, Mary Cast Castro has a really good question here. Um, I’m a newbie and AI gives me suggestions for titles and tags, but then Etsy gives me a different title suggestion. What do you recommend? Okay, so AI generated titles and tags have no data behind them. There’s none. If you’re asking chat GPT to generate your title, it’s taking a good guess, but there’s no data or evidence behind it. Um, and Etsy is kind of doing the same thing. Etsy, when they are recommending a title, what they’re recommending is a clean looking title that is userfriendly that isn’t necessarily backed by search volumes. That’s where tools like E-Rank come in because what we’re providing you with is the actual number of searches and the competition levels, the clicks, and the click-through rate. And even if you’re not using a tool like E-Rank, you’re going to see significantly better results even looking at your Etsy marketplace insights rather than just generating through chat GPT, uh, Grock, Claude, whatever your chosen tool is. It’s not backed by data. It’s just giving you a suggestion. So, I would really I’m I’m a data nut and I’m not even a data nut that’s going to tell you you have to use E-Rank. Etsy themselves provides those marketplace insights. They’re not great in my opinion, but it’s better than nothing because at least you know the search volumes. Mhm. I agree with that. I think if anything like using AI can give you ideas for keywords that maybe you didn’t think of and then you go and validate those, double check those yourself. Um, that was a really Yeah, that was a really good question. Uh, next question is from Cat Aesthetic Beach. What do you think of using a loss leader, one lower item on Etsy to get people to click or be more visible due to price? Okay, so we’ve run this test um multiple times and I have had I mean Leah, you know this, some of you in the chat know this. My live streams are big and we have done polls and we’ve asked thousands of people. The majority consensus is that if you’re seeing a price that is like $5.99 for a onesie, but what the photo is is a $40 hoodie, shoppers tend to be turned off. Um, so I think that there is a way to do it where prices are similar, you know, in the same ballpark. But I think that if the intention is to make the price look as low low low low as possible when the objective is to sell the higher price item, shoppers tend to know when they click. And from the data that we’ve collected, shoppers tend to not like it. So I would try to make sure that when grouping products in singular listings, the price ranges aren’t like the price of a sticker or the price of a hoodie because that just gets confusing and might turn shoppers off. I personally don’t care for it either. If I want to buy a t-shirt and it says it’s $5 or something and then it’s actually a baby onesie in small white that’s $5 and t-shirt it’s a standard. Yeah. Yeah. Um Annie Keller doesn’t have a question but she just wants to tell you that Stara’s nails are so pretty. My my my amplified nails. Aren’t they cute? We love you Annie. I had to say that. Sorry. Uh next question is from Bobby Eome. What was the name of that book again that you mentioned? Oh. Uh, The Paradox of Choice by Barry Schwarz. The cover is yellow and it has eggs on it. Okay. It has eggs on it by Barry. Fantastic. Okay. Or the paradox of choice. Yes. Paradox of choice. Okay. Uh, Kristen Mcu Mcuan, if you have a collection like a series of paintings that you have put onto cups, so there are six different cups, can you put that together into one listing at a different price than the six individual would be? Uh, sure. Uh, yeah. Uh, I think that because what people are buying is the artwork itself. I like to use like Thomas King Kaid as a fantastic example because he’s passed away, but you can still buy his, you know, art on POD. I think that at that point, as long as you’re a notable artist and you’re selling your art and just giving people to select the option for the art, it’s a little bit different because you’re advertising as the artisan. Um, I I dare say that as long as it’s very clear what they’re getting and you have everything labeled really well, I don’t see a problem with it at all. Mhm. Okay, let’s see. I think we have Okay, we have two minutes left. If I can find another question here real quick, give me a good one. Uhhuh. Uhhuh. Oh, okay. So, this isn’t a question, but it’s a good point. Lynn says, “For keywords, definitely avoid using any technical terms that your buyer won’t know about or search for.” Yes. No. Yeah. Yeah. So, I even see that a lot. I’ll see people use like terms like sublimation or AOP and I’m like shoppers don’t know what AOP means. You know what I mean? Like those are terms that we as vendors know because we’re used to them. But we need to make sure like we’re using the language that those shoppers are using. And that might be a great use if you want to use AI for something. maybe say like, uh, what are keywords that a real human would use to describe an AOP shirt with eyeballs all over it? Like something like that. Yeah. Okay, that was a really good question. Great questions overall. Thank you so much, Stara, for the advice. Um, thank you to everybody who submitted their stores today. That’s a very brave thing to do. I hope you got some great advice from Stara. So, one more shout out to Denise, Sarah, and Chelsea. Thank you. Now, I’m going to announce our winners real quick for the E-rank giveaway. Our winners are Cat Aesthetic Beach, Melody Sanford, and Rosie Pots Jr., congratulations. You guys got what is it? E-rank expert plan. Congratulations. Um, Stara, real quick, 30 seconds. Any last advice, words of inspiration? Don’t spend six hours doing SEO. No expert sends spends that long doing SEO. When you have a niche, you already know what keywords to use. I mean, really, that’s it. Define a niche and use the keywords that your target audience perfect will recognize you for. Perfect. Thank you so much for being here with us today, Stara. We have talked about Etsy, Shopify, Popup. We cannot leave out Tik Tok shop. Right. For the final session, I will be chatting with the number one POD seller on Tik Tok shop, April Duplantis, and someone who is starting to make some serious moves on Tik Tok shop, Riley Richardson. But first, all of that good stuff you can do in Printify with Printify that we have mentioned so far can also be done all in the Printify mobile app on your phone on the go. Check it out. Setting up your Printify store, it’s quick and easy, done in minutes. Running it on the go, that’s a different story. And it’s exactly what the Printify app is built for. So, what can it actually do for you? It all starts from the dashboard. Keep an eye on your wallet right from here. Top it up in a few taps so your incoming orders get fulfilled the second they land. No delays waiting on funds. One store, sure, but also two, three, or 10. Switch between them with a tap and run your business across every platform you sell on. Printify pop-up, Tik Tok shop, Etsy, Shopify, and more. All from the same app, naturally looking after your orders, sort through what’s waiting for review so nothing falls behind. Check your incoming orders, edit anything that needs changing, and submit to production with one tap. Especially handy if your orders need approval. go through every detail, especially personalization, right from your phone, so nothing gets sent to print without your Okay, just a heads up, your approval settings themselves are set up on desktop, not in the app. My products is where you’ll spend most of your time growing your business. When you create products from the catalog, they land here. Tap any product and handle everything. Edit the design, adjust varants, set up shipping and pricing, and most importantly, publish straight to your store. What’s great is that you don’t have to finish it all on your phone. Save a draft on the go, then pick up right where you left off once you’re back on your laptop. My products also come with two new features we’re really excited about. AI mockups and sharing. With AI mockups, pick your print area, choose a model or an isolated product shot, add a background, tweak the prompt, and voila, a professional mockup ready for your shop. No photo shoot required. Once your product’s done, share it with friends, family, or on social media using the share feature. It’s the fastest way to get it out there. And the link lets people buy right on the spot. When inspiration hits, because let’s be honest, it never waits until you’re back at your desk. The catalog’s got you. Pick a blank, drop in a design, and list a brand new product in just a few taps. From idea to live listing before your coffee is even done brewing. Or if you’re on the move, start a draft and pick it back up once you’re at your computer. With one in three Etsy sales being personalized, this is the feature you’ll want in your back pocket. When designing your product from the catalog, this is where you add the Etsy personalization tool, letting buyers enter custom text or upload their own images. Manual orders are the fastest way to get your hands on samples and test what you’re actually selling. Create them right on the spot. Head to the cart section, pick your design products, and add them straight to your cart. Just like shopping on any online store. Adjust anything you need, then check out in just a few taps, even with Apple Pay or Google Pay for a fast, easy purchase. That’s your entire business in your hands. And we’re just getting started. Download the Printify app on the App Store or Google Play and start running your shop right here, right now. Since I’ve joined Tik Tok, the revenue at the very least quadrupled. In the beginning, I would go live and I would have like the $1,000 live. This was early on, not my first lives now. So, if you’re starting out, like my first lives were like not even $200. My last mega live, we did $32,000 in one single live. And very quickly, May of this year was my oneyear anniversary on Tik Tok.

    I am a work from home mom. I have two daughters named Prim Rose and Poppy. And so that’s how I came up with Poppy Rose Print Company. I started the business on Etsy before I moved over to Tik Tok. I was already a print on demand seller with Printify through Etsy. Um, and then I was talked into going on Tik Tok. My brand is basically like very girly um, coette bows is kind of where it started for me, the Coette trend, and it really just took off with that. Like one of my first like big big designs was just like a Coette football bow. And so now that’s kind of still I do a lot of holiday work, you know, t-shirts, sweatshirts, that those are my like really the bread and butter of the business is t-shirts and sweatshirts.

    I think the biggest like a thing that has changed is really the social aspect of it because now when I was on Etsy, um it’s kind of like my face is never behind it. Like it’s very kind of secretive and and stuff like that the who who the person is selling. But now that we’re on TikTok, it’s really so much more fun because you get to be the face of the business and you get to like know all of your customers and you get to talk to them personally and you get to sell to them personally and there’s just much more of like a social media presence and aspect of it. But that’s also what helps the business grow so much and and why I’ve been able to sell so much is by posting all the videos and going live and stuff like that. So I think the social aspect of it has been the biggest change for me from starting.

    People kept talking about the potential and I kept seeing you know other sellers and how much they were doing in the lives and stuff like that. And so I wanted to sell more. I want to sell more too. There’s a lot of other avenues that I can take print on demand too. I know of those avenues. I’m just trying to get the time for it. I feel like right now like my heart and soul is with Tik Tok though because it’s just so good. But there are some other places that I would like to keep expanding to. Like I I would like for this to be a much bigger business for me than it is already.

    When I started, I didn’t know what I was doing. I was nervous and I was scared and I was like I didn’t have a professional setup. Um, I was literally in my dining room and I was hanging clothes like on curtain rod behind me, um, on my window and it was a Friday evening and I remember I did like $2,400 in the live which truly now if I did like $2,400 in the live I would be like that was awful. But I did $2,400 in that in that live and I just remember we were like, “Oh my gosh.” Like at that point we could see the potential of how much you could do in a live. That was probably my second month going live. So, it really did pick up pretty quickly for me. And then I knew that people were doing like much bigger lines. I was like, that’s I’m going to do that.

    As far as like big turning points for Tik Tok shop, really good. Also um affiliate um moments as well from from sending out samples to affiliates and stuff like that. This affiliate bought the sample from me. I never knew that she bought it and we’re friends now. Like I reached out to her after that and I was like, “Oh my god, this is so amazing.” She’s like, “I know.” The amount of money that we made from that was crazy. Her video um took off and she sold 10,000 of this red, white, and blue shirt. Now, I’ve had several affiliate posts that have taken off. And then also some of my own posts that have taken off. For Mother’s Day, I had a post that I did. I laid the blanket on my bed and did a video of it and posted it. So, nothing extravagant. You know, you don’t have to have all this like fireworks and stuff to do these videos. I just laid it across my bed. I did a video of it. I posted that video. A month later, that video popped off on TikTok. I sold 5,000 blankets in one week. It was crazy. So, it’s not just the lives that you can make crazy money from, like videos, affiliate posts, all of the things. There’s so many different ways to make a lot of money on TikTok.

    Lots of different things, like several different things really motivate me to keep going. Um, I am wildly competitive, like almost offensively, so that also that always motivates me to keep going. I want to be the best at things, but also I have two daughters in in a family and they my daughters get to see how well I do. You know, they get to see me go to these events and and do this stuff, and that’s so great for them to be able to see me as their mom doing so good with my business. It’s a lot of financial freedom. after um I started selling on Tik Tok shop. I I paid off all of my debt. We just bought a house. That’s such great motivation. You know, I I can take my children and family on vacations. Last year, we went to Disney, you know, and so that motivation of just being able to do, you know, do all the things that I want to do for my kids and and all of that stuff. That’s definitely my main motivation

    because I owned two stores before this. When I saw print on demand and I and like I learned the logistics of it, I’m like, “This is brilliant.” I’ve had overhead. I’ve had employees. I’ve had all the things. I’ve had to purchase inventory and then try to sell off all that inventory. I think that everyone is eventually going to move to print on demand. You can test literally anything. Just throw it out. Like, you know what? I’ll try a mug. I’ll try a blanket. I tried a blanket and sold 5,000 blankets. It’s like I have a million dollar factory and I have millions of dollars worth of inventory, but I’m not paying for any of it. So, I mean, print on diminish is genius.

    There’s not a limit on on how much you can sell. You can sell as much as you want. Whereas, when I a lifetime ago was making my own shirts, I would have to stop. If I reach like 50 shirts, I need to stop because then I need to take two days to make those 50 shirts in my living room with my heat press. You know what I mean? But like I could sell 5,000 blankets in a weekend and and then just go out and like I can do whatever I want because someone else is making all the blankets. The inventory is pretty much endless. I don’t think that I’ve ever had Prrenify run out of anything and we couldn’t fulfill it um ever. So I mean the inventory is basically endless. Even with like the Tik Tok guys, they’re like, you know, how’s your inventory? I’m like, the inventory is is endless.

    If you’re considering POD, if you’re considering starting this type of business, POD is just a,000% the way to go. I mean, save yourself all of the heartache and all of the headache and all of the wasted money that you’re going to spend on inventory, on overhead, on employees, on your stress level. Like you literally have millions of dollars of of inventory of merchandise at your fingertip for the low cost of I don’t know what is printify a month like $19.99 or something like that. All you have to do is list it. All you have to do is is get started and list your product. Someone else is making it and someone else is is buying all of the inventory. So I mean if you’re considering starting a business, it’s at this point it’s literally the only way to go is print on demand. Heat. Heat. N.

    Well, it is the very last session. How sad are we? I mean, I’m a little bit sad. I’m having so much fun with everyone here today. Um, but we are going to finish Amplified super strong with Tik Tok Shop. It is absolutely the place to be selling these days. I don’t care if you have never sold a thing in your life or if you already have bestellers all over Etsy or Shopify, you are going to be inspired by this conversation because I have probably two of the best people for it. Sitting next to me is Riley, who I’m gonna let you share for yourself a little bit about. Who are you? Yeah, my name’s Riley. First, I sell on Etsy primarily. I’ve been selling on Etsy for almost four years. It’ll be four years next month. I started as a broke college kid. Now it’s my full-time job. I went full-time in January of this year. I started teaching through um Printify Sellers Club two years ago. Yeah, two years ago now that it’s September. Um I love teaching design and research specifically. And then in April of this year, I went to a Printify conference about Tik Tok where I said I’ll never sell on Tik Tok. And now I sell on Tik Tok about as much as I sell on Etsy. I’d say my time is split pretty evenly between the two of them. So about six months on Tik Tok now. And I’m really excited to share a little bit more about that journey with you guys today. I’m sure a lot of people are saying right now like, “No, I’m never going to touch Tik Tok.” Whatever. Yeah, me too. That’s where I was. Exactly. Um but you’re going to come in hot with a giveaway, right? We are going to do store credit giveaway number three. So, five of you, five more of you are going to win $20 in Printify store credit. Riley, would you like to ask them the question? Yes. Okay, guys, drop this in the chat. I’m curious. What is your experience with Tik Tok chop? Are you a scroller? Are you an active poster? Are you lurking? Are you creating? Are you shopping? Where are you at? Do are you even on Tik Tok? Do you use the Tik Tok app? Put it in the comments and we’re going to do a giveaway. Mhm. Thank you so much. And remember, if you’re watching in YouTube, you can still join Amplified Arena Sellers Club. It is not too late. It is free from there and you can be eligible to win these giveaways. Um, okay. So, you mentioned you started Tik Tok Shop about 6ish months ago and you started in a mentorship kind of program, right? So, you all saw a little bit about this mentorship program earlier. We’re going to dive into it deeper at towards the end of the session, but we’re going to share a link for that again. Basically, if you are totally new to Etsy, Shopify, POD in general, you can join this program for one-on-one mentorship, uh, Q&A sessions, community, everything. And we have kind of another mentorship program. We’ll share all the links for you if you specifically want more about Tik Tok shop or Etsy. Okay? So, that’ll be if you’re a little bit more advanced already and really ready to kind of dedicate the time for this, but we’ll talk more about that a little bit later. Real quick, how about we announce those store credit winners? Would you like to do the honors? Yes, absolutely. Okay, so we have five store credit winners. These are going to be Jeannie Denning. I hope I’m saying your name right. I’m probably butchering it. I’m so sorry. Uh Tracy Stewart is our second winner. Lily, Eric, Jim Miller, and Annie Lee Keller. Congratulations, guys. How fun. Let us know uh in the chat what what samples you’re going to order with that store credit. Um all right, moving on. In this call, we also have April Duplanthis, who started exactly where you are right now. And now she is the top selling number one print on demand merchant on Tik Tok shop US with millions of dollars in sales. Absolutely insane. But April, say hi. Tell us about yourself, where you started. Yeah. Hi. My name is April. Um, I am a work from home mom, you guys. I’m 40 years old. I started this business um about 3 years ago starting on Etsy. Um really I was just looking for like this job that I could I could stay home with my children. I had just had another baby. She was 3 months old and I wanted to stay home with her. Her name is Poppy. Um and so I was like researching like jobs that I could do online and I came across Pog. I’m sure like a lot of us did. And I just was like very interested, like very intrigued because I I owned a storefront already. And so I started my journey on Etsy. Um cuz I was watching some Cassie Johnson videos of course. And so I started on Etsy. And I I started on Etsy in an extremely saturated niche, you guys. I went only teacher. So when people tell you it’s too saturated, I’m here to shut down that immediately. Um I I started in the teacher niche. Um, and I started personalizing teacher shirts and I very quickly in within the same year um became a top seller on Etsy. And so after that, Prrenifi kind of reached out to me and they were like, um, we would like for you to try to start selling on TikTok. And I was like, yeah, that’s not going to happen. I’m absolutely will not be doing that. I’m like, I’m I’m 40. I’m that’s for the kids. Like, I’m not doing it. Um, and so after they actually like asked me like three to four times and even had Tik Tok contact me, I was like, “Fine, I will try it. I will try it.” Like I had to start from step one. Like I had to open a Tik Tok. Like I I didn’t even have a Tik Tok account. So I started from zero followers with actually zero knowledge of Tik Tok at all. So like if you think you could start in a worse spot than me, you actually cannot. Um, and so I just started there and I, you know, I I posted content and I I did what my research told me to do and I started going live and stuff like that. And within I’m in my my I’m in my third year on Tik Tok right now and I’ve sold over $5 million on on Tik Tok in three in two and a half years now. Oh wow. Absolutely insane. Uh, I need to say, April, that you have a name bestie in the chat, April Ford, and she she’s commented, “April, you’re my inspiration to keep growing. I can’t believe May was your start. Means I need to pick it up before my one year next January.” So, you have a name, bestie, there. And you are her inspiration. What a great name. I know. It’s a pretty good month, too. I don’t know. It’s a It’s a great month. It is. Um, okay. So, again, you took us back to the banning. What were you What was the exact moment? Do you remember where you’re just like, “Oh my gosh, this works.” Yeah. And I I really do like attribute a bunch of that to owning a brickandmortar store initially. Um and so I think when a lot of people go live and they compare themselves to other people going live and they’re like, “But they had, you know, 100 people in the room and I only had live was like my big like moment I think when I was like, you know, there were I think in my first live there may have been like 20 people in in the room with me and I just was like, “Oh my god.” Like, you know, there’s 20 people in this live right now that I get a chance to sell to. And like, when I had my brick-andmortar store, if 20 people would have walked into that store, like I feel like at dinner that night, I would have told my husband, like, I had 20 customers today. Like, you know, that’s so many people to get the opportunity to sell to in such, you know, in in a short amount of time. And then you get 20 more people and then you get 20 more people. And so, like just the lives for me, like being able to sell to that many people, having the opportunity to sell to that many people at once. when I used to like sit in my brick-and-mortar store and maybe see two customers all day long. So, when I when I realized how that worked and how many people were coming through, I was like, I can I can really make this work having the opportunity to sell to that many people at once. Mhm. I I can already tell people like you’re you’re talking all about lives and people like, oh my gosh, I will never go live in front of camera. We’re going to dive more into like live selling a bit later. And you will get to that point. I promise you’re going to do it. Um, okay. tell us a little bit more what the actual first month, the first 30 days look like, kind of the work you put in before any results showed up and when did those numbers start to like really turn for you? Was it like just a viral moment or was it kind of a slow buildup? Um, it was it was actually pretty quick if you compare it to Etsy because Etsy is just so slow. You know, you you post a design and then 3 months later maybe you get start getting some sales from it. But like with Tik Tok, it was actually very quick for me. I, you know, I opened my account. I immediately started adding um just as many items as I could get on backed by research. And so, like, you know, within the first month, I probably had a hundred items on my Tik Tok shop. So, once you start like, you got to bust down the doors like put all of your best sellers on there, you know, backed by research. And then I started posting content. So, I would just and bad content like it wasn’t great content. I wasn’t like, you know, getting dressed up. I wasn’t even in the content. I would just throw a a shirt on my bed, film a video of it, post it. Like all the content was was not great, but it was still working and I was consistently putting out content. Um, and so I started seeing within a couple of days I would see like a couple of sales coming in. Um, and so then one morning about a month in, um, I think it No, no, I think it was like about a month in I was making some pretty consistent sales. Like I think by month two I had actually just from posting content I was at like $23,000 in sales by by month two. Um month three was when uh a creator had purchased one of my shirts. I didn’t even know about this. This is how Tik Tok can just make you money in the background. Um a creator had had bought one of my shirts and she did a vid a video of it. And so I woke up one morning and like just I I check my sales first thing every morning. until like I wake up and I check my sales and I can’t even remember it was hundreds of sales and I about fell out of my bed. I thought something was wrong. I didn’t know what was happening and her video had gone viral and she had just sold hundreds and hundreds. Like in the end it was like $10,000 worth of this one July 4th t-shirt. Um and so that was my first viral moment 3 months in and like at that point I was like yes like let’s let’s do this. Let’s get some more products out there. Let’s get some eyes on the products. Like this can be incredible. And then it was I’m already like I’m so inspired. I’m ready to just run away and start my Tik Tok shop. But okay, you y you y’all still need to hang out a little bit more because we got really good info still coming up. Uh I want to hear a little bit now from both Riley and April because we’re going to talk about kind of Etsy versus Tik Tok shop. Let us know in the chat too who here right now is already selling on Etsy and is kind of like thinking about the jump. Um, while you’re doing that, how much overlap though is there really between Etsy and Tik Tok shop? Like what can you transfer over from Etsy and what needs to just be completely forgotten about? I think the processes and systems are very similar. So, in both of them, you have to have good designs. Design is what sells your product. You have to know how to create a product. You have to know that it needs good product photos. You have to create mock-ups. You have to have a pricing strategy behind it, a shipping strategy. the that’s the same regardless of if you’re selling on Etsy or if you’re selling on Tik Tok shop. What’s different is that on Etsy you have to create listing after listing. Number one, your designs get better, right? The more you design, the better your designs become. On Tik Tok, you have to create video after video. So, they’re both a volume play in different ways and they’re both research that you have to do. On Etsy, you’re doing research on the products and on the designs to know, and you do that same thing on Tik Tok, but you have to do a lot more of it for Etsy because you’re creating so many more designs. On Tik Tok, you’re researching the video part of it to learn how to create those really good videos and what makes a product really sell. Yeah, I think um you know, 10,000% the research is number one. So, if you you need to do the same research as well on Tik Tok and you know, use Tik Tok as your research tool. That’s the way that I do my research as well. I use Tik Tok and I use Etsy as well. But I will go into the Tik Tok shop and I will see what is selling, what’s in a thousand carts, what are people buying, what do they love, what niches are selling, you know, what what items are selling. Are we selling sweatshirts? Are we selling hoodies? Like what what is everyone focused on buying right now? And then make those products. The best thing about Tik Tok compared to Etsy, though, is that it is in real time. Y’all know if you’re selling on Etsy, it’s so slow. And I feel like there is also some luck involved in Etsy. You’re like, will this h you know, you you I feel like sometimes we can use the best SEO and the best keywords and everything and your design is researchbased and sometimes it still doesn’t even sell. And I know that to be true because on Etsy, I do an AB test on mine. And so I’ll do the exact same design. One of them, like I had a ghost shirt that last year that sold 25,000 in one of them. The other one did not have one single sale on it. So, like I feel like there is a little bit of luck on on Etsy. Whereas on Tik Tok, you actually have a lot more control. I can I can find a a a product that I that is backed by research that I think is going to be incredible. I can either one post it that day and make like three posts of it and by tomorrow it could start gaining some traction. But my favorite part is the live. I can find it that morning and sell a hundred of it that night. Um, and so it’s just it can be so much faster for you. You don’t play that waiting game. You also have a little bit of control when it comes to content as well because like you know with Etsy there is no content. Well, I’m going to post 10 times a day. Not everyone’s going to do that. I’ve posted six times already today. Not everyone is going to do that. So, if you have that drive and you have that motivation and you’re willing to put the work in, you’re going to see better results than those people that are not posting at all. And I think that’s a really really good point, April, because as business owners, you have to have that grit in you. Like you said, you posted six times today and those are videos that you’re filming that you’re putting together and you’re not done. It’s a lot of people say, “Well, I tried it and it didn’t work.” Okay. How many videos did you create? Cuz if it was less than 100, no, you didn’t. You have to try a little harder sometimes. And that’s and it needs to be for months. And sorry, that’s a a kick in the butt. But if you really if you want to make the money that’s possible with Tik Tok, you have to put that work in to see that success. And it’s not it’s simple. It’s a repeatable strategy. Once you do it, you do it over over and over, but you have to do it and you have to do a lot of it. Mhm. And the content doesn’t have to be anything like super complicated. It doesn’t have to be hard. We’re going to talk about creating content just in a few more minutes. Um but yeah, it doesn’t have to be hard, right? Back to Etsy real quick though. Um, how much can you trust your data on Etsy for Tik Tok? So, if I already do have a bestseller on Etsy, is it a good candidate to be a bestseller on Tik Tok or No, I think absolutely. As long as the difference is people are coming on Etsy searching for a specific item. People on when they’re on Tik Tok, the item is discovering them through the algorithm, either through the creators that they follow or whatever Tik Tok decides they are, right? whatever the Tik Tok algorithm decides to feed them. So, as long as your product has that emotional hook that converts them and convinces them to buy, absolutely. Now, if it’s a little bit more specific, it might be harder for Tik Tok to find that target customer, especially by the time you start sending it out to affiliates and things. But if you have a design that’s based on research that has a slightly wider target audience because Tik Tok’s a little there’s a lot more customers than Etsy has and it can convert with that emotional hook because with Tik Tok people are scrolling to be entertained. They’re not necessarily scrolling to buy like they are on Etsy. So as long as you can make that sale with that emotional connection. Absolutely. Yeah, I agree as well. Um and that’s why I kind of do my my research twofold for Tik Tok. Like I will start in Tik Tok and find like see what people are buying, what everyone is liking, you know, what niche we’re in right now and stuff like that. What’s just what’s popular and then I’ll go look for a design in Etsy. Um and then I’ll find the design in Etsy that’s already in 300 cart. So I know what I was looking for. I know what niche I was looking for. I just need the best design in that niche. So then I go to that’s what I go to Etsy and I look for the most cuz you know on Etsy like there’s going to be a hundred different variations of the same design. Well, which one is is the best one? And so that’s what I look for. And that’s not like some Sorry, April. That’s not some magic skill April has, right? She’s good at it. But it’s a skill that you can hone in from researching and from identifying patterns. And that’s not like, oh well, you did it for 6 hours and now you’re an expert. That is time that you’re spending every day on those platforms looking at bestsellers and trying to identify those patterns. And yeah, April’s great at it because she’s done it so so much. So, that’s something you guys can learn, too. Mhm. I do it every single night, though, as well. Like, that’s my nighttime scroll is is designs and Etsy. I look every single night. I have a friend that’s like constantly sending me designs. I’m like, I already have it cuz I’m already Look, I’m always looking for designs. Yeah. Well, this is a competitor research that you have to do. No matter where you’re selling, you have to look at other people’s shops, other people’s videos, products, what they’re doing. Um, one habit or assumption from Etsy that you totally just have to unlearn, forget about

    um I think mine was profit margins. Like in Etsy, you know, you you get better profit margins than you do in Tik Tok. Tik Tok is a quantity game. like you are you’re selling a lot more um than you are at Etsy. Like you know it’s funny my husband runs my Etsy now um because I just do not have time. And so he runs the Etsy now. And so at the end of the day at dinner like we we play a fun game for me. Um and and he’s like how many sales? I’m like how many sales did you get today? And he’s like 37. And I’m like oh okay. He’s like you. And I’m like 400. Um because you know I mean just today I I think I’m at like 125 on Tik Tok. I it’s it’s a quantity. You’re selling a lot more on Tik Tok. There’s 50 million buyers on Tik Tok every single day scrolling, you know, and so stop pricing for profit margins so high, especially when you’re live. And I’m sure we’ll talk about that later, but like the profit lives are about quickly converting. So like let’s leave those profit margins lower. You know, sometimes I’m live and I I get $5 a sale, but like once that live ends, I’m really not doing any more work, you know? So, if I get $5 a sale and I sell 400 items, like it’s I’m okay to make $2,000 in a couple hours, you know? It’s fine. I think for me, it’s my design strategy. So, on Etsy, because you have to have more listings on Etsy, it’s kind of like which one’s going to take off. I can have because I sell a lot of bachelorette items, I can have a specific phrase for the bachelorette niche with a specific color scheme, and I’m making 10 that have that exact same main photo. They have that exact same phrase. say have that exact same color scheme. They look different because I’m targeting different trends and different layouts. On Tik Tok, you have less designs because you need to invest a little bit more in them, either ordering samples or sending them to affiliates. Not every design you create on Tik Tok is going to take off, but it’s going to be a lot higher percentage than those on Etsy. So, you’re not making a whole bunch of listings. You’re making fewer listings that are more intentional, and they have to be good. Mhm. Mhm. We have a really Definitely. Yeah. We have a really good question here from Karen Long. Can you open a Tik Tok shop without followers? Did you guys already have followers an account or I opened a brand new account? Right now, even 6 months in, I have 500. Yeah, I started from zero as well. Okay. So, yeah, don’t need followers. You just need to be on the platform. You need followers to go live. So, I think you must have a certain amount of followers before you’re allowed to go live for the first time. I don’t know what that number is. That was a long time ago for me. Um, but it’s not a super high number. Okay, let’s uh shift gears into the actual content creation now because we’ve been getting a lot of questions and comments saying like, “I don’t know how to create content. I’m camera shy.” This and that. Walk us through your content process from like how you find an idea to actually posting the video and also has it changed from your very first video to now. I think it’s a lot of scrolling on Tik Tok. This is I feel like when you start selling on Tik Tok, you have to kiss Tik Tok goodbye for entertainment. If I want entertainment in the form of short form videos, call me a grandma. I’m on Facebook reals, right? My Facebook knows I like to sew. I like to cook. I like to bake. My Tik Tok thinks I’m a Tik Tok affiliate, which is someone who sells Tik Tok products because I get on the Tik Tok app and I’m looking at how best can I sell my product. So, I’m looking at affiliate videos of them promoting other products and I’m studying that. I’m looking at what kind of hooks are doing well. That’s how you get someone engaged. In the first couple seconds, I’m looking at what kind of call to actions. So, you got their engagement. How do you sell them? And I’m really studying that content to kind of learn what can I take from this. Just like when I’m looking at Etsy, I’m looking at what design elements are going into this, what kind of mockup are they using, and how can I use that to convert. So, looking at that kind of content, save as many as you can, send them to yourself. What is it? And then learn from it. And then input those little different factors in your own videos and make a lot of them. So, it’s a similar idea like you said with Etsy like okay in Etsy you’re looking at um what is this person in their design SEO so you’re not looking at that but you’re looking at the video break down the other person’s video not their design and see what’s working exactly so there’s a ton of different styles that can work even if you want to do faceless content before I came here I’m here for a week I grabbed my four favorite shirts the four ones that I think have the most potential and it took me half an hour to just film the raw content for I did a bunch of flatlay ones I did a couple that were talking and I did the voiceovers while I was here, maybe in the morning before I was getting ready, that kind of thing. So, it doesn’t have to be, you don’t have to be a a machine to do it. You just have to dedicate some time and dedicate even more time to learning how to do it. Mhm. What’s your process like? Um, yeah. So, first of all, I want to second what Riley said, and I think that that you y’all should realize that it’s not coincidental that both mine and Riley’s um Tik Toks look exactly the same. Like I bet when she scrolls through her Tik Tok it looks like mine where it’s like here’s five hooks that are working. Like here’s five of the like it it my Tik Tok thinks that I’m an affiliate as well because I am constantly researching what is working on Tik Tok. Um so you guys have if you want to be a top seller you need to put in the time and research to to but it’s not hard but just to figure out what is working and like Riley said you know when you are scrolling through you know type in women’s t-shirts if that’s what you’re selling. If you’re selling hoodies, type in hoodies. Whatever you’re selling, type it in in the shop and then scroll through and stop when you see a video that has hundreds of thousands of views on it. Um, because something in that video is getting the views. Analyze what it is it their hook, is it? Did they have a physical hook at the beginning? Like what? Is it their caption? Is it the hashtags? Is it a a combination of it all? Um, and that stuff it, you know, it sounds like it’s hard, but it’s not. And you can use their hook. They don’t care. It’s just a hook. Whether it says like POV, you just found the cutest fall sweatshirt. They’re they’re not mad if you use that hook. Like steal their hook. Um but you know, don’t steal their design, but you can definitely take their hook. Um but you know, my content, people are always like, “Oh, I can’t make the content. Content’s so hard.” Like, it’s so easy. Stop thinking it’s so hard. Please go to my TikTok after this. Don’t leave. Uh and then look at the six videos that I’ve posted today. I took all of those vid videos in roughly 20 minutes on my dining room table and then posted them all at the same time. You can rapid fire videos. You can post all your content. It does not matter what time. Your content can be repetitive. The same people are not seeing it. No one is going to be like, “Gosh, she’s so boring. She’s always posting the same thing.” Different people are seeing your content. So, repeat it. I will do today I’ll do the same shirts again. Um, and that will work. I will get sales off of those videos. They are easy. Content is so easy to make. People over complicate it and it’s not it’s not complicated at all. If you need some examples of content, just go to my Tik Tok and look at my content. You can do them just like that. I do not care if you steal my ideas. Just not her designs. Just not her designs. But the ideas go for it. Can you quickly share what your Tik Tok handle is for our audience? Uh Poppy Rose Print Co. Poppy Rose Print Co. So check it out. Not right now because we’re busy here, but afterwards note it down. you can go look at her Tik Tok. Um, so yeah, there’s a lot of options obviously for faceless stuff, whatever. But face showing your face can make a difference too. Uh, a lot of people are saying they are camera shy or I’m too old to be doing Tik Tok or oh, I don’t look good, whatever, whatever. Were you one of those people at first and like how did you get over it? What do you say to someone who’s just terrified of the camera? When I did my first, this is a little bit different, but when I did my first class for the sellers club, it was a design class because I just love design. And I sat in my office at work because I was not full-time yet. And I literally baldled my eyes out, which is great before you have to go on camera, right? To have a red puffy face with tears streaming down. But even though anxiety tears, yeah, just like, man, I’m going to look bad on this video. Man, I’m going to say something stupid. Man, like why am I even doing this? And it was like probably a good cry sesh for like a half an hour of am I capable of this? Like what if I look bad? And now I’ve been teaching for two years. I’ve been selling for four. And even at the time I knew I had good ideas to share. And like that’s still something that people watch and that’s great. Now I’m like I make better content. But you’re going to be scared and you’re going to have to do it anyways. Now that being said, you don’t have to put your face on it. The best video that’s been done for my shop by an affiliate was faceless content. So it definitely has potential. But also, Tik Tok, April literally said that she sold millions of dollars in a couple years. Imagine, imagine someone comes up to you and they says, they say, “Hey, I’m going to give you a million dollars in 3 years, but you have to be on camera for a little while to do it.” You’re not going to be like, “Actually, I don’t think I could be on camera for millions of dollars. Come on.” That’s a really Yeah, you get over it real quick. Like, you do you get over it real quick. Um but you know I also think I do think face is important as well because um I think a lot of my success is also attributed to the to the fact that there’s a real person behind my business. Um and so I do share a lot about me on there as well. I mean not like a lot about me but people know who I am. They know that I’m a work from home mom. You know I I share those kinds of things as well. Um I don’t share my children on on TikTok. Um but you know I I do share a some about me. I am in some of the posts, but more often than not, like when it’s content, it’s just like a faceless content. Um, if you are going live, Tik Tok gives you the best clips of your lives that you can just like they actually make it into a post for you. And so then you can just post the clips from your live and that gives you like content with your face in it as well. Um, so I do think some, you know, some with your face in it. Don’t overthink it though because the moment you get on there like full makeup and everything and just looking your best, it almost becomes unrelatable. Like people want it to be more relatable. Um and so, you know, some of my best uh faceless content is like like the the lip syncing ones and stuff like funny ones. Um in my car, I don’t know why is always good and that’s normally just like me ponytail, no makeup, like stuff like that. I think the more genuine it is, the more people relate to it. You don’t want to be up there like, “Look at this shirt, guys.” Like, you know, that’s weird. Be if you’re going to be in it, be relatable and be genuine. And I think that that’s going to um do better as far as that type of content. Or maybe just like, I don’t know, steal your sibling or make one of your best friends do it. Some people love being on the camera. Get your I don’t know if your torture your younger brother into like being your model or something. My 17-year-old sister films so much content for her. I’m like, “Hey, come over. I’ll cook you lunch. We can hang out, play some cards. You’re filming some Tik Toks.” And some people just have that that creative energy. She loves it. She loves being on camera. I’ll give her some tips because she’s not a pro, but she is 17 and she’s cute and she’s relatable. And so, she’ll get on there and she’ll say what I tell her to say, but she’ll make it her own. So, absolutely get your friends to do it with you. Mhm. Do be really really um careful though with underage because I know that there is and you know it be careful like you’re saying like little brother and stuff like that like um you cannot have anyone helping you sell that’s under the age of 18. I have a friend that got a violation for that. Um so do be very careful with that age group bringing anyone in under the age of 18. That’s a really good note. Thank you for pointing that out. Yes. Um we have a comment from Lorissa Coburn. I do have an idea about Tik Tok. I want to use my own music and just so happen to feature my designs that are going to be sold in Etsy shop. And I think that’s a really good idea. You were saying being unique and genuine to yourself. If you make music, by all means, show that off. I would say, Lissa, it’s going to be a little bit harder to get that buyer to go from Tik Tok to Etsy to buy it. You could just put that product on Tik Tok and then people buy it from Tik Tok. I think that would have a lot higher conversion rate for you. Mhm. Um, have you both had a video that just completely blew up out of nowhere, like that surprised you? You never would have guessed it. Like what did it teach you? I’d love to hear from April first on this one. Um, I have had several um, viral videos and they have all been what it taught me was like to stop trying so hard because every viral video that I’ve ever had has just been like this. it just like on a table or just like me. I like I had a blanket laying on my couch and I videoed the blanket laying on my couch. Um and and they were just easy videos that I made very quickly. Um and so that did teach me like to stop overthinking the content. Um and and really what that also taught me was that you just never know when it comes to content. I like to think of content like I was telling you guys, I like to think of it as like buying a lottery ticket every day. Like how many lottery tickets do you want to buy? and a lottery ticket that like you know the drawing’s not on Tuesday, right? It’s on any day of the week. In the next couple of years, you could win this lottery ticket. Or think of it like roulette as well. Like each piece of content you get is like you putting your chip on a number, right? And so you’ve got better chances of winning because you’re putting out this many. If I put 10 posts out a day, 3 weeks from now, I’ve got a very good chance of one of those 10 posts going viral than I would if I put two post up today. So that’s what content is. It doesn’t need to be great. It doesn’t need to be bad, but it needs to be consistent and it needs to be a lot. You like you need to put a lot out. If you want to win, if you want to if you want to hit big, put several out so that you you’ve got good chances of hitting big. Mhm. So, how do you though you’re saying 10 videos a day? To me, that sounds terrifying. How do you keep producing this content every single day without kind of burning out though? I think having those systems in place is what’s really important. So, what I do, I’ve been doing it about 6 months now, but for a while it was before I even get out of bed in the morning because I work from home. home. I’m very grateful to have that. Now, before I get out of bed in the morning, I film my content once a week, obviously, out of bed. And then in the morning, I’m doing my voiceovers. I’m doing my captions, my hashtags, and all of that. And I’m scheduling those posts. Now, that system has changed a little bit into me getting on my walking pad in the morning cuz I’m like, maybe, you know, if I’m doing this anyways, I might as well get a little exercise out of it. So, I’m on my walking pad and I’m recording my voiceovers and I’m doing that content because I batched it out for the week. I have maybe 50 raw video files that all I need to do is put them together. Those can be AI videos that I’m done or those can be videos that I have actually filmed. But the first step, the hardest part is done. All I need to do is finish it together and I have that time dedicated that I I’m doing it. I know that I’m doing it. I’m filming once a week. I’m recording the voiceovers either Monday morning for like one or two hours or 15 minutes a day in the morning. Mhm. Batching it. Yeah. I mean, I don’t I don’t want to say that I do 10 every day. I would say 5 to 10 every single day. Um, on my good days it’s 10. On on my slow days it’s five. And sometimes like I I use my easier posts. Like carousel posts are a thing now on TikTok. So like sometimes it’s a couple of carousel posts. They work. Carousel post also work. Um sometimes it’s just me reposting some of my lives um clips as some of mine. Um you know so it’s it’s sometimes it’s AI. I I love the AI videos as well. So like I’ll do a couple AI couple of video clips a carousel and then do some videos. A lot of times I have stored videos on my phone because I take so many and sometimes I just don’t feel like filming anything that day. So I use what’s stored up. It’s not very organized like Riley’s is. I wish that it was, but you know, it’s typically in the morning I’m drinking my coffee and I’ll post some videos and then by midday I’m like, “Well, I’m not doing anything right now. Let me post some more videos.” You know, so mine’s just kind of scattered. I just make sure it gets done every day. You know, I think I think people put too much pressure on posting and too much thought into it. It’s like exercising, you know, when you think about it and think about it, you’re like, I’m going to start tomorrow. I’m going to start tomorrow. Like that’s it’s just it becomes too much pressure and your brain just starts like mentally blocking out that task. Like you just have to do it and and it’s it’s so much easier than people think to get it done. Amanda Taylor here has a really good question. She says 10 videos a day or five to 10 videos a day. So is that on the same things or just you living your life and posting about it? That’s a good question. No, I don’t I I don’t really like post. Almost 98% of my post is is pertaining to the store and and the clothing and and the work. Um it’s it’s yeah, a lot of it is the same. So, typically when I do um my shirt, so like this morning I came up here and I picked like I’m in my office now and I picked like six shirts. I’m like, it’s Halloween. I’m going to go post some Halloween um content today. And so I picked like six shirts. I laid it one of one at a time. I I put it on my table. And so on the first shirt, I like kind of like unfolded it. Um that’s like my physical hook that works for me a lot. And so as I’m like fold I’m I have cinematic mode on and then I kind of unfold it. Um and then I’m you know I put a hook on there and I talk about I’m like y’all look how cute this Halloween shirt is. This is direct to garment printed. It’s so cute for Halloween. You know these are made right here inside the United States. They have fast shipping like you know just all of my normal stuff. Then I post that one. Um, and then well, first I’ll do the second video and then I just kind of on cinematic mode just kind of scroll over the shirt and then maybe sometimes I’ll get like a few different videos and and you know stick those three together and typically I just let Tik Tok pick the music for it. They they usually do a pretty good job of picking the audio. I’ve also heard that if you let them pick the audio audio it does better. I’m not sure, but I’m willing to test that theory. So I let them pick the audio if it works. And that’s two posts for me. And I will post both of those in the same day. Not the same people will see both of those posts. Okay? So don’t don’t think that your following is going to be like, gosh, he’s posting two things like of the same shirt. They don’t care and they don’t see them both. Um it’s going to hit two different groups anyway. So yeah, so that’s two. And so I did six shirts today. So that’s 12 pieces of content for me. So I won’t even use that all today. And that doesn’t include like my carousel post and everything else. So yeah, I I post pretty much the same things. I mean, if you guys go look at my TikTok, like you’re going to see a series of a lot of the same posts and and those work for me. This was a big misconception for me in the beginning because like whenever I follow people on social media, I follow people like for the person that they are, right? I’m like, “Oh, your content’s really interesting. I like the things that you do.” Especially being in the creative spaces. I’m like, “Oh, how’s that girl in her quilt? Did she finish it?” So looking for those kinds of things. Most on Tik Tok the content that you’re creating is surrounding your product, right? You might like this is behind the scenes of the business, but that’s rare. The content that blows up is the product focused content. Same with the followers. It doesn’t have to be April’s obviously built this amazing amazing brand. But a lot of your customers are going to be people who don’t necessarily follow you. They just find your product. Oh, that’s cute. They buy and they scroll on. So, you don’t need all these followers. And when you get a video that blows up with views, it’s going to have a lot more sales. But you don’t need a million views on every video. Most people are going to have like 3 to 500 views on most of their videos and they’re still going to consistently get sales. Mhm. Okay. Yeah. And really important as well when you’re doing the content real quick because I feel like no one ever mentions this, but like once you have your content on TikTok, like I I film it outside of Tik Tok, I don’t think that that matters either, but I film it on my camera in cinema mode outside of Tik Tok because you get that really nice kind of portrait looking, right? It’s very crisp. Um, and so I fill it on cinnamon uh cinema mode outside of Tik Tok. But once you put it into Tik Tok, go over to the adjustments, brighten it, turn up the contrast, turn up the saturation, you know, do any adjustments that you need over there. That’s why my content looks better than other people’s because they’re not making those little just fine-tuning adjustments inside of Tik Tok. Okay, make sure you work with the adjustments in there. Mhm. Um, we have another really good question and it kind of brings us into the next topic I wanted to cover. Melissa Emerson, how does one go about attracting affiliates that are not related to you? So, before we get to this specific question, it’s a very good question, Melissa. Um, first give us a quick rundown of what affiliates are, what does that mean, and then tell us a bit about your strategies. Affiliates are just people who know how to sell on TikTok. A lot of them it’s their full-time job of they get sent free products from brands, not necessarily POD brands, but yes, POD brands, and then they make the content. But there are people that you can send your product to to promote for you. The good ones, there are probably more bad ones than good ones. You guys be careful. Okay, so not all of them are good. How do you go find affiliates and what makes a good affiliate? What makes a bad one? Like what are you looking for here? um just you know just really pay attention when you look at the um affiliate center. It does a great job of giving you um the affiliates analytics and stuff like that. Um but you do need to know that you cannot just look at their following count. You cannot just look at their views because those are skewed as well. If they have one viral video, it’s going to tell you that they have thousands of views and that’s not true. So do not just look at their followers. Followers actually do not matter when it comes to affiliates at all. So, don’t just look at their followers. Do not just look at their views. Um, do look at their GMV because that is important. But number one is go to their actual Tik Tok and look at their Tik Tok. Does that look like the aesthetic that you want? Um, does that look like the type of person that you want um promoting your brand, you know? So, I think that that’s very important. Don’t just do it from the affiliate center. Look for people. And one of my biggest things when I look for um affiliates as well is are they posting more than one video of the same item because that first video is never going to go viral. It’s never the fir I mean it listen it may but like it’s very unlikely to um they need to be posting a good affiliate will post at least three videos of the same product. So if you see them on there and they’re just one and done they’re not it’s it they’re not trying as as hard as you need them to for your brand. Mhm. We have a good question from Peggy Smith. Do you have to pay the affiliates? You send them a free sample. Typically, they can request they can purchase a sample and get a refund once it sells, but typically you send them a free sample. Um, and then you pay them a commission of the sale. So, I have mine set at 14.5%. Some when I hire targeted like better creators, I say better creators, but creators with more GMV or more sales, it’ll be maybe closer to 17%, especially if it’s a higher margin item rather than just t-shirts. But you pay them a commission of the sales and Tik Tok handles all of that. Yes. And it’s great. Like affiliates is one of my absolute favorite parts of Tik Tok. It’s such a great system. Like I I would pay them gladly all day long. So, should I be going sending out samples to every affiliate here? And I mean, I know you have a a good story here, but yeah, this was my mistake number one, guys. And there’s some people asking my TikTok. I don’t mind sharing it. It’s buddy buddy collective co. And I have 500 followers. It’s nothing. You’ll hear my voice on all my videos. You’ll see my sister on all my videos, but Buddy Collective Co. on that. But yeah, she’s calling me out cuz I sent out way too many free samples. And not everyone needs a free sample. I felt like Oprah that week. That was like 3 weeks before I blow up of you get a free sample and you get a free sample and you get a free sample. But no. And you need you need to get some sales under your belt. So, like April said, she went live to get her or she went live. I Someone said a thousand followers. I have 500 and I do lives. I don’t do them as often as April, but you don’t need a bunch to go live. Less than 500 for sure. I think it’s like less than 200 honestly cuz I’ve been going live. So, once you get a few samples under or a few orders under your belt, you’ll get higher quality affiliates. But, you do need to be a little bit more intentional with them. Like April said, are they posting the same product multiple times for you? And then looking at their GMV. So, their GMV is just how much they’ve sold. Now that I have a,000 sales under my belt, I’m targeting affiliates that have sold $60,000 or more in the last 30 days. And there’s a ton of them. There’s so many of them that have sold 6,000 or six figures worth of products in the last 30 days because this is their full-time job. Tik Tok has this network of creators that are available to us that all you have to do is tap into them. But no, not everyone needs a free sample. And I’m guilty today. I had a creator who posts for me consistently and she’s great. love her content, but she has like 3,000 GMV in like the last 30 days, and she keeps requesting new products. And I’m like, “No, she already has 15 of my products. She doesn’t need more and more and more of them.” So, take the emotion out of it. Send the products intentionally to people who you really believe can sell your items, and you don’t need to do 600 of them like I did. I mean, you can if you want, but yeah. Um, we had a good question here. I’m sorry I lost who asked it, but someone asked, “Do you need to order samples of every single one of your designs?” I do, but it’s because I like to go live. I like to go live. I’m not great at it. My best live was 25 sales, and I was ecstatic about it. How long were you live for? Two hours. I mean, 25 sales in two hours. That’s pretty good in my book. Through the roof with it. I was so excited. But because I do a lot of I film a lot of my own content, I’m ordering a sample of it. So that’s why your designs have to be better cuz for me it’s a $15 investment as soon as I make the design because I’m ordering a sample of it. So once I have that sample I can turn that sample into a 100 pieces of content because it’s there and it’s in my closet and I can film it all the time. Now sometimes maybe hopefully some of you will will relate to this. Sometimes I’ll wear my samples cuz I’m like I’ll get some videos out and about and then I’ll drop like cheese sauce on them or something and I’m like crap now like now I got to get the state out or something. So don’t do that. But I do order a sample of mine, but I believe in my designs enough because they’re well researched to spend that $15 on it. And the same reason I’m sending them to affiliates. If you don’t believe in your designs enough that much, then start working on your designs better. To be fair, I feel like a cheese sauce thing could be like a pretty good hook. But maybe that’s just me and my algorithm. I don’t know. Um, no. I I do not order all of my samples. Um, but I will say I’m I’m like sitting in a room with a thousand church men. Um, I I will say though that like because I have such high volume of sales right now, um, I I get a decent amount of returns and I use my returns like as like samples and and you know, for content stuff. I do order some samples. Yes. Um, just not all of them because I have a lot of t-shirts. But, you know, when it comes to like the samples, like when I first started going live, I studied this girl that was going live. And while when she was live, she wore the shirt that she had on, which was one of her shirts, and never showed a single shirt. And she was killing it. She was like the the person that I studied and I was like, “Okay, I can do this.” Like, um, and so, you know, I do think that it’s nice to be able to show some of your samples. Definitely. But like you know when you think of even like the big brands like Glow you know like when they started like it was just the one like hoodie every single video on their page was of that one hoodie. So if you can only order five samples make a hundred videos with those five like make so many videos with those five samples in different ways and and those five items will start getting you sales. And then once you get some more income going, order some more samples and make more more videos. So, I mean, you can start with a small amount and lots of videos with the that small amount of t-shirts. And you don’t have to go live yet. I do think as far as Riley, I think there’s a trade-off with GMV and um people. So, I think Riley has probably like surpassed the GMV to go live and not the followers. Ah, maybe that’s it. Yeah, that makes sense, April. And guys, there’s so many questions going through this chat here. We’re going to get to some of them towards the end. We can’t answer all of them, but I will say this is your blanket answer for all of them. Everyone’s asking, “How do I go live?” You watch people go live. April goes live all the time. She invites you. Hopefully, she invites you. Like, how do I create short form content? You watch affiliate content, people who’ve posted t-shirts. You literally look up women’s t-shirts. What kind of videos are they making? What’s selling? How do I find affiliates? You look up affiliates on TikTok. Like, all of this stuff is something that is so easily learnable. And I’m not saying like these are bad questions. They’re not. These are questions that I had 6 months ago. But if you spend some time on the platform and you spend some time on the seller center, because once you create your account, Tik Tok gives you the seller center. So once you spend some time on that seller center, there’s a big button that says affiliates and then it says here’s how to set up free samples. There you go. It’s it’s it’s so intuitive that you have to spend a little bit of time learning it, but I wish we could go through each one of these and answer all of them. Sadly, we can’t, but you can definitely learn. I think I am doing a a Printify Q&A coming up soon that we’ve talked about. So maybe that will help later on. And I think with affiliates too, you don’t have to wait at a certain point to open up these collaborations. You can open up your shop and start affiliates right away, right? If they are interested. Um Amanda Johnson in the chat has a good comment, I went live once, it was terrible. I felt like when I was teaching during COVID and just talking to myself. I think we’ve all been there a lot. I know April, you have a good story of your first live. I’d be curious to hear about your very first live, too. Yeah. Amanda, I also went live once and it was terrible. It was it was I actually went live quite a few times and it was terrible. It did not start like this for me. Like my lives did not my TikTok didn’t start like this. My lives did not start with this. My lives started messy and I didn’t know what I was doing and I was um in my bedroom and I was hanging hangers on my flat screen TV like on my dresser and like that was my display. It was awful. There was no one. I mean, there was barely anyone in the live. I remember at one point being like thorough Well, at first, you know, I was just trying to, you know, I’m like, I’m new here. Um, you know, this is my first live. I I don’t really know what I’m doing. I’m, you know, and like at at I don’t know even how long I was in and somebody was like, “Ma’am, there’s nothing in your cart.” And so, like, I didn’t even have anything to sell. I thought they could just magically see my items from my store. I didn’t even know you had to put things in the cart. And then at one point in the same live, in the same beginning live, I was like, “Oh, I’m not seeing my comments must be like frozen or something and someone actually commented and they were like, “Um, I I just don’t think anyone’s commenting.” Um, so like I mean it was and I, you know, I just laughed. You have to just laugh cuz like you don’t know what you’re doing. I did back when I started going live, like I said, I did watch some other live sellers to see what they were doing. I obviously didn’t pick up on that cart trick. Um, but you know, there wasn’t a lot of research to be done back then. And so I I went at it blindly and just got in there. My account manager was like, “You just got to get in there and make some mistakes.” And I made all the mistakes for sure. You guys are welcome into my lives. You can ask questions in my lives. Like people come in all the time. I’m an open book because at the end of the day, like we have this saying in Texas like you can lead a horse to water um but you can’t make them drink, right? I’m an open book. I’ll tell you all my tricks, but you guys got to work as hard as I’m working. You got to do the research and everything to to be the top seller. And it’s not hard. It’s just, you know, it’s just steady work. But that’s great. I love it cuz I work from home. I’m with my kids. We go on vacations. Like, you know, if is if you work hard, this can be duplicated. Yeah. What was your first live like? Well, I scheduled my first live because I saw April, she was talking about how great it is. I’m like, “Oh, I can do this, too.” So, I was like, “Okay, I’ll go live Friday at 7:00 p.m.” And then I was, cuz I work from home, I’m like, “It’s Thursday at 2.” I’m like, “I’m not doing anything. I could just try it.” And so, it was exactly like she said of during COVID talking to no one. And I’m like, for an hour, I’m just sitting there and I’m like, I’m selling this t-shirt. Here we go. Do you want to buy this t-shirt? Someone buy this t-shirt. And it wasn’t great. But I think my clips for my first live are on my TikTok if you scroll down far enough. But I literally in my office put four little nails in the wall. Just hammered four little nails and put my shirts on them. My husband’s like, “You know, we rent, right? Like, we have a security deposit.” I’m like, “No, yeah, it’ll be fine. It’ll be fine.” But my second live was the next night. I’m like, should I even do this? I didn’t get any sales that first time. It sucked. Like, April said, “Shoot for a goal of 10.” I didn’t have 10 people in there, let alone 10 sales. But the second live, I got four sales that first night, and I went live for like an hour. It was the Friday night, so it worked well for me. But four people came in, and each time it was so, it’s like a like a dopamine boost of like, “Oh my god, someone purchased it. Oh, they purchased this one. I really like this one.” and then you can call it out. But truly it comes from researching and for me my research is oh April’s life and so just Okay. Okay. Well, she said okay comfort colors is a premium shirt. That’s a I I should premium. I sell comfort colors. It’s premium. And just she was in my live last night then cuz that was my hook last night. No, not last night. You have a different time zone than me right now. I was asleep when you were like that’s right. That’s right. But just paying attention to those things and and truly doing it. So my second one I got a couple sales and then I’ve had a few since then where I haven’t gotten sales but I had one really good one where I got 25 sales and I couldn’t sleep after. I was just sitting there. I’m like, “Oh my god, I could do this every day. There’s so much potential. This is so exciting. 25 people bought for me. Every 5 minutes my brand is my cat. My my little cat logo on there. I have a little cat bell. Every 20 like 5 minutes it’s like oh my god, someone got it. Thank you so much. Look at this shirt.” And it’s just you just have to do it. You just have to have to do it and do it wrong and do it wrong a few times until you do it enough and you’re getting sales. It’s really one of those things. Yeah, practice makes perfect. And yes, be consistent in the be and be consistent the whole time, but definitely in the in the beginning, too, because Tik Tok loves consistency. So, if they see you consistently going live all the time, like you’re going to start getting more traffic from being consistent. And I say like you got really excited with the sales and like even if you do that in the live and you get a sale and you get really excited during the live, people love that too. And then you call them out. You said you have a bell. April, I know you have a bell every time someone makes a sale. Um, tell us a little bit more. So, you said your lives are about an hour, but April, your lives are like 3 to four hours sometimes. What the heck do you talk about for 3 hours? It goes so fast though. It really does. Um, so it’s typically about 3 hours, but since we’re in Q4, I’m trying to push them to four hours now. Um, but you know, I mean, really now for me, the conversation just kind of flows so easily and starts itself. It didn’t used to be like that. I have so many tricks that I use now that I have learned um that work. And if you’re in my lives, watching my lives, I honestly would say that there’s probably like not like to like toot my own horn or anything, but like I don’t think that there’s a lot of people better to research than me cuz I’m constantly doing the research. And I I I was live last night and I tested a new hook. Like I test new things all the time and the hook last night worked as well. Um so, you know, there’s all kinds of tricks that I will do to pull conversation like out of people, questions that I’ll ask to get the comments going. Um, you know, so it just once you get all of these little tricks down and all and and you know, you’re repeating your same hooks and stuff. That’s the big thing about lives, you guys. Like, you know, people don’t really understand the people in the room for live. So, like, say that you have, say that you look up and there’s 30 people in your room for your live, right? And you are selling, you’re doing your hooks, and then two minutes later you look up and there are 25 people. You did not just lose five people. That’s 25 new people. Then those 30 people are gone. Most of them. You may have a few like stragglers hanging around. Um but the those 30 people are gone and that’s a whole new group of people in your turnover. I have a super high watch rate and I think it’s a minute and a half. So that means that every minute and a half the people are leaving and new people are coming in. That’s why that number is always moving. So don’t get caught up on like there’s only 30 people here. Think there’s 30 people in my store right now. Can I convert one of them in two minutes? Well, actually quicker than that for you guys. In one minute, I’m going to get another chance to convert. Maybe it changes to seven people. I’m going to get a chance to convert those seven people. And then a minute later, maybe it maybe you do a giveaway and it shoots up to 50 people. Now I have a chance to convert one of these 50 people. Okay? It’s different people all the time. So you are it is just constantly if you guys are in my live you’re just you’ll get sick of me repeating myself but I know that the people are moving through. So those those 200 people that have already left they didn’t get to hear my hook. I’ve got to say it again over and over and over again. And one more point to what April said. Her watch time’s high at a minute 30 seconds. Let’s say yours is a minute long. That means every minute you’re doing the same script because those are new people. So you have 60 seconds of talking of look how cute this comfort color shirt is guys. You know that favorite vintage band tee that you have at the bottom of your dresser? It’s probably a comfort color shirt. And those comfort color shirts, the more you wash them, the softer they get. And this graphic, look at this. It doesn’t peel away. It’s a direct to garment print. And guess what? That was 30 seconds. That’s half your script. You say two things like that every 60 seconds. Literally every 60 seconds. So you’re live for an hour like me cuz I I quit too early. That’s 60 times that you’re saying that exact same thing. And after you get off and you’re chugging water bottles, just crushing them and my voice is usually gone. I don’t know how April does it. She must have voice training or something. But if your watch time is 90 seconds, you have a 90 secondond script that you’re repeating over and over and over again cuz people are scrolling away. Mhm. So get like two, three sentences ready and just go for an hour straight repeating it. I love it. We have so many really good questions here. We’re going to get to those. Um, but first I want to quickly talk to you Riley about some community aspect, the mentorship program. You guys did see a video a little bit earlier about it. We um, we talked about it at the very beginning of this one. Um, tell us about your journey in that mentorship program like the community aspect and how it helped you get to where you’re at in Tik Tok shop today. I think it’s so important to get plugged in. So even when I started selling on Etsy, from the very beginning of my POD journey, I’ve been involved in some sort of community. Now my first few months I was in Japan and I was not making any money from it. So I didn’t have anything to invest and it was Facebook. How many print on demand Facebook groups can I find? Like how many things can I get invested into where the content that I’m surrounding myself and the people that I’m surrounding myself with online are in the same business, in the same industry that I’m in. But with that, when you’re involved in a mentorship community or a mentorship group like that, you have a mentor, right? That’s part of it. Surprise, surprise. And so having someone so often I see in this business, someone say like, “Man, I don’t know what I’m doing wrong.” Your mentor will tell you what you’re doing wrong. Like in in the sellers club, I do so many shop audits and I can say within 30 seconds, this is why you’re not getting sales. And so having that opportunity of at home when you’re by yourself, your wheels are turning and you feel like you’re putting so much work into it. But sometimes you’re just working in the wrong direction a little bit. For me, especially with Tik Tok, I had all of this confidence going into it. I’ve been selling on Etsy for 4 years. I know what I’m doing. I can do it. Yeah. Then then you laugh, right? Because you have to learn some of these things the hard way. But for me, getting plugged into a mentorship so early meant that the questions that I had that I couldn’t figure out the answer to because there’s not a lot of Tik Tok content right now or being answered by someone who had already gone through them, someone who knew more than I do about these topics and then regularly getting communication and inspired by people who know what they’re doing and are willing to share that. So, I think if you’re in the business of being in a business, you have to be willing to commit to being a learner. You have to commit to studying content and you also have to commit to putting yourself out there a little bit in order to get that feedback and in order to improve. That’s exactly what this like newhip program is that Printify is doing. We’re finding these experienced sellers like Riley to be in there to give you kind of this more one-on-one mentorship coaching. You can meet other sellers who are in the same position. And we have two different programs for you. So depending on what level you’re at, if you are completely new to Etsy, Tik Tok shop, POD in general, we have one track. We’ll share separate links for each one. But if you are ready for this more advanced step, if you’re ready to learn and dedicate your time every week, do kind of what the mentors are telling you, put in the effort, then we have this more advanced track for specifically Etsy and Tik Tok shop sellers. So we’ll share links in the chat for that. And also we were we will share an application for a scholarship. So a few of you will get a scholarship for this program. You’ll be able to check it out. All the information is in the chat. Can I share one more thing on that? So something I keep keep hearing in this business is consistency beats intensity. Now that means a lot of things but consistently people who I see come to even Etsy classes. I know we’ve been talking a lot about Tik Tok. I teach Etsy. I teach design. People who are coming to those classes every week and people who are implementing it are seeing more sales and seeing more revenue than the people who are not because they are consistently learning and consistently attending classes. People who are consistently posting Tik Toks or consistently going live are making more money than those who aren’t. Because if you just let’s say you join this membership and you look at it and each week you say, “Man, I should really attend a class and I have ADHD. I do the same thing of there’s no concept of time.” But if you’re not doing it and you’re not putting the work in, you can’t say, “Well, I tried it.” You really can’t. You have to be there. You have to get your hands dirty and you have to consistently put in that action. And now is the time to do it, guys. We’re starting Q4 next week. This is the biggest time of the year for sales. You can make in the last 3 months of the year what you made in the first nine months of the year, especially on TikTok because so many people are buying and so many people are gift giving. And Halloween and Christmas are two of the biggest holidays there are. So do it and do it now because you’re setting yourself up for what could be the craziest next 3 months of your life. This is a place that’ll keep you accountable for all of this, too. So like Riley said, just do it. Okay, we are we have about 8 minutes left here. We have one more giveaway for everyone and then while we’re doing that, we will answer a few more questions here. Riley, would you like to do the honors of our very last giveaway? Okay. What is the first thing you’re doing right after we end after we end cuz you’ll get some good answers to some good questions to enhance your POD game? When I first went to my conference in April, I literally between sessions scan my ID, open my TikTok shop on the way home and guys that was a long day. My friend drove me there, he crashed my car, so we had to get my father-in-law to come up and drive us home. So, we’re all packed in this tiny truck. Long story. Ordered some samples cuz I’m like, if I’m going to be making videos, I need some samples. So, what are you doing today to further your business? Joining Tik Tok shop. I see it right here. Uh, by the way, this giveaway was for the $50 coupon for the official Amplified merch store. One of you will be winning that. We’ll announce that in a second. Let’s answer some questions here real quick. So, we have a question from Tracy. Do all of your products come from Printify that you sell on Tik Tok shop? Are they all Tik Tok eligible? That’s a good question. Yeah. So, Printify has a section in their catalog. It’s much easier when you link it to your Tik Tok store, too. You can literally just click Tik Tok shop and then those are the products that you can sell on Tik Tok. And so, I do want to clarify that we have 2,000 plus products in the catalog. Not all of them are eligible for Tik Tok because they have quite strict uh service level agreements. You have to get them out on time. So, go to the Tik Tok eligible filter or catalog section in Printify and go with those products. Um, next question is from Kiwana. April, have you thought about putting together an ebook of tips and tricks of everything you have learned to help us newbies that we can use beyond our questions on your live? That’s a good question. I know I h like no because I don’t have the time. Remember, I have young kids as well and I like I want to be as helpful as I can. That’s why I always do these events. Um, because you know, at the end of the day, someone taught me inadvertently. She didn’t know she did, but she did. Um, so I don’t know. I did talk to Ashley with Printify and like we’re going to do a question and answer soon. I’ve thought about maybe just doing some lives where I’m just like live answering questions on how to go live. I need to ask my account manager if that will have any effect on my lives because if I don’t have a GMV on the live, it may um it may have an effect on me, but I I would love to help more. I just need to figure out a way to do it in my my schedule. Pull up chat GBT. Tell it everything you know. say, “Write this into an ebook.” There you go. I really should. No, that is true. I really should. I’m a big chat fan. So, we had a couple questions about hooks. One person asked, um, first of all, what is a hook? That’s a good question. And then Scott Riffenberg is asking, “How do you verify testing a hook?” A hook is just grabbing someone’s attention. You’re hooking somebody into the video. The hook is you have one like one second to stop. The main goal is to stop the scroll, you guys. So, like you’ve got one second to stop that scroll. Um, and so listen, do not over this is my best advice for y’all on hooks. Riley’s may be different, but like don’t overthink that hook. I I pull up chat GBT every time and I’m like, “Hey chat, I’m posting a a t-shirt with ghost reading on it. Can you give me a good hook?” And he’ll give me like eight choices and then I pick one of those choices that I think is he even tells me his favorite. Typically, it’s my favorite as well because I feel like he’s very smart. Um, and then I usually just use that hook. I don’t overthink the hook or I find a video that has thousands and thousands of views on it that I know is making sales and I use their hook cuz I know it worked for them. Yeah. Just like April said earlier, every time I log on Tik Tok it says these five hooks are what’s going to take you from 10,000 to $10 million on Tik Tok. And then I’m like, “Oh, you know what? That’s a good point. I save that.” And then when I go make content, I’m like, “Oh, yeah. That guy said this $10 million.” So I’m like, “Okay.” He said, “Not only is this a cute shirt, but this is the cute shirt you need.” And I’m like, “That’s a good one.” So I just save a million videos on affiliates. You can almost take any hook too and like ask it, put it into chat GPT and say like, “Hey, make this related to my niche or like the design that I’m selling specifically and save all of them. That way whenever you start, you have a list of 100 hooks that you couldn’t go at.” Mhm. We have a question from Norma Veila Get. In your t-shirts, do you offer font, text, color options, or is it just a design, period, buy it or not? No, because it’s harder. You’re trying to convert someone in 45 seconds. They see a video, they like that product, they check out. You don’t want them to see that video and oh, but do I like this one or this one better? And do I like that one or that one better? I have color options for my shirts. But most of the time, people are buying whatever they see in the video or whatever they see in the thumbnail of the product. So, it’s not this. You don’t want to make it harder for them to purchase. You want to make it as simple as possible. That means the video is clear, the product is clear, and customers think they want choices. They don’t actually want choices. Yeah. Keep each video should just have one job, you guys. Like one, keep every video simple. It should have one simple job. Look at this shirt. Do you like it? By the shirt. Like that’s that’s the process. You don’t want to put so many different options into your video. And then people get confused. Mhm. Okay, we have to unfortunately wrap things up. Um, final words of wisdom, advice from each of you for our viewers tonight. Do it. You’re not going to get sales if you don’t do it. You’re not even, okay, we’ve been saying learn, learn, learn. Let’s say for the next 3 months, you watch so much content. That’s not going to make you money, right? You’re not going to make that money unless you actually start practicing it. And experience really is the best teacher. So, watch that content, learn, research, study, but then go actually do it. create that Tik Tok shop. It takes two days. Two days of waiting time. It takes 30 seconds. You scan your ID, you enter your name, whatever. Go actually start it and and and learn what you’re doing wrong as soon as you can and just work on improving. You don’t have to try to make a viral video right now. You have to try to make a video and then next week after you’ve made maybe 10 videos, you say, “Okay, what can I do better now that I wasn’t doing then?” But you have to actually put the work in. And not in 3 weeks, in right now. Because getting into this time, guys, Q4 can truly truly be changing, but only if you take advantage of it and you actually start putting the work in. Mhm. Real quick, there’s one final question from Demostens Ice Peru. Sorry. Is there a Tik Tok class you ladies recommend? The mentorship program. We were just talking about it. We’ll drop the link again in the chat, but yes, there is specifically that we are Riley started in it. That’s how it she got there. So, the mentorship program, check it out. Real quick, 10 seconds. April, what is your final words of inspiration? Um, just start. Yeah, just like Riley said, just start it. Mine started messy and and I didn’t start as a top seller. I started as a bottom seller. Like the absolute bottom was where I started at. Um, so just start and then perfect it along the way. It’s not a coincidence that Riley and I have talked so much about how we research and we’re two top sellers in here. We do a lot of research. Okay. So, do the research, put in the work, and and just get started and and get better as you go, but start today. Can’t can’t say it better myself. All right. Last final winner of the giveaway was Anita Edings. Congratulations, Anita. Congratulations. You got a $50 coupon to the official merch store. We got to wrap up. Thank you so much, April. It was amazing having you in the call. Thank you, Riley. It was an honor to have you next to me. Thank you, everyone. I think I speak for everyone when I do say that I am beyond inspired today. I am super excited about all this knowledge, the wisdom, and it is not too late to sign up for Sellers Club to keep this conversation going. You guys are all friends in the chat now. I’ve been watching you the whole time. Keep it going inside sellers club. I’m sad it’s all ending though. I know. I’m a little bit sad. I’m not going to lie. I’ve had a lot of fun today. Uh, do give a quick shout out in the chat if you’ve been with me for all six hours. So, because honestly, kudos to you if you have been. That’s a lot. Um, we can always hang out more over on the Printify YouTube channel. You can chat with me in the comments there. It is me behind almost every single comment. So, please be nice, but also give me your suggestions, your feedback, what you want to see in Printify, etc. And one more shout out to all of our guests, our speakers, and of course our sponsors, KD and D.STO Domains. And last but not least, a major huge shout out to all of the people, the moderators behind the scenes. We couldn’t do it without them. And I could sit here for 20 minutes listing all their names, but we’ve got an afterparty to get to. So with that, be kind, keep creating, stay inspired, and get those sales. Thank you everyone.

  • 10/22/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right. All right. All right. What’s happening everybody? Hope everybody’s having a great day. Um, where’s everyone calling in from while we’re getting ready here? I am calling in from Bangkok, Thailand today. So, I was in uh Japan uh about two days ago, Tokyo, and uh just flew into Bangkok yesterday. And um the uh the smog here is giving me a little bit of a voice issue, but hopefully I can just talk through it. I think I’ll be okay. Um

    awesome. Awesome.

    We’ve got

    David Tana. David from Phoenix, Arizona. Tana from Idaho. Trisha Bradenton, Florida. Karma, Oregon. Ken, hello from Virginia.

    Becky, hi Shane. What state are you in today? Oh yeah, already answered that one. I’m in Bangkok, Thailand today. Um, yep, we’re we’re just in uh Tokyo and we just flew over to Bangkok, Thailand. Uh, just got here last night. might fly to uh some other cities in Thailand here pretty soon. Leo, Tulsa, Oklahoma. Carl, California.

    Chris from Kent, south of UK. Nice. So, uh good evening to most of you. Good morning to a few of you. Yeah, it’s it’s very early out here. It’s uh you guys can kind of see the sun is still uh rising out there. Mon’nique, New Jersey. Mark, Newport, Kentucky. Sean Winsor, Ontario, Canada. Paul, uh, Port Charlotte, Florida. Terry, hi from Michigan. Hey, Terry. Bill, Gulf of Mexico. Terry, uh, other Terry. Uh, Toronto from Vancouver. Very cool. Very cool. Oh, yeah. I like Vancouver. Very nice area. Ernie, Greensboro, North Carolina.

    Pedro, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Very cool. Katie, uh, Oregon. Becky, Milwaukee, Kristen, Wisconsin. John, Tampa, Florida. Justin, Northern Texas. Christina, Las Vegas, Nevada. Jeff, California. Alfonso, Reneer, Washington. Martha, Oakland. If it’s echoey, it’s probably because you have it open in two different tabs, guys. Um, or you have like the the desktop app open and then also a browser tab open. So, just close one of them. Maybe try to mute yourself as well. Sometimes that can do it if you just mute yourself. Um, yeah. Tan Taiwan from John. Awesome. I was in Taiwan at a wedding a few months ago. Very cool. All right. All right, guys. Second question. What’s the number one reason why you guys are uh came tonight? What is the number one reason why you came to this live training tonight?

    Okay, scrolling down. Tammy says, “Passive income.” Carl, make extra money for retirement. Got it. Serena, the free niche thing. Okay. Ben, retirement gig. Rhonda to learn. Tana knowledge is power. Katie education.

    iPhone opportunity. Martha to learn how to build a YouTube site. David looking to begin creating content for a full-time trial. Uh Hani YouTube. Stacy to learn. Terry skip the line and crush revenues for content on YouTube. Becky, need motivation. Samantha, want to start a YouTube channel and be profitable from it. Kristen, passive income and learning how to you uh do this using AI. Becky, opportunity. Sherry, I like listening to your voice. Oh, well, thank you, Sherry. My voice is a little tiny bit rough right now. I’m hoping I can just drink it off here with a little bit of uh coffee and Coke Zero. Um the uh the air here I I think there’s uh forest fires in Indonesia. So the air in Southeast Asia is not very good right now. Eugene learning Brandon to learn YouTube. Renee, I kept missing the previous ones. Mike, learn uh about getting my channel up and running quickly and easily. Awesome. Brandon, learning tics and uh tips and tricks. Chris, hoping to build a profitable YouTube channel. Paul to see what it’s all about. Uh Erica to retire early. Zahira making income. Uh to Shapiso to make money via YouTube. Randy to learn. Nora to make money and learn something new. Richard, love your videos and want to learn more. David, exploring ways to launch a retirement business. Justin, break out of the rat race. Uh Jeff, starting a YouTube channel at 60 years old. Cody, supplement or replace my income from the job. Awesome. Okay, very cool. Very cool. And what is the number one thing that is stopping you guys from reaching your goals or stopping you from starting on YouTube? Either stopping you from getting started or stopping you from reaching your goals on YouTube. What’s the number one thing while I go ahead and uh open up on this side here?

    Okay,

    I’m at a very small desk today. Limit limited movements here.

    Okay.

    All right. Um,

    okay. I saw I see a lot of fear. Fear of quitting. Um, I’m new. First day. Got it. Lack of knowledge. Lack of knowledge. Being clueless. Perfectionism says Pedro. Donald not sure what to do. John says lack of knowledge.

    Um Kell uh Halverson. I might have that name wrong but technology. Um or is that Shell? I think that’s Shell, isn’t it? Shell Halverson. Halverson. I try to get these names right if I can. Stacy myself. David. nothing that uh that is why I’m here. Tristan figuring out which lane to take Ronald knowledge Corvette determining a niche. Uh Michael don’t know anything. Chris a mentor. Lisa how to start. Salvador learn from you. Awesome. Salvador John identity. Jeff don’t know how to start. Uh Edair doubts about topic I want to talk about. Valerie I don’t know how to start. Christina lack of knowledge. Serena analysis paralysis. Okay. Very cool. Very very cool. Um, mostly overwhelmed says Cody with all the different options. Yeah. Yeah, that’s that’s very common. Yeah, we’re yeah, all of these questions are going to be answered in uh in the training today, guys. So, that’s good news for you. So, I’m going to teach you what actually works. Okay. So, if you already know a lot about YouTube, um, this is going to be useful for you because I’m going to tell you, you know, the things that you probably should stop focusing on and the things that you should focus on more. And if you don’t know a lot about YouTube, this is also going to be great for you as well because I’m going to tell you what works and uh, so you don’t have to waste your time going down the right like like the wrong roads. You can just you can just do the right thing right away. All right. So, uh hopefully you guys can see my screen. Um it should say uh how to start on YouTube step by step for beginners without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and you follow one simple rule. Now, one thing I want to say right off the bat, guys, because I always get this question. I do address it later in the presentation, but I want to say it now. One, yes, this is a live session. Two, this is for you if you are, you know, like, yes, this is a live session, guys. I said a bunch of your names. You know, this I’m sure I’m going to get somebody who comes in super late that’s like, “Oh, is this pre-recorded? Is this AI?” Uh, no, it’s not AI. And yes, this is a live session. And yes, we do put a lot of effort into these uh live trainings. So, you know, and they’re completely free as well. So, hopefully you appreciate that. Um, two, this is for you if you’re a complete beginner. Uh, I’m going to teach you the right things from the beginning. uh the fundamentals, the first principles, the most important stuff on YouTube. That way, you don’t have to unlearn bad habits and waste your time learning the wrong stuff and then having to unlearn that stuff. Okay? So, if you are not a complete beginner, that’s totally fine as well. Uh you’re just going to have to forget a lot of what you’ve learned up to this point because a lot of it just doesn’t apply to this type of YouTube channel. And it’s probably the reason that you’re spinning your wheels overthinking and stuck in analysis paralysis. Um so, yeah, this also works if you’re already having some success. Maybe you already started a channel and it’s dead or you haven’t gotten results yet or you’re getting views but you’re struggling with monetization, right? This is still going to work for you. Okay. It works if you’re a big YouTuber who’s crushing it want and who wants to crush it even harder. It works if you want to pivot niches or you’re in a niche that you don’t like and you want to switch and adjust. We’ll talk about exactly how to do that later with the niche 2.0 and the hybrid personal brand method. But it also works if you’re a business owner. Both online works with almost all types of online businesses, but also uh in-person businesses as well, right? It works with if you’re that type of business owner, too. Um and uh uh like some of the in-person businesses that it really works well for would be like real estate, a lot of different real estate stuff. Um uh a lot of different medical type businesses. So, just as an example, like like um cosmetic dentists, plastic surgeon, that kind of thing. Um it works really well if you’re like a financial adviser. It works really well if you’re if you own a law firm. Um a lot of different businesses like that, right? Um, so yeah, uh, it works whether you’re doing this as a side hustle, a second income, a oneperson business, or to scale your existing business, or to help your other marketing efforts if you’re maybe running paid ads or you’re doing cold outreach or something like that, right? So, this system is designed to help people solve problems on YouTube. So, as long as you’re making educational content that helps people solve their problems, that’s what this is built for. And we’ll give you a lot of examples later on. So, let’s talk about why you’re here today, guys. So, go ahead and do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about one of these things. So, it should be on the bottom right of the screen. And the first one is going to be views, right? Do the thumbs up reaction if you’re excited about getting views. Okay, there you go. It popped up. Yeah. Okay. Okay. Uh, good amount of people excited about getting views. Awesome. Awesome. But how about the second one? How about actually making some money? Who’s excited about actually making some money?

    Do the emoji reaction if you’re excited about that. Okay, lot more excitement there. I see. Yeah, we got the confetti, the hearts, clapping. Okay. Yeah, people are more excited about making money. That’s good. I can tell that you guys have actually watched my channel because obviously views don’t necessarily equal money. But how about this third one? Impact. Are you excited about having an impact? Basically, starting a business that you can be proud of, that helps a lot of people, that actually solves other people’s problems. Very good. Very good. Wow, that’s that’s the best one out of all of them. Awesome. Awesome. So, this is great because if you’re actually helping people solve their problems, the views and the money are just going to figure themselves out if you’re actually having an impact. Now, what exactly do I mean by impact? because you could get millions and millions of views and have zero impact whatsoever, right? So, let’s just say you’re posting some sort of, you know, prank content or some some sort of like, you know, I don’t know, like uh just just some silly content kind of brain rot style content, right? Millions of people might see that, but one of the reasons why it doesn’t really make money and it doesn’t and one of the biggest reasons is because you’re just simply not having an impact, right? So millions of people are seeing it and you’re arguably wasting their time. You’re not only not helping them, but you are arguably hurting them because you’re wasting their time uh and helping them with just mindless self-indulgence, right? But when you make content where you are actually helping people solve their problems, even if you just get a few hundred views or a few thousand views, you are having an impact on people. You’re actually tangibly improving their lives. And when you do that, there’s pretty much a direct correlation to how much impact you have and how much money you make. Okay? And so you can, if you’re having a huge impact on a small amount of people, you can still make a ton of money. And I’m going to show you examples later on of people that make a ton of money despite only getting, you know, a few hundred views per video. Now, before we start, let me be straight with you. I’ve got two jobs today. Job one is to teach you the best YouTube lesson that you’ve ever gotten for free right here with no catch. Job two, at the end, I’m going to offer you a way to work with us directly, which is our coaching program. This is where my team and I handhold you to grow and make money on YouTube, just like the 1,000 plus clients that we have winning inside. All right? And I’ll be honest, it is not cheap, it is expensive. So, here’s the deal. If I don’t give you the best lesson today, don’t book a call. Don’t give me a dollar. But if I do, if I actually change how you see this, then you owe it to yourself to take a look, right? Just like the 1,000 people that we we’ve helped previously. And if the paid thing isn’t for you, then stay anyways. Learn everything. It is yours completely free. If that sounds fair, drop deal in the chat. Drop deal in the chat if that sounds fair.

    Okay. Awesome. Awesome. Good stuff. A lot of people. Becca, Tammy, Mario, Denise, Tana. Okay. Very cool. Also, by the way, we are giving away free stuff at this workshop. At the very end, you’ll get a chance to walk away with the Niche validator pro, both the chat GBT or the Claude AI version, whichever one you like to use. And this is the newest version yet, and it is a massive upgrade over anything that we put out before. And you also get $64,497 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income and then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place, right? So if you’re watching this now, you are ahead of the majority of people. Now, additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part is anything you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze because most people go into the maze and they get lost and they put their hands up and they’re like, “Maze keeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of your channel. And that’s the maze. That’s the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly with no mistakes. This is what it would look like right here. I’m kind of outlining it with my mouse here. This is what making absolutely zero mistakes and navigating the maze perfectly would look like. Chances are you’d make a lot more mistakes than this. I mean, everybody does if you try it on your own. But here’s the fastest way that you could get from start to finish just like this. Okay? But actually it is not the fastest because there is another way uh with far less mistakes uh to make and that is just simply going around the maze. It is faster, easier, and safer. Pretty clever, right? But even this isn’t the fastest route because we learned from a young age that the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line. And what if I showed you a way to do just that? skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. And one thing I want to say about this part right here, a lot of other YouTuber advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice. A lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel, etc. Because there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels, right? But I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s the type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that is why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. And before they said that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034. And now they’re saying that it’s going to be worth about $1.6 trillion by 2034. So just 6 months later they updated it. Okay. So 60% increase in a 6-month period. It has grown that much in just the last year. So the projections are just going up up and up so much faster than even the experts uh expected. So this is growing at an unprecedented rate. It’s even going to be 2 trillion by 2035 according to their projections. And look at this going up while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Uh, meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up, and that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, and the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year, but it’s not going to lifestyle vloggers and entertainment channels anymore. And today, you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped all knowing businesses, of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fs, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, parents, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization. successful YouTubers who are crushing AMP but want to crush it even harder. People that own software companies or SAS, location specific businesses, people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-andmortar business owners, even people with disabilities we’ve helped do this, right? I’m going to give an example of that later on. And this works for almost any niche in almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I am not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income. Uh, but he did go on a podcast tour and he revealed that, you know, even though he has about 4 million subs, he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American. So that’s about $3,700 a week. Um, and he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views, but views do not automatically equal money. Okay? Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making $10 million a year on YouTube, right? But there are also people who get a lot of views and they don’t make a lot of money. And that is actually quite common. Um especially with the types of content where you’re not actually having an impact, right? Entertainment content, uh you know, prank content, that kind of thing, right? And it’s really because they’re doing things wrong. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, and stuck because you were promised a gold mine, and yet you found nothing. you’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first or you need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things. But basically, you found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you are uh what all of you do for a living because an example of a total beginner is my brother Zach. So Zach spent about you know 30 years in the trades and specifically uh he is an HVAC business owner. So he owns an HVAC company heating ventilation and air conditioning and we we helped him start on YouTube. Okay. So Adam mortgage lender uh software Ashley uh Paul cloud engineer. Okay. Okay. So, right away we see like lots of people that are um you know very very high level professionals and a lot a lot of those types of people are attracted to my content because I think I’m just more logical than the average person making content on this and and you know they just they kind of see that I actually have like a system uh when it comes to these types of things. Karen says retired. So, and also this, frankly speaking, works a lot better if you are somebody who actually has, you know, you’re an expert on something because it’s it’s a lot easier to to get the system to work if you have some sort of expertise. You don’t have to be like world’s number one expert or anything like that, but having some sort of expertise where you could at least teach beginners, you know, how to do what you do or how to be good at, you know, overcome the problems uh that you’ve overcome, that kind of thing. I see nurse midwife. Very cool. We got a lot of nurses in the program. Karen says retired. Claudia, attorney. Rahul, uh, Raul, software developer. Jason, radio DJ. Nice. Me, MD, and medical doctor. Okay, I’m kind of scrolling down a little bit. Engineering, IT, travel agency owner. Very cool. Um, we could have used a travel agency this time.

    We’re kind of good at traveling, but we we do like using travel agencies sometimes. Uh, real estate developer, parallegal, dog trainer, oncology sales, filmmaker. Nice. Registered nurse, life coach, project manager, voiceover for political ads and live announcements. Nice. Okay. Trucker, cyber security compliance manager. Very cool. Very cool. Okay. Healthcare IT system admin. Awesome. Yeah. So, uh, Becky says, “Pharmacist retired. Of course, I come from a pharmacist background myself. So, uh you know, we I think I also tend to attract a lot of medical professionals, but also like technology, IT people, um business people as well, sales, marketing, finance, etc. Very cool. All right, Randy. Hey, another HVAC guy. Awesome. Cool. So, I’m so confident in the system that I literally used it on my brother who’s in his 50s and who isn’t techsavvy. He’s never made a video in his life. And first of all, for context, I use this system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead because basically he came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out and I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” He’s really surprised, right? He’s like, “Oh, well, I’m not techsavvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old.” All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system and it’s going to work for you.” He also thought that he wasn’t an expert on anything. Right? This is something that like a lot It’s so funny cuz people who actually are experts usually think they’re not experts. Uh, I guess that’s because of the Dunning Krueger effect, right? But, um, you know, he’s like, “Oh, I don’t think I have any, you know, enough expertise to talk about anything.” Of course, he did, right? And the very first video that he posted blew up. It got over 800,000 views. And less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. And that’s a $78,000 year run rate. So, yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And what’s wonderful about this is this is probably the only side hustle in the world or the only, you know, oneperson business side hustle, whatever you want to call it, in the world where you don’t really have to learn that many new skills, right? Especially if you do it in the way that that we tell you to do it. Um, and that’s because you’re just using what you already know. Like, you already went through your whole life to learn the skills that you need to do this. And you’re just going to use those skills that you already have and just talk on camera about them and help other people, help solve other people’s problems. And by the way, update on Zach. He had an $18,000 month to finish off his first year on YouTube. Plus, he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing, not just AdSense. And sometimes you can make a hundred times more than what you can make from AdSense. So, you know, in this particular example, of course, he’s talking about highest paying trades, jobs that nobody’s talking about. So, he’s basically just educating people and helping them figure out, you know, what trade job would be the best for them.

    This is also for you if you’ve tried YouTube before, but it didn’t work out and your channel died, right? Maybe you uploaded for months or even years. Maybe you even got a video that took off. You had one that kind of took off, but you could never recreate it. Um, and uh, yeah, you just you’re you’re spinning your wheels. You’re not really getting any results. You’re getting maybe a few hundred views max, no subscribers, no money. So, you stopped and maybe you told yourself, you know what, YouTube just isn’t for me. Because I want to show you someone who was in that exact same situation. Nurse Magda. She basically had a dead channel that had a little bit of success a while back. She never really made much money from it, but it had a little bit of success. Um, but then it kind of died and she couldn’t really recreate that initial success she had. So now she averages um, and she was basically just spinning her wheels for for years and not really making much money until we dialed in her niche and we helped her basically install the system that we use to actually monetize your expertise. Right? So now she averages 34,000 views a video. She just crossed 100K subscribers and had her first $10,000 month. And that is just from AdSense alone. Now, the cool thing is nurse Magda actually owns her in uh an in-person business. So, people actually fly to her for training, specifically training on how to be a dialysis nurse, how to operate dialysis machines. And see, so people fly to her for that in-person training. And she uses this channel to get a bunch of people to do that. So, she actually uses the channel to send people to her in-person training. But she’s also now started a second income stream from the channel that’s completely independent from her physical in-person business, which she actually does want to kind of, you know, have something uh outside of that because she could potentially wanting be wanting to sell that business, right? And so now she’s making over $10,000 a month from her second income, which has absolutely nothing to do with the first business, which is great, right? And uh she I think she even had one of those months she had even more views than my channel. Um, and which which is awesome. You know, I always like to see my uh my clients and my my community members pass me up. It’s great. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or a coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So, an example of that is Davis. So, I’m probably going to see Davis in the next few days, but uh Davis is a coach that we helped get to six figures on YouTube. Uh, and he helps people get into management consulting, and he did it without paid ads. and now he barely works on his YouTube channel at all and he still makes six figures from it. This is also for you if you want to network so you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So here’s a really good example of networking. So Josh basically just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry and he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable on the job market, etc., etc. and he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are a part of Fang, which is Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. These are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world, where it’s literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. And usually, you have to apply to these jobs. But the companies were reaching out to him. Okay, these are jobs that people have to apply to for years in order to land. Most of the time these companies were reaching out to him and so he got an offer from several different fang and Fortune50 companies and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan and he was working a remote job making multiple six figures a year. But then the YouTube channel kept going 5,000 a month, 10,000 a month. Uh so now it’s making, you know, a full-time income, right? Even though it’s just like a like a side hustle. Then it got to 30,000 a month. Now it’s making more than his dream job. And then eventually he scaled all the way up to $186,000 a month using my strategies. And of course at this point he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him, right? And I like this example because it goes over every single stage. Just getting started as a beginner using it to become an authority in his niche for networking to get his dream job. As they say, your net worth is in your net worth. Uh there’s a lot of truth to that. Starting a side hustle to make a little bit of money on the side. Starting a full-time business making 10 to 30K per month and then scaling the business from there. And this one really does highlight the value of networking. I will say that like the indirect value of having a YouTube channel, it’s like networking on steroids. You essentially become an authority in your niche overnight. And it probably beats like 10 or 20 years of, you know, hard work networking and like going to a bunch of events and stuff like that. Just having a YouTube channel is going to beat 10 or 20 years of doing that right off the bat. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s easy, then why do most people fail?” Because most people absolutely do fail when they try to start on YouTube. Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you need to have a fancy studio with a very expensive cameras and stuff like that, right? Three, you need to be good-looking and you always have to show your face, right? You need to be very charismatic. Four, it takes 40 hours to create one video. And five, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. So these are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, um, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think that they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. And just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Thomas the Content Growth Engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month after starting that channel, our our goal was 10,000 a month. Stretch goal was $30,000 a month. And we actually ended up hitting about 42,000. Um, and we’re actually going to go over that here in a bit. And I documented all of it publicly. So, if I would have failed, like everyone would have known about it, just like the same thing that I did with Zach’s channel, right? I documented all of it publicly. And a lot of that money was made before we even got to a,000 subscribers as well. So, you know, most of it was made before we hit a,000, right? So, and these are the myths that people believe in that stop them from having success on YouTube. A lot of people think that you have to have, you know, 1,000 subscribers before you can make money. That’s not true. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soon to be trillion dollar opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-harmarmacist. I have a 1.7 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it right here. And I’ve helped over 20 businesses and their owners get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch. I’ve also helped countless businesses that were already successful or YouTube channels that are, you know, had some success already, but then kind of died down. I’ve helped countless amounts of those types of people have success on YouTube and make lots of money from that. And I’ve also helped tons of beginners get to part-time incomes, side hustles, second incomes, one person businesses, etc., etc. things that build into full businesses later on but can make money right now too. I’ve helped countless people in that situation as well. I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. Here’s a few of the companies that I worked with Corsera and Course Careers. Course careers actually liked working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company. Right? This is a perfect example of networking. I would have never gotten an opportunity to do this uh if I didn’t have the YouTube channel. Right? and the indirect intangible benefits of having a YouTube channel. And the reason they uh reason I got equity in the company and I got on their board is because we were help able to help them uh over 30x the amount of money that they made. Right? With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals and one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts uh during the pandemic. Um, before this I lived in section 8 housing. Um, I even trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. This is the exact Salvation Army that I lived in, for instance, for about 6 months in Lawrence, Kansas. And I didn’t want to be poor anymore, right? So, I did what society told me to do. I went to college. I got a doctorate. I became a pharmacist. I got a six-figure job, a really good six-figure job. But I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt to get there. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt to get this good job. And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games, watch movies, or whatever. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time and money because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. And so, it was kind of an out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a 6-month period. So on top of being burnt out, and everything else, I was also in fear of my physical safety. So overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, and how anxious I was in this situation. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea? Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, drop shipping, Amazon FBA, uh, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products, etc., etc. You name it, I probably tried it. Here’s one of them that I tried, the booty kit. I tried selling this on Shopify drop shipping as well as Amazon FBA. And it’s basically an at home workout thing so that you can work out your booty. A little bit silly, but yeah. And I had a little bit of success here and there, but I pretty much failed at almost all of them. I couldn’t make any of these sustainable. Um, and a lot of it has to do with me having ADHD and always just trying a bunch of different things. But as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0, especially considering my rent was higher than this in the area that I was living in. But YouTube was different than all these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they all actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so, I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. Another way of saying this is you need distribution. This is a term that they use in business. When you have a YouTube channel that’s helping people solve their problems, you have distribution because people know that you actually exist, right? Nobody’s going to buy from you if they don’t know that you exist. And if they know that you exist, there’s a infinitely higher chance basically that they’re going to buy from you, right? It’s kind of like owning the store and you own this own the shelves at the store. And so it doesn’t really matter what products get put on the on the shelves. Uh they’re going to buy the product, you know, you know, they’re going to choose one of the products. They’re going to the store to buy stuff, right? So, they’re going to choose something at the store. And if you own the shelves, you’re always going to win no matter what. And that’s what owning distribution is like, okay, that’s what you basically have when you own a YouTube channel, especially one where you’re answering questions and solving people’s problems that they have, right? Cuz they’re going to YouTube to look to a look for a solution for that problem. And so, um, when you have a YouTube channel that’s helping people solve problems, you have distribution. Okay? And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot, you know, and after I tried it again, at that time, you know, I was basically in a house full of seven guys. One of the guys, uh, he moved here from Lebanon. He was an immigrant. His name was Sam. And he started a wedding photography business. And he barely even knew English. And he started this YouTube channel where he was making about$10 to $20,000 a month from this YouTube channel. I think it was less than 10,000 subscribers at the time, as well as his wedding photography business. and he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. Now, before this, I’d spent time in LA. I’d met influencers uh influencers who had a lot of followers, had a lot of subscribers, and they were getting millions of views, but they weren’t making any money. And so, I was like, “Sam, how are you making money from YouTube even though you have a small channel?” And he showed me what a proper monetization method looks like. And he showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel, like 10 to 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels that we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they are making seven figures a year because there’s some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. Now, you might be thinking, Shane, you’re exaggerating. There’s no way you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. And you’re right. I am exaggerating in the opposite direction. So, here’s an example. This is an example of someone who got a couple hundred views and made $100,000 from a video. Carla, so she made a video that got a couple hundred views from a small channel, about 1,500 subscribers. You can see her videos here. Uh, you know, 17 views, 156 views, 158 views, 130 views, 130, 193, 215. That’s that’s the best one right there. 99. So, you can see her videos are not getting that many views, right? And yet from one of these videos, and she’s not posting that many as well. like looks like she’s probably posting about one per month, maybe maybe one every two months, somewhere around there. And yet from one of these videos that got 100 to 200 views, she landed $106,200 a year ongoing contract. Okay, so that means uh you know, her niche is helping big businesses hire people um for certain positions that are kind of hard to fill. And these contracts often times if it you close them for one year, chances are they’re going to renew the next year and then the next year after that, right? So there’s a very high chance that this might end up being 200,000 or even 300,000 from a single video because often times when you land these contracts, these big B2B contracts, um they get renewed year after year. That’s very common. Like a lot of the time, like there, you know, probably about 90% of the time they renew. Okay, so that is the power of YouTube, guys. like 100 to 200 views per video. If you’re serving the right audience, if you’re solving a painful problem for the right audience, you can make a ton of money even with a tiny channel. So, this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. And so, basically, I started posting videos. And just to put this in perspective, I have gotten lots of views, 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. But this video right here, the most useless degrees, this was my first ever breakout video and it got over $4 million views. But in its whole lifetime, it made about $31,000 from AdSense because it wasn’t really making money outside of AdSense. And I’ve had several videos just last week that got less than 10,000 views, but made $40 to $50,000 from all income streams. So, just as an example, this video made about $48,000 with only 8,000 views. And there are several videos with less than 10,000 views that made as much or more than this video. So that’s kind of the secret, right? Because listen, it is way easier for me to reproduce a video that only got 8,000 views but made $48,000 than to reproduce the video that got 8 million views but only made $30,000. Right? Plus, by the time this one gets to the 6-year mark, right now it’s at 6 months, right? At the time of taking the screenshot, 6 months. By the time it gets to the six-year mark, chances are this number is going to be double or triple, right? as as much as this one because it’s just going to keep getting views, right? And and keep getting subscribers and keep getting leads and keep making sales. And so basically, uh this each time you make one of these videos, especially in the way that we do it, it’s like you are creating a little piece of digital real estate and it’s going to keep making you money down the line. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about 3 plus years ago. This is uh three Septeers ago, made about $283,000. Then two September ago, I made about $325,000. And then this last September, uh, one year ago or so, I made about $1 million. Okay? So, I’m not saying this to try to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because I have started multiple sevenfigure businesses from YouTube. There’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there who are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel themselves. and they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers, teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never done it outside of just teaching YouTube. Okay? So, they call it cosplaying, laring, what, whatever you want to call it. Okay? But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel before I started teaching other people how to do it. I didn’t have to fake it till I made it. My first channel had absolutely nothing to do with YouTube. It was helping people land their dream remote jobs. Okay? And we helped thousands of people with documented, verifiable testimonials land their dream remote jobs. And we made millions and millions of dollars. It was a multiple seven figure a year business. And that’s before I ever taught a single person how to do YouTube. And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So here’s a picture of me in Tokyo, the famous Shabuya Crossing Square. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore. And here’s a picture of me in the San Juan Islands just off of Vancouver, British Columbia, whale watching, orca watching specifically. Now, I do choose to work more than that sometimes because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people with YouTube, but I the whole point is I only have to work 4 hours a week. Okay, that’s the whole point. Um, like I I love what I do. So oftentimes I do work more than four hours a week, but you know there’s been many cases where I’ve gone a week or a couple weeks or even a month or even one time I went two months at a time without working. And during that stretch that stretch where I went two months at a time, I spent about pretty much zero hours on my business that entire two-month period besides maybe texting here and there. And the business actually grew. No inerson employees, no office, and and the business grew. Like it’s it’s insane, right? So, I can do whatever I want and my business just keeps going up and up. And that’s because I set up the system underneath me to where when I post these videos, every single video is like a little piece of digital real estate and it just keeps getting it just keeps going up and up over time, right? But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I would create a video just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online. I’d watch it and I’d be like, “Hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel or a prank channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels. So, I decided once every six months, once every year, I’d post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. Uh, just like this video right here, right? This one that I did right here. So, uh, and every time I do that, um, I get comments, emails, DMs. Um, everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, can you coach me? Can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” and I turned them all down because I was too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching or I thought maybe it works for my niche but not for other people’s niches. But I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day I decided, you know what, I’m going to do it. And so I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a mo the most diverse set of people. was a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who was crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, just on and on. The point is, they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. There are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy because I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many people, probably reaching a hundred times more uh people than I could have just reached on my own. And then they were able to impact, you know, hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money and there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. And in the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, it got about 24,000 views in the first month right off the bat. And it made about $42,000. So, that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. So, if I started an entertainment channel, I would have made somewhere between $24 to $73 if I got 24,000 views like my second channel. Education channels. Um, so yeah, right here you can kind of see $1 to $3. $24 to $73, right? uh with those same 24,000 views. So So that’s not that good, right? Education channels in general. So this is like a typical education channel makes about $20 per 1,000 views. So right off the bat, that’s like 10 times more. So that’s that’s way better. But still, 24,000 views, $20 per 1,000 views, I would have made about $484 somewhere around there. So this is just like a mass market education channel, like a typical one. And by the way, this is from all income sources, not just from uh AdSense, right? So, AdSense are the ads that pop up on your channel. Um, you know, people see those ads and you get a cut of the the payment from the person advertising. Um, that that’s one tiny slice of the pie and it’s a nice slice. It’s really good. Um, but it’s a very tiny slice of the pie. I think we make about 3% of our income or less from AdSense. Um, and so with educational content, like I said, right off the bat, it’s about 10 times better. But there’s a better type of educational content which is niche educational content where you are properly monetizing your channel. Okay. So with this type of content I made 24,000 uh got 24,000 views made $1,736 per 1,000 views and that is $42,000. Okay. So um this channel right off the bat first month our goal was 10,000 bucks. Stretch goal 30,000. We made it to 42,000. So, we blew past the stretch goal even and we actually got this channel up to about $4 to $6,000 per 1,000 views. Like, that’s where we were able to get it to after a few months of of working on it. But even in the first month, $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, there’s a better type of content, niche educational content, uh or sometimes I call it niche authority content, uh where you are properly monetizing your channel. Now, you can do a little bit more mass market education channel and you can properly monetize your content and still make a heck of a lot more money than this, right? So, just as an example, on my main channel, it has about 1.7 million subscribers now and it makes about $400 per 1,000 views on average. And this is despite the fact that honestly I talk about whatever I want on the channel, okay? Because I can, right? Um, but I started the channel off niche and that’s the important part, right? Start off very, very niche and that is what I highly highly recommend that you do as well. Okay, you want to start off niche at first and then later on you can make the decision to expand or not expand. Okay, now uh yeah, you know, later on you can make the decision if you want to to talk about different stuff or go mass market or expand your niche or pivot niches, etc., etc. I’ve pivoted niches probably about 15 different times. I can talk about probably 15 different niches and I would get lots of views on the channel. Um, you know, and there are ways to do that and it naturally happens over time. But the point is is you need to start off very niche and do that first. So I’m going to show you some examples of that here in a minute. Um, but yeah, uh, I’m going to get into that here in a moment because I I you don’t always have to stay with a niche subject if you set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method. Um, and we’re going to talk about here in a moment exactly how to do that. But let’s give some examples of niche educational content first because this is really the way to go. And this is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about $43 to $119,000 a month according to view stats. Um, and usually these tools actually underrepresent how much money people are making. For instance, if you look at my channel right now, it’ll probably say that I’m making about 10 to 20,000 a month. And we made about 50 to 60,000 last month from AdSense. Okay? So, it usually underrepresents how much educational channels make. Um, so educational channels, even just with the AdSense, they make more money. Plus, there’s like 10 times more opportunity for other monetization methods, too. Um, so let’s just say that he’s making about 43 to $119,000 a month from AdSense alone. Um, and if he’s properly monetizing even remotely, well, he’d be making about $10 to $20 per 1,000 views. Okay? And that means that he’s making $136 to $273,000 a month from this channel total. And that is a very conservative, extremely conservative estimate. Okay? Now, the interesting thing is he didn’t upload in 177 days. So, 5 months and he was still making that much money from the channel passively without uploading anything. And that’s because he’s been uploading these videos for a long time. And each video is like a little piece of digital real estate that just goes out and makes him money forever. And he has a whole portfolio of videos and they all make him a little bit of money every day. And that little bit of money adds up. And it might just be a few dollars a day per video, but when you have a hundred videos or a thousand videos, it really adds up. Here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I’m not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made about $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them with different car related products and services. And that is his whole channel. And basically this stuff is dead simple for him. And that’s one thing I want to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well. This stuff is dead simple for him. He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on on a day-to-day basis, but he instead of just doing one person at a time, he did one session on camera and then blasted it out on the internet and now millions of people are able to view that session instead of just one student. Okay? So, he just did the same thing, but he recorded it with a camera and he posted it online. Now, this is one of the craziest stories. Physics Walla, he came from a small village in India and his first videos were in his parents’ basement and you can see how bad they are. uh he’s got like a blurred face, looks like it’s recorded with a potato, there’s terrible lighting, you know, you you can’t even see the whiteboard, etc., etc. But it did not matter. And he started making videos about these standardized tests in India. And the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. It basically determines what schools you get into, what careers you can get into, etc., etc. So, it’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT for the US. And he just made videos about these certifications and the standardized tests. And at first, he was talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is physics India standardized test only very specific how he was tutoring people and he started making these videos he kept going and then he launched a company from his YouTube channel that’s now worth $5.2 billion called physics wala it’s an educational app and it’s now worth $5.2 billion and it all started in his parents’ basement just make making physics YouTube videos right and he is probably richer than Mr. Mr. Beast almost certainly richer than Mr. Beast cuz this is an actual valuation from the market whereas Mr. Beast is just it’s all speculation about what his net worth is and that is the power of educational content because you are solving people’s problems. So guys, if someone from a small village in India living in his parents’ basement selling to the Indian market can make, you know, can become a billionaire, you most people are watching this are coming from first world countries. Uh can definitely oops you can definitely make it to a sidehustle income or a second income uh and make a few thousand a month or something like that selling to uh solving people’s problems in the United States and selling to people from the United States. Right? So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all of this. And there is a secret formula and these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s probably because it’s not important. With that being said, if you have any questions on anything else, I can answer those questions at the end. So first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now we call this the niche 2.0. Now generally speaking, there are three niche categories out there that are the most profitable niches and that is health, wealth, and relationships. But that being said, there’s a lot of other niches outside of that and you can make money in all of those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche category to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas.

    And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. And please don’t comment health, wealth, or relationships. Those are niche categories, guys. Go deeper than that, okay? And I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re uh doing this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. So, comment what your niche is. I’m going to scroll down here and let’s read a few of these. Okay. LS says, “I like craft. I’m ready to flip the crochet world upside down.” Awesome. Crochet empire. Very cool. David, music, Ashley, human behavior. Tammy health. John nuclear medicine.

    Steve leadership. Martha astrology. Brandon paranormal investigators. John or Yan leadership. Kim teaching writing. Jason G. Claudia. I’m a shaman. Javier, I help expats invest in Colombian real estate. Awesome. That’s a great niche. Rahul, web development. Russ, AI orchestration. David, uh, collision repair training. Donald, buying used cars. Lewis, network engineering. Melvin, guitar coaching.

    Michelle, families with special needs children. Jeremy, couples financials. Martha, budgeting. Rhonda, homesteading. Rob, how to be 70 plus. Ashley, vintage reseller, new and used clothes. Also, Paul, not sure yet. Sherry, how to increase revenues in the restaurant and club business. Shannon, I’m in cause marketing focused on food systems resilience. Very cool. PLC. Uh Christina, parents uh to understand IEP. D uh feline medicine. Uh Al fantasy football. Lewis welding. Stacy home caregiving and family members. Tabby mental health. Very cool. All right. Ben RVs. Uh I I wouldn’t agree with that. Ben, it’s not a saturated niche. Jose procrastinate less. Joshua help people survive in prison. Uh David, wellness. Julia, new teachers coach. Okay, very cool. Wellness, woman’s uh uh coach, detox specialist. Very cool. Okay. Okay. So, um I know a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers, which is what a lot of people did here. Um and I don’t blame you for that, but that is incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market or what most people would call a niche, but I call it a market. Okay? So, this is the market right here. And it’s going to be X. the market is going to be X. Then you’re going to select a specific problem in the market, right? So, you don’t you don’t want to select all their problems. This market might have three or 300 or 3,000 different problems. You’re not going to help them solve all their problems. That’s that’s impossible. But what you can do is you can help select help them solve a single problem, right? So, pick a very painful uh problem, an annoying problem or a problem that is not being solved very well already right now. And then that’s going to be your Y. Okay? So that’s the problem you’re going to be solving. And then the specific solution is your Z. So uh you know the Z part that’s optional. You don’t really have to worry about that right now, but eventually you will find a specific solution. Um so it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Okay? And the Z part, like I said, don’t even worry about that right now. Even when you do figure that out, oftentimes you’re not going to reveal that to people publicly, but you oftenimes will reveal your X and your Y. Okay? But the important part is that you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you’re going to help them solve that problem. So that is the foundation of how markets work. Markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do in mass. Okay, so let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to use uh the accounting market specifically because for some people I’ve for some reason I’ve, you know, worked with a lot of accountants. Um so I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients. I’ve worked with them or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. So, at the very first level is teaching students basic accounting concepts. So, we’re going to start with the most mass market and we’re going to go deeper and deeper from there and get more and more niche. Okay. So, uh teaching students basic accounting concepts. So, uh student is taking accounting class, they’re studying for their test, they need to learn some accounting concept. Um you’re making a YouTube channel for that. So, that’s more of a mass market channel. Um, and it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor, but for accounting. So, this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to seven figures a year, and they’ve been doing it for a very long time, and they’re making really good money. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L. Now, let’s go to the second level, which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So, they got an accounting degree and they are trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications. So, that would be like physics walla for accounting, right? because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So, physics walla but for accounting and in the US typically. So, that’s the second one. And I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Okay. Third level, helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. That’s another business owner that I know and they are making multiple seven figures a year. Okay. So, who’s in the market there? people who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry-level job. That’s the market. And that’s different from all these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People are trying to refresh their knowledge of accounting do not want to get an accounting job, right? Totally different content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Okay? So, uh that would be a type of video that they would be interested in if they’re looking to land their first job. And you can see that someone who is just trying to study for their accounting test probably doesn’t care about landing a bookkeeping job, right? So, you can see why that’s a totally different content for the different types of people. Fourth level, this is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 a year become what’s known as a financial controller who can make 200 or even $300,000 a year. So, it’s a very high level accounting position. So, it’s totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. You know, obviously, if you’re trying to get your first ever entry- level job, you’re probably not going to be interested in that video. Or if you’re just studying for an accounting test, you’re probably not going to watch that video. And then finally, the fifth level, which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So, by the way, guys, I I’m doing five I could probably do 500, maybe even 5,000 just in the accounting niche alone. Um, so there’s you’re you’re seeing here that there’s so many subniches out there. Uh, when you actually use a niche hypothesis statement, there’s so many subniches that you can help. So, yeah, that’s just a demonstration. Like, there’s literally millions and millions of niches out there that are not being filled very well. So the fifth level is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case, it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience and the type of content that you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all of these different types of niches. So, I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s all the same niche. It’s all accounting, right? Because if I would have asked you if you’re in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche? You probably would have said, oh, it’s accounting, right? Just like all these people, for instance, that commented their niche, and they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching, etc. And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. You need to know who you’re helping and what problem you’re helping them solve, right? That is so important. It’s so important that you have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable and if you want the niche validator AI that we’re going to be giving out in a short while that will help you pick your niche in the first place if you don’t have it or if you already have a niche, it’ll help you make it 10 times better. Okay? We’ll be giving that out here in a short while. Okay. Awesome. Good stuff. And I forgot to mention people in this market would be interested in the video like how to hire the best accountants. Okay, so now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill uh to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people, but you need more than that, right? You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement, but I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator, but when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So, yes, you are going to start extremely niche with iHeli, but once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way, or you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. So, let me show you an example. Alex Roszi, when he first started working on or when he first started posting on YouTube four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, “I help gyms do marketing and sales.” And now he can talk about anything. Now, obviously, he’s really wellknown for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses, but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. So, he’s making productivity content. And yeah, I mean, now he can talk about anything that he wants. But the point is is that he started niche. And if he tried to do that from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle. Then he became the king of a small pond. And then he became the king of a lake and then the river and then the sea and then the ocean. But the point is is that you got to start small. You have to start niche. But don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it. And that’s how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method. Because if he would have named this channel, you know, gym marketing and sales secrets, well, it would have been pretty hard for him to expand this channel, right? Just as an example, because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there’s so many different ways that you can monetize your channel. And there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content and the topics as how as well as how you make money with the channel. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, membership, SAS, high ticket offers. Just as an example, Alex Shamozi opened up basically like an investment fund, right? He has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You could do memberships, you could do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is all these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand traffic and you have distribution people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, an example of that would be Doug Demiro. So, you guys probably know who he is. He’s a car review guy. He’s been doing this on YouTube for over 10 years, but he launched this website called carsandbids.com. And then he ended up selling carsandbids.com for about $80 million. Right? So the interesting part here is this was an online car auction website. Now, when he first started on YouTube, when Doug first started on YouTube, online car auctions were really not a big thing, okay? It was a very tiny niche. It was so small, it almost wasn’t even worth doing. Everybody who did auctions just did in-person car auctions. But during COVID, you couldn’t do in-person car auctions anymore. And this niche absolutely exploded. It got really big. And he was positioned in such a way that he was able to launch his website, promote it hard on his YouTube channel, and sell it for $80 million. Okay, but the whole point here is when Doug first started his channel, he had absolutely no idea that an online car auction website was going to be his big break. How could he, right? But I I just promise you he had no idea that this was going to work. He even talked about it in the podcast and stuff, right? So this is a secret way of building your channel where as things happen in the world, as products and services that you sell change or the products and services that people want change, as the popularity of certain things changes, whether it’s content, products and services, etc., or as trends change. And how about this? as you grow and evolve as a human being because we are all growing, breathing, evolving human beings and we want businesses and and and YouTube channels. We want a business and a YouTube channel that can grow and evolve with us over time, right? You might change your interests over time and you might change what type of content you want to make over time or you want you might change your lifestyle over time, right? Maybe you want to travel for instance, right? And you want to build your YouTube channel in such a way where it can evolve with you. Okay? And this gives you the ultimate advantage which is a channel that can adapt to changing circumstances. That is the ultimate advantage that you can possibly have and that’s the way you want to build your YouTube channel and your business. And by the way when we say YouTube channel obviously this is about YouTube but we also built it so that the YouTube channel is the center and then you syndicate the content to all the other platforms like LinkedIn, Facebook, Instagram etc. And we’ve been doing this with extreme success. And AI does about 95% of the heavy lifting and it’s pretty much automated or semi-automated. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well, you’re just wrong. Here’s some examples of our clients. So, this were for Wa we was 18 years old when we first started working with him. Typically, we do uh like working with people that are a bit on the older side, uh people that are like highle professionals or, you know, 50 plus, etc., because we find that it’s just easier for us to find niches for them, like really good niches. But we was an example of where, you know, he obviously didn’t have much life experience because he’s 18 years old and we still found a really good niche with him, right? So we was 18 years old when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of different stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well because he was basically a business and engineering double major. and he wasn’t really making any money, right? So, we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche, and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month, he made about $80,000.

    And he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people who wanted to work with him immediately. That’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about, right? As a freshman in college, right? So, if you don’t think we can help you find, you know, something that you’re you’re an expert on or something that you can help other people do as well, of course we can. You know, Wen wasn’t necessarily like an expert on getting into colleges. He’s just done it himself. It was a problem that he solved himself and then he was able to help other people solve the same problem, right? Here’s another example. Richard was a product manager at a Fortune50 company doing like hund00 million launches, working 80 plus hours a week, had a real estate portfolio, so lots of properties. He was managing uh with a brand new baby as well. So, he’s a very very busy guy. Um, you know, he was so busy he couldn’t he couldn’t even respond to my emails and my messages most of the time, right? And he could only work about 2 hours a month on his channel. And yet, we still helped him grow it to $12,000 in a single month despite him being this busy. So, I’m very proud of this case study just because he did not have very much time and we still helped him get to a really good level. Here’s another example guy. This one’s a really cool story as well. He’s disabled. He has what’s known as tenitus, which is constant ringing in the ears. A lot of veterans has have this. My dad’s a veteran. He has it too. Um, and it’s really debilitating, right? So, he made this channel with the goal of just making a couple extra uh, you know,$1 to $2,000 a month in retirement, right? And that was his version of rich. and he made $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers. 446 to be exact. And now he’s getting closer to 13,000 subscribers. So, he hit his goal of getting to $1 to $2,000 a month with less than 500 subscribers. So, if you don’t think that you can make money from a YouTube uh with a small channel, you absolutely can. Right now, one more thing about him. This is a really beautiful story and it happens a lot in our program. Life gave him lemons, right? Problems and he was able to turn those lemons into lemonade. he was able to find the silver lining of that situation, that problem that he had, and turn that into lemonade. And if you have problems in your life, you can help other people solve those problems and make their lives better, and you can make money from it yourself as well. So, one simple rule, guys, to make this happen, start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. You do not need a fancy camera. You don’t need fancy editing. You don’t need a million-dollar studio. You don’t need high production quality or top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. And not just viral in terms of getting the most views, because remember, getting views doesn’t necessarily mean anything, but getting the right views. Okay? Then you need titles and thumbnails that get clicks. Then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience and that is a lot easier to do than you think. Now let’s talk about the most important out of all those things and that is the viral video idea. So I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry and basically he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. And I applied it to YouTube. So I was the first person to ever do this. So, what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. Uh, it’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience and they’re going to watch anything that they put out, right? So, they had a lot of views despite having a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. So, the thumbnail, the title, and the intro were either mediocre or bad. So, just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry, the door is in better focus than his face, his audio is really bad, and he was drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes about college degrees. And yet, he still got 760,000 views, even though it was an objectively bad video. This was the thumbnail, by the way, right here. Um, you know, well, it was just a still shot from the video, so it’s not a good video, right? Um then what you do is once you found a video like this where it’s got a lot of views, doesn’t have a lot of subscribers and it’s you know either bad or mediocre video, you steal one thing and one thing only and that is the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. So the most worthless uh the most worthless college majors. You just change the keyword a little bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees. That’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly, you make a better video, and boom, that’s what happens. So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. And this is what I’ve been doing now for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. So once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And once you get this down, giving the value, quite literally, your videos will do all of the work for you. Now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine. So, type ready in the chat if you’re ready to hear what it takes. And also, if you’re uh if you learned a lot from, you know, the icon method, like picking the right niche, picking the right video ideas, etc., etc., type ready in the chat. Awesome.

    Marjorie, Liza, Aldrich, Jim, Janice, Kim, Robert, Jeff, Bridget, Christopher. Very good. Okay. With no daily uploads if you don’t want to. No complicated editing without having to show your face all the time. No expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, and no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates plus AI assisted scripts, automated automated systems for publishing and repurposing, a one-day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash burning YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people to get this early access to. And you will have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now. Or you can type in go.shenhomes.com/coaching or scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CG. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses here. You’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who’s booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. And also, you guys should only book one call, okay? One person, one email, and one call, okay? Booking two does not get you anything extra. Uh, and we cancel duplicate bookings anyway. So, you might just lose the original slot, okay? So, if you accidentally book twice, just keep the time that you like and cancel the other one. And guys, the last time we did this, we were fully booked and we couldn’t open up more slots even if I wanted to. So, I suggest that you book now while you can because once I drop those bonuses, people just swarm the calendar. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. So, first, we’re going to help you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber packs, the best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. Uh, a niche that will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable. it’s profitable and also something that you’re passionate about. And you guys know how much time I spend on this training talking about niches and that is because they are very very important. Like picking your niche is it can absolutely make or break uh the success of your channel. Okay. Um so you really want to pick one that is sustainable. It’s something that you you know is is good for you specifically something that fits you and something that you’re passionate about but it’s also of course profitable. And this really can make or break. This is kind of like the laying down the foundations for a building like a skyscraper. If the found if you don’t get the foundations right, you cannot build on top of it. You have to get the foundations right. Speaking of foundations, that’s the second section. This is the core foundations of uh how business in general and this business in general works. And it’s also uh the mindset section. So, you might be having a hard time starting even though you know that you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it, it sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. And this module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome and it helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people, these first two are usually their favorite modules. The niche selection, people are just obsessed with this. Then also the mindset section. And even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system, you will understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level that if you follow this system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted. For some people, it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three is the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. And I just got word the slots are almost gone. We only have a few left. So definitely don’t wait on this one. Go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Click the link in the chat right now. and admins. Uh, it is not working on my side here. I can’t really see. Yeah, ad I my my tablet ran out of uh battery. So, admins, please go ahead and send me uh updates on that. So, uh yeah, go to go.janeous.com/coaching or click the link in the chat right now. Next is the holy trifecta. This is where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chances of success for your video to get views. So, all three need to be good. And you also want to make sure that they’re congruent as well. Next is the script writing alchemy system. This is where we help you write scripts with the help of AI. So, just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you that exact same system. And these are not AI slop scripts. These are actual good YouTube scripts that will actually, you know, hook people in and keep them watching your video and actually deliver value to them. And they all come from the source of truth, which is you. U so they’re going to sound like you and they’re going to be, you know, coming from the source of truth, which is you. And you just basically give it a quick little yap session. You just talk back and forth with it. It interviews you almost like your own personal ghostriter. And then it makes a really good script. Next is the viral video creation system. This is where we actually turn things into a system. And this is what makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel and in some cases if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month. And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for almost every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly, last but not least is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting. Okay? Even if you’re not getting a lot of views, okay? So, it’s very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. And I think we might have a few slots left. So, make sure you take those spots now. Go to go.shenhhams.com/coaching. Click the link in the chat right now. And that’s just a taste of what’s waiting inside of the community. You don’t just get one or two tools. You get the entire arsenal. custom GPTs, uh, Cloud AI tools, um, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your YouTube channel. And our clients are getting the updates in real time, and they are loving it. Okay? And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time, like Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run chatbt or claude, there’s a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Okay. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and a dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches. Um,

    uh, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And when I say it’s one-on-one coaching, we truly do mean it’s one-on-one coaching. This is not something where you’re just, you know, we have these, of course, we have like live streams where you’re jumping on with a bunch of other people and you can ask questions there. We have that as well. A lot of people like that that interactive social element. Uh, but this is literally one-on-one coaching where you have an expert jump on with you one-on-one as many times as you need in the program to help you get results. Okay? Like jump on, tell you exactly what you’re doing right, exactly what you’re doing wrong, give you feedback. Uh, this is really the secret of our program is we literally have experts that will jump on one-on-one with you and teach you the system and help you implement it. And this is just a peak inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views, grew 5x in a few months. Another person finally got to a 100,000 subscribers. Uh, and one just closed a $75,000 year contract inbound off the platform. Someone else made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another person here crossed 5,000 subscribers. Another person got 39,600 views on a brand new channel and got to 800 subscribers right off the bat. Right? So, this is not a course that you just buy and forget about. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few of them, right? So, this is what it looks like on any given day. So, if you want results like this, book a call with us now and we’ll look at where your channel’s at, see if you’re a fit, and map out what it would actually take to get you results like this. So, go to go.shmamas.com. com/coaching or click the link in the chat right now. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10k in just 18 days. Here’s another example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. So, this person had been posting on YouTube for well over 5 years, and they had never had a single video take off and get over 100,000 views. Okay? uh they had been diligently posting like doing what everyone told them to do um posted hundreds and hundreds of videos and I think their best video was maybe around 15,000 or 20,000 views somewhere around there. Their very first video that they posted with us got 180,000 views and you can see it right here. Okay, 180,000 views. It was 176,000 more than usual. Okay. Uh so that is even somebody who’s like already kind of good at YouTube. They’ve been doing YouTube for a while. this system works perfectly well for them. But then you’ve got someone who’s a complete beginner right here. This person started about a month and a half ago. Had absolutely zero experience with YouTube. Nothing. No YouTube, no business, no experience whatsoever. And they got 354,000 views right off the bat. 8.4,000 subscribers. And they’re making $1,000 a month because obviously they just got monetized. So they applied for monetization, making $1,000 a month just from AdSense alone. And remember, AdSense is just a tiny slice of the pie using our systems. Uh, speaking of that, this person is on the other end of the spectrum. So, this is a what we call a category king. So, we have lots of category kings and category queens inside of the community. You get to rub shoulders with them. And this particular person is in probably what I would say is top five most competitive niches on YouTube. And they get 8 million view. They’re number one, literally number one in a niche. That’s a top five most competitive niche. They got 8 million views. Estimated revenue is about $50,000 a month just from AdSense alone. And just to give you an idea, um this is probably 1 to 2% of their total revenue. They made about $4.5 million this month, this last month, right? So, uh yeah, category king, uh very competitive niche. We have a lot of category kings and category queens in our program. Uh many of them, you know, don’t necessarily want us to reveal their stuff publicly, but you’ll probably know who who they are once you join the program. This person right here, Trevor, says, “So far, out of five booking calls, I’ve closed four of them at $997 for a 90-day program. hoping to knock these out of the park and use them as a testimony for future calls. Got two more calls this week. So, this person had never taken sales calls in their life. And they closed 80% of their first five calls. Again, total beginner, never taken any sales calls, just getting started on YouTube, never had a business or anything like that, taken sales calls for the first time. They decided to do a higher ticket product and take some sales calls and uh they absolutely knocked it out of the park. Got 80% close rate. And that is because we teach you really good systems for one, but for two, with our way of doing YouTube, when people book a call with you, uh they’re pretty much pre-sold. Okay? So, you they get on the call and you’re basically like a cashier at that point. You don’t have to be some kind of, you know, uh really good salesman or anything like that. They’re pretty much pre-sold and all you got to do is just be like, “Hey, you have any questions for me before you buy?” That kind of thing. Um and so it makes your sales easier or if you’re wanting to hire other people to do the sales for you, it makes it easier for them as well. Bill transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177k subs and now he’s making over 30k plus per month at the time of this testimony. And basically he said, “Shane helped me out with his keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn was stuck making uh about 30,000 a month. He’s another category king, by the way. Uh Shawn is number one in the Amazon KDP niche. We helped him get there, but he was stuck making about $30,000 a month and he scaled all the way up to over 500,000 a month. And so he said, “Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not the fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue.

    Next is Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings. And before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message but no strategy. we gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and thumbnail frameworks, and the hands-on coaching, and she went from 50 to 9,000 plus subscribers in just a few months, and got monetized. One video hit 128,000 views. And now she’s making money from YouTube, right? This is what happens when you stop guessing. You stop spinning your wheels for years, and you start following our system. Just like Jen here, who’s a healthcare professional who recently joined our program. Before joining us, she was a complete beginner. No idea what to make, no experience. In her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube yet.” Right? So, she was a total and complete beginner. She also was uh very scared that she didn’t have enough expertise or didn’t have enough knowledge to teach anything on YouTube. This is something that she thought even though she had 33 years of nursing experience. So, of course, she had expertise on stuff, right? But she’s now got over 60,000 subs. Her c her channel got well over 10 million views already. Three of her videos have nearly a million views. And I spoke with her and she told me that one, she quit her job. Two, she she’s now she quit her n one, she quit her nursing job, right, which was very stressful. Two, she travels all over the US and internationally in her camper van now, which was always her dream. And three, she records part-time while traveling inside the van itself. And last month, she said that she made $10,000 just from AdSense alone. And these are numbers that most creators chase for years. And she started just like you guys a few months ago. She attended the live training wondering if this is for her or not. But she took the leap of faith and she booked a call and she built all of it on what she already knew which is healthcare navigation. So if you’re a healthcare professional or just a professional in general, this could be for you. This is what happens when you follow the system. So I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best work with big corporations, okay? Um or startups, right? And so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. Um and in many cases, working with these big companies is it’s at least a six-figure contract. Like absolute uh smallest amount would be a six-figure contract, right? Um so the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer, right? So, I have some friends that do this and basically like one of the very few people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really knows what they’re doing and they charge about $300,000 to do a build and release contract. So, this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works. Uh, get it going and then they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them. And they usually charge about $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year, I was in two. This year, I’m in another two. And these are extremely valuable, and I learned tons of stuff from these masterminds, and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000. And it would easily cost you 35,000 mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. And $25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get 1/5if of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. but a special offer only for this workshop. When you book a call within the next 24 hours, we are offering something that we’ve never offered before. So, we’re going to talk about some bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching or click the link in the chat or you can scan this QR code. Um, and I just got note. Um, it looks like we had well over a hundred. Yeah, we’ve got well over 100 people uh that applied here and um we I think we had like 30 slots or something like that. So, we did open up a few more spots. Um, we did expand it out. So, if you couldn’t find a spot before because it was fully filled or there were a few spots open, but you couldn’t find a time that fits your schedule, go ahead and click that link again and you might be able to find one. So, yeah. Uh, after that though, I’m I’m not sure we can open up anymore, right? So, go to gosh.com/coaching or click the link in the chat or scan this QR code right here. Bonus one, and this is a big one. you get a one-on-one grow your business call with me personally. Okay, now let me tell you why this matters. Right when I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam and he was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big, not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes and that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.7 million subs and over $10 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. And this is worth $12,000 easily. But this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And this is what the actual coaching looks like. And I can already see people signing up as I’m talking, so don’t wait on this one. But go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the YouTube idea generator. This is easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you are looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hired someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this isn’t generic AI spitting out random titles. It is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version of it. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, a chatbt and a claw AI version. So whatever AI you already use, you are covered. And this is included as a bonus. So go to goshmas.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use chatp or cloud, we built it for both. You give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works and then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. So, there’s no guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the NoClick Script Writer Pro worth $7,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attention-grabbing YouTube script. So, literally, when we say spoken ideas, we we mean that quite literally. You literally just talk to it, right? You don’t you don’t even have to type, right? So, it’s going to capture your tone, your style, your voice, so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways. Chachi or Claude, whatever one you already use. Now, if you were to hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re going to be paying 3 to 5,000 a month minimum. That’s probably for part-time work, and you’re probably not going to get somebody good at that rate, right? This does it all in seconds. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. The same tool running in both chatbt and Claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format, preference, styling in exactly who you are, and you tell it the goal of your video, and it writes the full script, a real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So, go to go.shenhum.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat.

    Bonus four is the Hummus Thumbnail System Deluxe worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail does not stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it does not matter how good your video is. If you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re paying $1,500 a month easily. That’s $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming, but not for educational content. So, there is a psychology behind every thumbnail. So, this is my entire thumbnail system, the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the frameworks. You get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.shenh.com/coaching, /coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault. Fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it is yours. And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework. so that you can build your own. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the subscriber accelerator AI. This is worth $4,997. Everybody wants to hit 1,000 subscribers and that’s the first real milestone. That’s when you get monetized and that’s when it starts to feel real. Um that’s when you become a YouTube partner as well. You can apply to the YouTube partner program, right? But most people take months or even years to get there. Some mo most never make it, right? uh but uh you know the of of the ones that make it usually they take years to get there. This tool is designed to get you to 1,000 subscribers as fast as possible. Okay? We’re talking in a matter of days or weeks, not months, okay? Or not months or years, right? So, you’re going to get the Claude and the Chat TV version. Now, there’s certain strategies and tactics, etc. that you can use to get to 1,000 subscribers that I really wouldn’t recommend using after you’re past 1,000 subscribers. But because it’s such a big milestone, there are certain strategies and tactics that we do recommend using to get there, right? And so this is what this is all about. It builds a strategy specific to your niche that you’re not just posting random videos and praying. You’re posting the right videos to the right audience at the right time. So go to go.sh.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat for that. Bonus six is the done for you YouTube funnel essentials via go highle. This is 30 days for free. We negotiated a deal with go high level um and you will get 30 days for free and this is worth $10,000. So this is one uh this is the one that most creators don’t even think about. You can get all the views in the world, but if you don’t have a funnel turning those viewers into leads and customers, you are leaving a ton of money on the table. If you hired to some uh if you hired someone to build you a funnel from scratch, like the copy, the design, the automations, you’re looking at $5 to $10,000 easily, and that’s before they even turn it on. We’re giving you ours. So go to go.shenhom.com/coaching, /coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. When I say we’re giving you ours, I literally mean we are giving you our exact funnels. Okay, these are the exact funnels that we use to to sell this this coaching program. Okay, so we give you the exact funnels. You get copies and templates inside of GoHigh Level and then all you have to do is just change out our stuff for your stuff, right? But you can use this the same format that’s been split tested that it works incredibly well. Um, and all you got to do is just use again our AI tools which you give you and we give you directions on how to do that to change out our title here, right, to your title and you know, change out uh these things here to stuff that fits whatever you’re selling, right? And it’s all ready to go. So, you’re not building from scratch. You’re copying what’s already making us money. And you get all the automations, the email sequences, the follow-ups, the booking flows, everything runs on autopilot. Someone opts in, the system follows up, books a call, can even close the deal, all while you sleep, right? Plus, you get 30 days free on GoHigh Lee, so you can launch it without paying a dime upfront. So, go to go.json.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you, and that is the YouTube niche profit engine. This one is different from all of the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and it maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope that the money situation figures itself out later on. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video so that you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get it in both ChachiBT and Claude, whatever you already use. So, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, and you get it. So go to go.shenh.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call that you booked, you get instant access on the spot. And whether you like Chatb or Claude, you can use this either way. This is not some watered down freebie. It is the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine, and it is yours for life. So go to go.shenh.com/coaching, /coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus 8 is the 90-day YouTube Creators Advantage money back guarantee. This is priceless. Here’s how it works. You got 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it does not work for you, you get your money back. We have a 1% refund rate monthly in the program. That means that 99% of people who join stay because it works. Uh, and we surveyed all of our clients inside the program and we asked them one question. Do you feel like you got an ROI from this? 91% of them said yes. So I am not asking you to trust me blindly. I am asking you to test it and see for yourself. So go to go.shm.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. So let’s add this up. Eight bonuses. Total value $64,497. Now remember, bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus 7, the YouTube niche profit engine. You only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That’s it. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. And this exact package at this exact price with all the bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me clear something up really quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open set on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that is totally fine. You’re still locked in. you still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. Go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching. Scan the QR code right now. Book your free strategy call and we will figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard cell, but if it’s the right fit, we go to work. Okay? So, go to go.chain.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And with that being said, I am now going to take some questions.

    Okay.

    Scrolling down here.

    Okay.

    Uh yeah, Peter, this is onetoone YouTube coaching as we said before. Uh Jeremy, I help students overcome being behind in math by teaching them core math skills. Right now, I only see one-on-one tutoring as a monetization method. What do you think is the best way to monetize this niche? Um Oh, no. Definitely not. Like there’s there’s lots of other ways you could you could monetize the niche. So, you know, uh some some of the other ones would be like sometimes when you’re helping uh uh kids do stuff like if you’re helping kids, you’re not really selling the kids, you’re selling the parents. So, very similar to uh the niche that I showed you before within where he would help students get into elite universities. The people that are actually spending the money are the parents. It’s not the students. So, you’re actually like you you might be attracting the students in to watch the content, but then the students are going to tell their parents and then the parents are going to be the ones that actually uh pay for it, right? So, um that you know that’s that’s just kind of an example. It’s somewhat somewhat similar to what you’re you’re talking about. But yeah, there’s lots of other different potential monetization methods. I mean there’s like digital courses, there’s you know different systems for teaching people math, you know, like an example on the uh language side would be Hooked on Phonics, right? hooked on phonics as a system for teaching people, you know, how to how to write and and read better. And um you know, that that system is, you know, it’s not math related, but it’s just, you know, it’s another thing when it comes to helping younger people get better at something. So, you could do something like that, like a digital product, or you could do a group coaching product, you could do uh one-on-one tutoring. Like, there’s all kinds of different things you can do with that, Jeremy. There’s many, many different ways. And we can’t tell you what the best way is. We have to know exactly what your niche is, right? we have to this this is what the call is for is we can ask you questions, get data, ask follow-up questions, get feedback, and then we can uh help you with stuff like that. So, obviously, we would have to uh book a call for that. So, that’s that’s why I recommend you book a call.

    Jody says, “Thank you.” You got it, Jody. My pleasure. Becky, what’s the price? Okay, I will answer the price question one and one time only. Okay. So, uh we are totally transparent about the pricing. With that being said, I’m not going to spend the entire time answering that question. So, I will answer it one and one time only. If you miss it, you will have to watch the replay. Um so, when it comes to pricing, we work with a lot of different people in a lot of different situations. There is no oneizefits-all solution. Um so for instance uh there are startups that reach out to us bigger businesses that reach out to us and the scope of what they want they usually want complete and full done for you solution um where we literally come in and we just do absolutely everything for them and not only do we have do everything for them but we have to integrate into their system um and use sometimes it’s a custom software that they’re using like a custom CRM integrate into their system their their departments. We have to make sure the departments all talk to each other. Often times we have to work with their team and train their team as well as hiring more people for their team uh etc. etc. It the scope of what they want is a lot. Okay. We don’t take too many of those types of things on. Course careers would be an example of that where I worked very closely with them. Um, but that’s going to be at least a six-f figureure contract. Probably even, you know, if we want to work together long term, it’s got to have like a lot of upside for me uh to work together with people like that. But yeah, that’s going to be like big companies, startups, etc. Um, that’s going to be minimum of six figure contract um for me to even think about uh doing doing it, taking it on because again, just complete done for you work. It’s a lot of work. Then uh we’ve got something that’s much more scalable and something that I basically started off doing. I’m kind of recreating the success that I had uh early on in my YouTube career. And that is what’s known as a build and release offer. And that is where we’re essentially going to be like building out the systems for the for the YouTube channel, really getting it started on the right foot. And then we can even hire somebody to edit the videos and hire somebody from the Philippines. So it’s very affordable to you. Doesn’t cost that much uh to hire them from there. It’s like really good income for them and they’re going to be like editing the videos for you and just doing all of the YouTube stuff. And we actually train that person. We over we we source them. We hire them. We train them and we oversee them and manage them for 6 months, you know, making sure that your channel’s doing great. It’s going up and the person is fully trained so they can just run your channel for you. And the whole goal of that is you sit down for two hours a month, you record your videos, everything else is taken care of for you. That’s that’s the whole goal is that all you got to do is sit down. You don’t have to do anything else. If you want to do the other things, you can, but all you got to do is sit down, you record the videos, everything else is taken care of for you. That’s the whole goal of uh that build and release offer. Now, um that is typically best for like uh six, seven, eight figure business owners that are quite busy. Sometimes we have doctors, lawyers, um like highle executives, people who are quite busy as well take us up on that one. Um but that one’s going to be at least like $30,000 and it’s going to go up from there. Okay? Because that’s like six months of us working with you, building out the system, and then we kind of release it to you, right? So, it’s kind of done for you for six months, and then we release it to you essentially, right? So, that’s a lot more sustainable for us, and uh it’s it’s just uh easier for us to to actually help people do that. Then, we’ve got uh the offer that I think is probably the most valuable one of all because this this top offer here, that’s essentially like we’re fishing for you, right? This offer here is we’re building the machine that’s fishing for you. And then this offer here is we just teach you uh how to fish for yourself or build a machine that fishes for you as well. You can you can just you just learn what we do and then you can just build it for yourself. Right? So as they say, you fish for somebody, you you feed them for a day, you teach them how to fish, you feed them for a lifetime, right? So uh that is what this offer is. We are teaching you how to fish with this offer. And I would argue it’s the most valuable one out of all of them. And uh this is one-on-one coaching. Um we work very very closely with you. We also just make an ecosystem where it’s just like everything is designed to just make it as easy as possible for you to get results on YouTube. And almost all of the people that you see, almost all the success stories that you see actually went through this offer right here. A few of them probably went through the second offer, like maybe 10 or 20%, something like that. But most of them went through this offer, which is $9,800. We can also get it down to about $1,000 a month. or if you’re willing to do in-house payment plans. If we think that you’re a good fit to work with us, we don’t offer those for everybody, but if we think you’re a really good fit, we’re really excited about working with you. Um, we can offer in-house payment plans and those can get down to about $500 a month or something like that, somewhere around there. Okay, so that is the answer on the pricing question. Um, you know, this middle one right here, the kind of like build and release offer, sometimes people will ask for special stuff. So, for instance, they might ask for a um you know, an in-house creative director, an in-house videographer or something like that, someone who can fly around with them. Obviously, that’s going to cost more, right? Cuz that’s very very difficult to recruit somebody like that. But we we do offer that, but uh it’s quite difficult to recruit somebody like that. And you know, that’s uh that’s going to cost more. So, we’ll we’ll charge more for that. But, yeah. Okay. So, hopefully that answers the uh question. And uh that’ll be the only time I answer that. Um, Kim, how does Claude work? Uh, just check out all my videos on YouTube. It’s uh quite easy to see how it works. But if you’re talking about the Claude skill, um, make sure you log in, create a Cloud account if you don’t already have one, and then uh just use the use the Claude skill. The the directions are on the page when you click on the the niche validator page.

    Uh, Al Bianke, what is the biggest leverage for monetizing perview? Well, it’s it’s a great question, Al. Um, I would say the objective answer is probably starting a software and then exiting from the company, right? So that’s kind of what Physics Walla did. Well, he hasn’t I don’t know if he exited from the company. He probably he sold some of it, right? But that’s what Physics Walla did, right? He started a software company and then he and then he exited from it. So that’s probably the objectively true answer. Now the answer that is true for most of the people that I see like the people that make it to the highest levels consistently because honestly software is kind of I wouldn’t say it’s like winning the lottery but you have a very low probability of success. So the answer that is kind of like the one that’ll give you the highest probability of success uh for monetizing per review is going to be selling a high ticket product or service. So some sort of product or service that’s higher ticket that solves a very big and painful problem for people. So this could be something like high ticket coaching. It could be something like agency where people pay you monthly. Um or it could be an online service where people just pay you one time but it’s like an online some sort of online service or even an inerson service as well. Um but it’s the whole point is that it’s high ticket. Um that that’s the triedand-true business model that so many people have used for success. Of course you can make I’ve seen lots of people have success with like selling digital products or like an online course or some sort of group coaching program. We’ve had lots and lots of very successful people in the program do that too. But when it comes to the highest leverage for monetizing per view, um like what your question was, it generally speaking, it’s going to be a high ticket product or service. Uh in very very rare cases, you’ll see somebody make a software work. Um we have seen it though. And then um we wouldn’t recommend it for beginners. If you’re already doing a software, then yeah, YouTube’s great. But we wouldn’t recommend creating a software for beginners obviously cuz like that’s you have to learn how to become a software engineer. That’s a lot. Um but uh yeah, and then also finance like something like Alex Rossi does with finance where he’s like uh you know getting investment uh capital in different companies. Uh that’s also another really big one. Um Hamid, how much does it cost to mentor? Oh, already answered that question. Jason, I was going to Yep. answer that question. Yep, answered that. Uh Dan says, “Do you guys use anything like Hey Jin?” Yeah. Um yeah, so we always tell people to show use their own faces. YouTube demonetizes and bans channels that use AI versions of their faces left and right. Um we’ve had never had a single person get demonetized or banned in our entire history of our program. And there’s a reason for that because we make sure that we follow YouTube’s guidelines very closely. uh we want to be, you know, that’s that’s a good idea to be compliant with the YouTube guidelines. Like the worst thing in the world is working on a channel for years and then potentially like getting your channel deleted, right? Or getting demonetized. And we literally not even a single person in our program that’s ever happened to. Whereas we hear all the time on sales calls, for instance, that we take or when we’re talking to potential prospects that want to join our program or applying to join us, we hear all the time that people get demonetized or banned with other programs. And that is because they teach things like hijen. Okay. So, do we use hijen? Yeah, we use it sometimes. For instance, if there’s a little part of the video that I want to change and I don’t want to have to re-record it, right? So, we’ll use it for stuff like that where there’s a little part of the video that we want to change and I don’t really want to have to re-record it. And that seems to be totally fine. Um, but using that and thinking that you’re just going to have an a like create AI slop content and then just like that you’re going to get rich like you know make a bunch of money doing that. It’s like it’s a pipe dream cuz if you can make something with AI and you can fully automate it, there’s literally nothing stopping somebody from India doing the same thing, right? There’s like 1.5 billion people in India. So, do you really want to compete with an extra 1.5 billion people? That’s just India alone, right? We’re not we’re not talking about all the other countries as well. Probably not, right? You your big advantage if you’re watching this and you’re from a first world country is that you’re from a first world country. You have an accent that’s from a first world country. you have context on the culture of first world countries, etc., etc. So, why would you not use that, right? Of course, you’d want to use that advantage because you’re competing with way, way, way less people when you do that, right? So, uh yeah, um obviously like look at your own buying behavior. Have you ever bought something from an AI generated content channel? Probably not, right? Have you ever bought something from a personal brand channel? You probably made many, many buying decisions from personal brand channels, right? So, that’s what we teach you how to do. Melvin, how long does it take to monetize? Um, typically, uh, people that are successful that are making money, um, you know, in the in the in the programs like 1 to 3 month period is very typical.

    Uh, Audrey, try to refresh the calendar.

    How do we get the bonuses if we already booked a call? So, there’s this bonus is for five of the first people who sign up. It is randomized. Um, but it’s for five of the first people who sign up. Um, the earlier you sign up, the better. You are still super early here. Uh, this bonus right here, the niche uh YouTube niche profit engine, this is for um uh people who sign up for a call and then show up to the call. All the other bonuses you get once you’ve joined the program.

    Okay. Tashious

    tishapiso. Um, have you ever worked with anyone from South Africa? Um, yeah. Uh, oh, by the way guys, go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. Um yeah, we worked with people from all all over the world. So So basically what we recommend this this works all over the world. I mean I even showed you an example of someone work with it working in um uh India, right? It works all over the world. But we highly highly recommend that you uh do this from a first world country. Okay. Um there’s just so many advantages. People in first world countries have what’s known as disposable income, which means they can spend money to solve their problems. People that are not in first world countries, they they don’t really have enough money to spend to solve their problems. So, they just have to kind of like figure out how to solve them themselves most of the time or just not solve the problem. They just live with it. They’re just like that’s life and I just live with it, right? So, we highly highly recommend that you uh sell to people in first world countries. Um, first world English-sp speakaking countries like the United States are going to be the best ones, but we’ve had people, this has worked in, you know, obviously English, but also German, Netherlands, so Dutch, Netherlands, uh, it’s worked in some of the Scandinavian countries, so those are like a few of them, but I’ll just use one finger. Um, Spanish, Portuguese, French, um, I’m probably forgetting a few here. Yeah, I’m probably forgetting a few, but but yeah, those are those are some of the main ones. Um, I think did I say German? Yeah, German as well. Um, so it’s worked in all of those. Of course, it works in Australia, New Zealand, United States, Canada, etc. Um, but yeah, um, that’s what we typically recommend. Rick booked. Awesome. Dan, thanks Shane. Can’t wait for my call. Don’t see an email yet. Uh, sure hope that appointment was set. It appeared to be set, Dan. Um, yeah. So, hey Dan. Um, the admin did respond and, uh, hopefully you, uh, read that response from the admin. if you you just scroll up and read the response if you didn’t, but the admin did respond. Okay. Uh but yeah, uh check your email, Dan. Make sure you check spam. By the way, guys, what I’m I’m just going to say one thing really quick. Just just to be very clear, guys, you know, and I I’m not saying this to be, you know, confrontational or anything like that, but this is like the reality of the situation is you are applying to work with us, right? We have way more people that want to work with us than we can actually accept. One of the reasons why we do these live trainings is because we actually want to filter out people. We used to just book people directly from YouTube, but we found that it was like we were spending a lot of time like wasting a lot of time uh on the phones with people who were not um a good fit for our program. Right? One of the reasons we do these live trainings is cuz we want to filter people who are a good fit for our program, right? And so one thing that’s going to tell us that you are a good fit for the program is can you do the basic directions that we give you? So right here for instance like we tell you to confirm your email there’s confirmation emails that are sent to you right make sure you actually follow these instructions and confirm your email or add it to calendar etc etc right and if you don’t get these make sure you check all mail your spam your trash etc it’s going to be a little bit different on the different email platforms on Google the best place like Gmail the best place to check is all mail for instance right so if you can’t do that then honestly that’s kind of a self- selector we’re probably going to cancel the call with you or um just you know even if we do take the call. We’re there’s a good chance we’re just not going to work with you, right? Cuz if you can’t follow basic instructions, like there like how are we going to get your results on YouTube, right? It’s going to be pretty hard, right? So, uh that’s kind of a self- selector. So, the call is free and the call is valuable. With that being said, you are applying to work with us on a call. Just just that’s the reality of the situation. We have a lot more people who want to work with us than we can even onboard. We have a few spots open at a time and we we allow a few people to get in. Um, so yeah, with that being said, go-sh.com/coaching, scan the QR code, click the link in the chat, make sure you follow these instructions. Additionally, I’ll say one thing about the u these pages. After you sign up for a call, you’re going to see a page that looks kind of like this, or it might look kind of like this as well. Okay? So, it’s going to look like this, or it’s going to look like this. Now, there’s a short video you want to watch here. This is a 26-second video, guys. This one’s a little bit longer. I think it’s like, yeah, it’s 10 minutes video. And then there’s some FAQ videos as well. Some frequently asked questions. If you have these questions, then you can you can watch these videos. But then there’s going to be some quick instructions here just like this. Quick instructions here as well. Okay, just follow the instructions. Probably take you 1 to 2 minutes maximum to follow these instructions, right? And then you’re going to see a bunch of case studies. You’re going to be see example after example after example after example of case studies um from people that we have helped. Okay. So now um uh there are lots of examples from people at different levels. Most people that uh we have helped are be were total beginners when we first started working with them, but there’s going to be lots of examples of different levels of you know people who came in at different skill sets on YouTube, right? So um you know uh also different backgrounds um also different types of content they’re creating also different niches, different uh ways of selling things. You’re going to see all kinds of different people here. This is going to inspire you, motivate you, and really help you to, you know, see, it’s probably going to answer a lot of your questions, really help you to, you know, find something that could work for you. So, just as an example, if you’re wondering, hey, does this work with an online service business? Yes, it does work with an online service business. Does this work with uh if you’re a brand new coach uh in Germany, in the German market? Yes, it works if you’re a brand new coach in the German market. Um, you know, does this work if you’re uh over the age of 60? Nurse Jen, believe it or not, is over the age of 60. I know she doesn’t look like it, but she’s she’s over the age of 60, so yes, it works. Um, does this work in the spirituality niche? Yes, it works in the spirituality niche. Does this work in the productivity niche? Yes, it works in the productivity niche. Uh, does this work uh if you are a small business owner? Yeah, it works if you’re a small business owner. Um, does this work if you’re helping women specifically? Yeah, it works if you’re helping women specifically. Um, does this work if you’re selling uh online physical products? Yeah, it works if you’re selling physical products. All kinds of ones here. Does this work if you’re doing art? Uh like, you know, Isaiah, he’s a vocal coach. He teaches people how to sing better. Yes, you’re still helping them solve a problem. So, you’re doing art, you’re helping them solve a problem. Uh does this work? Uh if you’re helping African-Americans specifically, yeah, Antoine, uh his business, uh Black Heights, helps African-Americans get better jobs, right? So, yeah, it’s uh just just on and on, right? um uh you know just does it work if you’re 18? Yep, it works if you’re 18. Does it work if you’re older? Yep, it works if you’re older, you know, etc., etc. So, um just on and on, right? So, uh definitely review these. Um this one is kind of the same thing. It’s got, you know, a lot of these these ones here. And you can see there’s so many testimonials that they’re not even loading. Like it’s you it’s just an endless scroll. It just takes it takes a long time to load. It’s just an endless scroll. So, definitely check those out. That’s going to give you some really good ideas um for your call. about, you know, what you could do in order to make your channel successful, right? So, definitely check those out uh before the call and make sure you save that thank you page. Um, awesome. Okay, so

    okay, I’m going to scroll down. All right, guys. So, uh I am going to scroll down a little bit and um I uh I’m going to scroll down to the bottom and I want to answer questions. Um, yeah. Click that link in the chat. Go. Scan the QR code. Click the link in the chat. So, uh, I’m going to scroll down a little bit, guys. And I wanted to, um, ask you, if you’re on the fence about booking a call, why are you on the fence? Go ahead and, uh, answer that question. Why are you on the fence if you’re on the fence about booking a call?

    Pedro, thank you so much. You guys are awesome. You appreciate it, Pedro. You’re awesome. Donald, I have a phone call tomorrow, but is it Oh, yeah. Of of course it’s not with me, Donald. Use you. Come on, man. Use common sense. Of course, it’s not with me. Like, of course, I’m not going to have a call with someone who’s not a not a client yet. Are like just just just do the math in your head a little bit. Like there’s only so many hours in the day. Yeah.

    Yeah. It’s with a team representative. Like, of course, I I have calls with clients, but you know, I’m not going to have a call with someone who’s not a client already. This these calls are designed to see if you’re a good fit to become a client, right, Jan? The cost. Yeah, already answered that, Jan. And I said that I wasn’t going to answer it again, so you can uh watch the replay.

    Okay. So, maybe you went to the bathroom or something during that time or you weren’t paying attention, but I answered that in great detail.

    or maybe you’re just like, you know, the cost, but you’re just hesitant about the the price or something. But yeah, um yeah, I mean, if you’ve ever done one-on-one coaching, that’s in insanely affordable if you understand like the economics of how this type of thing works for us to set up this program for you. We don’t have large profit margins with this, okay? The profit margins are, you know, on the lower side, right? So, the economics of how this works to actually hire people who are really really good at YouTube and then have them work one-on-one with you, like that is not easy to do. Okay? So, yeah, the if if you think if it’s a value question, like if you think like $9,800 is too much, I promise you it’s not. And to be honest with you guys, we are seriously considering doubling our price to about 19. We’re we’re probably going to double it to about $19,000. We’re seriously considering doing it. We might do it slowly or we might just do it all at once. So, we might just double it right away. Um, because it really is like like the results we’re getting people is just kind of absurd for the the price and the amount of attention we give each person is pretty pretty absurd for the price. So, yep. Okay. Alberta, I really don’t want to show my face. I showed you a couple examples of channels that don’t show their face. Like, organic chemistry tutor for instance, doesn’t show his face.

    Dan dollars David financial limitations. Guys, one thing I’ll say about the financial limitations part is um if we think that you’re a good fit to join the program, uh we will we can figure something out on the financial side. Like one thing we look for is like, okay, do you do you have a good niche? Are you really trying to like help people and give value and you know, you’re not trying to make like brain rock content, that kind of thing. Um we we get a lot of people who kind of just want like this is why like we we used to we get a lot of people who just want to like spam the internet with uh you know AI generated content and stuff like that’s very popular right now is the AI generated content stuff and and you know those people don’t really want to give value. They just want to spam the internet and you know we’re we’re not really looking to work with people like that. Um and plus we don’t really teach that either. That’s not really what we what we recommend that people do. But uh but yeah um yeah that’s uh yeah we we we definitely recommend having a personal brand. You don’t necessarily have to show your face with a personal brand but you do have to use your voice with a with a personal brand. Cheryl um but yeah uh the whole point I was trying to make is uh if we think you’re have a good niche and we think that you’re the right fit for the program, we can figure out the financial side. Okay. So I’d still book a call. It is free and it is valuable. Um go to go.shenomomas.com/ com/coaching, scan the QR code, click the link in the chat, especially if you really are sold on this and you’re really like really want to give it a good shot. Like we can we can uh we can we can work with you. Cheryl, can you dive deeper into the last option, the self-directed version? Does this version provide guides that explain how to build automated systems that show us how to source, hire, train, and manage assistance from overseas with video? Yep, we have all of that. Absolutely. We have that, Cheryl. 100%. Mhm.

    Yep. We have all of that. So, really good stuff. Yep. We have We show you exactly how uh to hire from the Philippines specifically. We think the Philippines is great cuz they are pretty familiar with Western culture. They kind of grow up watching Western movies. They speak really good English. There’s also like a call center culture there. So, many of them work in call centers, so their English gets even better because they speak with Westerners all the time. And um yeah, they’re just they’re just really great to work with overall, especially for these types of positions. So uh we we do like hiring from the Philippines. Uh and we and we recommend hiring from the Philippines. Okay. Awesome. Good stuff, Cheryl. Love to hear it. Booked a call for the weekend. Awesome. Dwayne, why wouldn’t it at least see if it’s a fit? Shy maybe. Yeah, absolutely, Dwayne. For sure. Go ahead and book a call. Jillian, uh, honestly, it’s time and money. I have a lot going on and I cannot add anything else in my life, but this is on my radar for 2027. I feel you, Jillian. I feel you. Um, with that being said, I mean, it it doesn’t really take that much time. Like, this is one of these things where it’s more of like a slow burn. You know, there’s some things where, you know, you could you could hypothetically, just like my brother, very first video you post just goes hyperbolic, blows up your channel. like that could happen, but for most people it’s more of a slow burn. You post some videos and they just start slowly getting views over time and and it’s and it’s more of a slow burn. And it’s more important just like it’s kind of like that investing, right? Time in the market beats timing the market. It’s kind of the same thing. You just need to consistently start posting and it really doesn’t take all that much of your time and it’s more of a slow burn and and you can just build it up. So, I I would recommend looking into it. You know, it’s designed to work on 4 hours a week or less. So, we have a lot of busy people. We have a lot of doctors. We have a CMO like CMO that I interviewed uh like last week, couple weeks ago. Um lots of executives, business owners, like very very busy people in the program. And uh we figured out how to, you know, make it to where like we set up systems where it doesn’t really take them that much time. So, you know, I’d still recommend looking into it. At least book a call. Just check it out. John, I have no idea if I have something worthwhile to share. Hey, that’s what we help people do. Um, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching guys. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Um, but yeah, um, that’s what we help people do, John. There’s lots and lots of people. Nurse Jen, for instance, said that exact thing. Oh, I don’t think I have anything that I can talk about or I’m not an expert in anything. And turns out she had like 10 different really good options and we went with like one of them. I think we kind of like tried two of them a little bit and then one of them really did well and we we kept going with that one. Alberto, I don’t really want to show my face. Uh, okay. Got it. Alberto already addressed that earlier. Showed you examples of people who didn’t show their face. Uh, I got you, Jan. I understand. I understand. All good. Gail, she said the C. Yep. Gail. Uh, you had asked what anyone was hesitant about. Yes. Kima, should you list it list your affiliate links on both videos and shorts? At what point should you sell merch on your channel to promote it? How would you go about it? Thanks. Um, merch is almost never what we recommend selling. Uh, so merch that means like a t-shirt. Like it’d be like a t-shirt that has your name on it or something like that. Merch is almost never what we recommend selling. Um, it it is a very very poor way of making money. Affiliate links are much much better than merch for sure. Um, and uh, should I list my affiliate? Yeah, you’d want to list them everywhere. We don’t really recommend like you you can definitely do shorts if you want, but this this uh, strategy is much more long form oriented. So, we we focus on the long form content and then we can syndicate that content and like make shorts from it. Like you can you can use systems and tools to make shorts from it. But, uh, uh, sure. Yeah, you actually can’t even put affiliate links on shorts. Um, so you can’t even do that. But, uh, but yeah, it’s uh um yeah, in terms of the the strategy, like it it really depends on your channel. This is kind of what the call is for, right? It depends on your channel. It depends on your niche. It depends on what you’re trying to sell, etc., etc. YouTube is making it more and more easy for people to monetize. I really do hope that YouTube um for instance they’re coming out with YouTube kind of like a Tik Tok shop type thing but for YouTube it’s like YouTube merchant type thing where you should be able to sell physical products and it might even turn into digital products later on. So in that case hopefully they’ll allow that for shorts and when that happens that’s going to be pretty exciting. So basically people will be able to buy stuff directly from your shorts like like uh uh physical products and then hopefully even digital products eventually down the line. And then that way you could actually apply to join the store. You can add your own digital product to the store and then sell your own digital product right there directly on YouTube, which would be great. And then of course you could do physical products, too. So there’s a lot of cool stuff coming down the line, uh, Kima. But uh, um, yeah, of course, we’d have to know more about your situation and context to to tell you which one to do. That’s that’s one of the things we help you with is we we have a a tailored custom monetization plan for each person. Jillian, uh, in my voiceover life, I’m expanding my business and already have coaching and demo production that is taking my dollars, but I am setting goals for 2027. Awesome. Love to hear, Jillian. Yeah, I mean, seems like there’s a lot of things you could do there. You could teach people how to become voice-over artists or teach voice-over artists how to switch to a more profitable type of voiceover art. Like, there’s all kinds of really cool stuff like, you know, just pops pops into my head right away that you could do. Um, but of course, we we need to ask you questions and and try to help you figure that out. And then of course you can mess around with the niche validator too. But yeah, really good stuff. Dwayne, I understand 15 years leading teams uh breaks any shyness. Yeah, very true. And speaking of that guys, you know, sometimes people are like, “Oh, uh, you know, YouTube, it sounds like it’s a lot of hard work.” Guys, if you want to if you want to see what’s hard work, this this is unbelievably easy for the amount of impact you can have. If you guys want to know what hard work looks like, try cold calling people. Uh, try knocking on doors and selling people something. When you make a YouTube video, millions of people could potentially watch that YouTube video, right? But let’s just say realistically like tens of thousands of people are going to watch like very very realistically like our average video gets probably like 50 to 100,000 views, right? So like tens of thousands of people are watching that video. That is like me knocking on tens of thousands of doors or me um you know cold calling tens of thousands of people. It’s it’s it’s insane the reach that you can get on YouTube. This is why honestly with our channel, we could probably make a lot more money and sell a lot more people. It’s just that the delivery side wouldn’t be any good cuz we just wouldn’t get any of the right people in the program. And so we want the right people to be in the program so we can get like great results. And that’s why we, you know, we’re we’re very picky about who we let into the program and we just we wouldn’t be able to to to handle all of them if uh if we let too many people in. But yeah, that’s the luxury that you have with YouTube. You’re probably going to have more people that want to work with you than you can even handle. So yeah, it’s uh it’s pretty awesome. Okay, David, uh I’m booked on the VIP and want to hear the pitch first. Okay, awesome. All good, David. Good stuff. Um I’d recommend booking your calls. Uh uh in the meantime, though, uh Richard didn’t double it yet. All good, Donna. My Yeah, not yet. Not yet. But we we almost certain Yeah, I mean, we’re probably going to get there. We’re probably going to get there. Um,

    okay. Donna, my business partner and I have been planning a senior concier service business. First draft was providing services. Second pass being a broker, middleman to find, schedule and manage services. This is making me think of a third pass. I need my partner to watch this so we can conceptualize our concept. Will you be offering this presentation again? Yeah, that sounds really good, Donna. For sure. You can. Also, we’ll be sending them the replay. So, we we should be sending you a replay out, Donna. Um, so you can send that to them as well. And then, yeah, book a call. have both of you show up to it and we can we can talk with you about uh working that out and and give you examples of people we’ve worked with etc etc. So yeah uh go to go.json.com/coaching guy scan that QR code click the link in the chat. Okay, the program is 6 months. Olivia Eugene, I’ve already booked for a call. Thank you. Awesome. Eugene, love to hear it. Chuck, I’ve done several similar high ticket programs the last couple of years and spend a lot of money with limited results. Right now, my priority is billable client work and getting traction on my existing product.

    I already use AI heavily and can pull the free frameworks later if I need them. I’m not ready to commit time or money to another coaching program at this point. Yeah, I feel you, Chuck. Um, we actually love working with people who have been in other coaching programs. And one of the biggest reasons that we love doing that is because when you’ve been in another coaching program, and let’s just say it was like mediocre or not that good, um, you’re going to see how good we are right off the bat. You’re going to see how professional we are. Like the way we do the onboarding, the way that we we just give you like the red carpet treatment. It’s kind of like flying first class versus flying like the worst seats on the on the airplane, right? we we give you like real first class like really good treatment um in the program and you’re going to see that right away and plus you’re just going to see like how how great the results we we get people are. So, uh, we actually enjoy working with people who have done other programs, uh, because they’re actually going to appreciate how good the program is, whereas people who have never done a a high ticket coaching program before. They might not, they don’t even know what good looks like. So, they might just think, “Oh, this is normal, right?” So, so it’s kind of like a relationship. Like, if you’ve never had a bad relationship, you won’t appreciate a good relationship as much, right? So, it’s kind of the same thing. So, yeah. But, uh, I totally get it. Uh, you’re busy, Chuck. I mean, I’ I’d book a call just to see. I mean, we again, we can get it down to a very tiny amount of time per month. Uh, we’ve had lots of people that are extremely busy um that have had success in the program. So, I’d still book a call if I were you. Go. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. Jan, nothing worse than AI voiceovers at least until they get really good. Yeah, I mean, I don’t think anybody wants YouTube is absolutely they they hit the panic button on the AI voiceovers. um they they’re like, “No, we are not going to allow this to happen.” Cuz imagine how easy it would be to just spam the internet with AI voiceovers. Like you could literally like one person could create a million videos in a day if they wanted to, if they had enough computing power, right? YouTube is not going to let that happen. It’s just not going to happen.

    Nora, you’re a great motivator and even better salesperson. Thank you for the opportunity. Got a call booked. It’s 3:00 a.m. here, so I’m signing off. I appreciate you, Nora. Have a good one. Awesome. Thank you, David. How long does the mentoring last? It’s six months. Claudia, thanks, Shane. You’ve been helpful. Appreciate you, Claudia. Reita, thank you. You got it, Reita. Uh, six-month program. All right, guys. I’m going to jump off here in a few minutes. Um, so this might be your last chance to book. Go.coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. Also, you can go ahead and save this. You can screenshot this screen. You can save the links in the chat. I’m going to drop the uh the thank you page uh just in case you guys like these ones here. I’m going to drop these in the chat just in case you accidentally shut that down. So, you can definitely check that out. Go ahead and drop that in the chat right now. Okay, dropping that in the chat. And I am also going to drop the link to coaching in the chat too. So, I’m dropping that in the chat right now as well. So, that’s the apply to oneonone coaching that is directly from me. So, you can save those if for whatever reason you um you know, let’s just say you’re doing the dishes or something like that and you can’t sign up for a call or you just don’t want to miss a moment. You don’t want to miss a single moment. You don’t want to miss me answering a single question. You just don’t want to miss a thing. Okay? Uh you can uh just copy and paste that and save it. Okay? So, uh uh and then you can you can uh right after the call you can you can sign up. Um

    uh Andrea says, “I got a Eureka moment from your video on how to start a YouTube channel that will be my mo uh be most helpful to me and others like me.” Awesome. What was that Eureka moment? What was that Eureka moment, Andrea? I’m I’m curious. What was it? Good to hear though. That’s awesome. Kimba, can you use YouTube channel to market yourself to either get a job or start a consulting gig? Yes, absolutely. So, this is one of the super underrated ways of using YouTube. So, this is what our client Josh Matakor did and he got a job offer from multiple different Fortune50 and fame companies by doing this. He basically established himself as a authority in his niche. And uh yeah, that’s one of the most underrated things. is basically if you start a YouTube channel and you even honestly even if you just get it to a few thousand or 10,000 subscribers that’s like doing 20 years of networking in your niche. Uh but it’s but it’s like a lot easier than 20 years of networking. So maybe even 30 years, maybe even like 30 or 40 years. It’s like insanely effective. And so obviously if you’re networking that well, if you have a big YouTube channel, you’re going to have lots of job opportunities. Like I’ve gotten lots of people. I I got a guy who has a portfolio of companies who reached out to me and he wanted me to literally start running his companies cuz he wanted to use like a YouTube strategy and he was going to give me a percentage of the portfolio of companies. Like it would have been worth like probably millions of dollars a year. And I got that job opportunity. I I turned it down because like I love what I do and I love the lifestyle I have. So I turned it down. But um yeah, I’ve gotten some great opportunities like that. This is a guy who has sold a bunch of different companies as well. Um, he’s worked with people like some of the biggest names in the world like Peter Teal, like all kinds of stuff like that. And he he wanted to work directly with me, but I I turned it down. It was just not quite uh what what I wanted, but it was a great opportunity. And that’s cuz of my YouTube channel. Would have never happened if it wasn’t because of YouTube. Anal, should I attend only one, use two different links to register one at 8:15 or no, the links were different. Um uh attend the one at the hour mark. The the one that’s an hour long and Neil attend that one. Yeah. Canc you can cancel the other one. Sure. Is the CG alumni program? Yeah. So uh yeah, we do have an alumni program in terms of uh we have like a group chat alumni program and then also uh we they they still have access to the course but they don’t get one-on-one coaching anymore. That that’s obviously like we can’t do one-on-one coaching. that is extremely intensive, very expensive for us to to do. So, but yeah, there’s a group chat and a uh you get access to the course afterwards. Anneil Aaron, should I attend only one? Yep. Okay, good. Andrea, really want to use my video game for YouTube, but it will not money. The game sucks, but I love building. My work is different, so I shall combine them together. Um, did you make a video game, Andrea? Cuz you could definitely make a YouTube channel about that. Like making YouTube making video games. That’s definitely a great topic for a YouTube channel. Um, to teach and educate myself and others on how to be an apprentice electrician. Yeah. Hey, that’s on that one sounds good, too. Tammy, thank you. I look forward to the call. Awesome, Tammy. Love to hear it. Okay, guys. Go.shenhummus.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Uh, click the link in the chat, guys. This might be the last uh chance. Um, again, I dropped those those uh links. You can save those from before. Um, with that being said, I think I’m going to jump off now. Thank you so much to all of the admins, admin Aaron, admin Alexis, admin Kevin, admin Stephen. The admins uh put a lot of time and effort into these trainings as well as myself. This takes a lot of time and effort from us. Um so, you know, we don’t have to do these. This is this is kind of a thing that we do. It’s make it free and and kind of attract the people that are better fits for the program. So, if you made it this far, there’s a pretty good chance you’re a really good fit for the program. Uh but we definitely don’t have to these have to do these. So, thanks so much to the admins. admin Justine. Um, so, uh, yeah. Uh, yeah. Thank you. Thank you so much, guys. Thanks, Kima. Thanks, Anneil. Thanks, Gail. Thanks, uh, Stephen. Thanks, Ben. Minland, thank you. Dan, thank you. Uh, uh, Andrea, thank you, Stephen. Thank you, Bana. Thank you, Alexis. Thank you, Aaron, Kevin, Steven, Justine, uh, Biona, David, Benny, Cha. Appreciate you guys. Have a good one. I’ll I’ll uh I’ll catch you later. Have a good one, guys. Take care. Bye. Sorry for the the back lighting, too. The the lighting wasn’t so good. I’ll try to fix that hopefully on the next one I do.

  • 07/17/2026 – Retirement Plan – The Best Order to Invest Your Money

    One of the questions that I get asked the most is where should I invest first? Should I focus on my 401k, a Roth IRA, a taxable brokerage account, real estate, an HSA, a 529 plan, etc. So, in today’s video, I’m going to give you my opinion on what’s the most what I’d say optimal ordering to get the best bang for your buck. So, I know that this won’t be a one-sizefits-all, but honestly, it’s probably going to be applicable to most people. So my disclaimer is please understand that everyone’s financial situation is different. Tax brackets are different. Income is different. Some people have children, some people don’t. Some people have access to an HSA, others don’t. So this is going to be my opinion. You can think of this as a framework. So let’s begin. The first priority in my opinion is not investing at all. It’s about protecting you financially. So, I’ll say that before you try to maximize returns, you need to make sure that you have an emergency fund. And I’m being dead serious. So, imagine your car breaks down, you lose your job, your AC stops working, you have an unexpected medical bill, you know, something with your kids. You know, kids are always expensive. If you have absolutely no cash saved, then you’re probably going to be reaching for a credit card, right? And then what’s going to happen? You’re going to be paying 23% interest. So, the very first thing that I recommend is building an emergency fund. And it doesn’t have to be 6 months or 12 months worth of living expenses because if you’re in this situation, like you’re in this position right now, then you have to remember that you’re just getting started, but you want to move this one in the right direction. Like, this should be the priority. No joke. And whatever you build up will help cushion the blow or cover that unexpected expense. And that’s going to be better than having to liquidate your stocks or your retirement account, especially at a bad time. So once you’ve done that, now we can move on to investing. Now the second thing that I would do is capture your employer match. Like take full advantage of this one. If your employer offers a retirement plan, let’s just say a 401k, a 403b, or a similar plan, and they’re offering a matching contribution, I’m telling you, take advantage of it. So like if your employer says we’ll match 100% of the first 5% that you contribute, then that’s going to be an immediate 100% return on your money. And there’s going to be very few investments that can compete with that rate of return. So before worrying about picking the perfect stock or timing the markets, I’d say go for the free money. Now, I’m not saying that you have to max out the entire accounts right away. I’m simply saying that contribute enough to receive the full employer match. Like take advantage of that. Now, the third thing that I would do is pay off highinterest debt. If you’re paying 23% interest on a credit card, which is the national average, and you’re hoping that your investments earn you 10%. Then the math doesn’t work out. I mean, it’s crystal clear. You’re making 10% pre-tax with your investments, and you’re paying 23% on the money that you owe. Now, if you pay down your high interest debts, it’s like making a guaranteed 23% return on investment. So, that’s very difficult to beat. Now, I’m talking specifically about highinterest debts. Like, we’re talking about credit cards, certain personal loans, like things like that. So, I’m not talking about a low rate mortgage. Like, those are completely different conversations. Now, the fourth thing that I would do is to build a fully funded emergency fund. So there’s debate whether that should be 3 to 6 months of necessary living expenses. Some people want a bigger cushion. Some people want 12 months. But once you’ve completed this quest, now it’s going to be time to strengthen your financial situation, your foundation. So if you have a healthy emergency fund, then it’s going to mean that you’re less likely to sell investments during a recession or stock market corrections. So, you’re going to be less likely to panic, less likely to borrow money with high interest rates. It’s basically going to give you more options. And in personal finance, options are valuable. Now, the fifth thing that I would do if you’re eligible and it makes sense for you and also depending on you and your family, it would be to max out your health savings accounts, also known as an HSA. So, personally, I have an HSA. I think that the tax benefits are OP. They’re overpowered. So, listen, I’m going to be straightforward with you. Honestly, I believe that this is one of the most underrated investment accounts available. Okay? Why do I say that? Because an HSA receives what many people call triple tax advantages. You get a tax deduction when you put money into the HSA. When you contribute, your investments grow tax-free and qualified medical withdrawals are also going to be taxree. So, I’ll tell you, I believe that is an incredible combination. Even if you’re healthy today, like healthcare expenses eventually arrive for almost everyone. But because of that, I think that an HSA deserves serious consideration before many of these other investment accounts. That’s just my opinion. Now, not everyone qualifies. You generally need to be enrolled in a high deductible health plan, but if you do qualify, I’m telling you, it’s worth looking into. Now, the sixth thing that I would do is to max out your IRA. And honestly, if we’re talking about IAS, I would max out the Roth IRA. that like that would be my priority. And if you make too much money, you can always do a backdoor Roth IRA like that. You always have that option. I’m not going to deep dive into the whole taxation issues when a traditional IRA has a mix of pre-tax and after tax money. Like that’s for a different video, but for many people, you can contribute directly into a Roth IRA or backdoor it. Now, when you put money into a Roth IRA, okay, so there’s going to be pros and cons. The con is that you do not get a tax deduction for contributing to your Roth IRA. However, the pro is that all the principle and growth is going to be tax-free when you take it out at retirements. So, that’s why it’s a huge advantage if you get your Roth IRA started early. And I mean, I want you to think about that. Imagine that you have 30 years, you have 40 years of gains growing tax-free that you’re going to have at retirement. So that’s going to have built up so much more if you’ve only been doing it like you got started and you did it for 10 years or 20 years obviously. Additionally, if you make direct contributions to a Roth IRA, then you can withdraw your contributions at any time tax-free and penalty-free. So a lot of people don’t know that. Like for example, if I put $5,000 directly into my Roth IRA and it grows to $5,200, then I can take out that $5,000 like my initial contribution tax-free without any tax liability or penalties. So, it’s going to be the $200 of growth that would be subject to tax and penalty. Now, the seventh thing that I would do is to go back and continue funding your employer retirement plan. So that might be your 401k, your 403b, could be a TSP, etc. So the reason why I didn’t place this ahead of the IRA is because many IAS, they offer a larger selection of investment choices. There’s also lower costs with an IRA. There’s greater flexibility. But I’ll just say listen, every every employer plan is different. You know, some are excellent, some are terrible, but generally speaking, after the IRA, I would return to funding the workplace retirement account. Okay, here’s the eighth thing that I would do. Now, we can start talking about a taxable brokerage account, and the focus is going to be on the stock market with this account. Now, unlike retirement accounts, there’s not going to be any annual contribution limits. There’s going to be many more investing options, of course, no required retirement age before accessing your money. So, it’s going to be much more flexible. Like, if you need the money in 10 years, then fine. If you need the money in 10 days, fine. Now, I’m not saying that there’s not going to be any tax consequences. I’m just saying that you’re going to have access to that money without being penalized. And of course, you’re going to have many more investing options, like more choices, like you want to buy silver, you want to buy gold stocks, you want to buy crypto, dividend stocks, tech stocks, growth stocks, ETFs, like if you want to layer in options, like you’re going to have so many more options. Now, here’s my advice. If you’re going to invest in a taxable brokerage account, then you should really be focusing on long-term capital gains. Also, if you didn’t know, if you don’t have much income, the long-term capital gains tax rates is 0%. Like, no joke at the federal level. So, tax a taxable brokerage account is going to become an excellent tool once you’ve taken advantage of your tax advantage accounts. Now, step number nine or the ninth thing that I would do is that if you have children, you may want to consider a 529 plan. So, if you notice, I didn’t place this one higher on the level of priority. That’s because not everyone has children. and maybe the children are older or not everyone has plans to help pay for college. But if education funding is one of your priorities, then I’ll tell you that a 529 plan is going to provide tax-free growth and dispersements if used for qualified education expenses. And I want you to know that some states will give you a tax deduction for your state income taxes for your contributions. Again, this becomes more about your goals because not everyone needs one or wants one. Now, moving on to step number 10 or the 10th thing that I would do is real estate. And I’m not talking about your primary residence. I’m talking about investing in real estate. So, this is where opinions begin to differ. So, some people believe that real estate should come much earlier, like on the priority list, especially like if you’re in the industry, then you know, you’re more inclined to say that. Others prefer investing, you know, exclusively in the stock market. But listen, like I said before, there’s going to be pros and cons. I place real estate lower on the priority list because in my opinion the stock market is just going to be cleaner. It’s going to be more convenience for most people. So the stock market is more liquid of course like if you need money next week in the stock market you could sell your position and have your money in your bank accounts within a matter of days, right? And it’s not going to be so easy with a property, of course. And then you have tenants causing problems or complaining and you know that like those expenses or whatnot may come out of your pocket and of course it’s additional stress. But I’ll tell you that real estate offers advantages as well. Rental income, potential appreciation, leverage, tax benefits, but it’s also going to cover responsibilities. We’re talking about maintenance, vacancies, property taxes, insurance, unexpected repairs. At the end of the day, I mean, it’s a business and if you want to hire a management company, well, of course, they’re going to charge you. So, listen, I generally recommend building a strong financial foundation before taking on those additional responsibilities. But personally, I have rental properties after years of going through it. I’ll just tell you like I’m going to give you my honest opinion. Like I’m just no longer a fan of residential rental properties. Like I I don’t I don’t want to sell them, but I’m debating whether I should get into retail or not. Like we’ll see. But just residential rental property, not so much. Another option is to buy REITs, real estate investment trusts on the stock market if you want real estate exposure. I might just do that. Anyways, moving on. Finally, you have private equity and other alternative investments. So, these have the potential for much higher returns, like ridiculous returns, but they also come with much higher risk. Like, beware. They’re often going to be less liquid. They’re going to be more difficult to value, and sometimes your money is going to be locked up for years. So, that’s why I think these belong near the end of the financial order of operations. Build your foundation first, and then you can venture into more high-risisk, high reward investment opportunities. Listen, we currently live in an era of a 5-second attention span and people wanting to get rich quickly. You know, not everyone, but so many other youngsters these like, you know, like but building wealth, it’s not about finding one incredible investment. Like that’s just my opinion. It’s about consistently making good financial decisions over the long run. you know, getting your employer match, taking advantage of tax benefits, avoiding unnecessary debt and, you know, very high interest rates that you’re paying and invest consistently. And I’ll just say, let the compounding do its thing. You know, those decisions, like what I just said, they probably aren’t exciting, but they’re effective. Listen, I’ll tell you that if you take this advice and you’re disciplined about it, your friends, your family, co-workers, they’re just going to be blown away in the years ahead. you’re probably they’re most likely going to be jealous of you, you know, secretly and then they’re probably going to ask you for some money. So, if you actually do this, I’ll just here’s my advice. Don’t advertise to people how much money that you have. You’re just setting yourself up for problems, unless that’s what you want. Now, if you’re a long-term investor, then I encourage you to please check out our financial community on Patreon. You can see what I’m investing in. You can chat with me and others in our private chat room and Discord. You can get your questions answered. So, I’m going to leave a link for you down below. Thank you so much and I wish you a very nice day.

  • 07/18/2026 – CastAI Webinar

    Here I am, Todd Gross, and uh we are doing a Cast AI webinar that is unbelievable. Cast AI is a combination of two engines under the synthesis umbrella. Of the two engines, one engine is called Recast. It creates your perfect video. It can change any video in multitude of ways. It is so mind-blowing as you’ll see in the video montage I’m about to show you in just a moment. But then, we’ve combined it with Talking Faces, the latest version. And uh basically what that means is you can take your video creations and overlay them on any website. Any website. Now, think about a local business, for instance. How powerful it will be to go to the business owner and say, “All right, Mr. business owner, we can take your face, we can take your video, and we can put it on any website, and it can say anything, and we can change it at any time. You don’t own You don’t have to re-record ever because we can just type in with your voice that is cloned whatever you want to say, whatever the special is of the week.” I mean, Talking Faces is phenomenal in itself, but we have two phenomenal pieces of software that are working together as one. All right. So, what I’m going to do is I want you to watch this video. I’m going to switch over my GoToWebinar here. I am about to show you how first any video you take can be changed into another person, another language. You could change their hair; you could change their gender; you could change their age; you could change anything in the video. You could rewrite the script; you could change anything and make a new video out of it so that you only have to get one video in there once, and then you could change it infinite number of times after that. That’s the first thing you’ll see in this demo video I’m about to show you. The second thing you’re going to see are the videos actually placed over websites so that you have a warm welcoming host on the sites. So, without further ado, let me do just that and get my video going here. Let’s see if I could find it. Here we go. I’m going to leave my microphone on during this. I may have some comments as we go along. Now, make sure that you turn your volume up just a little bit and make your screen as big as possible. I’m going to start the 6-minute video right now. Okay, so I’m about to show you something that’s going to break your brain a little bit. Everything you’re about to see in this video was recorded once. One take on a webcam. But, as you can see things can change pretty fast. Let’s start with the obvious. I just changed my outfit without changing my clothes. Again and again, same video, same take. I just pick what I want to wear. I used to spend two full days getting one video ready. Now, I literally roll out of bed, record looking like this, and the AI handles the rest. Different outfit, new background. I even posted one in Japanese yesterday, and I don’t even speak Japanese. Hi, it’s Todd Gross here and let me state the obvious. Huge flaw in AI videos to date. They simply haven’t been consistent through an entire video funnel. And what good is that? Well, I want to introduce you to something that we’ve been working on that completely changes how video marketing funnels are created. Hola, soy Todd Gross y permíteme decir lo obvio. Un gran defecto en los videos de IA hasta

    We used to fly product to a studio, hire models, do the whole shoot for every single market. But one video with a product in my hand and the tool does the rest. New presenter for Europe, new language for Brazil, new outfit for the luxury segment. We launched in six countries last month. Woah. Now, this is really from Tik Tok. I really did this yesterday. I’m not kidding. This is I actually posted this. Watch this. It’s totally mind-blowing.

    Hey, it’s Todd Gross. Now in English. All right, JVs. We are taking AI to the next level now with our next launch. All right, JVs. We are taking AI to the next level now with our next launch. All right, JVs. We are taking AI to the next level now with our next launch. And we’re including marketing that’s really going to make this sell. Okay, real talk. We were spending 12 grand per ad just to localize for three markets.

    Now I take one video, swap the presenter, translate it with perfect lip sync, and I have 15 versions running by lunch. My CEO thinks I hired a whole agency. It’s literally just me. I keep getting comments asking what I’m actually taking every day. It’s literally just this. I take two of these every morning before I even look at my phone. Honestly, the brain fog is just completely gone. You don’t need a crazy routine. Just this.

    Now, we’re going to put it together into a larger Completely dominate your content creation. Stop wasting thousands of dollars on expensive video production. Buying heavy cameras drains your wallet. Hiring actors is a massive headache. [laughter] Now, let’s talk about that second engine, which is talking faces, putting it over websites. Panoramic views and a chef’s kitchen. This San Diego property won’t last long. Click here to book your private tour today. This stunning dress is a must-have. Use code style 20 right now to get 20% off your entire order. Treat yourself. Upgrade your space with premium comfort. Order today and we’ll ship it to your door completely free.

    And we start these with an attention grabber as we call them, like waving hello, that sort of thing, or holding a sign. Yeah, let me give you an example.

    Nice. You’re here. You won’t believe it, but when I recorded this video, I had trees all around me. I was wearing a flannel shirt and reading glasses. I didn’t even speak these words. Now, look at me, prim and proper, increasing conversions, engaging audiences, and all because of Cast AI.

    And talking faces, actually, to be more accurate.

    [laughter] Contrary to popular belief, we do like to pump up the volume. This is the lowest entry price for any synthesis product in years, and the faster we all drive sales, the Craving authentic wood-fired pizza? Order right now and get your second one completely free. Just use code PIETTA 50 PIET at checkout. Over a thousand women swear by this exact serum. Use code glow 30 right now to get 30%off your bottle. Don’t wait. Work smarter, not harder. Grab your 14-day free trial before this timer runs out. Zero credit card required.

    If you skip this during checkout or simply weren’t sure, this is your last opportunity to grab the complete Cast AI platform at our biggest discount. For just a little bit more, you’ll unlock every premium feature, 10,000 credits, and save yourself from buying upgrades one at a time. Before you continue, take another look. I think you’ll be glad you did. All right. What do you think, guys? Is this the most amazing video software you’ve ever seen in your life in terms of the results? And all of those were very, very quickly produced. Now, I know you want to see that again. I will show that again later in the webinar. Right now, this is the part where I have to try to get back to my screen. Hopefully, it will work. Let’s see if it does. Aha, it worked. Maybe rebooting the computer. Well, I have another demo to go, so I’ll still give it a chance to crash on me. All right. So, that was the video. I want to see some of your comments. Uh please in the question answer box on what you just saw in terms of the level of AI video that we’ve now reached. If I could see some of your comments up there. Read it says fire. Oh my goodness. Sizes boom. Jim, what is the difference between this and that? Yeah, there’s a difference and we’re going to have uh Luanne answer you in the question answer box. This is talking faces and uh recast combined two parts of synthesis. James said great. Terry said it looked cool. Russ said wowzer. Clay said crazy. Wendy said that’s a great name, Wendy Walter. Sort of like Wendy Walter White. Says wow, a bunch. LOL synthesis studio day. Oh, wow. Okay. What does it look like on mobile? Looks good as a matter of fact. That’s one of the things that we were proud of is that we worked on it to get it look looking good on mobile as well, which is you know, important now with so many people using mobile over their desktop and laptop computers. All right. So, let’s talk about the theory here. First of all, of Cast AI and the two sections that we have. So, I want to make it clear that the videos that you create are twofold. Number one, you could change anybody to be anybody else. You only need one video. You could just take a video of any person to begin with and then that’s all you need cuz you could change that person in cat and recast to anybody. All right? You could describe the new person and they are indistinguishable from your original person. You can’t tell which is real and which isn’t. I myself do not know in the videos that I just showed you right now if there were original people that we were looking at in some of those that I just showed you. I cannot tell 100%I cannot tell which was an AI generated person and which wasn’t. In fact, during the demo that I just did that I was rushing to get done, I was unable to tell even then when I was doing it why the person looked so real that I had just created just by typing. All right, it’s just phenomenal. So, you have two things that you’re doing here. Number one, you’re creating wild videos you could use in any video editor. And you could keep using that same original video and changing it so that now you have a you know, the person wearing a suit and tie. Now you have the person as a female. Now you have the person with one ethnicity. Now you have the person in a different age group. Now you have the person speaking a different language. You could use those in your videos. But, the second thing that I have been a great proponent of since 2009. All right. I’m trying to remember the if that’s the exact year. I believe it was 2009. That I first I became so enamored with the idea of putting a person over your website that I created a product in 2009 and I hired somebody for one or two thousand dollars to do an actual short clip similar to the ones that you just saw our AI do. And the person that I hired, a real actress, was indistinguishable

    from what we just showed you. There’s no way you would know the difference between that actress and the ones that we just showed you now. And yet I paid one to two thousand dollars back then and the technology was new in order to be able to put that onto a website with an embed code. So, back in 2009 I became enamored with this idea. Then I believe it was 2013 uh Luanne gave me a list yesterday of all the times I have been on the cutting edge of this. So, we’ve done this with many developers and we finally perfected it with Oliver. All right. We’ve done this you know, it was just incredible. That whole idea of putting it on website. Now, why would you want to do that? Your website already gets visitors, but here’s the question. Are you converting those you know, are you doing what we do best as human beings? When you walk into a store, all I know is when I walk into the Gap or I walk into the CVS, people at the register go out of their way to say hello to me, even if I’m walking the other direction and they’re serving a customer at the counter. This has become a really big deal. They’re told by their managers to welcome whoever is coming into the store. Why? Because it increases conversions. Because it makes the person feel an affinity towards the store since it’s being represented by an ambassador.

    So, are you converting or losing visitors when they come to your site or to your client’s site? Most websites are static and silent and passive, and if they have a video on there, it helps, but not as much as having a host on the site, over the site, overlaying the site. Imagine instead having a friendly AI spokesperson welcoming every visitor. So, while we have those two things going here, Recast, which changes these spokespeople in all different ways that you could use in regular videos, we also have the other half of it, Talking Faces, which works with Recast. It just grabs your Recast video and puts it in there as now the warm welcoming host. All right? Which is just phenomenal. And as you saw, that host can be holding the product up and saying, “Get this product now. It’s on special.” or holding up a sign that says 30%off. But most importantly is that they’re welcoming you. It greets them instantly. It explains your offer. It answers any objections. If you want, you know, where you can say hello and immediately start addressing some of the concerns you may think they have. And it guides them through to the next step. So, it’s transforming videos basically into digital spokespersons that deploy directly onto your website. It looks up obviously just like what you’re looking at right here on the lower right. And we start with an attention grabber. That’s what you’re looking at right there. And this attention grabber says, “Let me 3x your conversions.” And that’s, you know, just goading us to click on them to hear what they have to say. So, CastAI basically turns any video into a 24/7 AI salesperson. So, you could use it in your videos. You don’t have to use it as the salesperson, but that is basically the bottom line. After you go through the whole process, which does not take long, as you’ll see in the demo. In fact, the demo’s kind of short. I’ll tell you a secret. This is a funny secret. When I show the demo, it’s usually about 15 plus minutes long, maybe 20 minutes, and I go and I have a bite to eat or something to drink during this very webinar. I turn the microphone off. I go into the kitchen. I make myself a snack cuz I’m so busy before the webinar, I don’t really get a chance to eat properly. So, that’s what I usually do. But this demo is only like 10 minutes long because it doesn’t take long to use this software. It takes very little. And even though I don’t show you all the features, I show you just most of them. I I I couldn’t make this demo too long because this webinar was coming and my Camtasia wasn’t working and I said, “Well, it doesn’t matter because it’s so easy to use and it renders so quickly, I’m going to be able to get this done.” So, that’s the great news is this is really easy, fast software, which is also kind of refreshing in the current AI environment. So, we swap faces and identity. That’s the recast portion of this. We change outfits and styles. We could change the background, but you don’t want to change the background if you’re using this on a website cuz you’re going to wipe out the background, but if you want to use it as a video, you could. In fact, my girlfriend actually put a bear behind me and scared the heck out of me in one of my videos and there was this bear roaming around, a black bear in the very setting that I was doing the video and I thought it was real. It was so convincing. Said, “There’s a black bear and I didn’t even notice it.” She put it in there when she was using the software. And then the talking faces part of it is then you could deploy it on any website. So, that’s what you see in the lower right there. The lower right of that third video or third image on the right, the lower right, that’s her. That would be your actual video. More recast stuff here on the left, you could rewrite the speech after you get that recording in there. So, in other words, you could use the original voice of what you’re bringing in or you could just rewrite the voice and use any of our choices, our voice choices. Now, that’s one way to do it. You could even use your own voice because we’re going to be recommending that you get the package that includes your voice cloning and you’ll be able to use your own voice as well. And that’s what you watched just now when I showed you one of the examples a couple of times. You heard me talking in Mandarin, and you heard me talking another time or two, where it was my voice, but I didn’t actually say any of those words. I It was rewritten. It was rewritten by my partner Shannon, and I rewrote another one. I mean, it’s just incredible that you can just have them say things that you [snorts] never said. You There’s no reason that you have to re-record anything. It’s phenomenal. And then on the right-hand side, that’s a talking faces one. That’s the intention grabber intros that I was telling you about, and I have much more on that in the demo. That’s where we you wave hello at the beginning to get people’s attention, or you hold up a sign. You can do an innumerable amount of things to get the person’s attention. And if you make it bigger, which you’re able to do inside the software, the bigger you make it, the more attention you’re going to get. So, let’s go over this, and I’m going to just hammer this in over and over again today of how this works. The first thing you do, and what You’ll see this in the demo just a moment, cuz I’m going to show the demo pretty shortly. And you know what I’m going to be trying to do during the demo, right? Getting a snack. So, you upload or generate a base video. That’s what you do to begin with. You choose or create a persona after that. In other words, you change the person, if you’d like. And all you have to do is describe the new person. The new outfit. The new style. If you want to not use this on a website, you could completely change the background, the setting. You could make it the beach. You could make a bear warming around behind you. You could have birds flying around. You could do a dinosaur. You could do anything as the background. All right? But if you’re going to use it on a website later, you don’t need the background. You could edit that script if needed. And then it will resync the lips after the edits to what you now write. So, you could go over it over and over again, change it. You only needed to import that video just once. Imagine how much time you’ll save. And then you can then then you deploy this persona with talking faces with a one-click embed code onto any website. Or you could also add clickable in-video calls to action that route visitors to the checkout. And then you just publish publish it and let it run. We’ll be talking a lot about that. Now, you also have a choice. You have a choice between There it is. The embed code or you could do it with a URL. Now, I’m really going to hammer this home and I need you to like pay attention to this. If you want to get a business to pay you money, it is so easy to do by going to them or writing to them and showing them their website with a talking face on their website. And the way to do that is with a URL. We have the ability to show their website in the background with the talking face in the foreground before you even give them the embed code. I show that in the demo, too.

    And you guys asked this already. Cast AI can be viewed on all Apple devices within Safari as well as all other devices. But, here we go. You guys excited? Welcome to Cast AI. What I’m going to do is I’m going to go down in the synthesis menu and we’re going to note that there is recast and talking faces. All right, keep that in mind. Recast and talking faces. Also, keep in mind you’re going to be using my projects later. So, recast is the first engine as part of cast AI. So, you click on recast. It says drop motion source here. That’s going to be a video of yourself or somebody else. Um I believe it’s in my desktop. So, I’m going to look for it in my desktop. That’s my personal desktop. I want my shared desktop. There it is right here. I’m going to take an actual um video that I think will work well. All right. Now, it’s already uploaded that video. I did not even pause it just now. And what you’re going to do is I’m going to play it. Hey, it’s Todd Gross. And what you’re seeing right now is cast AI. Okay. And now what we want to do is we want to grab a still image from that. It’s going to just take the first image in the video. And the reason we want to do that is so that everything works at its best even if we change things. So, you grab from the video. You can also upload a target character, but since you can describe a character and it comes out even better, grabbing from the video is your best bet. So, it’s going to take the first image it can from that video that we just uploaded. And that’s what it’s going to display. Now, we could change this. I could say um have this person as a 35-year-old with brown hair and holding a coffee mug that is steaming. All right. And apply that edit and it’s going to change the person. Probably leave the same clothes. I could change the clothing as well. Uh perhaps I should could, you know, make it make the person me wear a suit instead of you know, that little jacket that I have there, which is not a fancy jacket by any means. Uh we could do that as well. But for the time being, we now have the same exact outfit, but we have a different person. Person in his 30s holding a coffee mug. And there you go. Now, what’s funny about this photo is you see the stairs on the lower right-hand side? I really do have stairs, and I don’t know how it knew that. And the stairs look exactly like that. I cannot figure out. I did another one previously when my Camtasia crashed when I was doing a recording for you guys, and it did the same thing. It created those stairs. I just it’s un- unfathomable to me that it knew that the stairs were there. It’s like it was spying on me or something. Anyway, uh we’ll leave that for now, that outfit. We could have changed it if we wanted. But now we have a choice. We could leave the script as it is, or we can actually type a new script in here and enable this and type a new script, and actually select my voice because I of course have the whole package, like you’re going to be getting the whole package today, I’m sure. Um and when you get that upgrade, you’re able to use your own custom clone voice, and you could write anything. So you could change everything that I just said. But for now, I want to show you the translation. So I’m not going to write anything in this section right here on the left. I’m not going to enable that. And I am going to enable this bottom section though, cuz I’m going to do a a language translation. Like this, and I’m going to choose Spanish. All right? Now, normally I’d add captions if I wanted to do a video that I wasn’t going to overlay on a webpage later. But I want to take this video after we create it and overlay it on a webpage, and in that case, we’re going to want to keep in mind that we just want the person to show on the webpage. We don’t want to change the background, which we could do like in a in a previous video, I actually had a bear watching me. Um you don’t want to put captions if you’re doing that, if you’re going to overlay it on a webpage, you want to just leave it, you know, regular like it is now cuz all that background’s going to be cut out. So, I’m doing Spanish and then I’m going to do 720p. We could have done 1080p, but let’s do 720. It’ll go a little faster and confirm and generate. This part does take a few minutes to render.

    Now, that’s already been fed over to talking faces, so let’s go back there. Where will it live? Let’s do a website called Todd Suggests .com/

    Odin AI. That’s one that just came to mind. And then once we’re inside talking faces, what we do is we can choose to change the face again if we want, like this. And then work from there, but we already have ours done in reecast, so we’re going to pick reecast and not just play with talking faces from scratch. We’ve already done a lot of the work. We’re going to pick our Todd that’s speaking Spanish.

    And then from there, we can edit it again if we want so that something else happens, like we could put a bird on my shoulder. But instead, let’s just continue. We go left corner or right corner. I usually like the right corner and continue. Then from there, we have the ability to make some changes to the beginning of the video. At the very, very beginning when people first see it, we can create an attention grabber. An attention grabber is the coolest thing. It actually you could have the person hold a sign or uh so many different things. They give you some quick ones right here like wave hello. So, let’s just click on wave hello right here. And then generate the attention grabber. Now, remember this is what people are going to see when they first go to the website that you’re overlaying onto. This is the second half of Cast AI, remember. This is no longer Recast. We’re now in Talking Faces using a Recast video. So, we’re going to have this character waving hello. And there he is waving hello. It’s looking pretty darn good.

    All right, and here he is and that’s how it’s going to look over the website when we integrate it. We’ve been thrown right now into the integration part. So, let’s see what we’ve got. So, the playback settings is we don’t want to hide our attention grabber, obviously. Um we are going to want to loop it so it doesn’t just play once.

    Um auto close after playing.

    I think we’ll let it keep playing. Hide the close button. Yeah, let’s hide the close button. Display the mute button? No. And we don’t want to disable it. You would disable it if you’re selling this to a client and they don’t pay their bill. Actor size, we want it to be larger than halfway. So, about 3/4. So, it’ll be fairly large like you’re seeing here. And integrate the actor onto the website. First, we want to do the call to action first. Call to action button is like click here and then it will go to the website. And we want it to go to the site that it’s going to be over. So, we’re going to do toddsuggests.com Odin Odin AI. And then the button color, let’s see how it comes out okay the way that it is default. And then click save it’s saving. We didn’t have to click save this time. There’s the button. Oh, that was the integrate actor to website. We’re supposed to do this. Integrate actor to website. So, we click this integrate actor to website. We get the embed code that we’d sell to a client. Or we could show the client what it’s going to look like just by putting in the underlying webpage here. The custom URL is toddsuggests.com /odinai. And then we got to give it a name. So, the app Come back. The name we’re going to give it is mm Odin overlay. Right? Cuz we’re having an overlay on top of the Odin website. Odin AI overlay. Odin AI overlay. That’s a good name. And it gives us the name that the URL that we’re going to share with the client. Edit copy. And then once you close this box, you have to save that what you just did. So, I almost forgot an important step. That’s an integrate with the website. And now we’re all done. Now, I’m going to bring this down here. So, I want to show you first of all that you could look at the settings right here and redo everything we just did in case it’s not playing the way you want it to. Or you could play with the embed code section, which is the section right here. We could put a different website underneath and we could take perhaps a whole bunch of pizza places in a certain neighborhood and keep putting the same overlay onto all the different pizza places, and the one that pays you, you’ll finally give them the URL code up here. The embed code.

    So, now what we’re going to do is I’m going to actually put this in the in the bar.

    In the URL bar right here at the top. I’m going to paste it in. That’s what it gave us so that we can see how this is going to look. I click return. And now we should have the website underneath. And we do. And we should have us waving here begging to be played. And now we could play it.

    Okay, now I want to point out that it’s kind of redundant for us to right click here because we’re already on the website and it’s already operational. But, if you were using this as an affiliate site or something like that that you want to send folks to to make sure that you get credited, then you could put the click here. It should say something else though because obviously I could be holding a sign that says click to play and then we want them to click the play button. So, we’ll probably write something else other than click here. But, you get the point. We have this really beautiful overlay on the bottom right hand side that we’ve made um and we’re playing it.

    And it’s in Spanish and it’s perfectly on top of a website. And yet we have the the embed code that we didn’t even give them yet. And yet we’re able to see this right on top of their website. An amazing an amazing two tools, two engines put together that just is going to make you so many sales to local businesses. Every local business, in fact, every business, not just local business, should have something like this on their site begging people to come in, being the welcoming host. It did not crash on me today. May later still. I So now I want to get a First of all, how did you like that demo? Did it look pretty easy to use? Did you see how we’re able to change that into Spanish? I bet you were surprised when all of a sudden I started speaking Spanish later on because you probably forgot that I had changed the language. And then we didn’t play it until later on. So, like when I was watching that just now, I said, “Oh, yeah, it was in Spanish.” Which is really cool. Easy peasy, says Don. Great, yes, totally amazing, love the demo. Great. Okay, yes, all your questions that you’re asking, like Russ, I can’t answer right this second cuz I have to get through the presentation, but they’ll be answering you in the question and answer box. And then I’ll personally try to answer some stuff for you guys later as well. All right, so now what I’m going to do is go over the key features, which really we went over already in the demo and prior to the demo. So, I’m just going to hammer it home and then we’ll get right to the offer today. We’re not going to spend any time wasted. I want you to grab this software as soon as you can. All right? So, basically the key features are, first of all, a full character or persona swap, the script rewriting. I’m just going to keep going over with this you with you over and over again, so you understand all the things you could do that are so amazing. AI has brought us to a whole new, you know, precipice here that we’re we’re falling into. You can rewrite the script so that you’re only using a video one time. You can insert an object like you saw that I was holding a coffee cup. That can be, of course, and I’ll show you again uh in a few minutes those videos from the beginning of this presentation. I’ll show it to you again, so you could see when you could put an object in someone’s hand like he was holding up um that vitamin bottle, which he was able to change to acne cream. It was just amazing, right? You could do voice cloning, so like most of these you heard it was my voice speaking Spanish. Um you could then, of course, embed on websites. You have clickable in-video buttons, you know, calls to action. You saw me set that up. The commercial license, obviously, is included, and we want you to use it for clients as much as it’s tempting to just use it for yourself. All right, let’s go over some more things.

    The face and identity swap, the outfit and style changes. I think that’s very important, the way that you can put on a suit and tie without having to wear a suit and tie. Um some of the videos that my partners have made of me have been very impressive in terms of what I’m wearing. And it really seems to get the body style right, too, which is really interesting. Um the voice cloning, the rewriting speech after you bring in the recording, the AI script writer, the intention grabber intros. So, just to repeat what those were, you saw it in the demo. That’s me or whoever it is waving hello or holding up a sign that says, you know, we have a special going on or something holding up a sign that says um click to play, something like that. And any video input, which is handy, such as WebM and MOV, not just MP4. All right? You could deploy it on unlimited websites. I can’t stress this more, that you could take just do it once, and then keep putting that on different websites. So, you could go to various different businesses in the same niche. And you could have the same video over all those different business websites. Why would you want to do that? So, that you could show every one of them what it looks like ahead of time to get their business. Website overlay and inline embed. Right? And that’s how you’re going to do it. You’re going to show them the website overlay. It’s going to look like you took their website and embedded on it, and they’re going to be very confused because you’re going to show them their website with your overlay on it. Then you have the clickable in-video buttons, the attention grabber intros, the in-video text, the images, the calls to action, the custom positioning left to right, and the branding. All right. The website conversion features, obviously, it greets every visitor, explains your offer, and it guides visitors to the next step. And there’s clickable calls to action. All right, so let’s talk about the best use cases for this. Um and one in particular I’m going to go over with you again. I mentioned it in passing. So, I’m sure you could think of all kinds of ways to use this not even listed here is the obvious way most of you are going to use this, and that is with your existing video editors, the existing videos that you make now. You now have a way, without having to hire anybody. Look, I’ll be honest with you. You can actually make a video this way yourself at 7:00 in the morning after you first get up in your pajamas. All right? And then you could turn yourself into anyone. Anyone, any actor that you would have hired. Think about how much money isn’t transpo-isn’t transpiring here, isn’t being paid to an actor or actress. Bad for actors and actresses. Great for us. Bad for me as somebody that used [laughter] to get hired to do this, but great for me as a person doing this at home. All right. So, that’s the first way to use it is you don’t have to hire actors and actresses. You could do it in your pajamas. It doesn’t even have to be your voice. You’re changing the voice. You’re changing how it looks. You’re changing what you’re wearing. Completely transformational. All right, that’s just to begin with. I don’t think I even have that listed here. Then you could use this obviously for e-commerce, a persona presenter on every product page when you’re selling products. You could use this for coaches and creators to multiply one recording into multiple personas for different audiences and niches. Think about what I did on TikTok yesterday. There was a typhoon that moved in 200 miles south of Shanghai. I called up my daughter-in-law, Bonnie, and I said, “Hey, Bonnie, let me ask you something. I translated myself here into Mandarin. Is this accurate?” She turned around she said, “I understood every word. There is a very slight hint of an accent. That’s it. You could now take these videos and put them on social media in China.” She was dead serious. Imagine that. Creators could now take their videos and make them worldwide or and this can be sneaky. You could change yourself as a male to a female. Perhaps. I’m just planting the seed. I’m not saying you should do this. And you could now This is terrible, you know, I really shouldn’t be giving you these ideas, but it would really work. If you changed yourself as let’s say an older guy and now all of a sudden you’re a younger woman, you can get followers that way and you could create a whole new persona. I hate to s-[snorts] to spell that out there cuz it seems devious, but people are doing it already. You could be the one doing it. Now, of course, as an agency or if you work with local business, I’ll talk about that in a moment. Affiliate marketers, I use this all the time for affiliate marketing. You’re putting a layer between the buyer and the person that you are representing who has the product. You saw me do that on the Odin AI website. So, Neil Napier has Odin AI. I promoted that for him this week. And what I can do now is talk about Odin AI before I send folks over to his website so that I could give them a little taste to let them know that I’m on the case with them. As an affiliate marketing tool, this is tremendous. You could build faceless or persona-based VSLs, video sales letters, without filming a thing. You already had that video that one time. You could change that video to say whatever you want for every affiliate marketing product that comes out there after for years to come. Can you imagine that? That’s crazy. All right, now let’s talk about agencies and local businesses. And then the way that I would sell this if I was you to make the most possible money in the shortest amount of time. You could have a 24/7 salesperson greeting website visitors including the business owner, the business owner.

    All you have to do is take any video and then you could feed in his picture or take a video of him.

    And then from there you have his voice clone because that’s part of the package. And you could actually have him on a weekly basis change what he says without him having to lift a finger. And again, he could be in his underwear and a t-shirt making the video. It doesn’t matter. You could change and put him in a suit. You could You You could put him in the beachwear. It doesn’t It doesn’t matter. So if I was doing this for a local business what I would do is either use something you know, if I had any video of him, that’d be great. But let’s just say we put a professional spokesperson on top of his business, right? The way I would do it let me see if I could grab the software to show you.

    Here, we’re inside We’re actually inside the software here. I had it up. You guys can see this, right? Okay, so I’m going to make this bigger.

    All right, all you have to do is go in the talking faces part.

    I think you could put anything in that beginning part. Um, all right, and then we’re going to grab a recast.

    Let’s say we grab

    this. I haven’t used this one yet. I think Well, that won’t really Okay, so let’s say we were to grab this and continue. Then from there we put them on the lower right-hand corner and then continue. Then we develop a tension grabber here. Right? We’d write, you know, we’d do like wave hello or something like that. Then we generate our attention grabber. Now, obviously, this is going to take a few minutes. So, what we’ll do is I’ll go into the project section right down here. See that where it says my projects? And then from my projects I scroll over, I find talking faces.

    All right, and here we have exactly what I was working on just now on the upper right. I already did it. So, now I’m going to go into the embed code section right there. Okay, and this is the key right here. Before I give the client the embed code, which I’m highlighting right now, I have this custom URL, which I’ve been talking about over and over and over again. This is huge. This is the custom URL. Now, what we’re doing here is we’re putting the actual website of the person who you are going to sell this to. And this is your tip. All right? So, if we were to go, for instance to Google and say we want to know painters in Worcester, Massachusetts.

    And they have painters. We want hopefully one that has a website. So, let’s see if this one has a website. And it does. Wolf Professional Painting. Here it is. Wolf Professional Painting. Pretty boring website. What’s on the bottom right of that website? I swear I didn’t do this ahead of time. I swear. There’s nothing there in the bottom right-hand side of that website. It’s dark. There’s nothing there. What do you think we should put there? Well, I think we should put a talking face. Edit, copy. Let’s put him in there.

    I hope this works cuz I put Remember I put Google at the very beginning? Where’d it go? Come back here.

    There. The Wolf Pro painting.com. Okay. And what’s our alias going to be this time? Hey, come back. There we go. Our alias is going to be Wolf. So, now it’s giving us a new URL to share at the bottom. This is key. There’s your URL. You’re going to share it with this business.

    Edit. Copy. Why did I do that? Cuz I’m going to use this URL and I’m going to share it with that business later. Okay, I close the box, I save it. Remember saving it? All right.

    Now, this is what the website looks without it. Let’s see if this website works well with it or not. I never tried this before. So, you know, I don’t know.

    There it is. Bottom of the website. Right there.

    Does that look so much better? How much better does that look than it looked before? There’s something going on now. You know what this Todd, this young Todd here could be saying? Calling him Todd because it started my video. This young Todd could be saying, “Welcome to Wolf Pro Painting. We have openings and a sale going on next week.” You take that page, you take that URL, and you have him saying that. What are you going to do? You’re going to send it to them in an email. You’re going to bug him over and over again to look at it. Just look at this link. They’re going to look at that link, their jaws going to drop. How many websites have something like this? Way too few. They’ll be head and shoulders above everybody else. Hey, this is Todd Gross. I am happy to be here with you today to talk about Cast AI and the upcoming heat wave. All right, that’s coming out of my speaker, so probably was low, but you get the point. You know, put it a little closer to my microphone. in the central United States. Also, don’t forget the upcoming meteor shower on August 12th, the same day as the eclipse of the Do you realize that that voice you’re hearing, I wrote that script, even though it’s the same voice you’re hearing from me right now speaking in this microphone to you right now. I wrote that as a script and yet it sounds just like me. How crazy is that? That’s how to sell this. That’s the easiest way to make money with this. Is to find a website like the Wolf Pro Painting, put this on there, send it to them. How could they possibly resist getting that on their website after you show them that? It’s just crazy. It’s like a slam dunk.

    I’m so excited I lost my slideshow here. There it is. All right, so that’s your tip for success. The question I was going to ask you is how do you think you would sell this to local businesses now that you’ve seen the demo? And obviously the answer is right there in front of you. It’s to take that URL and share it with multiple businesses in the same community. Worcester, Massachusetts like I just showed you is the perfect medium-sized market to do that where folks there are just getting websites now in the handyman niches such as plumbers, electricians, and roofers. They’re the ones that are not sophisticated yet that have websites, their websites don’t look great. They’re usually lacking something and could use something like what you just showed. And if you price this right, you price this low, then this is going to be something that’ll be easy to charge them for month after month after month. And as soon as they stop paying their bill, you just click that button to turn off this uh you know, to turn it off. You saw that button in the demo. And then wait for them to pay. They’ll Boy, will they come back fast to you. All right. I promised we’d make this quick, so I’m going to go straight to the breakdown of how this offer is going to work. I want you to jump in there. The price is going to be extremely low, and I’m just going to get right into it with you guys. Don’t forget, ask your questions in the question answer box. We have the win, we have Oliver, we have Shannon, we have others as well that are on. We have Audrey, we have some of the support people from Synthesys. I think Oliver’s even on. Everybody’s on answering your questions. Here’s the offer breakdown, basically what you’re going to be getting. All right, so keep in mind the way we’re going to do this is a little different than usual. We do have a bundle, but it’s on the inside after you, you know, purchase the the basic package. The bundle is going to be all the upgrades in one. All right, so what is the front end, the basic product? Well, basically it includes the ability to swap faces, and outfits, and styles, insert objects, and change the speech, which is very important. And then it includes the talking faces overlay ability, and there’s 15 preloaded spokespersons in there in talking faces as well. And you can deploy it unlimited.

    However, the first upgrade, which all these upgrades I’m going to tell you about are going to be packaged in one, all right? First upgrade, now you’re moving to 1080p HD rendering, so things are really clear. The translation, so the lips could be synced to 300 languages, and we actually have at least 30 languages that we could change the speech to in there. We could even look at that together later and go over the list of languages. Um, yeah, and the native lip sync that we just showed you matches the voice so that the lips resync as you move from language to language which is something that’s phenomenal. Think about how different that is than watching the movies when they put voice dubbing on and the lips don’t sync up at all. And 2400 additional bonus credits. And if you want to know how far bonus credits get you, they get you pretty far, but ask in that question answer box. We do have people standing by to answer that question for you. The next thing the second upgrade that’s also going to be included in that package of upgrades all in one is over 100 spokesperson on the talking faces side. And what is what do I mean by that? Well, basically on the talking faces side, you don’t even have to up you don’t have to even get a recast video. You could skip that whole section if you want and just use the spokespersons that are in there and write some script and you can have those spokespersons talk. Uh we also have the voice cloning option, the uh full talking faces access, all the features in talking faces, another 2400 bonus credits, the ability to upload your own picture to the talking faces side. Um I mean all of that’s included in the second upgrade, but you’re going to be getting of course the package of all the upgrades. You don’t really have to worry about the specifics. The third thing is the credit booster. So, the third offer is 3000 extra credits one time and it’s the lowest credit price of the entire launch and they never expire. So, if for some reason you take several months off and don’t use the software those don’t expire. And that’s also going to be included in what we call the fast track bundle. Now, the fast track bundle is after you purchase the very low cost initial product, the fast track bundle is going to get you all these features packaged into one added onto it. So, the fast track unlocks the entire platform in one click. The all-in-one offer combining every premium upgrade plus a total of 10,000 credits for buyers who want everything immediately. It includes the first OTO, or one-time offer; it includes the second OTO; it includes the third, which of course includes the high def; it includes the translation to other languages; it includes the 100 talking faces spokespersons, and the ability to upload your own; the 2200 bonus credits[] more than the OTOs separately. In other words, you get a bonus to bring you up to that 10,000 level. That takes you even beyond if you had gotten OTO 1, OTO 2, and OTO 3 separately. And of course, all the features that are involved in talking faces. Now, let’s just compare these two, all right? What we’re trying to bring home here and get in your mind is that you’re getting the front end offer first when you go on the inside, and then you’re going to purchase the fast track. I think there’s even a little check off box to do that once you go in there. So, you’re that’s how you’re going to do it. Now, the front end offer is also going to be split into two things. It’s like for very low cost, um one is going to say just get the Recast, the other’s going to say get the Recast and the talking faces, but you are of course are going to get both. The Recast and talking faces in that initial front end offer, and then you’re going to be choosing that little check off back box to get the fast track to get all the features so that effectively you’re getting the bundle.

    And we also have a credit max upgrade in there. And that’s to boost your possibilities with the best offer on credits and never run out. 6,000 fresh credits delivered, restocked every year, 6,000 credits every year. That’s also something you’re going to run into as you go into the inside on your purchase. All right. Any last questions before we unleash this beast, which we are ready to unleash to you right now. Get your questions answered now. All right. Yep, there’s some good questions about if you already have the software. Very good. If you already have talking faces, yeah, we have great answers for you. So Mick and Jason and Courtney, we have good answers coming at you. And if you already have ReKast, you already have talking faces included. So if you already have ReKast, you don’t need this, you already have this. Okay, but if you already have talking faces, then you do need this and we’ll explain to you. All right, very good. All right, yes, your questions are being answered right now by our trusty partners of mine and with that you are ready. All right. The front-end offer is going to be $24. You’re going to be picking that. And then you’re going to be picking in the fast track offer a 197. That’s a total of only 221 for everything. The only other thing that you’ll be running into on the inside is that max credit booster to give you the 6,000 every year. That’s the only other thing you’ll run into. Otherwise, you’ll get everything. front-end and the fast track that brings the full bundle to you for 221. When you get in there, get cast ai.com/live. I know it’s a little structured a little bit differently than usual. It’s a long story as to why we’re structuring this way, but all you have to do is go to that link, purchase the front end full. It’s called full. It’s core and full. You want the full, and then you want to go and get the fast track at 197. The reason it’s separated like that is for those of you that already own talking faces, by the way, is why you’ll see something in there called core. You want to get Most of you want to get full. Front end full at $24, and then check off the fast track at 197. That’s your bundle for 221. Get cast AI now. Don’t delay. Tomorrow the pricing is increasing after our webinar at 10:00 a.m. This is the only window to get in at the absolute lowest entry price for any synthesis product that we’ve had in years. This is absolutely rock bottom that we’re offering this to you. It’s an amazing amazing offer, amazing price. And here it is, that check off box I told you about. And that is going to be what you’re running into. Click here to get everything shown during this presentation. Once you’re See how it says 197 after you buy the front end, right there? And if you look closely and you read that right under the check box, it says 197. Bonus number one, very interesting bonuses this round. Ready to recast niche video pack. Now, remember what you’re doing is you’re bringing in videos, and then you’re changing them. You don’t even have to bring in one of yourselves. So, we have five plug-and-play pre-recorded videos that you can instantly recreate inside cast AI. So, you already have videos to work with. You don’t even have to turn on your phone camera. But my advice that I gave you before, if you recall, is to indeed just record yourself even if it’s in your underwear or pajamas, even if your hair is sticking up, and just recast it to look pro. Second bonus, the client agency kit. We give you everything you need to start offering Cast AI-powered video services to clients. We help you with your agency. The next thing is 100 Cast AI video script prompts to create better video scripts faster with 100 ready-made prompts. Now, remember, you could change what people say just by writing it out. And you could do that or get help with that with our video scripts that are already We have 50 local business video offers, ready-made service ideas that you could sell to local businesses using Cast AI. In other words, different services that you can provide to local businesses to continue to make more and more money once they get used to you. Now, um access the bonuses, the bonuses that we’re giving on as as to members, I’m sorry, to attendees tonight, those will be handed out uh hopefully at the end of this webinar. I forgot to double check with Shanna. They will definitely be sent in the go-to follow-up emails uh that we’ll send out as well. So, we will we will have those in there. We’ve got several uh very good bonuses for you just for being here tonight. So, we really appreciate the time that you’re spending with us. I’m scrolling back through to see if I have make sure I didn’t miss anything. Hi Don. Um certainly the pricing that we have placed on these products are extremely low. And considering the cost of um of using the AI servers and everything that we do. And this is truly the lowest cost uh product that we have uh offered for Synthesys products for a long time. And we’ve been in business we’ve been doing this since 2020 with Oliver. And uh we have tremendous number of uh loyal loyal customers because of the incredible products that we have uh offered over the years. inside of the software here and I just thought we could play around a little bit. Um there’s a section that I started to show you called projects. And there’s a couple of things you could choose from projects. So, when you click on my projects you could scroll down to recast or you could scroll down um to talking faces. This is recast here. And remember recast plus talking faces equals CastAI.

    So, we’re in recast right now and I want to see what this looks like. This is something I was working on earlier when I was doing the demo when my Camtasia crashed.

    So, I was not wearing pardon me, a blue shirt and gray shorts. All right, I was not wearing that at all. I was wearing that jacket that I showed you before. Remember that jacket? It was black and it white stripes. I said, put me in a in a t-shirt and shorts instead. And did a great job.

    It’s interesting hearing yourself speak in another language that you don’t normally speak in and how you could speak it with, let’s say, a proper accent, you know? That was just pretty It was pretty good accent there. Um cuz when I try to speak Spanish, it’s ola, como esta, you know, it just doesn’t sound right.

    Well, let’s do an experiment. So, now let’s go Now that we’ve done that, right? We put those captions on the bottom, which came out really good, by the way. Captions were perfect. Let’s go into Talking Faces and see how bad it looks with the captions included and see if it does include the captions or tries to cut them out or what happens. Cuz I’ve never actually tried. I just know the captions are probably a bad thing. But let’s go in and try it out. So, now what we’re going to do on the left-hand side is the tab for Talking Faces. Now, we already created that Rephrase video that we just watched. I don’t believe anything that you put right here is really that important at the beginning where it says, “Where will you actor live?” I mean, this is almost like just a reminder that you’ll need it to be in a website later, but I just put google.com uh for now because that seemed to work before when I did it when I couldn’t remember where I was going to put it eventually. And then remember once you get into talking faces, we want to go into recast on the right. And then from there, we want to choose what we just looked at, which is right there in the blue shirt. Now, the jacket that I was wearing was this one on the left. But this is fascinating stuff. Don’t you think this is fascinating, guys? That the jacket that I was wearing is the one on the left where it’s not my face, but right here in the middle, it is my face and it looks just like me. It’s my body size and everything. But but I’m wearing all of a sudden a blue t-shirt and gray shorts like I requested. All right. So, now what we’re going to do is we’re going to press continue. And I like the right corner over on the left corner. I’m not so sure which is better, right or left. Left is probably better. I just like right. Knowing that people read from left to right, I don’t know. And now from here, we can um add some elements to the actor if we wanted or let’s keep it simple. Generate attention grabber. Yeah, be interesting to see if what happens with the attention grabber.

    I could do um dance move. Okay, generate the attention grabber. Okay, so in this case, I should be dancing at the beginning. Um it’s going to take a bit to generate that. And while I’m generating that, I’m going to take a look over in the question and answer box uh and see if I can’t help out at all.

    Question answer box.

    Users look from right to left, huh Caston? So, it should be on the right, you think?

    Oh, Max, what a good suggestion. Have two on a page. I don’t think we can right now, no. Excellent suggestion. Uh yes, we can. We can? Yes. Uh Shannon already did it. Yeah.

    Wow. Yeah, there’s no conflicts. You can put one on the right, one on the left. Um yeah. Pretty neat.

    Everybody’s saying right is better. Look at that.

    Shannon, how did you do that? Put it on the right and the left.

    [clears throat]

    How What kind of dancing is that? [laughter]

    That’s an attention grabber, all right. [laughter] Um yeah, if you the embed code is what does it, Todd. So, you can put two embed codes on the single page and they don’t conflict. And so, if you select right for one and left for the other, then you can essentially have two. I see.

    All right, so we we generated that. Now, we’re going to continue and generate.

    I think you can have several website hosts on different pages, Russ.

    I’m just reading over your questions and while this is rendering.

    Yeah, we’re going to try to get the all those credit questions answered that you’re asking.

    Okay, so this is up to 43%rendered. While that’s doing that, I believe that I can go back.

    I’m scared to go back. Am I going to mess it up? All right, so the question is are once I hit play, is the captions are the captions going to show? Let’s see.

    Looks like I was wrong. The captions work just fine. Look at that. It knew to put the captions in and not screw around with it and try to cut it out as if it was on an an upper layer. It just didn’t touch that layer, the captions layer. That’s fantastic.

    All right, now remember what we need to do now, right? We need to integrate it into a website. So, we want to play with our buttons here. We want to loop the clip. We could auto play close after playing this time. We wanted to hide the close button. This time I’ll show the close button so you could see it. We could display the mute button this time. And the actor’s size, I want to make it larger. And um integrate into the website.

    We could use that website that we did before.

    Oh. That’s That was the actual one that they come up with. Um it was like Wolf something or another.

    In Wooster. Let’s see if I can find it. Wolf Pro Painting.

    Okay.

    There it is. Oh. No, it’s this. The URL.

    And we’ll call this Wolfy this time.

    I’m going to copy. And now I’m going to close the box and save.

    Now I’m going to open up a new

    browser tab. I’m going to put that URL it gave us into the browser tab.

    And let’s see it on that site. On the right hand side, there it is. With the dancing.

    Hola, soy Todd Gross. Y lo que ves ahora es Cast AI funcionando en esta página como lo haría en la tuya para compartir tu información más reciente, tus últimos productos o lo que quieras.

    All right. Now we can close it out with that X right there. First we can mute it. See, I muted it. And now I can close it out.

    All right, I hope that I hope that helped. And I’ll show you the demo again in a few minutes, too, which goes to the whole process.

    Hawaiian language, Jim. All right, let’s answer that question. Let’s go in there and see which languages. I don’t think Hawaiian dialect is in there. Um Go back to the software.

    We’re going to pick recast.

    We’re going to drop in a source video.

    That’ll come in quickly. I’m going to turn on enable.

    Remember the next step? I may not have [laughter] to show you the demo anymore. You know what I didn’t do in the demo? I could show you now. Guys, why don’t I do this? Why don’t I type in the box? Here, I’ll do that. First I have to grab a an image from this.

    Now we want to I could edit the character and put a coffee cup in the hand like I did before, but let’s skip that right now. I turned this on, but now I’m going to choose voice selection. I’m going to choose my voice. So, it would be under my voices or you could create another custom voice right here, and then it walks you through creating another custom voice. I think you’re allowed three, is it? So here’s my voices.

    And it’s Todd version two.

    All right, so that’s what we’re selecting for my voice, but now I have to enable the script. By enabling the script now I could type something and it will say the words that I type. Hey gang, this is Todd Gross.

    Now sometimes it gets my name wrong and says Gross. So I’ll write Gross like that, which sometimes it pronounces grows, but it’s closer. Todd grows. I used to have a series Todd grows when I was in Albany television and I used to grow things, literally plants. Hey gang, this is Todd Gross.

    Did you know that a big meteor shower is coming in August on August 12th? In fact, it is the same day as the total eclipse of the sun. This is good news because it means that the meteor the Perseid meteor shower, well I’ll just write meteor shower because I don’t know how to say Perseid. Meteor shower will be

    seen in very dark moonless skies. Okay.

    That’s good.

    And we have version two. Okay, so now I’ll press confirm and generate.

    I think that’ll work. I should have copied it in case something goes wrong. Always copy and paste onto a um text editor.

    See, so it says on the upper right successfully generated motion transfer. There’s a little tab halfway down on the right. You click that.

    And then it is doing it right here. See where it says 4%? Now, because I wrote the script out, it will not take as long to generate as when I do not write a script, as when it works off my original voice. For some reason it takes longer to work off my original voice than when I write a script in there and it uses my cloned voice.

    Now, did I have this clicked on voice selection and it just clicked it off? I think that’s what happened. I think I used my voice. All right, so we’ll go back to that.

    It It only takes a couple minutes. So, we’ll go back to that in a couple of minutes. Luanne, come on on and answer a couple more questions. I’m going to show the original demo again in a few minutes. Um we don’t want to go too late, but I want to make sure that we’re really giving you a real sense of just how powerful this software is and how easy it is to use. And um if you could come on and answer a couple more questions. Sure. I’m all right here. One second. As soon as I finish typing. Sure, thank you. Take your time. So, uh basically the link that I want to show you show you is uh I keep going back to that link to try to explain how we’re doing this.

    Is when you get in there at that URL below, you want to pick this up on the upper left. The the full front end offer and then the fast track group of OTOs are put together into a discount pack. And that’s how you get everything for 221.

    All right, I think it’s ready before you I don’t think you have to come on quite yet, Luanne. I um think it’s in there. Okay.

    Hey Dang, this is Todd Gross. Did you know that a big meteor shower is coming in August? On August 12th. In fact, it is same day as the total eclipse of the sun. This is good news because it means that the meteor shower will be seen in very dark moonless skies. You know, the inflections on that were incredible. [laughter] That was really incredible. How much that sounds like me. That’s like freaky. That is so freaky. So, did you hear it said same day and not the same cuz I left out the the. I saw that when we were when I was typing it. [clears throat] That was interesting. I’m going to download that video. Wow.

    Antoine, I have no idea if the Go High Level chat widget would script will work in there or not. Uh that would be something that you would have to check out yourself. All right, yeah, I don’t Thank you, Luanne. I forgot to answer Jim’s question from before, so let me go back into the software and um we were doing recast. And once we did recast, I was supposed to check for the languages. That was down here. So, the languages are English, Spanish, French, Hindi, Italian, German, Polish, Portuguese, Chinese, Japanese, Dutch, Turkish, Korean, Danish, Arabic, Romanian, Mandarin, Filipino, Swedish, Indonesian, Ukrainian, Greek, Czech, Bulgarian, Malay, Slavic, Croatian, Tamil, Finnish, Russian, Afrikaans, Albanian,

    Amharic, Armenian, Azerbaijan. Wait a minute, there’s too many. [laughter] Bang Is that Bangladesh or just Bangla? Bengali, Basque, Bosnian, Burmese,

    Catalan, Cantonese, Jilu Mandarin, Northeastern Mandarin, Southwestern Mandarin, Taiwanese Mandarin, Wu Chinese, Sichuan Mandarin, Estonian, Galician,

    Georgian, Gujarati, Hebrew, Hungarian, Icelandic, Irish, Javanese, Kannada, Kazakh, Khmer, Lao, Latvian, Lithuanian, Macedonian,

    Malayalam, Maltese, Marathi, Mongolian, Nepali, Norwegian Bokmål, Pashto, Persian, Serbian, Sinhala, Slovenian, Somali, Sundanese, Swahili, Telugu, Thai, Urdu, Uzbek, Vietnamese, Welsh, Zulu, English.

    English American. Uh okay.

    More languages than I thought.

    And you guys have been very patient and we really, really appreciate it. All right. Before we go any further, I want to quickly play the demo again. And then after we play the demo, we’ll come back and we’ll wrap up. I want to answer any other questions you have. Here we go with demo. I’m going to share it right now. Make sure to turn up your volume and make your screen large so that you can see it properly. Demo coming up right now. Welcome to Cast AI. What I’m going to do is I’m going to go down in the synthesis menu and we’re going to note that there is recast and talking faces. All right. Keep that in mind, recast and talking faces. Also, keep in mind you’re going to be using my projects later. So, recast is the first engine as part of Cast AI. So, you click on recast. It says drop motion source here. That’s going to be a video of yourself or somebody else. Um I believe it’s in my desktop. So, I’m going to look for it in my desktop. That’s my personal desktop. I want my shared desktop. There it is right here. I’m going to take an actual um video that I think will work well. All right. Now, it’s already uploaded that video. I did not even pause it just now. And what you’re going to do is I’m going to play it. Hey, it’s Todd Gross and what you’re seeing right now is Cast AI. Okay. And now what we want to do is we want to grab a still image from that. It’s going to just take the first image in the video, and the reason we want to do that is so that everything works at its best even if we change things. So, you grab from the video. You can also upload a target character, but since you could describe a character and it comes out even better, grabbing from the video is your best bet. So, it’s going to take the first image it can from that video that we just uploaded, and that’s what it’s going to display. Now, we could change this. I could say, um, “Have this person as a 35-year-old with brown hair and holding a coffee mug that is steaming.” All right, and apply that edit, and it’s going to change the person. Probably leave the same clothes. I could change the clothing as well. Uh, perhaps I could, you know, make it make the person me wear a suit instead of, you know, that little jacket that I have there, which is not a fancy jacket by any means. Uh, we could do that as well, but for the time being, we now have the same exact outfit, but we have a different person. Person in his 30s holding a coffee mug. And there you go. Now, what’s funny about this photo is you see the stairs in the lower right-hand side? I really do have stairs, and I don’t know how it knew that. And the stairs look exactly like that. I cannot figure out I did another one previously when my Camtasia crashed when I was doing a recording for you guys, and it did the same thing. It created those stairs. I just it’s un- unfathomable to me that it knew that the stairs were there. It’s like it was spying on me or something. Anyway, I will leave that for now, that outfit. We could have changed it if we wanted. But now we have a choice. We could leave the script as it is or we can actually type a new script in here, enable this, and type a new script, and actually select my voice because I of course have the whole package, like you’re going to be getting the whole package today, I’m sure. Um and when you get that upgrade, you’re able to use your own custom clone voice. And you can write anything. So you could change everything that I just said. But for now, I want to show you the translation. So I’m not going to write anything in this section right here on the left. I’m not going to enable that. And I am going to enable this bottom section though cuz I’m going to do a a language translation. Like this. And I’m going to choose Spanish. All right? Now, normally I’d add captions if I wanted to do a video that I wasn’t going to overlay on a web page later. But I want to take this video after we create it and overlay it on a web page. And in that case, we’re going to want to keep in mind that we just want the person to show on the web page. We don’t want to change the background, which we could do like in a in a previous video, I actually had a bear watching me. Um you don’t want to put captions if you’re doing that, if you’re going to overlay it on a web page. You want to just leave it, you know, regular like it is now cuz all that background’s going to be cut out. So I’m doing Spanish, and then I’m going to do 720p. We could have done 1080p, but let’s do 720. It’ll go a little faster. And confirm and generate. This part does take a few minutes to render.

    Now, that’s already been fed over to Talking Faces. So let’s go back there. Where will it live? Let’s do a website called Todd suggests .com/

    Odin AI. That’s one that just came to mind. And then once we’re inside talking faces, what we do is we can choose to change the face again if we want like this. And then work from there, but we already have ours done in recast. So we’re going to pick recast and not just play with talking faces from scratch. We’ve already done a lot of the work. We’re going to pick our Todd that’s speaking Spanish.

    And then from there, we can edit it again if we want so that something else happens like we could put a bird on my shoulder. But instead, let’s just continue. We go left corner, right corner. I usually like the right corner and continue. Then from there, we have the ability to make some changes to the beginning of the video. At the very very beginning when people first see it, we can create an attention grabber. An attention grabber is the coolest thing. It actually you could have the person hold a sign or uh so many different things. They give you some quick ones right here like wave hello. So let’s just click on wave hello right here. And then generate the attention grabber. Now remember, this is what people are going to see when they first go to the website that you’re overlaying onto. This is the second half of cast AI, remember. This is no longer recast. We’re now in talking faces using a recast video. So we’re going to have this character waving hello. And there he is, waving hello. It’s looking pretty darn good.

    All right, and here he is, and that’s how it’s going to look over the website when we integrate it. We’ve been thrown right now into the integration part, so let’s see what we’ve got. So, the playback settings is we don’t want to hide our attention grabber, obviously. Um we are going to want to loop it, so it doesn’t just play once.

    Um auto close after playing.

    I think we’ll let it keep playing. Hide the close button. Yeah, let’s hide the close button. Display the mute button. No. And we don’t want to disable it. You would disable it if you’re selling this to a client and they don’t pay their bill. Actor size, we want it to be larger than halfway, so about 3/4. So, it’ll be fairly large, like you’re seeing here. And integrate the actor onto the website. First, we want to do the call to action first. Call to action button is like click here, and then it will go to the website. And we want it to go to the site that it’s going to be over, so we’re going to do toddsuggests.com Odin Odin AI. And then the button color, let’s see how it comes out okay the way that it is default. And then click save It’s saving. We didn’t have to click save this time. There’s the button. Oh, that was the integrate actor to website. We’re supposed to do this. Integrate actor to website. So, we click this, integrate actor to website. We get the embed code that we’d sell to a client. Or we could show the client what it’s going to look like just by putting in the underlying webpage here. The custom URL is toddsuggests.com /odinai And then we got to give it a name. So, the app Come back. The name we’re going to give it is mhm Odin overlay. Right? Cuz we’re having an overlay on top of the Odin website. Odin AI overlay. Odin AI overlay. That’s a good name. And it gives us the name that the URL that we’re going to share with the client. Edit, copy. And then once you close this box, you have to save that what you just did. So, I almost forgot an important step. That’s an integrate with the website. And now we’re all done. Now, I’m going to bring this down here. So, I want to show you first of all that you could look at the settings right here and redo everything we just did in case it’s not playing the way you want it to. Or you could play with the embed code section, which is this section right here. We could put a different website underneath. And we could take perhaps a whole bunch of pizza places in a certain neighborhood and keep putting the same overlay onto all the different pizza places. Then the one that pays you, you’ll finally give them the URL code up here. The embed code.

    So, now what we’re going to do is I’m going to actually put this in the in the bar.

    In the URL bar right here at the top. I’m going to paste it in. That’s what it gave us so that we can see how this is going to look. I click return. And now we should have the website underneath. And we do. And we should have us waving here begging to be played. And now we could play it. Hola, soy Todd Gross. Y lo que ves ahora mismo es Cast AI operando en esta página tal como lo

    Okay, now I want to point out that it’s kind of redundant for us to right click here because we’re already on the website and it’s already operational. But, if you were using this as an affiliate site or something like that that you want to send folks to to make sure that you get credited, then you could put the click here. It should say something else though because obviously I could be holding a sign that says click to play and then we want them to click the play button. So, we’ll probably write something else other than click here, but you get the point. We have this really beautiful overlay on the bottom right-hand side that we’ve made and we’re playing it.

    And it’s in Spanish and it’s perfectly on top of a website and yet we have the the embed code that we didn’t even give them yet and yet we’re able to see this right on top of their website. An amazing an amazing two tools two engines put together that just is going to make you so many sales to local businesses. Every local business in fact every business not just local business should have something like this on their site begging people to come in being the welcoming host. Okay, that’s it. Last chance to get this incredible software where you could change anything anything from the background to yourself put yourself as another person type a different text for you to say or for someone else to say put this on your website put this on your client’s website. It doesn’t matter. You just know you have a quality piece of software here right now that’s tangible. It’s not like an AI agent that’s in the background somewhere doing something weird. This is a video product that is tremendous and the price is about to go up because you’re getting a webinar special right now. Whether you’re watching the replay, use the link on this page or you’re watching this live right now, then use the link on the screen. All right, Luanne. I guess we should wrap it up. Thank you so much, everybody. Uh for staying with us and your enthusiasm and your support for the products and the excitement about these wonderful, wonderful video products. Luanne, remind me when we get off how I could get the replay so that I can edit it Oh, yes. I never did show you that, did I? Okay, I will do that. [gasps] Yeah. All right, thank you so much, everyone, for coming. We really appreciate you staying on this long and go create some fantastic and funny and uh attention-grabbing videos with Camtasia

  • 09/30/2026 – Robinhood Presents – HOOD Summit ’26 – Part 1

    Please welcome to the stage Robin Hood chairman and CEO Vlad Tenev and chief brokerage officer Steve Quirk.

    What’s up everyone? How’s everyone doing? Well, thank you for rising early with us. I know it’s a little bit uh Has the coffee kicked in yet? Yeah, there we go. Good. Who was up all night conversation out there? Isn’t there Q? Uh, how are you doing? I’m doing well. Yeah, I mean it was really fun um you know with the presentation yesterday, but it was very fun talking to everybody afterwards just hearing it’s always fun to hear what what’s resonating and how you’re going to use it. And so a lot of people were talking to me about, you know, what what they’re going to use and what they’re excited about. So that was really fun. What did you what did you hear? What were what was you know, I heard a lot about the hours. Like a lot of people are excited about having the ability to to be able to you know to trade when things are happening. Um because so much is happening when you know when they I don’t know if you guys saw this about five years ago they did this study about um the market’s performance if I just traded in the day and bought and if I bought after the market closed and it was like the market significantly outperformed if I traded in that period and invested in that period. So all the gains and the big moves happen overnight. Yeah. So it was kind of cool. It’s just you know something that’s really interesting. I’ll tell you my least favorite part of HoodSummit so far because I, you know, it’s been generally good, but there’s been one part that’s left me very, very unhappy, which is because we have so many people, it’s over, 1500, our biggest yet. I wasn’t able to get through the entire selfie line. So, I apologize in advance if if you see me shuffling around to places. They’ve told me that uh if I had to take a selfie with everyone and their significant other, it would take me 72 hours, which is amazing. So, it’s a I remember when this was like a little intimate thing and what the first Hood Summit in Miami was a couple hundred people. But, you know what’s really cool? Uh I probably met 50 people who have been at every one of them. Yeah. Yesterday, which is really cool. It’s really fun. Yeah. I mean, one of the things that um uh I had a conversation at the Saturn 5 rocket last night with a few of the customers and uh uh by the way the Saturn 5 rocket. Did you guys see that last night? That was just a unbelievable piece of engineering. It made me very proud to be an American, you know. Um and also realizing that that was built in the 60s. I know it’s crazy. kind of like we we’ve got a lot of work to do to to catch up to to that. But anyway, um uh this customer came up to me and they were like, you know, I hear you talk about ownership, but really um what I love is agency. So, uh the thing that I appreciate most about traders is uh we all believe that um you should be able to do whatever you want with your money. So, nobody should be telling you uh don’t do this with your money. And our job as creators of this platform is to make sure you have the best tools and capabilities possible. So, uh some of my favorites every time we launch a new asset class that you can’t trade anywhere else like the first true per uh that have come in the US uh the first predictions uh for earnings. So now Robin will be the first place where you can trade regulated KPIs for earnings which open up a new class of strategies and then you have 24/7 which again uh you’ll be the first people in the US to trade stocks on Saturdays and that’s that’s another big thing. Not to mention the the Robin Hood agents which will allow you to uh trade while you’re sleeping. So, I think that I’m most excited about seeing what people can do with all these new tools and all the new opportunities that you’re going to uncover. you know the and then the the the one thing that you didn’t mention which actually connects all of them is social because I mean part of what makes this such a great event is not only you listening to us and by the way we are you I mean I’ve been a I’ve been a trader for I don’t want to say how many years but it’s a lot like I was on a trading floor during the 1987 crash so it’s been a while um so I think like you think I that’s what I that’s what I strive to too is make sure that you get access to everything that you know professional traders have had for years. But I also think it’s equally as important that you learn from each other and the best way to do that is by giving you tools like social so that you can you know you can collaborate with each other and if there’s best practices this isn’t a zero sum game you can all be winning you know in this scary market you know loses. Um, so, so I think that social is going to be really powerful for people, particularly if if I’m newer to the market because it, you know, there’s a learning curve. So, you you need to catch up and and figure out how to navigate markets, particularly volatile ones. And I think uh, social is going to be really powerful there. You know, it reminds me I had a couple of people come up to me and say, you know, this this is a great event. It felt like you invited a bunch of your friends over and we’re all your friends. Um, and were some of those friends um out late in your living room? I think they were I think they were up late trading um or you know enjoying that giant rocket which uh I was happy that I I got to spend time seeing that. But um yeah, I think that the best value at this event which I encourage people to keep trying to capture is making introductions with each other. I know a lot of people are still in WhatsApp groups and and signal groups from prior years. We we’re we’re trying to make it easy and conducive to uh create real relationships cuz this isn’t a typical business networking conference. You’re all here because you want to be here. Um so this is a great opportunity to find others that care about trading and markets and learning just as much as yourselves. Yeah. But I think um you you know there’s all kinds of sessions and Obie is going to come out in a minute and talk to you know walk you through everything that’s going to happen you know over the course of the day. But before we do that I think we want to we want to thank some of our sponsors and of course thank you for all being here. Um a lot of you have made trips from that’s first question I always ask when you know when I when I meet everybody is where where did you come in from? And man it’s all over the place. It’s it’s kind of cool. Um, but the sponsors we want to thank, as you can see up here, uh, the SIBO, CME, NASDAQ, State Street, AWS, Eyesshares, Direction, Sage, Tip Ranks, Van, and Roundill are all out there, and they all have uh boosts. Some of them were I couldn’t believe how how long the lines were to get to to uh some of those u sponsors yesterday. It was kind of exciting. I didn’t know what they were giving away, but I I wanted to get in line. No, these guys are um they they’ve been really amazing and we partner with them on uh all kinds of products. I mean, a lot of the products we announced yesterday were really made possible with partnership by by these sponsors. So, a lot of what we’re doing here is we’re we’re not just bringing people together, but we’re building infrastructure for what trading looks like in the future. And um I think that involves companies big and small. And I think increasingly Robin Hood is is a part of global trading infrastructure in a way that we weren’t maybe five years nexus. We’re the nexus. Yes. And and one other thing I would say what I love is when people say I love all these things you’re doing. This is so helpful. What I would like to see because we get a lot of great ideas from you. You’re the people that are the ones that are oftentimes telling us, hey, you know, if I had the ability to do XYZ in addition to this, it would be really powerful. Those are great things for us to hear. And you could tell any one of us. Abashek’s right over there. I’ll give you a cell phone. Call him 24/7. I’ve been pointing people to you. Oh, I had someone come up with very explicit future trading feedback and uh Okay. I was like, you know who you should talk to? And they said, uh, I know you’re going to point me to Q. Yeah. Yeah. He’s right there. I like it, by the way. I love it. So, please, I want to hear I want to hear from you. We all do. Creating futures backstage. I was That’s where we get all our you get our good uh that’s where we get a lot of our good ideas. So, with that, I think uh we’re going to bring out Obie, who is our MC for the day. I think we’re going to bring out Obie.

    Hey, thank you guys. Welcome to day two. Enjoy it. See you. Thank you. By the way, he’s a big White Sox fan, so he’s kind of excited. It’s a good day yesterday. It’s a good day. Thanks, guys. Thanks, Vlad. Thanks, Q. Good morning, everyone. How we doing? That’s We can do better than that. How we doing? There we go. I know you guys had some fun last night. I’m Michael Obacina, better known as Obie. I’m the head of education here at Robin Hood and I will be your MC and master of ceremonies here on the main stage today. You’ll see me throughout the day keeping things moving, making sure you know what’s happening across Summit. And trust me, there is a lot happening. So, make sure you know that schedule. For those watching online at the the main stage live stream, we’ll stay up during breaks. So, if you need to step away, grab some coffee, come back, set an alarm, we’ll keep that live stream link running all day on YouTube, popping in out uh as you’re able to. All right, let’s walk through the day starting right here on Main Stage. We’re going to kick things off here in a moment with a live edition of the Risk Reversal Podcast. They’ll be discussing the state of the markets, everything from the AI trade in the midterms to other forces shaping markets into year end. These guys are my favorite. They’re fantastic. Uh then we’re going to get hands-on with those new a agents that we saw last night uh in the keynote. Uh Robin Hood’s VP of product Abashek who was sitting about right here last night. Uh we’re going to work with uh professional trader Chris Abdul Msia and two of our app store partners spot gamma and Quiver Quantitative. They’re going to be going through some examples of building some options trades using agents. It’s going to be really cool. And then we take a short break at 9:45. Uh, and at 10:00 a.m. that’s when all the other stages open, podcast and the trading lab, which I know a lot of you experienced yesterday. Uh, and then when we return, Guyadami is going to sit down with State Street’s Matt Bardellini for an ETF State of the Union. And then Q will make his way back on the stage with the CEO of Bruce Markets to take us behind the scenes of the 247 trading infrastructure that was also announced last night. And then last but not least, before lunch, uh our friend Kevin Avery from Chatwood Traders, a very popular trading podcast, uh is going to sit down with uh Geneva Trading CEO Rob Kramer, CME Group’s Craig Buick, and I’ll be on that panel as well. And we’re going to follow a futures trade from your screen to the exchange to the market maker on the other side. It’s going to be a really fun conversation. Then we break for lunch, but please don’t even think about leaving early because we’ve stacked some of our best sessions in the afternoon. Starting uh on the other side of lunch at 1:00, we’re going to do a session on the midterms using the prediction markets hub and we’ll be joined by a former presidential campaign manager, a leading pollster, and our friend Danny Moses to build a trading plan for the 2026 midterms. And then Robin Hood Ventures, if you guys have heard of that, uh we’re gonna have a panel with uh does anyone know Kathy Wood? That’s right. Kathy’s gonna be here joined by our very own CFO uh Shiv Verma and head of Robin Hood Ventures, Sarah Pinto. And that’ll be moderated by our good friend Dan Nathan, who you’re about to see on stage. And then, and this might be one of my favorite sessions of the day, we turn inward to the mental game of trading. Jared Tendler, who is a mental game coach, is going to go inside the mistakes that our brains somehow convince us to make when we’re in the middle of a trade and like, “Oh, this is a good idea.” And we’re going to have a little session on how to improve our mental approach to trading. So, please stick around for that. I’ve seen the rehearsals. I’ve worked with Jared on this. It’s going to be a lot of fun. And then we wrap the day and summit with my favorite tradition for Hood Summit. And this is lessons from a legend. We’ve done this every year. This year, uh, SIBO’s JJ Kahan sits down with a true professional and legend of the retail trading world, Tom Sausnoff. Has anyone heard of Tom? Yeah. Uh, he’s he’s well known in the industry. I’ve actually started my career working for Tom. So, we’re happy to have him here. And then to close things out, we’re going to bring Vlad and Q back on at the end of the day, wrap it up, and send you guys to happy hour. So, that’s it for the main stage. Fully packed day. Um, but as you guys experienced yesterday, we’ve got the trading lab all the way in the other side of the convention center. Uh, it’s smaller, more intimate, built around more hands-on live trading workshops. We’re going to have sessions on options, technical analysis. We’re going to explore futures trading, and then you may want to sneak early for this one. The guys that are coming on stage here, the the famous big short traders, they’re going to do a master class on how to trade from the short side. And then uh of course uh schedule-wise the trading lab starts every hour on the hour uh starting at 10:00 a.m. and finishing at 2. Seats are limited. So if there’s a session you want to be uh there and and and be involved with, get there early, get a good seat. And then don’t forget the podcast stage. All day long we’ve got live conversations with traders, industry leaders, uh across markets, AI, options, futures, crypto, technology. So there’s a lot going on. And if you’re torn between what you want to see, don’t worry. Everything’s getting recorded. So if there’s something that h you know what, I can’t decide. Pick the one that you want to be involved in because we built Q&A into every one of these sessions. So you’ll see Mike’s here. You’ll see Mike’s over in the other stages. Get involved, ask questions. uh don’t be afraid to get up uh because we want you guys to learn from these experts and there’s no better way than asking them uh right in front of them. And then uh of course besides the stages, you guys have already experienced this yesterday, but we’ve got Brain Date. We’ve got the Robin Hood NASCAR out there. Take a picture. Uh and then uh you know, rest your feet, get some coffee, hang out in our sponsored lounges. Don’t forget lunch is at noon. Happy hour starts at 4:30. So, my wish and and my hope is that you guys get out there, ask questions, meet somebody new, make the most of your day, cuz this is jam-packed with trading, education, community, uh, and of course, we like to have a little fun. So, once again, are we ready to go? All right. Fantastic. There’s really only one way to start a day like this, and we got to talk markets. Uh so please welcome to the stage Robin Hood’s chief investment officer Steph Gild fame big short investors and founders of Seawolf Capital Vincent Daniel and Porter Collins and your friends in mine co-founders of Risk Reversal Media and co-hosts of CNBC’s Fast Money Dan Nathan and Guyadami. This is Risk Reversal Live at HoodSummit. Let’s give them a hand.

    Morning people. Hey Obie, don’t leave yet. Just wait one second. A round of applause for Michael Ouchi. I mean, unbelievable. Put this together. You’re going to see a lot of Obie. Obie is a man. We love him. And thanks for having us here, folks. We’re excited, clearly. Uh I’m energized. I was here last night. I did not get a seat. I sat in the back. It was full. And that’s a tribute to all of you. There was a saying at Goldman Sachs uh when we tried to put on trades, take a partner. And that basically meant, you know, if you have an idea about something, bounce it off somebody else and let them sort of look at it and see it through a lens that maybe you didn’t look at it through. And that really helps. And if you think about the community you’ve built here at Robin Hood, you can do that in a material way. And given what I saw last night, it’s going to make it a lot easier. So without further ado, I have an amazing panel here. You will notice Danny Moses is not here. He didn’t want to sit next to Vinnie. He said it’s too much. You’ll see Danny later, but the Porter and the Vinnie are here along with my dear friend Stephanie Gild and obviously Dan Nathan. So Steph, I’m going to start with you. Obviously the topics are energy, the topics are interest rates, and the topics are AI. That’s what’s dominating, but there are other things going on. So if you’re looking across the spectrum, and you do amazing work, by the way, you’re really fortunate to have Steph guild here at Robin Hood. You know, what sort of stands out to you over the last few weeks? Um, I think obviously the things you said and the things that worry me about it is just like the the trickle effect from the higher costs. Um, and what that does to the consumer, what that does to the cost for businesses to run themselves. Um, but I also think that um, you’re kind of seeing it play out in the markets where there used to be much more breath and now the breath has come in where it’s concentrated in the LA, you know, the kind of largest names. Um, and that that’s also that’s probably how it’s playing in to uh, you know, the largest names are not being as impacted by it more recently. And and actually, there’s something I was thinking about with it, which is it used to be that like if you’re worried about growth, you could just go buy the largest tech companies and kind of hide out in there. And I’m not sure that’s actually where you should hide out anymore. But I think that instinct or reflex is still exists in the market. And that’s maybe why you’re seeing um the mag seven catch up and there being much less breath right now. We play this. Any fast money fans out there, don’t lie if you’re not, but if we make it to January 20 years, anybody ever seen this show? Somebody please say you can yell and scream. By the way, um we have Mike. So, at the end of this uh session, to the extent you have questions, we’re going to ask people to sort of go down either aisle. We’ll leave some time for Q&A, but we play this game on fast money. If I had told you six months ago the following would be happening and stuff I’m going to go back to you. Six months ago I said to you oil is going to be either side of $95 10ear yields going to be approaching 5 and a4%. A war is going to be lasting for five or 6 months in the Middle East. And then I said okay given those things I said where’s the S&P? And I will tell you what I would have said 6500 if not lower. Yet here we are couple% from an all-time high. Does that surprise you in any way? Can we can we add in the Fed’s been hiking rates, too. I’m going to add in, by the way, the Fed’s been hiking rates. Thank you, Porter, for that. Um, I I would have actually I my target was around the 6,500 with a give or take 100 points around that. Um, so I am actually really surprised that we’ve been able to bear through a war that hasn’t ended, oil prices that are not going down, and rates that continue to go higher. Although the rates thing I’m not at all surprised about because I feel like I’ve been saying that they should be higher for a while. Um, and I think as a I’m one thing I think is like that’s helping offset that is that we do actually have growth. It may be um fueled by capital spending that could be at risk, but it is there and that’s the only thing I think that’s been offsetting the higher rates. Vinnie, nothing surprises you. I’ve been around you long enough. You’re very measured. But again, all the things we talk about it is to me it is surprising the resilience of the market. Now maybe it’s against the backdrop of earnings growth which is supporting but the earnings growth is seemingly coming in a very specific area. So thoughts on that? Few things. Uh the market breath right now is terrible as as we’ve discussed. Uh let’s also keep in mind we’re running 5% fiscal deficits. So that creates revenue growth for somebody out there somewhere and like you said it’s very concentrated but how much longer I always ask can this last where we have such a bifurcated so the market breath is horrific and it can resolve itself one of two ways uh it’s either going to resolve itself where the cap weighted names are going to come down or the names that have gotten crushed I mean take a gander as any hopefully no one has been trading this and if you’re short it great But take a look at the stock McDonald’s. Just look at the chart. It’s horrible. Right? So I look at what’s causing some of this market breath. And I always go back to market structure, right? So think about everyone who works. You get your W2, right? You’re usually saving money from that W2. It’s going to target date funds, which are cap weighted funds. So, there’s a flow of money going into the market that just goes to 10 or 20 names. And the rest of the names in the S&P, while they’re getting some drips and drabs of money, they’re not getting anywhere near the amount of money Apple’s getting. Just you put a dollar in the market. What is it? 8 to 10% is going to Apple, 8 to 10%’s going in Nvidia. And this is just money you’re getting every Friday from your salary straight to the market. It doesn’t have a brain. Doesn’t know what it’s buying. It’s just structured to go there. So, I think the structure is holding up this market for the time being. So, I’m gonna I’m gonna put a pin in that, which is a phrase that I’m reticent to use, but I will this morning. I’m going to go to Porter real quick. You guys, when I say you guys, you and Vinnie and Danny Mosers, who is floating around, get labeled um perma bears, which is not true. You’ve both all three of you have found opportunities in a lot of different things, extraordinary ones. Energy has been a place that you guys were early and in arts in world you were early and right typically it’s early and wrong. Still opportunities and energy here regardless of what you think about the underlying commodity in crude oil. Well, you know, I think this war has forever changed the structure and dynamic of the energy market, right? I I think that um buyers of of natural gas and and crude and LNG are going to be very reticent to to go to the you know rely on the Middle East just because there’s so much turmoil, right? That’s just been the the history of it. And I think, you know, the structure of those markets are going to be changed for a long time. And you know, hopefully the the price of oil does come back down. You know, I think the the the asymmetry in the energy trade was much better uh when everyone, you know, hated it and oil prices were very low. But I would point out that, you know, there hasn’t really been much of any multiple expansion of the energy names. It’s just been pure profit. Um, you know, profits are up and and people are discounting obviously the the the curve on the the oil. So, I don’t think there’s a lot of expectations built in. You know, the average investor still probably doesn’t own oil stocks. uh you know the index sure doesn’t it’s I think it’s two or 3% of the index as well. So I think that a lot of these big energy names are great places to you know own for uh dividends and and uh cash flows. So yeah, I think it’s it’s it’s a nice piece of people’s portfolios. Moves have been extraordinary. Some of the refining stocks are trading like biotech names. And you know, people look at this and say that’s unsustainable. But if you think about the backdrop and the earnings growth and and it all goes to the bottom line, seemingly despite the moves, there’s still room in these things. Well, this is this is kind of the one of the reasons we were so bullish on energy is that if you look at what happened to ESG, they were retiring all these refineries for a long time. Here we’re in the we’re in the the energy capital world here in Houston and you know the the world hated energy still does right and so that they’ve been retiring refineries and now in Russia we’re blowing up uh refineries and um you know there’s been lots of uh fires you know whether there’s vandalism or whatever in a lot of different refiners and so just the the the supply demand there’s a lot of demand still and there’s and the supply is shrinking just you know that that’s that’s why you know Marathon stock goes up every day right probably one of the best performing stocks in the market you know it’s amazing the three best things that happened to energy in my opinion over the last it’s called five or six years the prior administration this is not political they were very clear about their want to sort of put the energy business into the ground when front month crude oil traded down to minus $40 a barrel that sort of was a wakeup call and what you just said ESG and all those things force these companies to sort of take a hard look at their businesses and sort of operate better. Steph, I know you do some work in the energy space. Is Is there an accuracy to that? No, I I think it’s right. And if you also think about like you said back in 2014 when oil prices dropped a ton, like it was another wakeup call for energy companies. I think if you always kind of take a bigger step back, I like investing in in sectors that have been through it already and had to like realize how to be efficient in a not great environment for them. And that’s why I think like energy can do well going forward because the demand is still there and they know how to run businesses without very much help um or or resources. I’ve not forgotten about Dan Nathan. We started a company about six years ago. Any risk reversal media fans out there? You can raise your hand if there’s got to be somebody. By the way, you right there, Junior Amanda is doing great. By the way, if you see her, it’s her birthday. So, please wish her a happy birthday. But Dan Nathan, I’ve gotten to sit next to on Fast Money for the last 17 or 18 years. Um, and he’s obviously not the voice of skepticism, but he’s somebody that brings up things that a lot of the people out there don’t really bring up. And I will tell you, Dan brought up early and correctly what was going on in sort of these private equity names. and they although they bounced they’re sort of back on a trajectory lower and this has been a concern of yours now for a while. So obviously not financials in the historical sense but financials the importance of what’s going on in the world. Yeah and I think um you know Vinnie Porter Danny have been all over this. You guys have drawn correlations between the thing that everybody is talking about and what are some of the second derivative trades about that and I I got I’ve learned that gut from you guys. You know when you think about how this infrastructure build has been financed over the course of three or four years I think it’s very instructive to see who are some of the beneficiaries right out of the gate right and then essentially who are being dragged along and we can do the industrial stuff at at another point but the financing of this is the most important point and you go back to 20 I don’t know 19 2021 when Microsoft one of the best credits in the world it has a better credit than the US government invested $13 billion into a startup, OpenAI. They own 27% of that company. Just think about that for that sort of investment. Now, they could raise as much debt as they need to to build out whatever they want to do, right? Some of the other companies that they were investing in were having a harder problem or harder time doing that, but they were leveraging off their investors and ability to do that. So then you take it a step further and you say, “All right, Microsoft can use their cash flow. They use their balance sheet. they can use their ability to raise debt. But then where did some of the other folks have had to get a bit more creative, right? They had to go into the private equity, private credit really space. Those guys get funded, right, by a lot of the banks, insurance companies. I mean, the list goes on and on. So here we are 3, four years into this Microsofts, the major hyperscalers. They’ve used a lot of their cash flow. They’ve leveraged their balance sheets, that sort of thing. So where do they go? They go from the guys who make fees, right? Lending into this sort of stuff. And so that’s where you get to these private equity credit, what whatever you want to call them, alternative lenders. They have traded really poorly in many ways. I think they have been sort of the canary in the coal mine for how this trade might go. And these are great companies and I know you guys know this. Apollo and KKR and Blackstone and the list goes on and on. The stocks trade like dog [ __ ] okay? They just don’t trade particularly well. And so I don’t know how you can look at the performance of those, look at all the exposure that they have, look down the chain of where they get their capital, how they get their returns, and say to yourself, “This is all going to go well in a straight line.” So last thing I’ll just say, a KKR strategist, it was in the FT, I literally just read it 15 minutes ago. He’s talking about concentration risk. He’s talking about how basically the concentration in investment grade debt in the US for AI related stuff is 6.3%. That is double the 30-year average of any one sector. And that company which has lots of I guess toes in the water all around this trade are basically saying are one part of that organization be careful of concentration because if things go sideway we’re going to have some problems. So Vinnie, how important are interest rates in this whole thing? reporter correctly told me that the Fed is on this rate height cycle it appears and whether you think it’s a good thing or a bad thing. That is what’s going on right now. Bond market is telling a story that the equity market either chooses not to listen to or just doesn’t think it’s a big deal right now. Well, when I think about why rates are rising and there’s a lot of reasons, I just go with D. All of the above. All the above. All of the above. Right. whether it’s higher than expected inflation, a crowding out element that while the the treasury needs to refinance a ton of paper, AI has a lot of debt requirements and requirements of debt issuance. Uh you also have an interesting dynamic associated with who’s buying treasuries, how levered they are, and as volatility increases, they need to degrow. So that is happening as well. Um I every single reason you give me it really doesn’t matter. Higher rates really hurts markets at the end of the day. And so we keep saying and of course oh I forgot one of the biggest ones which causes a lot of the inflation which is this war right this this war and the lack of supply of energy and oil and diesel which finally f funnels itself into the economy with higher costs which requires higher inflation. So I say, well, in order for markets to really resolve itself, getting back to this market breath and all the other stocks that were not the the non20 AI related names that are going down, how in the world do they go up? You have to get rates down. But how do you do that, right? Well, the first thing you need to do is to end the war and that would decline. Again, this is nonpartisan. I’m just using market related uh stuff. So, I think we’re probably done with rates being at zero or 1% like that’s we were talking about it in the back. That’s kind of the anomaly. But if rates were to rally 50 basis points for the right reasons, you can see some interesting things that happen in the market. But you need a catalyst. I don’t think it’s just going to happen just because it happens. What is the catalyst though? as you said, I mean, it’s it’s a war ending potentially or or it’s a stock market that sort of rolls over in a meaningful way and then maybe you do see a flight to quality in the form of the bond market, which is historically something that happens. It’s two ways, right? You end the war and then we could have a disinflationary kind of mini boom. I don’t think it’ll last super long, but it’ll last long enough to be a tradeable uh event. Or you have the other way, right? And the other way is what you said, which is rates eventually start biting into everything. Perhaps this AI capex boom by next year, the rate of change turns negative. And then all of a sudden, we’re going to have a more recessionary environment that’s pervasive in the economy. And if that is the case, then you’ll probably get rates lower because inflation will turn into disinflation and potentially deflation. Cord, you guys obviously do a lot of work in a lot of different areas. is Latin America is something that we talked about over the last couple days. There’s an election in Brazil on Sunday. Um the Brazil ETF, the EWZ had a great move earlier in the year. It’s backed off a little bit. Opportunities in Latin America if you’re trading, if you’re playing our home game here. Well, you know, Vide and I are worry about everything and and if I look around the US, there’s not a ton of bright spots, you know, like I I you know, I’m trying to look for idiosyncratic stories that go up, but like you know, if I if I look at a from a macro perspective, I go to Latin America, you’ve had a big uh shift in terms of regimes, Colombia, Brazil, Peru, um that all moved more conservative And what that basically means is liberalizing the economies, opening them up, allowing them to to to grow faster. And you know, they they’re called emerging markets. And usually emerging markets are people worry about them because they have more debt. Well, they actually have less debt to GDP than the United States does. And that basically all these uh developed economies do. And so you have better growth. you know, the the the earnings multiples are at least half of what you see in in these markets. No one’s really looking at them. Um, and you know, they’re very well-run companies and and we were talking earlier about companies or or countries that have been through periods of long hard times. Well, this is a this is, you know, this is case number one in, you know, Brazil or whatever that they’ve it’s interest rates are 14%. I imagine if the interest rates the Fed raised rates to 14% I think times would be a little harder here and so that’s why I look at opportunity there’s you know the election is this Sunday if if you see you know a move more conservative in Bolsson winning I think that’s really an opportunity to to say hey like growth is going to be a lot better inflation can come down and rates can come down and you can have a a good cycle right we don’t the you know I think that we worry about rates going up here in in Brazil I don’t know rates can work and rates go 14 to 11 that’s a pretty big bull cycle that’s going to occur there so that’s that’s the stuff that we look for sort of asymmetry and that that’s so you know I think I would u look at Monday or Sunday night’s election and say you know is this a tradable event that’s what I would look for Vinnie you’re a master at finding names that nobody’s ever really talked about or heard of until everybody’s talking about and hearing about them. Are there any of those names out there now? It’s, you know, if you want to go to Latin America because there are a lot I mean you think about Brazil resources, banks, minerals, I mean the whole mining stocks, I mean it runs sort of the gamut there. I’ll give one name. You you guys are very familiar with CME, right? In terms of a name in a company. Uh what if you can own the CME of Brazil, right? Uh it’s B3. They’re the Brazilian exchange. they they they kind of have a monopoly in in many respects. Uh Ebidot margins are 60 70%. And stock trades at a fraction of the multiples that typical exchanges trade. So if if this election goes stock has done reasonably well, uh if the election goes well, we believe it’ll it’ll really uh pick up. So a name like B3, a name like XP that we recently bought, which is kind of like the Brazilian Charles Schwab, right? So, a lot of the things that people Not as buying Robin Hood. What? Not as good as Robin Hood. Of course. Correct. The Brazilian. It’s the Brazilian Robin Hood. It’s not as good as Robin Hood. Indeed, it doesn’t have the technology. So, um, so to me, we’re sort of buying the Brazilian equivalents of things in the United States that trade at much higher multiples. Just out of curiosity, process for the people here, all traders, is it just rigor that gets you to these names? Is it just doing the work? a natural curiosity because I’m sure a lot of people are saying I say it and I’m supposed to have been done this for the last 40 years like how do people like Vinnie and Porter find these things. Yeah. Well, first off, forgive me guy. Me and you have a lot of gray hair, right? So, we’ve been doing this for a while. So, that that helps to a certain extent. We we’ve kind of seen a lot of things. Uh Porter and I like to start with a thematic of where we think the world is going and then from there we find things from the bottom up. And then after that, it’s just I mean, I stupidly like to sit in balance sheets and and look at these things and study them and and be challenged by it. Even even with names when you’re wrong, it was like, “Wow, this stock sucks and we own it, but that was a fun analysis I just did.” Uh, and I know that’s weird, but it’s it’s just the way I’m built. Uh, well, you might say weird. I I love it, too. I love being a nerd. Yeah. Well, that’s what I was going to ask you, Steph. It’s about the process and obviously you have an extraordinary process. So walk us through, you know, how you sit down during the day and sort of come up with the thesis you come up with. It’s not too different. I would say we we actually start in Robin Hood strategies with a quantitative process first because I kind of know that sometimes like my own opinion can get in the way of good, you know, fundamentals or data or finding something interesting. So we have uh proprietary factors that we build that kind of give us like what are the value stocks, what are the growth stocks, what are the quality stocks. Um and that’s where we fish. But then I’ll also have kind of a a thematic and I I read a lot like I I read articles and listen to podcasts, some finance, some not finance. obviously listen to risk reversal, but um but I also like listening to things that are not financial, but like people will bring up things that they’re doing, things that they’re talking about. I also have kids that will tell me like what people are doing. Um my daughter asked me for a JBL speaker the other day and I was like should I look into who makes those and like um and she loves Starbucks but um there like I kind of start forming a view of the world taking all of that in and looking for things that like not everyone’s talking about yet and try to pair that with the quantitative kind of bottom up process. Dan goes down the rabbit hole every day of you know the information all the different things you read and to your credit we talk about sort of cyclicality and I want to come back to that but valuations matter and obviously some stocks trade at ridiculous valuations but then you look at a name like Nvidia which last I look is trading at about 19 times next year’s numbers 100% earnings growth 100% revenue growth broader market probably trades at 22 times to the extent that they even have peers probably half of the valuation. I ask out loud, why is that? Why do you think is it an opportunity or is it a warning flag? Well, I mean, let’s go back 26 years, right? And um I I did a podcast on Friday, risk reversal podcast. I’m just going to kind of give it a little push here. You guys have to go listen to Jim Chenos, who is the guy who found the Enron fraud. Like to us, he’s like that guy. Okay. Um we love him. He’s a friend of ours. and then another guy named Gary Marcus who is a very um prolific AI skeptic but an academic and we had the two of them together and you know Gary brought up Nvidia but Jim really kind of nailed it. If you are Nvidia and you were at the center of this entire ecosystem and they kept on using the you know if you’re selling shovels in a gold rust that is Nvidia they’ve been able to have margins that like we’ve never seen a semiconductor company ever have. They have these moes they have this crazy market share they have everything. All right. So Jim’s point was if you believe everything that we’ve just talked about in this whole conversation, okay, about the technical aspects of it, the mark market aspects of it, the all the opportunities and your Nvidia, why would anybody who is dependent on your chips and your allocation and your I mean the list goes on and on. Why should that trade at a higher multiple than the company? And I and I’ll put it to maybe Porter and Vinnie like like think about that. You could be skeptical of the circular financing. You could be skeptical of the um competition that’s coming. You could be skeptical of just, you know, them being this Cisco. This is the thing going back to 1999 of this whole sort of trade. And when it kind of goes pear-shaped, they’re going to be ground zero for it. But in the meantime, the stock has gone sideways for 6 months. It’s back towards those highs. They seem to have to pull up every rabbit out of a hat. Now, this new $150 billion um buyback that they’re actually instituting. It’s not like, hey, we have this dry powder if the stock comes back in. So, they’re making a judgment about the valuation of their stock. And I’m just curious how you guys think about that because Jim’s point is a great one. You can take all of these qualitative inputs from someone like Gary Marcus, but Jim’s actually not thinking about that. He’s thinking about the quantitative aspects of this. Vin, good point. And my perspective is they’re right. And I look at names if if if I thought that the AI narrative trade capex cycle whatever we want to call it is is going to have a negative rate of change. I’m not thinking about Nvidia as the first thing to short. I’m not I’m thinking more of the very heavily indebted uh names some of the data centers where the business models are questionable to begin with. Right? I would look towards that to short more. So, I’m in complete agreement with with with Jim on how the direction I would trade this if I felt like the AI trade was on its last legs. Yeah. But, by the way, they’re the ones that have the pricing power, too, right? So, they’re invest in a NeoCloud. They turn around and buy their chips at a 77 gross margin for Nvidia, you know, understanding that this is for them. They got to get it while the getting’s good, right? Like, and it’s been good, Porter. So like help us think about that because that is the most like you’re not going for Nvidia. If anything, Nvidia might be a great pair stray. It might be that hedge against shorting this stuff that are their customers that have the questional unit economics. So we’ve gone we’ve gone bearish, you know, on Nvidia on on the AI trade. We’re talking, you know, the risks. We’re talking about risks. You know, I will say that I probably underestimated how powerful AI would be in my life and and and the the quick adoption everywhere. You know, you you’re seeing, you know, we saw the presentation last night. It’s being incorporated into everything. And I think that, you know, in one way it’s it’s scary, right? You know, are we able to sustain, you know, the job growth? We talked about on our uh Substack. It’s called what are we doing? I talked about um accounting jobs, you know, are they going to replace accounting jobs with AI? And the answer is probably yes, right? And so I I worry about that and I think that AI is probably going to be more powerful than most of us think. So um that’s at odds with the business model and the financing of of all this stuff cuz you know two companies Open AI and Anthropic have $2.5 trillion in debt. It’s a lot of debt for companies that don’t make any money, that really don’t have any prospects for making money. So, I I think something needs to change, right? We’re going to all going to need to pay a lot more for compute for these companies to be profitable. Um, you know, I I use Gemini. I pay 20 bucks a month. I’m not a power user of this stuff and I think it’s amazing, right? But I’m not paying you know when companies start replacing a lot of humans uh with you know $100,000 of compute power um that’s when you know I think the profitability of these companies will really take off but that’s obviously scary right and so I think we’re at a very interesting point of the world and the markets are seeing the trepidation the markets are um very uneven right now and I think that’s the way I see it too. I you know so Steph when historically when cyclical stocks are their cheapest that’s the time to avoid them and conversely when they get expensive is cyclicality even a thing anymore because if you listen if you watch daytime business television you’ll hear a lot of people say it’s different this time famous last words um the I do think it’s a little bit different this time I I I think it used to be much easier to analyze the market and the economy and they were a little closer together. And I think now we’re on and I talked about this yesterday on another podcast here, but like I think we’re on two timelines. And I think we’re on a AI timeline that is tech enabled and the life that we might all be living. But then there’s another timeline. I think about my parents like they were like, “Yeah, we used chatbt once.” It’s like there there’s a whole lot of people out there that AI has not entered their world. Like the progressive commercial. Yeah. Yeah. Like your parents. Um so I I just think there’s like there’s still a lot more growth coming because there is a lot of people in the world. There’s a it’s what is it like 2% of the population that are actually participating in this and it is really hard to change behavior. Like it takes a while to change behavior. It change oh takes a while to change behavior inside organizations to use this AI. So that’s why I think we’re kind of on two timelines. So the timeline that used to be the timeline um and this is like where you said I used to use timelines use the word bifurcated. Yep. That’s that’s not doing well. Consumer names are not doing well. 20% of the largest 1000 stocks are down more than 15% and it’s all some software companies like in it. So accounting is over and then you know in Adobe and then it’s like consumer names and some of them have stock specific stories but some of them are just because consumer sentiment is down like people don’t think not a lot of people in the bigger world think things are great but then I feel like a lot of us here think things are better because we are in that other timeline of seeing that growth. So I I think that’s almost what the market is struggling with right now too under the hood even though the VIX is like not high um because it’s it’s coming together. The one other thing I wanted to say about Nvidia is that I wrote a piece about Nvidia becoming a bank and if a bank takes deposits and lends them out and then lends their name and then often concentrates in sectors Nvidia is doing all of that. Um, even though they say they don’t have financing, like you said, they they lend money out and that’s on the or order of like, you know, it’s not that big compared to their revenue. It’s like $500 billion from what I could find deep in the disclosures. Um, but it’s I think it’s probably more than that. And they’re the most incentivized to keep things like that going. And that’s why I think this can go in a circular motion for longer than we think should. Yeah. Um, just by the way, um, if you guys got questions, there’s three mics here. Um, I wanted to make one point. Guy, you asked about process and you know, last year we were at the hood summit and they rolled out Cortex and we got to see the blue guy with uh, Vlad’s voice last night which was pretty cool, but they updated a lot of these products and you know, when you talk about what are some of these second derivative things? So last week when Muse came out or two weeks ago, did you guys see all the companies that have subscriptions? They all got killed, right? like like literally so all of a sudden you could use an agent to go into all your crap and find the stuff that you’re not using anymore subscriptions and kind of log out of them or unsubscribe from them those tools I think are the things that give you the ability to find those other trades and I think that digging into those all right guy you played host we didn’t get any guy opinions here and I will say this because you guys know guy well he doesn’t love to kind of take any recognition for anything that he’s done well in his life you have had uniquely. You and I have had the benefit. Steph’s been on with us in the podcast a lot. You guys have been. We’ve had amazing strategists, investors, analysts. Um, you’ve been steadfast in rates going higher. We don’t have to dig into that much. But here we are. We’re at this level. It’s broken out to a 5year, multi-year high. Forget trading yields right now. If we were to see a pullback, and there’s a whole host of things that you just laid out, Vinnie, and we could have these kind of What would you trade? What would you do away from yields in the stock market that you think is a great way to reflect you know yields coming back below 5 yields come in from let’s say 5 and a/4ish where we are now let’s say call it 4 and 3/4 so we can do that math you have to say okay what is the backdrop for that to happen but then I say to myself okay what has higher yields created a headwind for that is still a structural trade and it comes back to gold Vinnie I think you probably agree with me on this one gold’s obviously had really difficult couple of months had a bounce I don’t know let’s call it mid August or so but it’s pulling back now I think solely on the back of yields being higher I’m of the belief you know if the bond market continues to erode there will be a point in time where that becomes bullish but under that scenario I think that’s when gold is going to really flourish so I I think the gold story is intact Vinnie the fact that the Netherlands a few weeks ago or a month or so ago announced that they were repatriating their gold I think it was 80 tons of gold. I know that’s a wonky story. I think that’s a big story that came on the heels of France doing it earlier this year and I think it was 14 or so years ago. The Germans did it as well. That’s a that is a telling sign. So in what Dan just laid out, Vinnie, I say the gold the gold market’s going to work in a material way. Thought Oh, go ahead, Porter. Well, you know, we’re a little bit older than than the uh Robin Hood crowd, but you know, I think they see the same thing we do with Bitcoin. And you know, Bitcoin has been in a bare market for quite some time. It’s sort of peeking its head out of the out of the closet here and trying to, you know, do a little better. And so I think it’s sort of similar. It’s the debasement trade, right? We’re not going to be able to pay this debt back with, you know, uh, what the government’s doing. We’re running 5% fiscal deficits. As far as I can see, we’re going to have to print the money. that’s the only way that we’re going to be able to pay for social security and and everything else going on. And so I think this debasement trade, whether you choose Bitcoin or choose gold or choose the gold miners, you know, I think that’s a trade that will be here for a long time. Ben, yes. Um, it’s also a question of what is causing the rates to go down 40 50 basis points. Is that somewhat sustainable? Does is inflation coming down with it? And I’m talking real inflation, not fagazy CPI prints. I’m saying we actually get a reduction. Like if oil went from a 100 bucks to 75 bucks, keep coming back to this war. That would cause a chain chain effect on inflation. And as a result, I think there would be even more things. Yes, gold. Yes, Bitcoin. I agree with that. But there would probably be even more things to buy over a 6 to9month period. I’m looking down in the crowd again. If you have questions, the microphones are there, but Steph, we have a few minutes left. We haven’t talked politics, nor do I want to talk politics, but there is an election coming up in the next 35 or so days. Historically, elections are market moving. Have you done any work around that? And I’m going to come to you, sir, but go ahead Steph. Um, I not very much other than to know that usually markets will rally post an election because knowledge is calming. Um, but I for this one I just I feel like we end up being in this like uncomfortable middle maybe because less will get done in Congress and um so much getting done right now. Well, I think they were try I think they were trying to get stuff done. Um and and now I’m I’m just afraid that the attention will turn toward like going after your enemies and I don’t want that. like I would rather it be like just focus on getting stuff done and instead it will be more of like ridiculousness. So um and but there will be more support for uh I think data center pullback like spending on that and putting in regulations on that kind of thing. So um I’m a little worried about like the AI infrastructure not all of AI but because of that. Um but otherwise I I do think knowledge ends up usually creating a rally in the short term. Sir um uh really what what you say Steph about timelines. I think uh I see it every day with my family. You know I was having this conversation with my sister where she’s like AI is going to be doom. You know it’s everybody’s going to be unemployed and things like that. But then you see Jensen in the all in uh podcast talking about um how people is saying things like in 6 months all entry jobs will disappear and then it doesn’t happen and then zero accountability on those kind of things, right? Um you see big tech companies hiring again. So, how do you have conversations with those people who feel like AI is going to um kind of like destroy everything, but you see that reality doesn’t match that and how you face that conversation. And I will say it um for I think like movies like Terminator haven’t um helped because I think like you know if if AI becomes physical then like I saw this meme the other day and I said this to my friend. I’m like I’m I always say please and thank you to my agent um because if they do become physical they’ll be nice to me um in the end of it. But I think uh I mean just sharing the data points that you just shared to me I think is is actually the right way to hit it head on. Like I understand why it’s scary because it feels like a person that can come in and just do whatever you were doing before, but I I personally have not seen it that way like you. I feel like it’s made us do more with less in that I do I I can do other things while things are happening. Like we run reporting now using AI and we’ve uncovered stuff that we probably wouldn’t have uncovered with just humans alone. that makes us a better, stronger company and it makes us be able to go and do more strategic things. So, it doesn’t actually get rid of us to me. It just it makes us do cooler things than the more annoying things. We have Rip from Yellowstone here. It’s good to have you. That hat’s awesome. This is Colin. He’s one of my friends.

    Thank you guys for being up there. I appreciate all your guys uh commentary over the years. I love your guys podcast. Thank you so much for sharing everything with us. But uh my question is pretty straightforward. Uh so I do some agentic trading with Robin Hood of course. Now I had to go and bolt on Claude. So I’m glad now it’s going to be all in one app. But I wanted to see your guys perspective. If you think this could be the thing that makes jobs obsolete. I my perspective is in order for AI to work. I think about it from an enterprise perspective. In order for AI to work, there has to be a reduction in employment. I I I don’t see any other way. Now, perhaps we get a productivity miracle after the fact that new industries spawn up. Uh but if you actually look at the statistics over the last 15 years, the majority of those jobs have come from healthcare, which come from government money, which comes from deficits, which makes it work. Uh so I actually think that there is going to be job destruction. That’s that’s my base case. It’ll be slower than people think but it will be there. And then we have to figure out as a society what do we do with that. Uh and that’s that’s a very difficult question. Sir when you think about systemic risks in the market um how do you think about AI just enabling faster and cheaper cyber attacks? I mean if that’s if that’s going to blow open the market where would that be and how do you just think about that risk? I’ll take a quick stab at that and I think maybe you have time for one or two more but if you look at the cyber security names Palo Alto Zcaler which is lagged but bouncing now Crowd Strike there’s a reason why those names trade at the valuation that they do and the fact that they’re name like PaloAlto is making an all-time high speaks to I think the concerns that you have and Jensen spoke about it the other day. I mean there is a real need to get your arms around that and if you’re looking just for a strict trade which I know is not sort of the intent of your question but you know I still continue to go back to those names and and you have to be somewhat um valuation agnostic because they are very expensive. Last question right here sir. So I I feel like I see all of you guys in my television every day. So is that a good thing or bad thing? No it’s good. It’s good. So, one thing I’ve noticed in in my line of work is that AI is really impacting treatment for strange difficult diseases. Companies like Tempest and Amjen and Lily are just this is the way that it things are going to change. Where do you guys see that? Because AI is really impacting medical care. I I think it’s I think the answer is yes. I think a lot I think you know it’s it’s a supercomput like it’s going to be able to you know I use it for you know some strange question that I don’t have the answer to or recently I got blood work done I put all my blood work into into you know Gemini what does this mean cuz my doctor sure’s not going to call me right and so I think tools like this are super helpful right and and so it can be helpful and scary at the same time which is okay we We all have two thoughts, you know, opposing thoughts in our brains at all time, right? And so, you know, I try to embrace what I can and I think, you know, it will be a super impactful technology on almost every industry. Can I just add briefly to that? I think one of the reasons why I’m so bullish on health care with AI is because one of the things I hate about going to the doctor is that like there’s I don’t have curious doctors. My the doctors I see are like they’re all specialists. So if you have this problem with this, you go see that specialist and they’re not thinking about the seven other things that it could be and vice versa. But AI, I think, can put together the research that comes within the specialties and connect them and actually come up with new things. It’s you’ve seen it in mathematics, too, where there’s math specialists and it connects things and unlocks solutions that haven’t been solved. And I I actually think that um or solutions to problems that haven’t been solved. So, I think that’s actually why it’s so powerful. I just eat a shitload of Cheerios. We’re out of time here, folks. Thanks so much. Enjoy the rest of your day. I’m sure you’ll see some of us floating around. Thanks, everybody.

    helping us make sense of a market that is not really easy one to figure out. Uh, one more round of applause for the risk reversal crew. You know, interesting note for those guys. Uh, other than hoodies and sponsors, I believe they’re the only group to have joined us for all three hood summits. So true veterans, we love working with them. And don’t forget, you can follow them at riskreversal media on YouTube. And then for Porter, Vinnie, and Danny Moses, they have a Substack called What Are We Doing? Fantastic read. Um, so definitely check those out. And then you’ll be seeing them throughout the day. Market Call goes live at 9:45 on the pod stage. And then we’ll see Porter and Vinnie at I think noonish in the trading lab talking about trading from the short side. Now we’re going to shift to what’s happening in the markets to what you guys were just talking about AI. So how do we use the tools that we talked about last night to understand and and understand how our trading process might be changing? So as you saw in the keynote, we announced our our Robin Hood agents and agent apps. And this morning, we’re going to put them to work. Uh, and we’re going to put these tools in the hands of some experienced market professionals and the builders behind the companies that you saw as part of those app store partners. Uh, and we’re going to do some live trading workflows. So, please welcome to the stage Robin Hood’s VP of product, Abashek Fatura. He’s going to moderate a conversation with the founder of Moon Tower. Yes, Moon Tower from Days and Confused. That’s where he got the name of his company. Uh, professional options trader Chris Abdul Msia. He’ll be joined as well by Brent Kuba, the founder of Spot Gamma, and James Kardatski, the CEO of Quiver Quantitative. So, let’s go from prompt to portfolio. And let’s put our agents to work.

    How are you guys doing? How’s how’s everyone doing today? Um, well, good morning and uh thanks for being up so early. Um, so who’s excited about Robin Hood agents?

    How many of you uh open an account already? Okay. Uh a few less of you. Uh but uh so last night you as you guys saw we introduced Robin Hood agents and agent apps opening up Robin Hood to specialized tools and data to become part of our experience. Uh this morning we wanted to make it a little bit more real. We demoed like one thing last night, but we thought it would be cool to show it off a little bit more uh with some of the people that have made this possible. So, the goal of the session is pretty simple. We’re going to take some real market ideas. We’re going to use some real data and then we’re going to work through a couple of workflows uh that these guys have actually cooked up uh live. So in each case, we’re going to see what happens when traders start with a very simple question. Then they call on their agent with specialized tools and then they follow the information wherever it leads. And ultimately they can then decide how they want to express that view uh in the markets. So I’ve got three people here. Uh Obie already introduced them, but Chris is the founder of Moon Tower and a professional options trader. He’s also our resident trader today. Um he’s going to bring the market questions uh and challenges what the tools give him. Brent is the founder of Spot Gamma, which is one of our agent apps which specializes in options positioning, volatility, and market structure. I highly encourage you guys to check it out. I’ve been using it. It’s pretty fun. Uh Brent is going to help us understand what the options market may be telling us underneath the surface. And this is uh James, CEO of Quiver Quantitative, uh which brings together alternative data sets. I think this one’s my favorite actually. It’s the most fun. Uh from congressional and insider activity to you can see who’s lobbying, you can see who’s getting government contracts, um and a lot more. So, James is going to show us how you can use some of this information uh to look at research when you’re thinking about investing and we’ll have time to take some questions. In fact, when the agent thinks, we’ll just like open it up to questions. So, uh feel free to walk up to the mics and I’ll call on you. Uh but before we get into it, uh maybe I’ll let these three introduce themselves. Do you want to get it started, Chris? Sure. Uh my name is Chris Ablamsia. Uh I’ve been a options trader for over 20 years. I started at Susuana and worked there for almost a decade and then I ran a volatility trading strategy at a hedge fund for about a decade. Uh today I uh run an options analytics company and I talk about uh and I try to teach people about uh options trading and how to use it in uh their for whatever their investing goals are.

    My name is Brent Kachuba. I’m founder of Spotgama. I started Spock Gamma in 2020. Before that, I have about 20 years of institutional trading experience at a couple of banks, uh, an options market maker, and then I was at the family office before starting Spock Gamma. And our goal is to tell you how the options flows may be moving the stocks that you and I are trading every day. James, go ahead. Uh, my name is James Kardski. I’m the CEO of Quiver Quantitative. Uh we started Quiver back in 2020 with the goal of bridging the information gap between retail investors and Wall Street. So really our purpose has always been to just find really high quality data, find ways to scrape it and then present it to retail investors in a way where they can use it to make smarter trading decisions. So yeah, really excited to bring some of our government data sets here to Robin Hood. uh looking at a lot of things like there’s kind of countless ways that government and public companies intersect whether it’s like public companies trying to influence legislation through lobbying or receiving revenue from the government through government contracts um or even members of Congress buying stock themselves with their own funds. So um we brought a lot of those data sets into Robin Hood and super excited to see what you guys are able to do with it. Cool. So Chris uh before we touch a tool, where does a trade idea actually come from? Yeah. So uh the way I think about the origin of trade ideas is um from two two two sources. So one of them is what I would just call is your senses. So you have the things that you read. You’re reading whether you’re reading a book, whether you’re reading uh Substack, whether you’re reading Twitter, uh whether you’re reading uh Robin Hood social. Um these this is uh it could be something that you’ve heard conversations that you’ve had with people. So there’s a number of ideas that are just stirring in the original LLM up here, right? The your your your gray matter and white matter. So that’s the way you move through the world is going to create inspiration and ideas. That’s one set of uh of again what I call your senses. The other place you get ideas is from the dashboards and the instrument panels that you have created that look at market data, right? And what’s happening here, I think the beauty of what they’re of what what Robin Hood’s building with these uh partners is they have created they they’ve not only shortened the bridge between these two parts of information, but they’ve widened the bridge. you are now able to have more like throughput is the way I think of it. Two-way traffic between I’ve got an idea. Let me look at the data. How do I take the ideas that I get and formulate them into a research question? How do I turn this into something that I can actually make a financial statement about in the form of a trade?

    So, um today we’re going to start with two different disturbances. uh one from Washington and then one from the options market. Uh so the first example we’re going to use is we’re going to start with uh Quiver quantitative. So uh James, why don’t we ask Quiver what’s a stock where Congress is doing something unusual right now? Yeah. So one company we’ve seen recently a lot in our data is Bloom Energy. Both from Congress and from within the White House, there’s been trading within that stock. Um, so actually I’d love to, you know, show a quick demo here of like how you can actually use the Robin Hood app to find that information and then kind of walk through queries data. Um, oh yeah, perfect. Got a phone. So we have a little demo device here. We’re going to get back to Neptune from last night. So cool. So yeah, directly within Neptune here, you can just ask directly as if you were, you know, talking directly to another human, you can say, um, using quiver

    which politicians have been trading Bloom recently

    and then that’ll get to work starting to query the the agent, starting to query queries data to pull that from our data set. So, as part of this partnership, we’ve brought in our entire Congress trading data feed. So, basically, every single Congress trade that’s ever been reported since Congress was first required to start disclosing that back in 2014. Um, and then alongside that, we’ve also been tracking the uh presidential trading disclosures as well. So, whenever uh Trump releases new trades, we have that included within the data feed as well. So, you’ll see here that Bloom Energy, the the big headliner for the last year was uh Nancy Pelosi purchased um back in early 2026. Um, so you see here like looked through all the trades and found that Pelosi and you know gives you the trade date, gives you the amount. So in this case that’s a big position. Yeah. Yeah. One to5 million especially for Congress trading like I feel like you know you have very rich members of Congress but it’s not on like hedge fund scale typically. Um so yeah like like with this you know you can put in any stock you can do queries like what stocks have been most purchased by members of Congress recently if you want to see across everyone in Congress what’s been being bought the most. Um, but just sticking with Bloom here, like within that same theme, let’s look a little bit more into how Bloom might in turn be attempting to influence Congress. So, one thing you can do is say, um, see what issues has Bloom been lobbying on recently. And by the way, is if you guys want to follow along in your own phones, you can, uh, you can do that if you want. So our lobbying data set is also pulling from all the disclosures that have been uh reported over the last few years. So basically anytime a public company does lobbying of specific government offices, they’re required to disclose that and list off which issues and which bills they might be doing that lobbying on. So what we find is that it’s like a really really interesting data set to look at if you’re trying to figure out how companies might be affected by the government and also what their team internally is really thinking about going forward. A lot of times like in advance of new um like R&D initiatives or like in advance of like new product lines, companies might start doing some lobbying to kind of like figure out how they can shape the the legislative path to kind of be more beneficial towards them. Have you ever used uh lobbying data when you’ve traded before, Chris? Uh I didn’t because I mostly traded commodity options. Okay. Wasn’t super relevant to what I did. Yeah. So So here you can kind of see it gives a listing of like some of the recent areas where Bloom has been lobbying. They’ve been doing lobbying on energy tax credits, uh, electricity supply for data centers. Um, as you can imagine, this is a company that’s going to be really heavily affected by everything going on within the data data center space going forward. Um, and then we have another data set that lets you really dig even deeper into this this uh same vein. Um, because one of the things we track is like what legislation is actually being proposed within Congress. So every time there’s a new bill that’s being proposed at all within Congress, we scrape the details of that bill, kind of scrape a summary of it and have that included in this agent as well. So like if you even wanted to ask like what recently proposed legislation could impact Bloom.

    It’ll look at all the recent bills that have been proposed on Capitol Hill and kind of, you know, parse through them to see which of them could impact a specific stock. So again, this is a really good way of like being aware about what’s going on within the political landscape, making sure if there are any risk factors you aren’t aware of in terms of like new legislation that could impact your portfolio. Um, this is a great way of staying on top of that and making sure that you’re not blindsided by anything. Um, I think this one’s really cool because when like new tax bills come out, it can like completely change uh the P&L of various companies. Yeah. Yeah. So like here for example, you can see like HR 9340, Raid Payer Protection Act, uh was placed on the Senate calendar on September 17th. Each of the bills, it’ll list off the name of the bill, list off the current status of them. So you can see like whether they’re uh currently in committee or whether they’re just proposed or whether they’re being brought to a vote. Uh it tells you a little summary of like what the the bill is proposing. So here, for example, large data centers would pay the incremental cost of a new generation and grid upgrade grids needed to serve them. And then it can also tell you why this matters to the company in question. So again, if you didn’t have this tool available, you would have to spend probably hours and hours pouring over these bills. Like they’re not easy to read. They’re like legal ease. They’re often like very long and very complicated. Uh this just gives you a really quick distillation of like why it’s important and what you can do with it. So um yeah, we think this is a great new way just like for everyday people to stay on top of this data. And also um you know in the past I think this is the sort of thing that only hedge funds would have really had the time and resource to to pour into this data whereas now it’s kind of available to anybody. I think we have a question why don’t we take a question in between but uh thank you for wonderful um presentation. So um I opened the MCP account a while ago and uh connected my own agent but um you know it’s not really giving me option to do what you guys are doing right now. Um when will that be resolved? So this is the new Robin Hood agents that we should have rolled out to all of you last night here. So if you find me afterwards I can help you get set up. H because this is not available in whatever agent you’re using probably. Yeah. So I just connected and I was trying to find a way to get to where you are and I would love to you know follow along on all this uh wonderful journey and uh you know I’m kind of finding myself at odds. Yeah. Yeah. Why don’t you find me afterwards and we’ll get you set up. Um, so Chris, yeah, just because a politician bought it, does that mean uh we should buy it? Well, so first of all, it it’s uh when it comes to data, what one of the things we’re looking for are what we kind of call disturbances. What’s an anomaly? Buying is always a bit more interesting than selling when you’re looking at insider transactions. The reason, of course, is because uh insiders sell stock all the time. On a 10 uh 105D1, they’re on a regular uh selling schedule. They’re just raising liquidity. So, the chance that selling has any signal in it is a lot harder to know because it is such a regular event. But buying is a lot more of an interesting signal because you’re thinking about you have an executive who is already it could be well in this case it’s Pelosi but if you have an executive that’s buying they’re already long that uh asset right so they’re really adding quite a lot of concentration to what they’re doing so you want to pay attention to that a bit more but I would like to see uh a little bit more uh information to think about bloom energy in this

    turn to Brent here. So, uh, Brent, we have Bloom on our radar now. Now, so why don’t we figure out what the options market says about it? Yeah. And I think as I, uh, have the opportunity to walk you through how you can actually add our app to the agent here. Hopefully, I do this right. Uh, we notice here we go into the marketplace and we scroll down to the options edge, which is our, uh, our offering here. And any of you that do this now, you get this free for a month. So you can add on and try this out for free. And the nice thing about this as we load it up is that the options market and prices in the options market or the volatility surface as someone like Chris might say gives us a lot of interesting information about the expectation of the price distribution of stock. So are people still bullish on Bloom? Will you see that reflected in call prices uh or put prices? And so that gives us an extra opportunity to see, hey, Nancy Pelosi bought it. what does everyone else think about this thing? And so in this case, what we can do is we can say using spot gamma. I should spell spot gamma correctly. It would help. Uh it’s your company.

    So I can ask about the IV rank and skew rank. Now the IV rank is going to tell us how expensive options are on a relative basis. This is for one month options. And what skew rank tells us is what is the price of calls versus puts. And Chris can kind of tie in why this might be interesting for us. Now, uh, but I think about the prices that we’re going to get returned here is important because as an retail options trader myself, uh, I’m looking for disturbances as well as a primary signal for what I want for what I want to trade. So, are options cheap? Are they rich? Um, and what kind of structures can I set up around this? And I found that this app has been incredible to help me use that kind of top offunnel idea for what highle prices are and then drill down into the trades that I want to make. And so Chris, as you can see here, the IV rank is an eight. Uh this is based on a one year of data. So this is telling me that the options prices now are cheaper than they’ve been basically than 90% of the last year. And the skew rank is 93. So that tells me that calls for one-month options are more expensive than puts, more expensive than been 90% over the last year essentially. And so a lot of people like the Pelosi position here of leaning long into this stock. Yeah. So this is this data is interesting because um if you have a bullish view let’s say you want to take the view of the insiders that are buying you have a bullish view. Now one thing is part of this view is likely baked into the stock price already. Bloom energyy’s tripled this year. So it’s not exactly new information that that there was this insider buying. But now we look at the option surface and we can consider well if I have a bullish posture if I have a momentum sort of view on this stock then what I can do here is I can structure what I can I like to look at the option surface to say let me take what it gives me. What the market here is giving me is it’s saying option premiums are relatively low right now. The IV rank is under 10%. So where less than 10% of the time balls get this cheap. The other thing that’s happening is the call skew is very elevated. With this the combination of these two forces, what it will do is it will reduce straddle prices relatively, but it will raise call prices relative to the straddle price. What is that doing? It is creating a very cheap vertical spread. Like if you buy an at the money option like a 50 delta option and you sell a 25 delta call, you are sort of exploiting the way the curve looks in the options market. So you’re buying the thing that’s relatively cheap and selling the thing that’s relatively expensive and you’re doing it in a directional to sort of um take the posture of of momentum. Now an interesting thing about Bloom is and when I uh had looked this up, it’s also a very expensive stock. So, uh, being a very expensive stock, it’s I think it says a three, uh, like a PE of like over three 300, um, and we know that there’s been buying. So, there’s another there’s other questions here is like, um, that you’re going to be able to research. For example, when insiders buy, how long do they typically hold for? Because when I think of Bloom, I’m sort of torn between is this a short-term trade that I want to go into or what do I think about this long term? I always think back to I I I I teach investing class to some kids and I use uh Zoom stock as a case study. Zoom stock was 300 PE kind of like Bloom is today five uh five six years ago like during COVID. And what happened with Zoom was that the price the anticipation of great earnings like we have in Bloom was correct. Zoom stock has multiplied um you know 4x 5x its profits in the last 5 years but you’ve lost 70% of the value of your investment in the last 5 years because of course the wrong price will ruin any investment. So what’s happening here is you have these questions that you can ask. How long do these people tend to hold their positions? So maybe I want to be bullish because uh there’s maybe if I find out I do research with with a quiver and say, “Oh, they typically hold their positions for 3 years or longer.” Uh then maybe we’re still early. But if they tend to trade their position a bit more, then maybe I actually want to have a bearish posture. So uh and the options market will tell you what you can do to execute the trade. And here what it’s saying is balls are cheap, calls are expensive. Maybe I can uh I’ll buy I can buy I can buy the at the monies sell the 25 delta to be long or if I’m long already I can buy uh protection because my puts are relatively cheap. I can buy 10% out of the money put relatively cheap and I can coller it by selling a call.

    That’s right. And we can do some other queries here to pull up key levels and things like that around Bloom as well to see where the biggest positions are in terms of the biggest call strikes, uh, where the most gamma is and different queries like that. And so this tool does a great job of letting you filter down through finding the key names on something like Quiver Quant and then dialing in and getting more granular on that type of data. Now, one of the other data sets we want to show uh were the biggest options position changes. And and to me, this is one of the best aspects of our data set because a lot of times you hear on CNBC or on Twitter, hey, somebody just bought 50,000 of these calls. And the truth is you don’t know who somebody is. That could be a market maker to a market maker. It could be less uh offering less information than you think. And so what we do here is we can say, “Show me where the biggest position changes are.” And we’re showing you what we believe the buy side is doing. The buy side is hedge funds and or large retail traders. And that to me can offer more information in terms of prices. So I can say uh show me the biggest options position changes for Intel. We had to prepare for this uh so we’re using some data from Monday uh cuz these were very interesting options position. I believe that was the 28th 26th. Um, and so what we’re going to get here, we should get here is a list of the biggest buy side options position changes. What options did they buy and sell? Because as we all know, not all calls are purchased long and not all calls are uh or puts are bought long, right? Or you can buy and sell options. And so what’s going to come up here is a list of the biggest options trades for Intel um on the 28th. Now, you can ask for today as well if you’d like. And you can also do a bunch of interesting things like show me the biggest options positions in the semiconductor space or in the energy space. uh or say, “Hey, what are the congressmen trading? What options positions do they happen to open?” And so, we highlighted this because it’s a really fascinating uh discussion topic here. The two biggest trades from the 28th are just these monster positions, $14 million of premium each. And what this trader appears to do is they sold the April 2027 105 puts, and they use those funds to purchase the October 16th 130 calls. So we would call this a diagonal uh something like a combo diagonal Chris I guess you call that. Um and so this gives us a really interesting position because as Intel stock was coming off somebody stepped up selling longerdated puts to buy shorterd dated calls clearly they’re looking for some type of a rally in this situation. So you were saying that once you use this is like interesting because in the previous example we looked at the government data first and then we started looking at the options data. In this example, we’re starting with the options data first and then you were saying we can then track it down to the politicians data. Do you think it would be cool then to bridge this with what is like what are politicians doing with with uh semiconductors? Yeah. Uh that’s one of the things that I found to be most fascinating about the app is that it understands the prices and say so one of the things I was able to do for example is show me options pos uh show me options that have a high IV rank and are near the 52- week high because the agent understands what a 52- week high is and then it can pull for example the stocks that also have a high IV rank. So a stock up ballup situation oftentimes can create rich premium for example. Um so we could do something like that. uh here. Now, Chris, back to the uh Intel example. Um when you see a large buyside trade like that, does that generally queue you off to I mean, there’s 13,000 hedge funds in the world and they often times have unlimited resources, right? So, their large trades I think often times can create the distribution or disturbances we were referencing. Yeah, absolutely. So this one was uh kind of looked at Intel because I had seen something online talking about large call buying uh in Intel and that was what uh made me want to think hey let’s let’s look let’s look this up in uh spot gamma and then we saw those um those calls. Now the interesting thing is uh if you look back those yeah they’re ox 16. So the interesting thing is this is a big bet on Ox 16 calls and they were opening. Now Ox 16th is before Intel’s earnings. Intel’s earnings are on October 23rd. So somebody is buying these calls but it’s ahead of earnings. It’s a little I thought that was a little bit strange like why would you you’re placing this big bet but it’s before earnings. But what’s happening tonight? We have micron earnings today. So is somebody doing the sympathy trade in Intel and buying the calls there capturing micron earnings? So you can be a little maybe the seller of those calls is a little offguard because they’re like whatever these are these are not capturing earnings. They don’t deserve at the premium but Micron um but Micron is today. So it’s to me this potentially somebody making that kind of bet. Now I would like to know are micron earnings expected to be important? So Brent can can we look up what micron earnings are going to be like? Yeah, absolutely. I’m going to punch that up. Uh the query I brought here combines the quiver quant data and stock gamma data here in this case and I searched for stocks that have an IV rank above 50 and has recent congressional buying and turns out that Apple I guess they’re very excited about the flip phone with the Robin Hood app. And so here you go. We got uh Apple Ivy Rank and looks like Ed Casease here uh bought some of that stock and so you’re seeing again the combination of the options data and uh the quiver quant data set which is just uh really I mean Chris what would you do as a next step to this? So you know that IV rank on Apple is high and there’s been some recent congressional activity like how would you think about that? This sorry this isn’t this is an Apple. Oh, this this happens to be an Apple this example because it combines the quiver quant data with the options data. So, if we take the Intel example, well, I would like to can we can we look at what what’s going on in Micron because it’s kind of my my thinking is related to to the to the Micron just because I think that expiration choice is a bit strange for Intel. Like it’s a pretty shortdated bet. It’s a lot of premium.

    So, we’ll look at the Intel first.

    It doesn’t like the word Ivy. It’s my nervous fingers here. I don’t know. I think uh Ivy just keeps getting uh autocorrected to uh in Why don’t we take another question while uh while you type? There we go. Do you want to take a question? Yeah. Thank you. um particularly on agentic trading for legend. Is this going to be available in terms of the data feeds you’re talking about? And I got a followup to that if uh we can get a direct answer to the first one. Um I think long-term yes not not immediately. No. Um love the MCP availability. Can we get an API? Because for the majority of people that are doing anything algorithmic or with locally hosted AI or anything that’s a stack of agents, I want an API. And anybody on Interactive or on Trade Station or on any of the competitors, they will move to Robin Hood if you give them an API. And I’ I’ve been scratching my head on how to do that with the MCP, but you’re wrapping something that’s not designed to do the same thing. Yeah, we’ve been looking into it. So, okay. Thank you.

    Are you ready or it’s still going? It’s still going. It’s getting All right, let’s take one more. Hey, thanks for like arranging this session. I just had a question about like uh congressional buying because mostly like the disclosures come like weeks or months after the actual trade has taken place. So, how do you think like AI can help us like bridge this gap? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So, within our data set, we publish both when the trade was made and then when it was published. Uh, you’re spot on that there’s often like a gap of several weeks between when politicians make the trade and when they actually report it. Uh, in some cases more than several weeks, some of them wait years before they report old trades. Um, but uh, yeah, so we we have that data all included within this data set. So, you can see when it was made, when it was reported. Uh, one of the things we find is that often, you know, these politicians, while they may have access to inside information, they might not necessarily be day traders. So even if they make a trade like several weeks ago, it might be based on more of like a long-term thesis that they have about how different things within, you know, the the government or within the geopolitical space is going to be impacting company. So a lot of times like in the research we’ve done, we see there’s still a lot of uh you know important insights that can be gained from tracking it even though there’s this gap between when a trade is made and when it’s disclosed. I think unfortunately we’re probably going to need a law change to bring that time down.

    You guys ready? Yeah. So, as you can see here, back to that Intel trade we were just discussing. Um, you can see here that the IV rank is a 46 and the skew rank is a 63. So, that upside called distribution or that call skew is a lot less than in bloom, but the overall implied V is quite a bit higher as the stock has been moving quite a bit. It’s been mentioned by Trump and a lot of the other politicians quite a bit uh recently as well. So that that volatility is much higher or that implied volatility is much higher which tells me that the options are more expensive. So as an options trader, I want to think about spread trading or ways to potentially offset some of that richer IV. Uh which again is part of your idea funnel uh and trade idea generation. This helps me to put this thing into context. Yeah, this is going back to the possibility that it’s a a micron sympathy trade. If uh if micron earnings are priced relatively low, meaning that the straddle, meaning that it’s not expected to move very much, this actually sets up an interesting possibility that the person that’s betting on uh on Intel here, maybe you actually want to be a seller of these calls or a seller of the volatility because if Micron’s own earnings straddle doesn’t expect Micron to move very much, then the sympathy trade loses a lot of its appeal. So if we know that the options here are elevated, the call skew is a little bit elevated and the thesis for the trade is kind of broken, if micron’s not supposed to move very much, then there’s this opportunity to possibly sell either sell straddles in Intel or sell covered call. If you’re a long if you’re an Intel holder, you could sell a call against it. But one thing I want to also um just remind you is that um if somebody comes in and they buy like the let’s say Intel’s 120 and somebody buys the 130 call it affects the whole V surface. It causes the vault in that um in those in that expiry to to rise which means that you don’t have to go and sell the 130 call. You can sell elevated vault on a different strike. So if you sell the straddle, you are still sort of taking the other side is how I think of it of this buyer. You’re just not doing it in the same strike. But all the all the strikes are deeply related when they’re fairly close to each other. So if you see buying in the 130 call, you don’t have to anchor too much to I need to be out there selling the 130 call to take the other side of this. I can just sell the straddle or I can pick the structure that suits what you want your portfolio to look like. Cool. I mean, James, uh, should we ask Quiver about what it’s been learning about Intel and what Washington has to say about Intel? Yeah, definitely. Yeah. So, I guess we’ve already kind of given some examples here of uh, congressional purchases in Intel’s an interesting one because there has been a lot of congressional trading in the stock. So, one of the things that we can do here is like uh, instead of listing trade by trade, actually do some aggregations. So you can ask um has Congress been doing more purchasing or more selling? Your typing is much more impressive than mine by the way. Get the texting hands here, I guess. Um in 20 while uh this thing cooks. You want to go ahead? Oh, I’m so sorry. Oh my gosh. So my name is Colin. Thank you guys so much. Um so I love you guys. Agentic Trading. I opened an agentic account as soon as you guys rolled it out. But my question is, it looks like there’s only one agent. Um, I built probably about a half dozen on Claude and I have a Grockbot scanner that goes overnight. Will it be able to feed this agent and then have this agent execute trades? Um, so our our plan is to have a couple of different things. We’re going to leave the external accounts and MCP open. so that if you want to continue to use that, you can continue to use that with this. This is all going to be inside the Robin Hood ecosystem. And the plan is for you to be able to have multiple of these as well inside of the Robin Hood app. So, you should be at first you’ll just be able to have uh one per account, but over time we want to be able to do more. Thank you. I was just getting like like scared that I was going to have to try to have 12 agents shoved into one dude in the app and he was just going to take a thousand years to make an actual trade. I don’t know. And you can keep doing what you’re doing, too. That’s awesome. That’s what I was afraid of cuz I mean it took me a long time to get it working and then co-work felt like not doing it anymore. So, I had to like learn how to code. I’m a hair stylist. I don’t know how to do any of this. So, I use my microphone. I’ve never used a keyboard because obviously I talk well, but I can’t type to save my life. So, as long as I can keep using that, I’m really excited for this. Thank you for bringing it forward. Cool. So, yeah, turning back to uh Intel here, you can see that the agents successfully pulled the trades that have happened so far in 2026. Uh I did a quick summary here showing that there’s been nine separate purchases for $4 million and 10 sales for an estimated $250,000. Um, so yeah, queries like this are very easy for the agent. Um, I really liked some of the queries you guys were showing earlier that kind of combined in data from multiple agents or multiple different data sources. I think that that’s definitely like one of the coolest things I found in my own testing of this is just how easy it is to bring in a lot of very diverse data sets and come up with like really interesting unique investment thesises based off of that. Um, I think in general, like, you know, anytime you combine uh unique sources of information, it often gives you insights that maybe other people aren’t clued in on yet, which I think often gives you, uh, you know, very investable insights. So, um, yeah, I definitely would highly recommend trying to use some of these data sets in combination with one another to try to find a unique angle that other people may not have really considered yet. Um, so we only have four minutes left. I guess before we open it up to the rest of the questions, I wanted to ask each of you guys. So this thing lets you combine all these external data sources that might have signal. What would be the dream data source that you want in this thing to be able to to analyze the dream data source? Um well stock trading is relatively new to me compared to commodity trading. So, on the stock trading side, I would really just want to dig into uh I’ve had a lot of questions for James because the congressional stuff and the insider trading stuff is all interesting. And what I would want to know, for example, we just pulled up the Intel data set and I would like to know, well, what is considered uh significant? Because I see these buys and I see these sells, but I don’t really have a frame of reference or or sense of proportion around what is a large quantity. what is a disturbance in buying and selling? What’s abnormal? So for me, I would probably just for now be diving into what quiver has to offer because uh I think the combination of that plus uh like some options data like spot gamma and my knowledge of options, the combination together is what would be compelling to me. How about you? I I’m excited not necessarily for having more data, but it’s the synthes synthesis of the data that is being offered here that really to me is helpful because I have the workflows that I like and I spend a lot of time filtering through the data myself, you know, looking at the options chains myself, trying to find IB ranks and and just something to trigger a trade idea like a congressional trade, right? And so it’s the ability to kind of combine all this and very just quickly give me the answer that I want. Uh that is really exciting for me. So, so that that sort of again synthesize that data and just give me what I want is uh is is something that’s very exciting here. How about you? Yeah, I mean I definitely say like just within the world of alternative data, there’s like so many unique things that you can touch on that you wouldn’t necessarily think have like a impact on the stock market, but if you really dig deep into it, you can find ways that you can kind of figure out what might be happening in the future with a company based on the data. though. Um, if I’m playing fair here and not like saying something that we’re already bringing or that CR already has, I feel like, uh, data on like satellite imagery is like one of the examples I always look at where it’s like there’s really really cool things that you can do with that data to see like how things are happening in the commodity space. Uh, you know, even like looking at like parking lots to see like how many cars are going in and out of different like companies like retail locations. So, um, yeah, we don’t provide that ourselves, but that’s, you know, the sort of thing that I think is really cool that retail investors might one day have access to. We actually do have a satellite data provider in the agent apps that are going to be there. Uh it’s called Skyfi and I’ve been talking to those guys about giving each of you guys the ability to deploy your own satellite uh wherever you want. So maybe one day. Um all right, we’ll wrap it up with a few more questions. Do you want to go ahead? Yeah, thank you. Um, I’m just curious after seeing like real usage on the platform, what are users doing that’s surprising to you or um made you rethink the product in some way? Yeah. Uh, I mean, you know, it’s been a little bit hard so far because when people are using MCPs and connecting outside agents, we actually don’t see what you’re doing aside from your trades. So, it’s actually difficult. we don’t see like what you’re talking a claude about so or codeex about. So we’ve only heard stories. I I think the coolest ones I I’ve I’ve seen personally and are sort of the origin story for some of what we’ve built is some people we saw were getting these like Mac minis. They were running agent longunning agents on their Mac minis. Then they were like buying a bunch of data sources, providing credentials, connecting their Robin Hood account, then connecting like Telegram to it. And they were basically just talking to their Robin Hood account and bridging together like five different data sources. And then we like asked ourselves, what if we could do that in like six clicks in the app? And that’s basically how we got to Robin Hood agents. So um yeah, thank you.

    Cool. We’ll take one more and then we’ll wrap it. Hey Bishek, my name is Samir. Thank you for giving power to the retail investors by building the tools that give access uh to do so many things on Robin Hood app. Uh the demo that we got to see today is cool but I wanted to to know what is our strategy to take it to the next level wherein finding information is good but automating it to place trades automatically like copy trading when it is coming to Robin Hood. I mean you can do that like each of these examples we showed here you could set it up so I mean we haven’t rolled out loops yet so that once we have loops so we showed that last night but I think the example where he showed uh like look for stocks with an IV rank of over 50 and uh recent congressional activity you’ll be able to set up a loop which just says like run this every day and if it’s true do these things and it’ll just it can just trade for you. Um, so we just didn’t show that right now, but uh it should let you do that. Yeah, you could you could take it directly from the chat and say, “Let’s go trade this.” And it it’s a very smooth transition. That’d be great. Wonderful. Thank you. Yeah, of course. Cool. Well, thank you guys. Hopefully you enjoy the product. Please give lots of feedback. Um, and if you can’t uh figure out how to access it, go to that like dome looking thing in the middle of the booth and they’ll help you out. Cool. Thanks so much. All right.

    the new Asian apps. With that, everyone, we’ve earned our first break of the day. Go grab some coffee. If someone wants to get me one, that’d be great. Check out the booth. We’ll see you back here at 10:00 a.m. sharp for ETF State of the Union with Guyadami and State Streets Matt Bartellini. And everyone watching on YouTube, don’t go far. Live stream stays live. We’ll see you in 10 minutes.

    All right, welcome back. That was quick, but we are back. Before we get started, quick check on the markets. Looks like markets are green today. S&P’s up 40 points, NASDAQ up 232, Dow up 7 points, small caps up about a third of a percent. Uh, VIX hanging out around 15. So, not like we’re really missing too much today. Uh nothing like hosting a conference where half the audience could be looking at their phones and that’s technically being engaged. So um all right well we are shifting gears now and we are talking ETFs. How many people out here trade ETFs use ETFs? I’m sure everyone right we all do. Uh well this market has evolved tremendously from what it started as the sort of traditional index funds uh from many decades ago and and our next conversation really focuses on that where the ETF market is today where the innovation is happening how these products are creating new ways to think about income exposure portfolio construction. So to help us understand that, we’re going to bring back a guy we just saw, uh, Guy Adami, and he’ll be joined by the managing director and global head of research strategist at State Street Investment Management, Matthew Bartellini. This is the ETF State of the Union, sponsored by State Street.

    Not too difficult to get people smarter than I am, but clearly I have one in Matt. Matt, welcome aboard. How are you? Good. How are you? We’re going to talk ETFs and you know, Fast Money, we spent a lot of time obviously talking about ETFs, so we’ll break this down into sort of three segments and the pro proliferation. Number one, by the way, again, questions. We have mics set up. So, you know, in about 20 minutes or so, if you want to make your way to the mics if you have questions, but let’s talk about ETFs. And we’re here sort of on a historic day. I think globally the 14,000 ETFs now, 5,000 in the United States. I mean, just think about the magnitude of that. But talk about inflows and we were talking about it earlier before we came on. Something pretty significant is taking place right now. Yeah. So, it’s oddly enough today while we’re talking about the ETF State of the Union is the fact that as of today in 2026, ETFs in the US have now taken in 1.53 trillion for the year. And that actually breaks the fullear record from last year of 1.52 trillion. And we’re only 9 months into the year. And we’ve been putting out projections all year that we would hit 2.3 trillion here just in the US. And we think that we’re going to be definitely in that realm because we are on that trajectory where we’re at 1.53 trillion just through 9 months and only, you know, in the fourth quarter we typically do see a seasonal bump. It’s a staggering number. So the the obvious question is 14,000 ETFs globally, 5,000 United States. How do you rise above? Like how do you become the go-to ETFs? Like h how do you differentiate yourself? Yeah. I mean from our lineup, we always try to build different strategies with specific solutions in mind and specific outcomes in mind. And I think for this audience, when you’re trying to screen through all those 14,000 globally, 5,000 in the US, I would think about it from that lens, too. Like, what outcome am I trying to solve for? Because ETFs have definitely shifted from just pure access vehicles and are now definitive outcome vehicles. If you want to target a specific outcome in your portfolio for income or risk management or even again on the access side targeting some sort of thematic sector and you need to screen through 5,000 different ETFs, start with that outcome first. You know, if you’re looking for, you know, the Federal Reserve is raising rates and you want to manage your duration profile and you want to have something that can mitigate the impact on rising rates and sit maybe on the shorter end of the curve. Well, you could you’re really looking for a broad macro beta exposure. So looking in that term structure and then maybe prioritizing on fees because there’s not a lot of differentiation between one to threeyear government bonds from one issuer from another to another. You’re getting that macro exposure. But then maybe if you’re looking at income, you want to maybe sort on yield first on that outcome and then look on the sustainability. So there’s different criteria for different different areas and different outcomes. So for us when we’re trying to build solutions we’re building for different outcomes and I think for investors try to dissect the ETF industry by your outcome driven nature first. Talk about pro you know we in my prior conversation we talked about process and I think I’m always sort of drawn to that because I’m fascinated is how do people get to certain places again with 14,000 ETFs globally. You’d say to yourself we’ve we’ve attacked every possible angle but clearly that’s not the case. So the process of and you brought some sort of slides to illustrate this. Yeah. So from a process perspective, it all it does start with what are we trying to achieve? What solution are we trying to deliver? And we always try to deliver specific solutions to an end investor’s client concerns. Now one of the interesting things that has happened over the last few years, you’ve seen regulation unlock a good period of innovation in terms of different SEC rules. Whether it’s these are the 6C11 and 18F4. It’s basically the allowance of of of creating more active funds and more active funds or even index ones with derivatives. So the chart here showcases this. We’ve seen significantly more active funds and active funds utilizing derivatives. So now we have more tools at our disposal to create differentiated strategies. So one that we’ve done in the last two years is is bringing a hedge fund strategy into an ETF structure. And it really allowed us to do this because of those regul regulation changes where we can now use bits of leverage of uncorrelated assets. Previously you only had a 2x leverage cap. Now you have a VAR test that actually allows you to create more leverage within an underlying portfolio utilizing prudent measures of capital efficiency combining equities bonds and commodities together and harnessing the sort of coariance matrix and correlation and getting something about 180 200% gross notional leverage. So our process really starts of what are we trying to achieve? What are our tools at our disposal that can achieve that? And with this regulation changes, we’d have more tools at our disposal, but it does increase a lot of the complexity in the overall ETF industry. How do you determine success? Is it as simple as inflows and usage? Because again, I don’t know the numbers you do, but it would appear to me that there are BETFs that are going to fail for a var, you know, myriad of different reasons. So, success. Yeah. So, last year in 2025, there was a thousand ETFs launched. We’re already at a thousand now in 2026 and we’re likely to outpace that. And what success looks like, I mean, from an issuers’s perspective, you would obviously say a successful ETF is a large one that generates a lot of revenue. And commercially, that is 100% correct. But another level of success is does it appeal to a lot a lot of broad swath of investors? Are there more organic investors utilizing it? Can it appeal to an individual investor, a wealth adviser, institutional investor? And for me that is a greater measure of success when you look at a 13F profile and you see more clients in it because that means that one fund is hitting on a outcome or a need and we’ve been able to deliver a successful solution that has more durability and consistency but applicability beyond just say one or two key clients. although two key clients that’s great that it works for them but having something that is really democratized across a lot of different investors to meet their needs I think is extremely successful from my lens what is the correlation between complexity and usage if that makes sense so I there’s a low correlation I think in some sense there’s a a high correlation between complexity and launches more launches recently have anchored into the more complex utilizing derivatives and utilizing different forms of leverage and more esoteric type of strategies where you have derivatives on top of derivatives. I think the correlation between complexity and success though is low because still we see a lot of usage in your core essential building block exposures. So lowcost core exposures general active exposures as well. I will say though when you combine complexity with a specific portfolio outcome. So derivative income ETFs are been driving growth in the active landscape and I talked about this yesterday on a podcast. They are complex. You’re utilizing options to create a specific income stream. It’s much different than just buying high dividend yielding equities. And so there is a level of complexity because there’s also different tax rules associated with it. in there that is a high correlation between actually delivering on a key portfolio outcome and having success. The other one would be within defined outcome ETFs. Those are quite complex. are utilizing different tranches of equity options, but you’ve actually created a more novel risk management tool. And I think it’s really eaten the lunch of your traditional low volatility equity exposures or your minimum volatility factor exposures as well because those proved to not be that helpful during uh systematic draw downs like we had during COVID and during 2022 where they had still embody that native risk of equities and they drew down significantly. Well, defined outcome ETFs are offering a complex vehicle utilizing options. And sometimes in the wealth space, you have to take a suitability test to actually utilize them. And so there is some level of complexity, but they’ve been massively successful. And I think the runway for those is is pretty pretty far. As I mentioned, if we make it to January, fast money is 20 years old, which is remarkable. And for a long period of time, fixed income was not something we talked about. There was really no reason to talk about it. the last year obviously that’s changed there seems to be this proliferation of fixed income ETFs so can you speak about sort of the growth there yeah so it’s really interesting fixed income ETFs if you look at it from a a markets perspective and you see you know in the ETF space you do see a lot of return chasing and trend following which is is valid and and a and a great use of ETFs to sort of position where you think the market is going if you look at bonds bonds as an asset class they’re kind of in a lost decade right Now bonds are in a lost decade where you’ve had significantly negative returns or returns below the rate of cash and you should as a asset be returning above cash because you’re departing with that liquidity of cash. So even though the bond market has been challenged from a return space, fixed income ETFs continue to just break records every single year. They’ve already broken fullear records so far this year with over 450 billion of inflows. And if you look at from a market share perspective, they’re taking more market share of what their uh AUM would indicate from a flow perspective. So they’re gaining market share relative to equities. And you continuously see greater adoption and usage. It’s not just these lowcost vehicles. You see actively managed fixed income exposures growing in the number of launches, in the number that are actually producing strong results in terms of excess return or excess yield, but also in terms of flows. So fixed income ETFs are a growth engine for ETF usage and assets for the next 10, 15, 20 years. And you’re seeing it in light of outflows within the mutual fund space. So ETFs are becoming the deacto default option to put into portfolios whether it’s in equities, fixed income or alternatives as well. And I think you’ll continue to see more flows into the fixed income ETF market which speaks to innovation and complexity trends. We have a chart here but speak to that because innovation like any in any other industry innovation is critical and and you continue to innovate. Yeah. So one of the charts here this is something I’ we’ve been talking a lot about. There’s a QR code here that links to the research that we have done as well around the need for income and it’s it’s a it’s a pure essential portfolio outcome. It there’s three of them. It’s capital appreciation, income and risk management. And the income potential from traditional assets is at all-time lows. So the ETF that we launched in 1993 is a good example of this. It’s S&P 500. Its dividend yield went below 1% for the first time this past year because the index itself went to about 1.05% in an all-time low. And so how do you actually get income in this type of market environment? In one way is through innovation. Those derivative income exposures utilizing options because of the way regulation has allowed for a greater use of derivatives has unlocked this potential to create a differentiated return stream that can actually seek higher levels of income and you can do it in many different ways. You can do it on broad markets. You can do it on sectors as you can see out out there at our booth. You can do it across single stocks as well. And you have all these things at your disposal now to create really differentiated return streams and income streams because as I walked through yesterday on that podcast, their reaction function to market environments is very different than the reaction function of high dividend yielding equities because if the market draws down, well, those companies will if their profits go down, they’ll probably cut their dividend. And now you have less of an income stream in fixed income. If yields rise, you’re not actually getting that yield right away. it’s just a yield out on offer. You have to continuously reinvest it and the income stream will have a longer latency to catch up to it. With a derivative income, if the if the market falls and volatility rises, you have a quicker reaction to harness that volatility premium because you’re consistently selling it. So, I think innovation has helped unlock new use cases for ETFs that were probably just within more separately managed accounts or or towards institutional investors. alternative invest there conferences that I go to about alternative investments which 10 years ago was not something we were probably talking about but obviously again on that curve of growth you have to be on top of what’s going on in the alt space so speak to that I think it’s essential so portfolio diversification is is really being challenged by those the historical norms that bonds are your only true diversifier to equities I think it would probably be you know fascinated everyone in the audience here that in 13 of the last equity draw downs, bonds actually fell in nine of them, too. They’re not really a reliable source or only the reliable source of diversification. And this is something we continuously talk about from a markets perspective. In my seat, we talk about this new macro environment of more fragmentation where inflation has become a more durable risk driver. And if we look at the reaction function of equities and fixed income together, equities, they don’t really like rising inflation. bonds, nominal bonds don’t really like rising inflation. And so if you have a period where inflation is a more durable risk driver or something that we have had not to deal with for really a long time in the era of the 2010s, basically inflation was about 1.2%. Now we’re at more durably around 3% and that’s something new. So having these discussion about alternatives, you don’t have to get too crazy, you know, in the alt space to pick up some form of diversification. You don’t have to buy equity long, short, market neutral, relative value arbitrage, more complex sophisticated strategies. Add in some commodities, real assets, gold, inflation linked bonds, other things that will have a different macro relationship. And I think from a flow perspective, we have seen that because we can see these flows on a daily basis in these more tactical thematic spaces. And we do see inflation link bonds, they’ve had inflows in 199 last 20 months. Broad-based commodity ETFs are at records. Gold flows were records last year and they’ve rebounded this year. And we see all of these flows going into something to build more reliable, durable diversification. And from a category perspective, those more, I would say, true alternatives, the esoteric alternatives, the ones that do fit in that fit in that melting pot, they are at record inflows as well because investors are realizing that bonds are not the only diversifier to your equity book. And it’s because of the way they have different re macro relationships that really haven’t been tested, you know, up until now. In 2008 and09, leverage became sort of this four-letter word. Maybe for good reasons. I’m not going to sort of debate that, but levered ETFs are obviously a thing. So, let’s drill down a little bit there because I’m sure there’s some mixed feelings about that. So, there are. I mean, one of the interesting things is I read an article from a while ago that said leverage is one of the true last market arbitragees. And it’s not the leverage in the sense of going 2x a single stock every day and then having to deal with the the volatility drag of that. I think there’s some concerns there that you’re not getting 2x the return of something over a one-year time horizon. It’s on a single day and there can be volatility drag and you’re actually be actually underperform as a result of that. but prudent use of leverage, capital efficiency, the ability to have to take a part of your portfolio and stack different macro factors upon each other. That’s what that 18F4 rule from the SEC helped unlock. That is one of the I think the true last arbitragees out in the marketplace. the ability to combine prudently uncorrelated return streams so your portfolio is not so directionally associated with what goes on in the S&P 500 or what happens from an interest rate perspective. I think that in the prudent use of it of capital efficiency of blending two assets together with low correlations to each other to create more durable and resilient portfolios. I think that is something where ETFs are going to continue to grow into and we’ve made inroads in the last say 18 months of thinking through and trying to solve that problem of what assets where do you use leverage how do you use it and the big one that no one really ever understands or not understands but ever talks about is what’s the outcome in the taxable investor space because if you utilize all this leverage and use swaps futures options contracts get all this leverage but at the end of the day you saddle the end investor with a large capital gain That is a poor investor experience. So we think very diligently of when we’re carefully constructing portfolios and utilizing derivatives and leverage, what is the worst possible outcome that could happen for that taxable investor. How do you view lever ETFs as trading vehicles? Like how should somebody like me think about it and how should the people in audience think about them? It’s just sort of an arrow in their quiver. Yeah. So I mean within our suite we don’t really have any pure levered ETFs that take you know the 2x 3x uh mechanism but what I’ll say is they should be used as intended as trading vehicles to take a directional market view to give you an extra oomph or extra volatility for that directional bet. And I would say leverage ETFs they were making headlines because the headlines said that AUM hit an all-time high. And while that was true, it was really wasn’t driven by a massive amount of inflows. They actually levered ETFs that had basically middling amount of inflows. It was because of the directionality of the leverage. It was on semiconductors on single single stock semis. It was on the AI related ecosystem and that exploded as we all know. And so in that case, if you had that directional view that you think that AI was going to just have this sort of J curve boom to it and you are looking at the range of solutions out there to invest in it, you have different levels of volatility in which you could do it. You could do it in sort of a traditional semiconductor ETF or if you’re willing to sort of take on that levered bet, do it that way. It’s not for a long-term investment, I think, is the big punchline of of my answer though. Tactical trends. I mean obviously again that that goes speaks to innovation but you have to sort of see where the world is going and I think you do an extraordinary job of that. We have a chart but speak to some of the what are you seeing the tactical trends. So one of the things that happened this year was the awakening of sector investing. So if we look at uh sector flows here on the chart they kind of have been middling around for a little bit have been in outflows for some years but this year you’re at records and there’s some things driving them. One is the AI ecosystem. So everyone started to gravitate towards anything tangential to AI and the ecosystem supporting it whether it’s the capital expenditures, semiconductors, cloud computing. So technology related ETFs have about I think 50 billion of inflows. That’s an all-time record because investors started to position for this productivity miracle that’s out on the horizon. But you also saw as a result of the macro landscape with the war in Iran, the the impact on supply chains, the impact on energy infrastructure around Venezuela as well, we saw a massive amount of sector dispersion that hadn’t been there because it had been such a tech heliocentric market where it was just basically tech or bust. But now you have the energy sector up 40% this year. You have the industrial sector led by aerospace and defense companies up quite significantly as well. You have materials companies as a result of the impacts on the comp commodity complex doing well. So we start to see more cyclical exposures doing well as well. So if you look at industrials, they have 10 billion. Materials have about 11 billion. And then one thing that’s come up of late as the AI trade has extended beyond the sort of first order magnitude of semis and cloud into the ecosystem that could benefit from it in terms of healthcare stocks and biotech. So healthcare and biotech stocks are areas that have had really strong flows over the last three months and more so in that biotech industry where they’ve are at record inflows and are finally after years of being impacted because of high interest rates maybe some weak profitability where if you started from 2023 there are net outflows they’ve actually on that cumulative basis have just turned into inflows. So we are seeing more usage of sectors to position tactically because it is a more dispersed return environment where you have both macro factors impacting it but also the AI trade really creating a expansive opportunity set to position because the range of outcomes in terms of AI issuingly wide and so you’re seeing investors position based on their thesis. And again, if anybody has any questions, I’ll ask you to go to the mics in the final few minutes. But it I always look at the world sort of it’s somewhat binary in terms of there only so many investment dollars to go around and obviously you know we talk about it semis AI dominates the landscape sometimes to the detriment of other sectors. You just brought up biotech but is it that binary or do you see things around the edges that are starting to emerge sort of outside biotech and those types of things? Well, within sectors, you do see a lot a good deal of rotation. So, you’ll see, you know, buying in one and selling the other. There’s a lot of sector rotation strategies out there. We definitely have seen areas where there’s out of favor. So, not everything in the ETF has an arrow pointing up. You see outflows in consumer stocks, consumer discretionary, consumer staples. Those those areas of the marketplace have been hit hard as a result of rising consumer prices. Even though consumption is quite strong, we do see margin compression in those spaces. and the underlying stock performance has been quite low. We’ve seen a limited amount of investment. I think on the same on the same token when looking at it even within the fixed income space given how tight credit spreads are even though there’s a thirst and a demand for yield, we’ve seen outflows into high yield and a lot of that just has to do with there’s not much spread compression left and we’ve seen more rotations into ultrashort government bond funds because you can get roughly about a 4% yield without taking on as much volatility. So it isn’t just you know ETFs are hitting records and everything is arrow pointing up. There are some areas that are witnessing outflows and a lot of it has to do with some of the tactical positioning based on market trends. Artificial intelligence again topic we talk about. How is it impacting your life your job stage all those different things that the industry? Yeah I mean there’s there’s a lot to that and I know we only have five and a half minutes left to go through it. I think one thing for me is I I do fear that the ETF due diligence will be offloaded to AI where you just ask a prompt of tell me the best ETF for uh clean energy and the AI model and I don’t know how every one of them’s trained but we’ll go and look through marketing material and larger firms now I’m a larger firm so maybe I shouldn’t be saying this but larger firms have more marketing material so you might not actually get what would be the best and it still requires a lot of work. So we might become just too reliant on AI to service up our best investment offering because it’s being trained on you know marketing material and other language and news articles and you actually might miss the signal through a lot of that noise. So that’s one thing I I do fear of that a of AI and the use of it. we just become too, you know, used to just typing in our prompt and getting our answer back and taking it as gospel. I mean, I I I’m susceptible to that as well. I think from an investment management perspective, we’re using AI within our walls to manage some of the portfolios in terms of understanding trade ration, understanding what is the inventory out on offer for some of our bond portfolios. So, it has helped from a capacity perspective. No doubt you have to be excited about what you do, otherwise you shouldn’t be doing it. And you know, we had a conversation prior to this. We’ve had a couple calls. You’re clearly excited about it. What do you see like the continued innovation we talked about, but what sort of gets you jazzed about your role in the industry right now? Yeah. So, I think it’s a little bit of, you know, I’ll use a reference. I probably shouldn’t and everyone would just say I shouldn’t use this but you know in the movie you know there will be blood Daniel plain vu goes and tells you know Elijah that I drink your milkshake and I want to have that moment for and again I have friends in the industry we have our own mutual funds but we’re going to do that to mutual funds ETFs will drink mutual funds as milkshake and what I mean by that is right now globally mutual funds are around 40 trillion where we are from a trajectory perspective and our growth we have 2.3 trillion on target for this year. That’s my projection. We have had 7 trillion of inflows over the last 10 years. Mutual funds have had outflows. You can only compound from a market return perspective the equity risk premium for so long and build your assets. You you start you need to have investment as well and ETF and investors are using the ETF to build portfolios. So our projections by 2035 the global ETF industry will be bigger than the global mutual fund industry and we will then solidify as the default deacto primary tool to build portfolios. not just for index exposures or tactical trading, but also for active building outcome to asset allocation and just be that sort of one-stop shop. So, that is what I’m excited for cuz I love to make predictions. Uh I I like putting out forecast. I like being wrong. I like being directionally correct, but I want to sort of put that out there and be like, “Yeah, we called that a good 10 years ago and we nailed it.” I I can’t speak intelligently about the genesis of ETFs. My instincts suggest they were built as an again in for investment portfolios, but they become you just said for tactical traders, it’s a critical part of what he or she does on a daily basis. Does that surprise you or is that sort of the evolution? No, it doesn’t surprise me at all. And if anyone we can go chapter and verse on the creation of ETFs uh because we launched the first one in the US and a lot of it has to do with the SEC reading um regulatory review books and policies out of the flash crash from 1987 and trying to solve for uh a basically physically listed futures contract to stop programmatic trading from having massive amounts of draw downs in the broader equity market. So having physical collateral to back a futures contract that’s sort of the 22nd version. And so if you think about it from that perspective, it was a trading vehicle. It was an access vehicle. It was to help traders position in severe periods of market turmoil. And that 100% remains today. We see a strong correlation between the average VIX level and ETF trading volumes. We see it within our suite because we have just so many liquid products across our sectors, our gold franchise, all in S&P franchise, all of these different things. We see a very strong correlation when markets fall, volatility spikes, investors rush into the ETF ecosystem to transfer risk in real time between willing buyers and sellers with transparent vehicles with trading costs of about a basis point and reposition portfolios based on their current market view. And we have seen that through many many many different market environments. And there was years ago, if we had this conference maybe 10 years ago, we would have had probably a whole panel of like, do ETFs cause market draw downs? Can they actually withstand systemic market risk? And we would have won up here and we would have showed how that claim or that narrative would be wrong. Now, we don’t have to do that because we’ve lived through so many of these. And ETFs have passed the test time and time and time again. And we definitely see them utilized as trading vehicles, as wealth accumulation vehicles, income generation vehicles. They really are sort of that army knife in terms of building portfolios, structuring portfolios, and helping position for whatever the market brings next. It’s always good to be on set with a fellow paiz ladies and gentlemen, Matt Bardellini. Thanks, folks. We’ll see you a little bit later. Thank you, Matt. Thank you.

    Another round for Guyami and Matt Bolini.

    All right. Right. Well, we just spent some time looking at how investments product investment products are evolving. Uh but now we’re going to talk about something even more fundamental to the market when you can actually trade. And this is obviously, you know, we launched 245 a couple years ago and everyone’s talking about how do we get more access to the markets? How do we expand trading opportunities? talked about the keynote last night, how news and everything that happens over the weekend overnight. So, how do you actually build an always on market? And so we’re going to talk with uh the CEO of Bruce Markets, Jason Wallik, and he’s going to sit down with our very own Robin Hood chief brokerage officer, Steve Quirk, and we are going to discuss how markets never sleep, the evolution of market access with Robin Hood and Bruce Markets.

    big, but our names are little. Yes. How we doing? Good. Did you guys sleep last night? Uh, yeah. Got some some sleep. Okay. The markets didn’t, but but we did. So, uh, I I’m Steve Quirk, chief brokerage officer here at Robin Hood. Been here for about five years. Um, with me is Jason. I’m going to let him tell you about his journey and let him, uh, kind of introduce himself. Thanks, Q. Uh, thanks for having me here as well. Um, Jason Wallock. I’m the CEO at Bruce Markets. Uh, we are an equity ATS that operates during the overnight trading session. Uh we run five sessions a week. Uh they start at 8:00 p.m. Eastern on Sunday night, running through 4:00 a.m. uh Friday morning. Uh as you heard last night, that is evolving over the next few months uh as we begin our journey with Robin Hood as our partner to uh support Robin Hood to fill the gap and offer a 247 trading week. Um so it’s really exciting. Uh I’ve spent most of my career on the electronic trading side uh mostly with equities but um have focused a lot of my time on um innovative opportunities to continue to propel our market structure forward. um enhancing things like execution quality um access and um addressing growing demand uh really across the globe for uh products uh access and um you know evolving opportunity. Yeah, I think this is going to be a fun session because um like J Jason can describe a lot of what like it you know people just have an assumption that you know hey we would of course everybody wants to be able to to act on news that happens in the after hours or on weekends but um there’s a lot that goes into providing that capability and so we can we can lean on him to dig into that a little bit. But I think just setting the table, um, we we’ve always known, you know, that there’s a gap that exists for people who want to be able to take advantage of of opportunities that are happening on weekends. And like there are a lot of market moving headlines, you saw some last night, that are happening on the weekend. We we covered, you know, the 245 session. We the the weekend’s been the gap um in terms of our volumes. And I’ll let Jason talk about volumes overall. You know, the volumes have continued to grow from retail customers um both here in the US but also globally u that have interest in many of the names that are most popularly traded across the globe. But I think what we’ve noticed is behave from a behavior standpoint. There are a lot of event driven you know volume spikes. But if you said, “What’s the busiest day of of of the overnight session that currently exists?” It’s Sunday night. Now, we can all figure out why because you have two days of news bunched up. So, right away at 8:00 p.m. when that market opens, there’s there’s a lot of activity based on what’s happening. So, I mean, that itself paints a picture of why, you know, the weekend is so important. I think the other um areas where we see real big spikes in volume in the overnight session are earnings. When Nvidia has earnings, huge numbers, you know, because of course you get the the results, you get the guidance, but then there’s the reaction to the guidance that sometimes moves that stock in ways that people um didn’t assume it was going to move it in. And then uh when there’s events, you know, any of the events that have been happening that are geopolitical events or other events just spike volume like crazy. And uh Jason and I were talking about this a little bit last night. Um you know, the skepticism around the clock trading has always been, oh, who needs to be trading at 2:30 a.m. and you know, is the liquidity there? Those the liquidity question has been answered. There is liquidity there. But as as far as um who needs to be trading at those hours, like if you think about it through the lens of a of a Robin Hood customer who’s newer to investing, um we have 28 million customers. Half of them are brand new to brokerage. Um they’re actually kind of puzzled by a model where this market isn’t open all the time. Many of the asset classes already are crypto and others. And so, you know, Amazon doesn’t close. Why would they? It’s an electronic marketplace, right? Um, and so in their mind, if I do my research and stock ABC I think is a great buying opportunity at $10 and I set a limit price to buy it at $10, I really don’t care if I buy it at 3:00 a.m. or at 2 p.m. It doesn’t it just doesn’t matter to me. Um, where where I think the the narrative kind of went for a while with people was, oh, you know, people are going to be day trading at 3:00 a.m., you know, back and forth. That’s not really what we see happening. So, I’ll I’ll kind of let you expand on that a little bit. Yeah, I mean, I think you hit the nail on the head. The market moving news does not stop. It is a 247 business, right? And it it is delivered faster than ever and more broadly than ever, right? This is a global world that we’re operating in. You also have, you know, global corporations listed in the US that are trading on our markets and the news breaking, you know, during their normal business hours. But I think one of the pieces you talked about really was was that the access, the element, the the convenience, the optionality, right? In the US, you’ve got investors that, you know, may want to come home from work and be with their families, cook dinner, put the children to bed, and ultimately by the time they have the opportunity to actually sit down, evaluate their portfolio, evaluate market news, and react, it’s past what have tradition have been traditional market hours, right? To be able to have that convenience and that flexibility to do it according to one schedule. It’s proven itself and you’ve seen it with the volume. The overnight trading volume across three ATS’s that we track, Bruce included, um, year-over-year from August August has gone from 22 million shares a night uh, to roughly 109 million shares a night uh, across those three ATS’s. Uh, and from a notional perspective, we’re looking at 1.2 billion in executed notional uh, to 5 billion in executed notional. So that’s nearly a 400% increase um from a volume perspective. Um so the demand is there. It’s growing. It’s largely uh thanks to the resiliency that has been provided to the market but also the reduction and the barriers of entry from firms like Robin Hood um that have promoted this and really provided the access to the customers. Um the other piece I would say is you know you talk about like why would somebody want to trade at 2 a.m. Right? And so when we think about that question, we like to use a a metaphor about driving. So I’m going to ask you a few questions here. Um Q and I share a home state of Wisconsin. We’re Packer fans. Packer fans. Not a very good year, but hey, we’re going to we’re going to fix that. There we go. Hopefully. Indeed. So I take it you still have family in Wisconsin. I have much many family in Wisconsin. And you drive back to Wisconsin from time to time. I do. How often do you drive at two o’clock in the morning back to Wisconsin? I try to avoid it. I would think so. But in the event of something similar to what you mentioned, a corporate event, let’s say the death of a CEO, the uh you know, a a disruption to production, but a family event where ultimately you wanted to drive back at 2:00 in the morning, you would. Mhm. And at the time you’d be happy to know that your vehicle is there insured, fueled up, safe, reliable, resilient, ready to go. Yep. Correct. Yep. Well, the same thing holds true for an investor, right? Whether that’s retail or institutional, right? Just because the market is 24/7 doesn’t mean you need to trade every second of the day. But to have these opportunities available because news has turned into such a 247 quickly distributed product, right? These opportunities are there. So, the confidence that you gain being able to drive back at 2 a.m. with that reliable vehicle is the same confidence that we want to instill to investors with the platform we’re offering, the partnership with Robin Hood to make sure that access is available as news breaks um and investors can, you know, feel confident in their ability to manage that portfolio. Yeah, I think I f first thing I I would say is our customers, we know this, 60% of them do their homework, education, research when the market’s not open. And so they’re a little puzzled that they can’t put that, you know, make that trade or investment, you know, when they are doing that research. So this is kind of their sweet spot. But I would also say if you think about it, the news cycle, the technology, everything has moved here and the the hours haven’t caught up to it, right? I have a phone that gives me information 24/7. I have uh the ability to act on that 24/7, but I need to be able to do it, you know, in a liquid marketplace that’s open. And so it’s just playing catch-up and and you know, we’re going to close that gap. Um, I thought what would be a really fun thing to do cuz Jason is a student of history is um is to do a little little quiz before I let him uh unleash his uh historical knowledge on us. Um, here’s the question. And by the way, there’s going to be a prize. I think it’s a t-shirt or a hat from the uh from the store. Um, has there been equity trading on weekends? I see a couple. Oh, here it is. Okay. Uh, and I see a couple people from exchanges in here, so no cheating. We’re not going to call on you. Uh, has there been equity trading on weekends previously? And if so, what year did that start? Closest to the pin here? Anybody? And there’s mics up here or you can just yell out or stick your hand up. And by the way, there’s no harm in taking a guess. You get a hat and a and a shirt. So, Sorry, I couldn’t hear you. 2006. 2006. Okay, another one here. Any other guesses?

    1. Let me guide you. 2012. I I would go the other way. We’re getting close. These prices, right, rules or where? I think you’re winning. Go ahead. Let’s go there. So yes, we’re going back to the 1800s here. But you know, I think it’s really interesting. You know, we’re going to talk a lot about the development of technology and the to support growing demand. And if you look at the history of our markets, that’s exactly the story that’s told. So you go back to 1792. 1792, you’ve got the Buttonwood Agreement, right? Essentially the birth of the New York Stock Exchange, right? At the time and for the next almost 80 years, markets don’t trade on a continuous basis. There is no ability even during set market hours to trade you know throughout that session. It is one or two call auctions a day. Everything concentrated to those two events. It’s not until um 1871 that you actually see the introduction of continuous trading and that was 5 hours a day. Few years later in 1887 a Saturday session was launched two hours 10 to 12 on Saturday and this continued uh until 1952 right Saturday session was over. We started to see the birth of an actual like 5day trading week as we know it now. Now go into the 60s. This is where the popularity of trading begins to pick up. And now remember at the time all of this is a manual process right including not only the trading side but the back office side as well. So significant amounts of manual processing significant amounts of paperwork. In the 60s the trading gets so popular we see 10 to 13 million shares a day trading. Just to put things in perspective in September I think we’re averaging roughly 17 billion shares a day. So things have come a long way but at the time with that manual processing that was a lot. So what happens 1968 Wednesdays get shut down. So we go to a 4-day trading week. Really interesting. And that was really known as the paperwork crisis. So they needed Wednesdays to actually catch up on the back office. Fast forward a little later in the 60s we start to see the introduction of extended hours trading, right? And ultimately it’s really an institutional space and this is after hours where you know large asset managers are matching trades to um you know fine natural counterparties. 1985 we see the establishment of the 9:30 to 4 trading day as we knew it I should say right uh and then what things get really interesting in the ‘9s in the 2000s. He’s looking at me cuz I may have been around during that period. That’s what that look was. So, in the 90s and 2000s, you have the online brokerage platforms addressing retail demand and having a major influence on our actual market structure, right? We start to see the pre-market and the postmarket expand. And over those years, we end up with what was the 4:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. trading day. Now, obviously, we are in a world where we have 245, and in a few months, we will have 24/7. um thanks to Robin Hood here. And so it it’s really interesting as you look back on this history and you see how technology has been forced to keep up with demand, how the markets have really committed themselves to doing so. And it speaks to really what our mission is here with Bruce, which is a commitment to make sure that our equity markets really stay in front of what is this global opportunity, this multi-asset ecosystem where all of these assets, whether we’re talking about her or futures or crypto or equities, um I’m sure eventually options and fix them, these these coexist and that coexistence creates opportunities. Um, and so it’s not about whether one asset class is is better than the other or this or that. They coexist and their opportunities and their tools for investors to really manage their their in their portfolio. Um, and so using that technology, we’re determined to make sure that our equity markets really stay up top. Yeah. But I think you brought it up the basis for even if you want option trading, you know, to to follow suit, the basis for that is having the equities because you need reference. Absolutely. And so that’s that’s going to be important. But um in terms of the roll out um you know the the way that we’re going to proceed will be with a limited number of symbols and then quickly ramping up as liquidity becomes more of you know as we become more comfortable with the liquidity. But it’s all it’s this is the same way we we rolled out 245. So we’ll follow a similar model. But you should anticipate that, you know, the the the goal is to get to the full suite of uh tradable assets that exist in the in the uh normal session, the day session, if you will. Um but I’m Jason, I know we talked a little bit last night after, you know, the the announcement and I know you had a lot of interest from a lot of entities and you know, I don’t know how much you want to go into there, you know, both in the US but also globally. Yes. Well, your news from last night has made its way across the globe and you know, I woke up this morning to inbound interest um from several firms um in the APAC region um especially South Korea which you know I think has made the news several times is a large participant in in our equity markets. we now have historical high levels of of interest globally uh to invest in our markets and and you know that is again as I said part to you know the opportunities at the market level but also the the reduced barrier of entry that brokers have offered today um so it’s growing but you know it puts on us really a a mandate to make sure that we are delivering a solution that can be trusted globally as well right not only by your customers but all of these investors around the globe that help create a healthy market ecosystem, right? The more liquidity, the more participation you get, the more competitive you get at the market level. And that’s ultimately what drives uh compression of spreads, right? Better prices for investors. It forces firms like Bruce to be innovative, right? To bring opportunities just like this weekend trading for the first time. And that’s coming as a result of the demand that’s coming from retail. You know, when we think about change in our marketplace, it really comes from from two things. One would be a regulatory mandate, right? Regulators change a rule. We react. We have to build. We deliver. Everyone has to be compliant by an effective date. The other is a market-based solution, right? 245 trading and now 24/7 trading. That’s exactly what that is. It’s addressing demand and delivering to the market a solution that we as market participants know is in the greater interest. And in order to do that, you really have to continue to build to deliver institutional-grade technology, right? To deliver a customer experience that has that confidence and forces them to adopt. Look at what the retail investor community has done with 245 so far. We have exchanges reacting. exchanges will be live during the overnight trading session in the next few months. You have the institutional community reacting to this news, preparing to participate. So, the overall market is just going to continue to get bigger and create more opportunity for the participants. Yeah. And I I I think what could be interesting for the audience here is there like how does this happen? like what what has to happen you know just from a like a a background standpoint for this to be facilitated like who had because obviously there are counterparties you know with respect to market all these things that are important to make sure it is a robust and liquid market it doesn’t just happen we can’t just will it to happen so like just I mean not too wonky but you know so yeah so so there’s a lot more than just keeping the lights on for two days is really the way to think about. So um it starts with the technology right for the matching engine itself. So Bruce ATS you know uh what we do is essentially accept orders from brokers such as Robin Hood. We put out our market data so that you know brokers like market data and their customers can see you know the bids and the offers that sit in our book when opportunities arrive for orders to cross. That’s essentially what we do. We serve as the marketplace for affecting those transactions and we complete all of the required reporting to the tape. Um so you can see all the last sale information. Uh we uh required reports to regulators to back office services so on and so forth. So uh at its core we are the marketplace. Now in order to make that happen there’s more than just as I said keeping the lights on, right? There’s a clearing side of things. So we have to work closely on the clearing side to make sure that the back office process the risk associated with that interacting with the central clearing party you know all of that is available. We’re working closely with regulators to make sure that what we’re delivering um is one compliant but also recognized is in the interest of you know a prog a progressing and and modernizing equity market. Um but also as you mentioned liquidity right as I mention the more liquidity the better that is for all of the investors involved. Um, so we’re working closely with large liquidity providers to ensure that there’s a concentrated and and healthy book of liquidity available for participants when this launches later this year. And I think that that’s the one thing that we’ve had experience with is um, you know, the liquidity providers, the market makers that are going to be there to provide that essential liquidity. when you think about it, they actually have to take a little bit of a leap of faith because you don’t know what that volume is going to look like. Um but I think in talking to many of them and we have for years they’ve been very pleasantly surprised by how much growth there has been and uh how robust that you know trading at least as uh demand is from a and we can only say from a retail side because we’re not institution but you know I think from the institution side you’re having the same you know conversations and um and demand Right. It it it’s taken a little longer to get there, but certainly, you know, this was a retail phenomenon. This was driven by demand at the retail side both internationally and and domestically and and we’ve seen that in the growth. The institutional side is responding. And I think it’s really interesting that, you know, retail has become such a force representing, you know, 20 to 30% of our our our traded volume every day in our markets coming from retail. there’s an opportunity to truly affect the future of our market structure here and we’re seeing that in real time um with with 247 trading and so you know we’re excited to be part of that we’re excited to welcome the institutional community in and and there is budding interest there and as I mentioned um the exchanges will be here soon so yes we are watching a maturing market ecosystem um that has really been driven by by retail investors I find that fascinating to think when you think about asset classes and capabilities Many of them start with institutions and retail is kicking the door saying I want in, I want in, I want in. Like you know, traditional futures, you know, those were really not designed for retail customers initially and retail customers now have, you know, are a decent participant there. But then you have other asset classes which are completely uh retail and then institutions are adopting those. think of event contracts and some of those things which now you know 100% retail and now institutions are are working their way in. It’s always fascinating to see which way this goes, you know, which which is the starting point. But I think to your point with retail continuing to be a bigger and bigger percentage of of volumes in every asset class, I my anticipation is it’s going to be driven by retail more so basically everybody here. Um, so we only have a couple minutes left. We have three microphones that are in each aisle. Curious if anybody has questions uh on any facet of of this trading uh that uh they would like to ask. I would give you another t-shirt, but I don’t have one. But I can get one

    for the first question. Oh, here we go. All right. Um, so this is a very specific question. I trade at all hours and I’ve noticed that sometimes when I do um orders, it’s only market orders. You can’t trade limit orders. Is that going to be changed or different when we have the 24 or 25? You know, the when the Bruce markets open? We I think it’s only limit orders, not market orders, right? Oh, I’m sorry. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. It’s a great question. So, if you look at our broader market structure, the concept of a market order, the availability of it really doesn’t exist outside of the core session. Um, that’s one of the protections that has been in place for investors for many years. Um, it has not changed. Um, that is not part of our current launch plan. Whether that changes in the future, we will see. Um the reason I really like the question though is that as I mentioned we have this this growing level of competition amongst this overnight ecosystem with the exchanges coming on board. So it is a question that could be asked as we see this evolve and we see this continuous trading day um continue to develop we may see um changes of that nature but for the moment it we’re going to remain limit orders only. Yeah, I think I think the rationale was it’s not you know when it starts it’s not going to be as robust as the day session. So those protections are in place so that you don’t gap gap a stock. Um but I would anticipate that if we get to a a place where these where the volumes are similar to what they are in the day then the capabilities would be similar as they are in a day as well. So, thank you. Of course. And by the way, what are you trading all night? Individual stocks that I already own. Oh, that’s very cool. Is it based on news or just that’s your um news after hours? Sometimes Yep. You know, when futures start? Yep. It It’s very volatile and I find that sometimes I can get out of positions before opening. Ah, got it. Okay. Very cool. Thanks for the question. Hello. Hi. Yeah. So, for the timing of the market, has that been mostly driven by regulation or just back office reconciling, that kind of thing? The the timing of this of being this capability being launched, right? Yeah. I I’ll let Yeah. So I mean part of it was uh regulation historically but right now you know obviously everything we’re doing is pending regulatory review but from a technology perspective there’s no reason the market should be closed. We’ve seen that with other asset classes. Equity certainly um you know where we’ve been at the forefront of this uh for for years and years and years in the US um continues to be there should be there. The technology can support it. From a regulatory perspective there’s actually nothing preventing us from putting a trade up on a Saturday today. But we do work closely to make sure that the solution we bring to market um again is in line with expectations. there’s clear understandings and also investor protections and market integrity always being top of mind globally. globally. Um, are you guys working with other markets globally to also enable this or it’s a what we’ve seen I think as the US has really set a model here. We’ve set a standard um and Bruce, you know, came out of the gate when we launched in 2025. Our goal was to deliver a new standard in in overnight trading with the institutional grade technology with our consortium of strategic partners, Robin Hood, Peak 6, um firms that have stood behind um our business uh and and brought solutions to their clients um making sure you know that it is something that they feel confident and shows the resiliency that the market deserves. What we’ve now seen is we’ve seen the first levels of interest coming out of markets such as London and Korea where we’re we’re hearing of interest in developing 245 solutions you know in those jurisdictions. Um I think the news from last night of uh the US uh starting to go towards 24/7 um really will get some further interest but yes I expect develops developments in these other jurisdictions as well. Thanks. Thanks for the question. Yeah good one more. Uh so you said revenue or trading re revenue went up 400%. Who’s the majority of that increase? So the stat I spoke to was the increase in trading volume overnight. So uh we track three ATS’s that operate during the overnight trading session. Of course, Bruce being one of them. Um it’s the executed volume on those three ATS’s from August to August was up 389% to be very specific. Yeah. But you’re you’re saying who’s the composition of it? Who’s the main like is that institutions retail? It’s it’s primarily a retail market at this point plus um we’ll call liquidity providers and market makers. Um we’re beginning to see the introduction of the institutional community as I mentioned. Um, one of the stats we find really interesting, uh, is that the overnight market is is an anomaly in that retail is actually trading with retail. So, as we look at our stats, we see retail versus retail on what we estimate is about 25% of the shares traded. Um, which is a really interesting factor of the overnight. Um, that will change over time as institutions come on board and the market expands, but um, it’s a very very retail driven market at the moment. Thank you. Cool. I think that wraps it up. I want to thank Jason for for being here. Uh appreciate it and uh look forward to um to doing a lot more. Likewise. Yeah. Thank you. And thanks for coming. Thanks everybody. Appreciate it.

    Thank you. Thanks Jason. Thanks everyone. We’re almost at lunch, but we have one more really great session coming up here. We just went behind the scenes on the always on equity market, but for our next session, we’re staying behind the scenes, but moving over to my favorite market, the futures market. And this is easily my favorite transition of the day because apparently I don’t have to go anywhere. So, we’re bringing one of trading’s leading podcast, Chat with Traders. Anyone listen to hear of Chat with Traders? Highly recommend it. They talk to some fantastic old school traders that uh have been very successful. a lot of the market wizards, a lot of uh former professional traders. And so we’re taking that and we’re bottling up into a fun discussion here where we take the point of view of a retail trader, the point of view of a market maker, and the point of view of the exchange in between. So joining me are Kevin Avery, host of Chat with Traders, Rob Kramer, president and CEO of Geneva Trading, and Craig Buick, senior director and global head of retail education at CME Group. And we’re going inside the futures market from your screen to the exchange to the market maker on the other side. This is chat with traders one trade three perspectives sponsored by our friends at CME Group.

    Welcome Houston. How are we doing? How many here have heard of Chat with Traders? Show of hands. Yes, let’s go. Well, hey, I’m Kevin Avery, host of Chat with Traders, and the theme of this year’s summit, engines of creation. And it’s very fitting when you look at how Robin Hood keeps innovating and creating. One reason Robin Hood keeps innovating is that its people are also its customers. You guys saw firsthand Steve Quirk. Q was on just a second ago. I love Q. In fact, we learned last night he invented the QR code. He’s great. So, he was on Chat with Traders. Amazing insight. And Robin Hood started by serving a generation of firsttime investors. That’s you. That’s you. The 1500 people that showed up here today, that’s the reason we exist and were able to were able to do this. So give yourselves a round of applause.

    You know, Robin Hood, they introduced it was mobile first and then commissionfree access. They’re increasingly sophisticated tools and they continue to push and democratize markets for more people. As Q put it, the playing field has been leveled. Well, today we’re taking one futures trade and we’re looking at it from three different perspectives. We have Obie, the retail trader, Rob, the professional market maker, and then Craig, the exchange perspective at CME Group. So, let’s meet the panel.

    Obie, I want to start with you. You’re Robin Hood’s education lead, but you’re also a trader and a Robin Hood customer yourself. So give us a little background on your path into the markets and what your role looks like today. Now be next year 20 years in the retail brokerage industry. I started in 2007 at a a firm in Chicago that focused on options trading uh and found my way to a futures desk around 2010. So speaking of markets never sleep, I worked two years on an overnight trading desk. So I literally didn’t sleep for two years. Um and that’s where I got involved in the futures market and helping customers you know whether it was placing orders monitoring the order routing uh work you know working with uh customer service teams overnight uh but during that time I got interested in trading futures and going through the same path as you guys like I’ve never been on on Rob’s side of the desk um I’ve gone through the same journey and fits and starts and I tried this indicator and then I changed to this uh strategy and went from this product to that. Uh has helped me as an education lead hopefully create good content, engaging content that helps get you guys from A to Z and to a point where hopefully you can be a successful trader. Excellent. Now Rob, you joined Geneva Trading as a trader yourself in 2001 and eventually you became president and CEO. So for someone who may not know Geneva, what does the firm do and how how did you get into this role? So the the firm has evolved as as you would expect over the years. We’ve been at this for 27 years now. Um the firm is a principal trading firm. So we trade our own capital. We’re not managing money for anyone else. And at the core of what we do is to identify and develop professional trading talent. and we support them with our capital and professional trading technologies uh to allow them to become successful. The firm is is a diversified organization. So we have groups that are focused purely on market making. We have those that are doing systematic trading or algorithmic trading and those that are also discretionary trading. So we’re involved in all aspects of it. As for your question about how I got into it, I was really I mean it was almost a fluke. I um spent the first part of my career in the tech space. I was a tech entrepreneur. Um and a friend of mine, one of the co-founders of Geneva gave me the opportunity or encouraged me to come over and see what he wanted to do and how he wanted to build a an electronic trading firm. And I went over and I was taught to trade by him. First went over in late 2000 and started in 2001 and the journey just kind of evolved from there. Excellent. Now, hey, Craig, you’re the global head of retail education at CME Group. So, give us a little background on your career and at a high level, what does CME, you know, what do they play in the futures ecosystem? Yeah, so I started in futures and options right out of college. So, I’ve been in it my entire adult life, uh, going back to the mid9s as it were. And in fact, I’ve known Rob, it’s a small community back in Chicago. We’ve known each other for probably 25 years. Um but most recently I spent about nine years at one of the market making firms in Chicago. Um and then joined uh CME in 2016 in this retail role. I think what’s kind of interesting about that story is that in 2016 the role was kind of sold to me as retail is a high priority at CME. uh we see it as a growth area at CME and that was true but we couldn’t have possibly predicted what was going to happen in the last five or six years uh with the explosion in in retail trading. So, it’s really been a fun ride. And as far as CM Group itself goes, uh, by many measures, we’re the largest futures and options exchange in the world. Um, by volume, I think by market cap, but I think more important to maybe this crowd, I think we also offer arguably the most diverse set of products among any futures exchange in the world. So, you can trade equity indexes, you can trade single stock futures, interest rates, foreign currencies, things with feet like pigs and cows, metals, energies, uh, cryptocurrency futures. So really there’s a lot of different options for people that want exposure to all these different things. Excellent. And we’re going to get into why futures too, but Obie, let’s go back to you on, you know, how does not only leading education at Robin Hood, but you’re also a customer. You know, we learn I learned that with Steve Quirk in my interview with him. You know, they’re c Robin Hood’s so customer ccentric and they focus on the customers, but they’re the trader themselves and that’s how they know how to bring that product to the market. So, how does that change the way you think about educating traders and then building out these future products? Yeah, I mean, well, first off, I want to get a sense. How many people here trade futures? How many people are curious about futures? And then how many people are like, I have no idea what a future is. Okay, that’s a good mix. Um, you know, I I think I like to use analogies, so I apologize. There’ll be a lot of analogies over the next 51 minutes, but this reminds me of like when um like a golf equipment company like a Tailor Made or Callaway or something are building clubs for golf. They work with the Rory Mroys and the Scotty Shefflers and they hit clubs and they hit them and hit them and they the feedback from the golfer to the the builder creates this wonderful cycle that hopefully puts a fantastic product in someone’s hand to execute a job. And when I think of Robin Hood’s trading products, like that’s what we’re trying to do. We’re trying to build the best trading platform so that you can execute a job or a task as a trader. The product itself does not make you a good trader, but a bad product harm basically stops you from being a good trader. So, we’re trying to make the best experience possible. And when I sit down with the product teams, you know, they come to me and other um you know, people within the firm that trade futures and we’re like a focus group for them. So the same things you guys want OCOs and these indicators and custom charting and and all of that like we are advocating for that from the inside on top of your guys’s feedback. So I think it’s just once again having a someone who understands the product as a trader but then also being on the other side of uh the role in terms of working with the product teams and engineers. It’s just a great development cycle. Perfect. And you know Craig you were speaking about how this market has just exploded the future space you know why do you think retail participation you said over the last 5 years I mean why do you think it has grown tremendously what makes these products attractive to the individual trader today? Yeah, I think that’s a great question particularly for for this panel because I think what makes futures attractive to individuals is the same thing that makes them attractive to the institutional players, right? And we’ve got to start with the capital efficiency of futures. So, it’s this idea that you can make your money go further. And and I think whether you’re OB, whether you’re a proprietary trading firm like Geneva, whether you’re an international bank or hedge fund, we’re all capital constrained at some point. And futures have that capital efficient nature to them. Now again we never talk about that and another way to say that quite frankly is leverage and we never talk about that without also talking about the other side right which means that you have to be a very strict disciplined trader when you’re trading with these products. So that’s that’s I think the main reason that people are attracted to futures and then beyond that is the 24-hour access. Um and and then I think in the last 5 to 10 years the access in general, right? We have firms like Robin Hood that are now providing the technology and the access to these products that make it just easier and more approachable uh for individual traders. And I think we’re going to get into the sizing that we’ve done uh in a little bit. Yeah. And a follow-up question to that, Craig, I mean, you you say futures are very, you know, they’re capital efficient. we can control more notional exposure with less capital. But is that also what can get some people in trouble is having that amount of leverage? Sure. And we never sugarcoat that. Um we think it’s an attribute that does attract a lot of people to futures. So for example, let’s say you wanted exposure to the S&P and you were looking at the spider ETF or or the E- mini. Well, if you’re trading on margin, as they say in the stock market, you’re required to put up at least 50% of that exposure that you get. Well, if you’re looking at that same exposure in the futures market, that’s more like five or 6%. So, in order to hold the same amount of exposure, you put up less money. Well, that means that you’re also risking that money. So, again, you do have to be a very strict risk manager when you are trading these more sophisticated products. Absolutely. Now, Rob, I want to come to you. You’ve developed and hired traders who’ve achieved 8 figure results. you were telling us and you know what’s the role of a market maker in this industry? Are you simply making the market or is there more involved in it? Do you actually take directional trades and have bias there? Well, it’s it’s our organi organization now is quite complex. So, we have uh market making groups and directional trading groups. um a market maker. You know, if you really think about it, there are times when uh individuals, farmers, oil companies want to come to a market and they need to hedge and there’s not liquidity there for them. We provide that liquidity. We provide two-sided markets in the products that we trade. We we try to provide fast fair prices for everyone. Um but but of course we do have in in doing that and doing it well perhaps a directional bias. It might be shaped by our own risk and inventory we have on what we’re seeing in the market and it could be informed by a lot of correlated or other other markets that we’re observing. So our approach is very complex. Okay. Now Obie I want to come back to you because now we just heard the professional side. Let’s get some the retail angle on this. And what do you think a key difference is between a trader like you, trader like Rob? Yeah. I mean, you just think about the concept of a professional versus retailer. Let’s just use sports again, like a professional versus an amateur. You know, if I was playing a round of golf with the world number one Scotty Shuffler, and we went to a tea box, right? We both have a club, a ball, and we’re playing the same hole. I may look down the fairway and say, “Man, I just want to hit the ball straight and far, and hopefully it goes where I’m hoping it goes.” Scotty might get on the T- box and say, “All right, wind’s coming out of the right. I’ve got water left. I’ve got a bunker at 280. I’m going to pull a 3-wood, land it on the right side of the fairway because the tea is back left on the green.” the amount of times that a professional does something, it creates a habit and a routine and a process where it’s like breathing for them. I think for newer traders and retail traders, there’s a mix of still learning the fundamentals while putting on risk and understanding the craziness of the market. The your brain our brains are just not as adept to make all those decisions. Plus the amount of resources that a professional firm has, which I think with the launch of all the agents and and everything that we’re doing is starting to narrow that gap. So, at the end of the day, Kevin, it’s really about if this is going to be your full-time job, there’s just such an advantage to that versus, hey, I’m going to trade 1 hour a day as sort of like a side of the plate task or, you know, even using the word hobby. Like, trading futures really isn’t a hobby. You really have to uh you know approach it with some some discipline and rigor. Excellent. Love that. Hey, I just want to quick note for the audience. We have three microphones here. So, while we’re in discussion, go ahead and think of some questions you may have and towards the end we’ll do a Q&A. So, we’ll you’ll line up at these mics and just go ahead and line up towards the end in about 20 30 minutes and I’ll point you out. Now, Rob, I want to go back to you. So retail traders sometimes think market makers maybe they’re just providing liquidity by capturing that bid ask spread. Is that really all market makers are doing? You know what risks come to you by for providing liquidity? So I can’t I can’t speak to everyone in the industry but I would say based on my observation and discussions most of the larger trading firms like ours are multi-dimensional. So we’ve got uh groups that do provide uh market making providing liquidity in in the various contracts primarily in futures. They are also developing directional biases. They may have strategies that are are directional in nature. So it is it is complex. I think if you were looking at it and I’ve I’ve heard stats about people quoting and I can’t confirm whether they’re true or not. Maybe Craig could, but somebody once said like 80% of the revenue or P&L that’s generated in markets is from liquidity taking or directional trading, not necessarily from the market making. I I would guess that could probably be right. Yeah. I mean, we don’t necessarily comment on the customer mix like that, but certainly the ecosystem doesn’t work without the market maker, without the end user, and that end user is so varied. Like I said, it could be a a multinational hedge fund. It could be a bank. It could be an individual like OB, you know, and and really it all comes together to make that market market work, that market efficient and and liquid. Okay. Okay. Yeah. I want to debunk some myths here too if we can because a lot of traders think that people are after their orders. By show of hands, how many of you have been bottom or top ticked on a trade?

    Some of you have never traded before. Well, some traders, they think, you know, that the market’s out for them. So, Craig, coming to you, is is this a myth? I mean, can you debunk that? Yeah, I think for this question, I’d probably actually draw on my my sort of past experience when I worked for a firm similar to Rob’s. And obviously I’m not going to give out any trade secrets here, but I I would say sort of at least in my experience and again like like Rob said, we can’t speak for every firm out there. It’s a resounding no, right? And and and our job was simply and that literally is the job of a market maker is to provide bids and offers so that the end user can transact on them. We want the end user to transact on our bids and offers. Um but we have absolutely no idea who’s who’s hitting our bids and offers. And again, I’m saying are this is a past life of mine. Um, but you know, it’s it’s something I hear a lot. You know what I say to people is I if you’re an individual trader, those are the markets you want to be in. You want to be in the market where there’s a hundred firms like Robs that are competing for that trade. And and believe me, it’s as a competitive a space as it gets. So they’re competing with each other for your trade. And that’s again, that’s the market you want to be in because if it’s good enough for those hedge funds that I just mentioned, if that market is good enough to deal on for them, I would suggest it’s good enough. And and with all due respect, Obi for Obi. You know, it’s funny. Back in the day, I had a a trader who used to I mean, this is a professional trader, so people are feeling like the world’s watching him. He used to say, “Do they have cameras on me?” like he you know when he’d be in a trade he’d feel like somebody must have seen something that the markets are like that in some ways. Yeah. We we feel like they’re watching us. They’re after us. So you know I want to come back to you Rob because you were actually you you were speaking on this a little bit earlier how orders are kind of anonymous these days. I spoke to a trader recently on Chat with Traders. They said back in the day that there used to be kind of like an order ID and you would kind of know who’s on the other side of it. But these days, I mean, you don’t know you if you’re taking I mean, if you’re providing liquidity, adding, removing it, you may not you don’t know cuz the orders could be broken up, right? It’s all anonymous. We have no idea who’s on the other side of any trade that comes at us. And, you know, sophisticated players are slicing and dicing up their orders. Um, it’s really hard to decipher who you’re getting your fills from and what’s happening. You ultimately are just managing your strategies and your risk and you you should be accepting them and wanting them at the prices that you’re quoting. But you’re right. I I grew up with Globex over the last 25 years and in early early days you could we had the the exchanges and I think this was common amongst all exchanges did display that counterparty and you would hear things like if this bank ABC was on the other side of my trade I knew I had a 30 second wick on that trade. Those days are long long gone. Long gone. Well, Rob, how do large professional traders, they have bigger size, you know, how does how do they manage their orders? Do they break them up? Do they hide their size? How do they approach liquidity in a different way? Well, the answer is yes. And I there’s no one way that is a correct approach. There are a lot of firms that will try to manage out of positions and and kind of uh manage their portfolios with larger blocks or executions over longer periods of time. Others just just have the philosophy of once I’m ready to get out, I’m just going to go to market and I’m going to get out of my position. And so it’s it’s really there’s no no, you know, right way wrong way. But but to the point of they do and as we do, we do not want to signal to the market our intention and we will try to get out of our positions in ways that won’t create a market impact. Excellent. Yeah, great great answer. I appreciate that. You know, Craig, back to you. We’re we’re going to we’re seeing a lot of new traders enter this market. You’ve been around for for a while. You just gave us some examples, you know, from from back in the day. So, what do you what gives a trader longevity? What separates the trader that’s still here 5, 10, 20 years from now? I do appreciate you saying I’ve been around a long time rather than calling me old. So, thank you for that. Um, but I have, you know, and I think it comes it’s it’s very simple and and a a good trader is synonymous with a good risk manager. I think we all have whether it’s with myself, whether it’s OB, whether it’s a firm like Geneva, we all have indicators, we all have strategy methodologies, whatever it is that makes someone decide to put risk on, to put a trade on. None of us know if the market’s going to go up or down. What makes the good trader is that we know that not all of those trades are going to go the direction that we thought they were. So, it comes down to knowing when it’s not being able to sort of cut those losses and live to see another another day and another trade. We used to tell, you know, prospective traders uh that would interview us, a good trader is confident enough to put on the trade when they think there’s an edge, but humble enough to take it off when they’re wrong. And those can be juxtaposed sometimes. Sometimes that’s not the easiest thing to sort of learn and it’s not the in terms of sort of self-discipline uh and mental discipline. You’ve kind of got to learn that skill. I’ve heard it put another way. I had an interview with Peter Brandt recently. Did you anybody watch that one on chat with traders? Got one fan. Yeah. Strong opinions weekly held. Hey, rings true. So Obie, you’ve seen some newer traders mistakes in real time. you know, tell us about what are some common ways that traders get into big trouble. Yeah, I mean, I’ve I’ve like I said, I’ve been in the industry almost 20 years and I’ve always been on the retail side. So, uh, having the ability to take phone calls from customers and we do that, obviously, you know, we bring up your account, see what you’re doing, answer your questions. I’m going to share a personal story here because I want you guys to, you know, I’m I’m not anyone special. I’m just like you guys. So, my first trade on the S&P Mini. All right. So, I I started on the overnight trade desk in January of 2010. I spent 6 to 8 months learning. I got my series 3. I started paper trading. I discovered um our lesson from a legend in Miami, Mark Fiser. I learned his trading methodology. I set up my charts. I had all my levels, my opening range, my pivot points, and I decided, okay, today’s the day. I’ve got some some capital. I I funded my account. I think it was like $8,000, and at the time, Craig, the the margin was like 4,000. Now, it’s like 6 a little bit more. So, this was the day, right? I get home from my overnight shift. Markets open 8:30 Chicago time. It’s an opening range strategy. If it breaks below the pivot point, you get short. It breaks above the pivot point, you get long. Your stop gets placed on the other side of the opening range. Mistake number one, you lose the force for the trees. Too many times I see retail traders staring at their charts with blinders. And I did this on this day because we broke below the pivot point. I got short one E- mini. I put my stop above the opening range just like I was supposed to. Then all of a sudden, oh, I’m I’m I’m up. It’s going down. It’s going down. Like, oh, I’m up a couple hundred bucks. I’m feeling great. And then all of a sudden, just the biggest green candle just went right to the top of the opening range. I was stopped out in 5 minutes. I lost $1,600, which about 20% of my capital in one trade. So, mistake number two, trading too big. And the the moral of the story was I was so focused on my charts and my indicators, I failed to realize on TV at that moment, former Fed Chair Ben Bernani was testifying in front of Congress announcing QE2. And that was the last time I think I was short 1168. I remember that level. That was the last time the S&P ever traded at 1168. So, I bottom ticked the S&P in 2011 because I wasn’t paying attention. You bottom ticked. I didn’t see your hand up earlier, Obie. Well, hey, love at first sight, right? Look at where you are today after that. So, Rob, let’s come over to you. So, from the professional side, what separates the trader who’s you to survive and adapt from the ones who don’t? Well, I don’t I mean, I think I’ll I’ll go to Ob’s uh golf analogy. Yeah, I mean, you know, the basics of the game are all the same. It doesn’t matter if you’re managing an enormous capital base and trading in bigger size or more complex portfolio with more sophisticated technologies or approaches to trading. The reality is a great trader and Craig mentioned this earlier is a great risk manager. You have to be disciplined, focused every day when you get in uh to the office. You got to be prepared for what’s coming for that day. You got to do your homework. You got to have a game plan and you’ve got to execute it. And it does not it does not change. If you’re going to be a trader, risk management is really the number one theme. Some of you maybe have heard of the great Jack Schwagger. He was on Chat with Traders. Had a conversation with him. Guess what the I mean the common thing theme theme amongst all the wizards over hundred years risk management. Well, enough of talking about trading. Who’s ready to see a trade live? All right. So, Obie, let’s let’s bring it up. Let’s bring up a trade and then let’s do a thesis, a bullish thesis on the S&P 500. Craig, if we have this thesis, you know, how how can we put it together? Yeah. So, I’m wearing a shirt that says CME Group on it. So, when we think about S&P exposure, I’m might be a little biased, but I’m going to go naturally to the S&P futures market. Um, but beyond my own personal bias though, more practically, the S&P futures markets are the most liquid S&P markets in the world. Like if you were to compare the amount of trade, the amount of notional trade that goes through the E- mini or micro E- mini S&Ps in a given day versus something like the spider, the futures dwarf what’s going through on the security side on that ETF. So I would start with saying I want to be in the most liquid market that I can be and for the reasons I mentioned before. I want to be where those institutions are, deep, liquid, transparent market. So, I’m going to start with the S&P futures. Then beyond that, then it becomes more of a sizing issue. Do I want the size of an E- mini S&P, which I think is somewhere around $380,000 these days, or do I want to start somewhere smaller with like a micro, which is onetenth that size, 38,000, and then we even have a smaller size more recently called an Eano. So, then I think it starts to come down to sizes. And and maybe we’re going to let Obie talk a little bit about that sizing aspect. Yeah. So, what I’ve got up here, and you know, this is not too far off from kind of what I’m staring at every day on my Robin Hood Legend. I don’t have my personal indicator set. The only thing I have on here for just simplicity of the demo is the uh daily pivot point. So, just looking at yesterday’s high, low, close divided by three, and it kind of sets a No excuses, Obie. Put a green trade on. Who wants to see a green trade? Um but you know the the idea here is you know long above the pivot short below the pivot identify an area. But uh you know just looking at the tape today we’re up um you know I mentioned I’m an opening range trader. So kind of looking at that 830 uh to actually this is going to yeah right here. Here’s the 8:30 candle. Let’s just draw that so we can we can see where the opening range has been today. Uh where are you at? There we go. Uh here we go. And while you’re doing that, Craig, I have a follow-up question for you. I mean, cuz these products were once just for institutional traders, you know. So, how did we get to a market now where everyday traders have access to this? Yeah. And I think that’s again what I mentioned at the onset. That’s one of the things that’s invited so many more individual traders into these markets. And the evolution is kind of interesting. If if you go all the way back to 1997, the only S&P product that the CME offered was the what we called the standard S&P. It’s no longer around. But that was a product that was worth 500 times what the the the level of the S&P was, which when you consider the S&P at that time was only 900 points. It was a manageable product size for for institutions. But even at that time, 500 had become a big a big product, a big futures contract. So in 97, we introduced the E- Mini. Fast forward to 2019, that E- mini was a mini in name only, right? Because of the appreciation of the S&P index itself. What was an e what was a minisized contract in 97 was now an institutional for for the most part size product be just simply because the S&P had increased by so much. So in 2019, we we introduced the micros. We heard demand from the customers, the mini’s too big, we need something smaller. So, we introduced the microiz contract in the four major indices, the S&P, NASDAQ, Dow, and Russell. I’ll put you on the spot, actually, Kevin, and and this kind of speaks to why we’ve now released an even smaller product called the Eano. So, I just mentioned we were we launched the the Micros in 2019. Kevin, what do you think the NASDAQ 100 was trading just six or seven years ago when we launched it? Oh, goodness. $1, Bob. What’s that? $1, Bob. Oh, I I did this on purpose. So, just in 2019 alone, the NASDAQ was trading at 7,700. Today, the NASDAQ’s trading at over $30,000, I think. So, what was a microized contract, what was worth about $15,000 just in 2019 is now a $60,000 contract. Now, that’s still approachable for a lot of individual traders, but it has been the genesis for us to launch the even smaller product that we have now called the E Nano. Perfect. Hey, we actually have a question from an audience member. I want to go ahead and direct our attention over here. So, if we can get that mic hot.

    Yeah, go ahead. Thank you. Um, I have a question. You mentioned leverage is one of the benefits of futures, right? Um for individual stocks, why don’t we have futures for individual stocks? That’s a great question and we in fact do have futures on individual stocks and in fact it’s one of the newer products that we’ve launched this year about 6 weeks ago. So about six years ago, we announced single stock futures on 55 different names. 22 of those names have microsiz contracts. So we do and you know we’re working with Robin Hood. Um they’re not available on Robin Hood’s platform yet. Uh but we are working with them. Yeah. Hey, that was a great question. Hey, so Obie, where are we at? Yeah. So, uh if we’re going to approach this and put this on, the first thing Craig mentioned is all right, what product are we trading? This is a demo account, but we are trading with house money. So, 29,000 in this account. If we were going to go to the ES, which is the S&P mini under the contract specs, we can see the margin requirement 28,700. If we put this trade on using the ES, we would be basically using our entire capital. And, you know, doing the math, that’s about, we’ll call it $1,000 of wiggle room. And on one E- mini, that’s 20 points. That that can happen in the blink of an eye where we would go from being in a position to being in a margin call and have to bring up funds into our account or close our position. So this contract would be too big for our account size. What we’ll do, as Craig mentioned, is let’s go down to the micro, which is forward/mees. That’s going to put you on the active contract. So typically futures traders retail 99% of the time we’re trading the front month active contract. It’s not like options where we’re picking an expiration. This is where all the liquidity is. Uh and this is essentially where we have the best sort of uh entrance point as a retail trader is that front month active contract. Now notice the margin requirement on this one is 2871. So onetenth the size of the ES. And with our $30,000 account, as I mentioned earlier, I like to do kind of like whatever half of my account size is, that would be my max risk. And this is where futures, you don’t have to understand the crazy math of options and understand theoretical pricing models in Greeks. The uh you have to be really good at what we call cashier math. You know, quick quick simple math. In this case, the margin requirement is 2871. We have a $29,000 account. If we had a position size of of five uh micros here, it’d be roughly $15,000 in capital we’re deploying. Uh and so that would probably be my max position size. So if we have an A+ trade setup, maybe that’s when I’m going in on the larger size, a sort of maybe B+ B minus setup, we go to two to three. And if I’m just maybe doing one like a feeler trade, just want to be involved for the day and we do one. But for this, my inner contrarian is telling me maybe we fade this rally uh from this morning, right? The we uh market since um 6 a.m. kind of hit a bottom at 7720 has rallied up to 77.82 is now trading 65. Uh if we go back to the ES chart, you can see that’s kind of sitting near the top of the opening range. If if I’m an opening range trader, I realistically wouldn’t be putting a position on here, Kevin, because to me, the opening range is no man’s land. I want to be long above it, short below it. Uh but for the purposes of this demo, I don’t know. Anyone want to get short? Got some hands. Who wants to get long here?

    All right, so let’s do this. We’re going to get short here. And uh let’s define our trade. uh if we get short at 7765, let’s explain how to you’re going to the ladder. Explain the the ladder there and how traders can utilize that. Yeah, if you’re a futures trader and you’re not using the the trading ladder, you’re kind of doing it wrong. Uh unless you’re a longer position, if you’re an active trader, actively getting in and out of the market throughout the day, there’s no effic more efficient way to trade than through the ladder. You can set your orders like if we want to put a buy limit below. There we go. We’ve got an order working with one click. If we want to change that order, we slide it up and down the ladder. We’ve cancel and replaced. We want to cancel an order, we’re out. Very quick and efficient way to get in and out of a position for this. Let’s get short. And I’m just going to sell two at the market. So, we’re going to risk Oh, we’re in the big boys here. Where’s my risk manager? Sorry. Uh here we go. Mees. So, we’re going to put roughly a little bit less than $6,000 on margin requirement. And I’ll change my quantity cell two. And we’re filled. Uh, and you can see this line here. We’re filled at 66 half. And every tick this goes down. If you click the P&L button here, it’s going to tell you how much we’re making or losing. But this is where knowing this stuff cold is one of those mistakes retail retail traders make is they’re still learning this contract spec area before they move to the ladder. And so I know a contract size of two on this. Uh every point we’re making or losing uh what is it? 10 bucks. Five bucks. Thank you. See, I’m just I’m Well, how important, Obie, is it to predefine all of this before entering the trade? Like where where do you see a lot of traders messing up? Yeah. So, first things first, like we put in an order here, but we haven’t put in a stop or a target. Uh if let’s just say we’re going to put our stop back at the the top of the opening range today and that would be 70 uh 79 and a half. So first things first, we’re going to put a buy order in at 7780.

    And you can see where the volume is sitting on these price levels. And there’s some liquidity up there which would make sense. And we’re going to put a buy stop at 80 and a quarter. And if we go to our P&L, we’re now risking 137 and a half. All right. So, if we we get stopped out here, that’s that’s what we’re going to take. So, know where the stop is prior to even the entry cuz a lot of traders will focus on that green lever first before ever and then perhaps even adjust them risk parameters mid trade, which is what a lot of amateurs do. You got to focus on the risk that we discussed less the money. So now that we’re in the trade, Obie, you know, you got the stop in the you got the target in as well. I mean, so where do you go from here? Where do a lot of traders mess up when they’re in let’s say whether green or red on the trade? You know, where do traders go wrong at that point? And Obie, I’m going to I’m going to jump in just one second to clarify that $5 uh question that you just had. We’re short two. Short two. So $10. So um for those because there were some people that weren’t familiar with futures and this is just one of the basic tenants of futures that I just tell people you simply have to learn. It’s not you don’t have to split the atom but futures trade in what’s called a multiplier. So they don’t trade in a number of shares like if you’re used to trading stocks and you trade a 100 shares of stock and that stock goes up by a dollar. Well that’s a $100 impact to your P&L. Futures have what’s called a multiplier. And that’s what changes among these things like e- minis, micros, and nanos is that multiplier. So if he has two of these micros on, the multiplier on a micro is five. Which means every time that the S&P moves by one full point, that’s a $10. That’s two times five. $10 impact to your P&L. And again, it’s not rocket science, but it’s just one of those things that you have to get used to if you’re making a transition from stocks to futures. Yeah. And this is where the cashier math comes in. Notice the price levels on this future go in quarters. So there it’s not like trading stocks where everything moves in pennies. So every tick in the market is a quarter point. There’s four quarters to a dollar and we have once again two contracts on the multiplier five. So now our multiplier is 10. That’s $10 of risk or profit. Every full point and every tick uh we’re sitting at is $2.50 of profit or loss. And Kevin, you had mentioned like what is sort of what happens now that we have a position on that maybe a trader gets in their own way. Well, it’s real easy to start seeing negative numbers and your brain starts playing tricks on you. So, this is one of the reasons we have a trading psychologist coming at the end of the day. Now, $25 isn’t going to get our heart racing, but imagine if we had 10 ES on or in Rob’s case, maybe one of his traders has a a 100 lot or 500 lot. you’re making or losing a lot of money really quick and your brain is trying to protect you from loss. And so a first mistake might be someone takes this stop and drags it down and tries to say, you know what, I don’t want I don’t want any more of the pain. Uh the other option if this turned into a profitable trade is instead of letting the trade work, they move that stop into a break even too fast or even at a profit, they get stopped out, take a small profit and then the market moves the way they wanted. And that is almost feels worse cuz you’re like, I was right and yet I was wrong. Yeah. Absolutely. And so, you know, if if we were looking at this, you know, I would keep an eye on this and, you know, maybe we’re looking to get out uh if if it tests the the daily pivot point. Once again, this is just sort of a generic example. I think we would have a little more nuance to this if we were uh trading for real. I I see I see is that Bob Aino at the mic? It is. Yeah. We have a question from the audience. Hey, go ahead. Go for it. So, I have two questions. So, I’ll just ask him and I’ll sit down. One is for Rob and that is do the traders that are market makers for you. Uh I remember being in the pit. We had slow days. When we had slow days we would put on longerterm speculative positions. Do your market makers have the freedom to do that in your firm? And then the second question is for both Craig and Obie as we speed toward 247 trading in absolutely everything. Do things like the opening range still exist and for how long? I know every trade that I do is entered on the close of the day. I mean, charting patterns have to mark a close, but if we’re 24/7, are there any closes anymore? Are there any opening ranges? So, whatever order. Thanks, guys. So, I I’ll I’ll take the first question. So um do our market makers have latitude to trade size on a slower day? The answer is yes. Um the the uh trading groups and every trader in the firm has a very active dialogue and relationship with our risk desk who assigns VAR and risk parameters around everything they have. Once those are assigned to the to the trading desk and the person that’s responsible for the risk, it’s up to them to do it. I would not advise people to trade bigger size because it’s a slow day or it’s boring or whatever um going on. But the answer is yes. They have full latitude uh to trade size and a lot of them have um capacity to do a lot. I I I’ll start OB and I I would just say that CME Group has has been offering we’ll call it 23×5 trading for decades, right? So I I think in terms of is there an opening range if that I think that’s already been answered, right? Because I’m not sure that the extension of the weekend really impacts that opening range that much. Now, I think there’ll be a different liquidity profile for weekend trading versus the sort of Sunday night through Friday afternoon trading, but certainly as you know, as you well know, you know, the liquidity or the the volume that happens when the the cash stock market o market opens in the morning tends to be greater than it was the couple hours preceding it and things like that. So, I’m not sure that the extension to the weekend really really changes it that much. Yeah, I would just add, you know, I I was chatting with Jason from Bruce uh about this a week ago when we were prepping for his panel to be determined, but I I I you know, whatever you do as a trader, whether it’s opening range or something different, typically you need volume and volatility for that stuff to to work. And you know, right now as an S&P futures trader, having a VIX at a 15 or 16 really makes it hard to trade intraday compared to when VIX is above 20. When I when I when VIX gets above 20, I perk up and all of a sudden I’m like, all right, the indicators and and pivot point levels and sort of the intraday expected range implied by the options market tends to come to fruition more. And as a a futures trader, like what we’re seeing now is is it’s pretty boring. It’s like watching paint dry. We want something to hit a level and then boom, drop, go up. That’s where, you know, as a futures trader, if we’re in the right side of the position, we can get in out of a position quickly where today, you know, it’s just kind of chopping around and it may be a day that I would, you know, probably not put a trade on. And and you can see we’re just sort of floating here down 35 bucks. But, um, yeah, I think it’s a good question, Bob. And you know, as a trader, you have to evolve with the markets. Yeah, these are great questions. And again, this is this whole event’s for you guys. So, continue to step up to the mic and ask questions. We actually have another one center aisle here. Go ahead with your question. Yes. My question is uh institution investors have research teams, sophisticated models, better technology and more resources than the average retail investor. So what if any sustainable edge does a retail investor actually have? I I would I would love to take that one. It’s what you just saw like we get to decide when we get in and out of the market, what our size is, what product we trade. A market maker, they’re obligated to make bids and offers. Like, they take the other side of our trade. They don’t have the discretion and directional opinion that we have. Um, now there’s trade-offs with that. There’s benefits to that. But as a retail trader, you get to define your risk. You get to pick what you do, when you do it, how you do it. I think the mistakes that a retail trader makes is they may go into a product that’s a little less liquid. They may not understand the fundamentals of something. They may trade too large. They may focus too much on their charts and not on the bigger market picture. Um, but I think that’s a a valuable edge to be able to sort of choose your own path where Rob maybe a market maker doesn’t have that freedom. I I think another dimension there is that you know I you got to think about the markets in kind of a a fractal nature right so a large institutional investor is not looking for a short price movement they’re not scalping the market right so they they’re looking to execute typically larger size take a position that fundamental research has to be justified with enough you know gain out of it to warrant the research and work that goes into that trade very good, well disciplined traders don’t can operate a lot more dynamically and nimly in the market than someone that has the burden of having to manage an enormous amount of of capital. Excellent. All right. Hey, we have 10 minutes left, so these will be the last two questions here. We’ll start with you, sir, right here. Hi there. Um, I’ve been playing around with the ladder in the app and I was wondering if there’s any feature coming for like a trailing stop order. I’ve been moving the stop and sometimes it the market price flies past me while I’m doing that. I think it cancels one and places another order. Yeah, I’m with you. I’m I’m on Grace and the rest of the futures team on that. We announced OCOs last night for equities. Uh, and I will be the biggest advocate for getting that over to the future side along with trail stops. I think, you know, there’s a trade-off with that. It’s nice to have your hands off. Um, but sometimes it’s it’s nice to have that precision of where and how you place your stop, where you move it, when you move it, where a trail stop is a little less precise. Um, but I think OCO’s for example, like this would be a perfect time to, you know, buy stop above the opening range, put a a buy limit order below. uh go to lunch and and not worry necessarily uh you know what happens with our position. We’ve defined our risk and we’re trading a liquid product. So, you know, we’re not going to probably you know, stop order is not going to rip through uh in the middle of a day unless something crazy happens. But quick followup. So, are there plans for those order types in Robin Hood? Say that again. Are there future plans for those auto types in Robin Hood? Yes, I all that stuff is on the road map. Uh if you go to the booth, find Grace, find Adam from the futures team. Uh they could probably give you more information. Great. Thank you. All right. Hey, last question here. This gentleman here. Hi. Um yeah, so futures options give us like great way to play around with futures at least for beginners or even like you know when I’m in a position how to manage it. Now ECM working with Robin Hood to launch futures options anytime. We are indeed. You know, we would we and that’s a great point cuz when you talked about how do you get exposure to the S&P, we went straight to futures. We’d be remiss not to talk about the fact that you can also get similar options exposure to the S&P through futures options that you can with options like S&P or Spider and we are in fact working with Robin Hood to try to get those on the platform as well. It’s a great question. Awesome. Thank you. Can we expect any timelines? Uh it’s on the road map. I would hopefully sometime next year. Uh but you know once again Grace and team can can provide more information but I’m almost positive probably sometime next year is is likely. Uh the one thing I’ll say though is like options versus futures is an important distinction if you know if if you’re out there trying to scalp intraday movements on the S&P. You know the efficiency and what’s the right word? um precision you get with a futures contract relative to buying a call or buying a put. When you buy an option to to scalp a short-term price move on an underlying stock or indicy, you’re bringing some additional factors into the picture. Uh especially on the shorterdated options that the you know the time premium is going to come out of that really quick if you’re wrong where with futures whether it’s S&P, oil, gold, you’re directly trading that without some of those exogenous factors that options bring in. I think futures options allow some really cool ways to define and create specific payoff diagrams combined with trading volatility and other things where this is much more of a directional approach. Thank you. All right, great. Hey, got a couple questions left as we’re wrapping up and as we’re wrapping up that trade. Uh Rob, I want to jump to you with uh as a professional liquidity provider, you know, are you when you’re on the other side of this trade, are you making a directional bet that OB’s wrong on this or are you perhaps just maybe even hedging a position? Well, it’s a it’s a great question and I think you know there are misconceptions around like what are you seeing on the screen? Is that the market maker right there? And and the reality is is that the order book is comprised of so many competing parties with a lot of different ways that they’re trying to make money. If I look at an offer in the S&P 500, I don’t know whether that person is going to be trying to hedge in a basket of stocks trading against the ETF, maybe they’re an options firm who’s gotten some risk on in the options side. The all of the markets are so integrated. That contract there represents 500 companies. And so there’s an enormous amount of data and complexity that goes into that. We are are making markets actively day in and day out. We are not I mean we don’t win on every trade. I mean there’s there’s a lot of people that I think it’s public like a lot of firms that have consistent P&L with only 51 or 52% success rate. So, a lot of people are making money as the market maker loses on trades and they still are able to profit due to the volume that they do. So, it really depends on the market. In some markets, it’s different than others. So, there’s a lot of depth there, it sounds like. Well, hey, Obie, where are we at with the trade right now? Yeah, we’re kind of treading water. We’re slightly down. We’ll call it break even. And and you know, for sake of time, we got five minutes left. This is this is another concept that I learned that I think is valuable that retail doesn’t think about. We have a physical price stop in but there’s also a concept of a a time stop. Uh something I learned from from Mark Fischer as well. So we’ve been in this position what maybe 10 15 minutes. You know if if a position doesn’t go your way in a certain amount of time sometimes that’s a sign like you know what just get out of the position move on to the next one. Uh and and now as we turn profitable, it’s like, okay, if if we think we’re just going to sit around here, maybe our initial thesis was wrong, which was very short and quick, but um you know, in this case, we may want to just cover the position and and go to lunch without risk on the table. We’re going to jump to the closing question. So, if you want to leave it up and running or uh or take it off and come take a seat. Yeah, let’s buy them back. We’re filled. You know, we made a half a point. So, and then, of course, cancel your stop and we’re out. All right. Excellent. Obie, the closing question to you is going to be, what’s one mistake you’d want every retail futures trader to avoid? I think it’s the size. I I think that’s the the biggest thing I see retail is they and let’s imagine you had that $29,000 account. they would put as much risk on as they can afford and give themselves no margin to be wrong. And I’ve seen that over and over and our customer service teams deal with that a lot. And when you’re in that position, you’re stressed. Uh you can get angry, but at the end of the day, as I pointed out earlier, you can avoid that. You can avoid that by sizing properly. Understand the math. So, if you’re wrong on a position, is it going to draw down, you know, 25 basis points to your account, a half a percent, 1%? Uh, too many times I see retail where they put on a trade and if they’re wrong, their capital’s cut in half. And at the end of the day, you’re trading capital is your lifeblood. Like, if you don’t have it, you can’t trade. And trying to hit the home run when you know a single will do. Singles add up indeed. Well, hey Craig, closing question to you. What’s one thing that every new futures trader should understand about the marketplace they’re participating in? Yeah, and I think Obie covered sort of the practical answer to that question, which is size and and make sure you’re not overtrading. So, I’ll get a little bit more, I guess, philosophical with my answer. And and I think regardless of of what market it is, I think new traders need to understand that the market’s probably not wrong when you consider all of the different market participants, all of the different liquidity providers, institutions, retail traders that make up that bid offer. And I was I know Tom Sausnoff is here today and he’s doing a keynote at three. I was lucky enough to be on the road with Tom for 10 years. And one of my favorite things that he used to say is when I look at the screen and I see a bid offer, that’s probably the right price because of all of the things I just described. So when you get long the S&P and the market goes down, it’s probably not because you’re right and everyone else is wrong. And I think that’s one early lesson that traders need to learn. And and then that goes back to that humility, being able to admit that I’m wrong, cut the losses, and and live to see another trade. 100%. And Rob, to you, what’s one misconception about the person on the other side of the trade you’d like to eliminate? Well, I I I think one misconception that’s it’s really unhealthy is thinking market makers are seeing singling out a particular uh market participant like retail. Um, you know, we’ve been in this business for a long time. There wasn’t any retail that, you know, we really saw in our markets in the early days. I mean, it was more of an institutional market. Um, but, uh, I think it’s more of to Craig’s point of like it’s a highly competitive market. And, um, you know, I I think I want to echo something that was said earlier for people that are looking to get in the game. It takes even for professional trading firms a long time to develop successful traders. You need to focus on a developing a pattern of success and a track record in your trading that gives you the confidence and the data to allow you to know how to scale. I wouldn’t even jump into like really trying to press what you’re trying to do until to the the the analogy of the golf swing. Get a predictable golf swing. get your swing right and then you know then you get out on the course. Yeah. I to echo what he said to use the golf analogy full circle. Really bad golfers go out and they play swing. The whole day they’re trying to figure out their swing. A really good golfer goes out and plays golf and they can put the ball where they want it. They can avoid the water. They can have fun. Trading is the same thing. Especially futures. You have to know those contract specs. You have to know the basics of my buy limit goes down here, my buy stop goes above, my sell limit sell stop. I see simple mistakes like that. And then at the end of the day, try to make 10 points a day, whether it’s on one nano future, which I think is a great tool. was like a practice tool so small that you can trade real money with very little risk as opposed to going to a simulator and then graduate to a micro, graduate to two, three, four, make 10 points a day before you start saying, “Well, I’m the best trader in the world and I’m going to go to the big boys and trade five or 10 ES and then all of a sudden the market will will come for you.” It does indeed. Well, hey, we’re out of time. I wish we could sit and chat for another hour, but uh hey, we started guys with one simple trade, a bullish view on the S&P 500. For Obie, it was about the thesis, the position size, execution, and risk. For Rob, it was about liquidity, inventory, hedging, time frame, and managing exposure. Uh for Craig and CME, it was about the marketplace where all those different participants and objectives come together. So, it was the same trade, three different perspectives. Houston, this is Chat with Traders. Thank you so much. Please give them a round of applause.

    And once again, I get to stay up here and do my answers. Rob, pleasure. Craig, Kevin, thank you. Thank you. Thank you guys. This was a fun one. Appreciate you letting me sit in on this one. With that, we made it to lunch. Don’t forget before you head out, we’ve got a stacked afternoon starting at one sharp. We’re back here with the midterm elections panel. Then Robin Hood Ventures takes aside private markets and disruptive innovation. Kathy Wood is on that. Then we have Jared Tendler and the mental game of trading. And of course, we’ll close out our programming with Tom Sausnoff and JJ Kahan for lessons from a legend. And then me, Vlad, and Q will officially put a close to the summit. For everyone watching online, don’t forget the stream stays live through lunch. Set yourself an alarm for 1 pm central time and we’ll come back with the big afternoon ahead. Everyone here in Houston, grab some lunch, check out the booths, enjoy the break. We’ll see you back here at 1 p.m. sharp.

  • 09/29/2026 – Stop Paying $20 per Month for AI Coding – Do This Instead – 2026

    If you’re paying $20 a month for Cursor or $10 a month for Copilot, I’ve got good news. You can get an AI coding assistant inside VS Code powered by some of the best free AI models on the planet for $0 a month. In this video, I’m walking you through the entire setup step-by-step with nothing skipped. By the end, you’ll have Open Router connected to VS Code through the client extension, a free model picked out, and you’ll know exactly what to type for your first AI built project. Let’s do it. Here’s the problem with the paid coding assistants. Cursor Pro is $20 a month. GitHub Copilot Pro is $10 a month, and it’s now billed as usage-based AI credits. Copilot Pro Plus is $39 a month for heavier workloads. A subscription rents you models by the month, whether you code every day or twice a week, the bill is the same. But here’s what they don’t advertise. The underlying models cost fractions of a penny per task when you pay per use instead of per month. So, let’s cut out the subscription entirely. Here’s the replacement stack, and every piece of it is free. VS Code, the free code editor from Microsoft. Kline, a free extension that puts an AI coding agent right in your sidebar. And Open Router, which gives you one API key that unlocks more than 300 AI models, including a rotating set of free ones. Total cost, $0 a month. The only time you ever spend money is if you personally choose a premium model, and even then, we’re talking pennies, not subscriptions. So, what is Open Router? Think of it as a universal remote for AI models. One API key gives you access to more than 300 models. Claude, GPT, Gemini, Deep Seek, Qwen, Llama, all through the same key. Any model with column free at the end of its name costs $0, and you don’t even need a credit card. Paid models are strictly pay-as-you-go, many under a dollar per million tokens. The free tier gives you 20 requests per minute and 50 per day, and that jumps to 1,000 per day after a one-time $10 credit purchase. Free models rotate over time, so check the live list on their models page and filter by free. And what about Klein? It’s a free VS Code extension that puts an AI agent in your sidebar. This isn’t autocomplete. It’s agentic. It reads, writes, and edits files across your entire project. It runs terminal commands, always asking your approval first. You give it a goal like, “Build me a landing page.” It makes a plan, and then it executes that plan step by step. Here’s the key idea. Klein is the driver, and the model you pick on OpenRouter is the engine. If you prefer, Ruca is a solid alternative that works the same way. Same setup steps, different icon. Here’s the full roadmap before we dive in. Six steps, about 10 minutes total. One, install VS Code. Two, install the Klein extension. Three, create a free OpenRouter account. Four, create an API key. Five, connect Klein to OpenRouter. Six, pick a free model and start building. Follow along and pause the video whenever you need to. Every step is on screen. Step one, install VS Code. Go to code.visualstudio.com. Download the version for your system and run the installer. The default settings are completely fine. Open VS Code once afterwards so it finishes its first-time setup. If you already have VS Code installed, skip ahead to step two. Step two, install Klein. In VS Code, click the extensions icon in the sidebar or press control shift X, command shift X on a Mac. Search for Klein and make sure the publisher is Klein itself. Then click install. When it’s done, you’ll see a new Klein icon in your sidebar. That’s where your AI agent lives from now on. If you’d rather use RuCode, the steps are identical. Just search for RuCode instead. Step three, your OpenRouter account. Go to openrouter.ai and click sign in. Signing up with Google or GitHub is the fastest path. You do not need a credit card. The free models work without one. Once you’re in, you’re on the free tier. 50 free model requests per day, which is plenty to get a feel for everything. Step four, create your API key. In OpenRouter, open the keys page and click create key. Give it a clear name, like VS Code client, so you remember what it’s for. Copy the key immediately. It only shows once, and if you lose it, you’ll have to make a new one. Treat this key like a password. Never share it. Never post a screenshot of it. Never paste it into a chat window. Step five, connect the two. Click the client icon in your VS Code sidebar, then click the little gear icon to open client settings. Find the API provider drop-down and choose OpenRouter. Paste your API key into the OpenRouter API key field, then click done. That’s it. Client is now connected to more than 300 models through your one key. Step six, pick your model. In client’s model drop-down, choose any model ending in colon free. Those cost $0. My recommendation to start, Qwen 3 coder, the free version. The exact model name is on screen, which is arguably the best free coding model available right now with a huge context window. Copy the exact model name from OpenRouter’s model list if you don’t see it in the drop-down. And remember, you can switch models anytime from that same drop-down. No reconnecting, no new keys. Let me save you the research and give you the best free coding models right now. All on screen with their exact names. Qwench 3 Coder Free, the best free coding model with a massive context window. Open AI’s GPT OSS 120B Free, strong reasoning and great tool use. Nvidia’s Nemotron 3 Nano Free, fast with long context. Google’s Gemma 4 31B Free, a solid all-rounder. And ZAI’s GLM 4.5 Air Free, great for reasoning and agentic tasks. There’s also OpenRouter/free, an auto router that picks a free model for you automatically. One warning, free models rotate over time, so recheck the models page and filter by free every few weeks. Free isn’t unlimited, so know the limits going in. Free models allow 20 requests per minute and 50 requests per day if you’ve never bought credits. Make a one-time $10 credit purchase, which you can spend on paid models later, and that daily cap jumps to 1,000. Free endpoints can also be slower or queued at peak times. That’s the trade-off for zero dollars. And if you ever see a 429 error, that’s just the rate limit talking. Wait a minute and try again. Now, when should you actually spend money? When a task is genuinely hard and you want a stronger model, Gemini 2.5 Flash costs about 10 cents per million tokens. That’s insanely cheap. DeepSeek V3 is about 50 cents per million, and it’s an excellent coder. Claude Sonic class models run a few dollars per million. Reserve those for the genuinely hard problems. Realistically, $5 of credits can last a casual coder a month or more. My strategy? Free models for 80%of the work. Cheap paid models for the tricky 20%. Even then, you’re spending a few dollars a month, not 20. Time for your first build. In VS Code, go to file, open folder. An empty folder is perfect because you get to watch everything appear from nothing. Click the client icon and describe your goal in plain English. For example, build me a one-page portfolio site with HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. Client will make a plan, then ask your approval before creating files or running commands. Review each step as it goes, approve what looks right, and correct it when it doesn’t. You’re the boss, it’s the intern. A few pro tips that took me a while to learn. One, add a .client rules file to your project. It’s a list of instructions client follows every single time, like your coding style or project rules. Two, match the model to the task. Fast free models for drafts and boilerplate, stronger models for debugging. Three, start a fresh task for each new feature because clean context means better results. Four, always review the diff before approving file changes. And five, keep tasks small and specific. AI agents do their best work with clear, narrow goals. Quick safety talk because this matters. Never paste your API key into a chat, a video, a live stream, or a screenshot. Bots scrape the internet for leaked keys within minutes. If a key ever does leak, delete it on OpenRouter’s keys page and create a fresh one. It takes 30 seconds. Set a spending limit in OpenRouter so paid models can never surprise you with a bill. And use one key per tool. Name it VS Code Client, for example, so you can revoke keys individually without breaking everything else. If something breaks, here’s the quick fix list. Invalid API key almost always means a bad copy paste. Recopy it from OpenRouter’s keys page and watch for extra spaces at the ends. 429 errors mean you hit the free rate limit. Wait a minute or make that one-time $10 credit purchase to raise your cap. Model not found means that free model rotated out. Pick a current colon free model from the list. If the client icon disappears, disable and re-enable the extension, then reload VS Code. And if responses are slow, free endpoints queue up at peak times, just try a different free model. Let’s recap. One, install VS Code. Two, install client. Three, create your OpenRouter account. Four, create an API key. Five, connect client to OpenRouter in the settings. Six, pick a colon free model and start building. That’s Cursor Pro at $20 a month replaced with this setup at $0 a month. Optionally, keep $5 to $10 in credits around for premium models on the genuinely hard tasks. Same agentic coding power, you just stopped renting it by the month. That’s the whole setup. Six steps, $0 a month. Now it’s your turn. Go build something, then come back and drop a comment telling me what you made on your free setup. I read every single one. And if you want more videos like this, showing you how to stop overpaying for AI tools, hit subscribe. I’ll see you in the next one.

  • 09/30/2026 – The 200 Trades a Day Strategy That Made Him 7 Figures

    Do you think anyone can do this to get trade? No, I don’t think so at all because they come into the market trying to get rich quick rather than understanding this is a full-time career that is going to take many years for them to master if ever. I remember seeing your social media. You have like what 10 monitors? That’s why we have 10 monitors because since we hyper scalp, trying to find an opportunity of 5 cents is so much easier than finding a good quality stock that is going to move a few dollars on your favor. So, we find things to trade all the time. That’s when this one reclaims the highs, short sellers short at the highs, cover. It’s like an imbalance to the buy side. Retail jump in because it’s the stock making new highs and Robinhood is telling them to buy it. A lot of chat rooms are long on it as well because they know short sellers are underwater. Also, hyper scalpers are buying as well. Shorts themselves are covering and buying back creating those jumps. This small window where everybody’s buying and people that are selling are selling in panic. They just want to get out. And that window is where we see a lot of price dislocations and that’s where edge appears. So, does that mean you trade a lot less after open then? What happens after the open? It’s a secret. I can’t tell you that. Today’s guest is Marcelo, also known as Mighty Stocks online. Marcelo is a full-time day trader specializing hyper scalping, a style of trading that involves taking hundreds of trades a day to capitalize on tiny price movement in highly volatile small cap stocks. It’s one of the fastest pace and most competitive trading styles out there. To date, Marcelo has over seven figures in verified trading profits. But his journey started far from Wall Street. After immigrating to northern Canada, he worked painting houses before dedicating himself to committing and becoming a full-time trader. What also makes Marcelo stand out is his honesty and transparency. He openly says that most people shouldn’t become day traders, that the odds are so stacked against them, and succeeding requires an almost insane and unreasonable level of discipline and obsession. Today, we’ll be talking about hyper scalping, building a seven-figure trading career, and what it actually takes to succeed in one of the world’s most competitive professions. Welcome to the show, Marcelo.

    Marcelo, let’s start right here with a tough questions. You say the stock market is rigged. What do you mean by that? I genuinely believe the stock market was created for the wealthy to be able to get wealthier at the expense of retail traders. Um at the end of the day, as a retail trader myself, I’m constantly battling against brokers because they charge commissions. I’m battling against all other retail traders because they’re trying to take my money. I’m battling against Wall Street. I’m trading against market makers. I’m trading against algorithms that are like tuned to trade against me and try to make me as poor as possible. So, when I say that, it’s mostly me accepting the fact that I’m fighting an uphill battle, and that the chances of being a profitable traders is is is going to be very hard because you need to be better than all these other participants in the market. So, so I guess rigged is not the right word, but definitely definitely you know, day trading as a career shouldn’t even exist. It’s It’s almost like us exploiting a a flaw in the market that shouldn’t really exist. So. That’s a really good way to put it. Like I don’t think anyone really created the stock market for Oh, let’s attract day traders to make money amongst us, right? So, really I guess it is true. Only what, 90 90%95%of all traders make money? Exactly. I I just think that um eventually, when markets become efficient, if we ever get to that place, there won’t be any day traders because the price of the stock is going to perfectly replicate the intrinsic value of that company. And then there won’t be any delays or any gaps that a day trading can like take advantage of. Although I guess as long as the markets are also driven by emotions and humans stay humans, maybe there’s still they’re always going going to be edge there. I think as long as uh money and capital remains relevant, there will always be a market like the stock market for us to trade with, hopefully. Yeah, exactly. Yeah. It It’s just a a matter of jumping from one deficiency to another cuz edges and strategies that work for a a few years and then then die out because they fix them. Okay. you just got to be resilient and see what else is working. So, that brings me back to a question of how if if in general the stock market is rigged against us retail traders, how are you specifically for yourself like trading and making money in the market? Right. So, the markets are a zero-sum game, right? Which means if there’s a lot of people losing money, it must also mean that people make money on the on the other side of those trades. And the way I trade specifically is I I I’m what they call a hyper scalper, small-cap stocks, which are like the hot penny stocks, the hot momentum stocks, um to the long side. And the reason why I do that is because these are stocks that run normally like 50 to 100%, pretty much every day or every other day, um, which is something outrageous, something that shouldn’t happen. But because of a lot of fear and FOMO and, and you know, pumps and stuff, we do have a lot of small caps that run way beyond the interesting, interesting value of the actual companies. And because of that, a very popular strategy is to short these. Okay. Right most of my friends are short sellers. Um you know, these are stocks that go from a dollar to $10, a dollar to 20, and their goal as a short seller is to make money on the downside, right? As they come back down. They’re They’re betting that the price is going to come back down. But eventually, some of these stocks and some of these short strategies get out of control, right? Um and that’s when I make money. When whenever a a stock that goes from a dollar to 10 doesn’t fade as it should have faded, that’s when I’m longing, and and pretty much I’m trading against short sellers. So, I love trading short squeeze. I love I I love trading stocks that are halting up multiple times because that’s when I can pretty much smell the blood in the water and understand that there’s someone losing on the other side of this, which are short sellers. And if there’s someone losing on the other side, that gives me an opportunity to make money. Again, going back to that zero-sum game. People are losing here, maybe I can make money off of their pain. So, it’s funny though because a lot of my training has been learning a lot from Steven Dux and learning a lot from uh the Clover guys. They’re all short sellers, right? Oh, okay. So, their risk management is pretty much my long strategy. I see. So, there’s a lot of a criteria that Steven Dux follows of what he would never short. If I remember correctly, something like low float, biotechs, um priced below I think $5 or like penny stocks. Um He has a whole list of statistics that he has concluded is not worth shorting, and that to me is like my A+ setup setup for a long side. Especially if he has fresh breaking news pre-market and he has all that criteria, I’m instantly just buying, right? Buying to the long side. Um I I typically I typically only trade stocks that haven’t extended beyond 200%because that’s when Steven Dux wakes up and and goes all in short on these stocks because the statistic going on his favor. So, I make my money from stocks that run from 50% gap to 150, 170 to the long side, well. And Clover was the same thing. I see. Yeah, I think that’s a interesting take and it makes so much sense now that you’re talking about it. But I think most traders don’t think about, “Oh, if my strategy is going long, then I got to make sure the other side of the trade is in pain or like losing money,” and that’s the perfect time to take advantage of that. Exactly. Yeah, so so you you do have to learn short selling. That’s pretty much Right. Like you kind of learned it as a way to to how do you supplement your edge as a long? Totally. I remember I love trading around halts. Okay. A halt is like this measure of the market that freezes the trading of a security for 5 minutes so that people can get a hold of what the hell is going on. Typically stocks are, you know, going parabolically they’re up or down. Okay. Um so I I I when I started trading I loved trading around halts because I just I just this was like a very beginner thinking back then. I just felt like every time a halt a stock halted up, it was going to keep halting up a few times so I instantly bought without really understanding what was going on, but I just knew understood the pattern. So I was like if a stock halted up with this criteria, I instantly buy it because it’s going to halt up a few more times. That was like the beginner strategy, but then, as I learned more about short selling, I realized that a lot of short sellers are terrified of halts and. Because they can gap up huge and they’re no longer under control of, you know, how much they’re risking, and because a stock in theory can go up to infinity, they can blow up in a halt if it. If it decides all of a sudden to resume 100 points higher, they just blow their accounts. So uh short sellers are terrified of the first halt up and because of that whenever the stock resumes, they’re going to instantly cover and get the hell out of it. And that means a lot of buying and a lot of buying back which inevitably is the reason why it halts up again. It’s they themselves buying up the stock as they’re recovering. So there I was buying it without really understanding who was in pain on the other side of the trade, but after I understood that, now I have even more confidence to to go in with bigger risk. And you know, all in those trades pretty much. Yeah, I think it’s so important to think about the psychology of these trades. I think especially when trading small caps. With large caps, I think there’s less There’s still emotions, but a lot less cuz small caps usually full of retail traders. Exactly. Right, like you and I and then some institutions, but like smaller funds. For a large cap to be manipulated by emotions, it has to be incredibly in play. It has to be like the move of the year, maybe right after earnings, maybe after some huge breakdown or breakout on the daily chart. If there’s enough volume, I feel like Tesla particularly sometimes trades like a small cap whenever there’s enough volume and and enough emotion. But for the most part, yeah, it’s it’s harder to trade large caps because they’re It’s like trying to play chess against a computer, whereas trading small caps is more like trying to play poker. It’s like human against human. It just happens that the poker table is a small cap. But like the stock doesn’t even matter. It’s just a battle of longs versus shorts pretty much. That’s a really good analogy. Yeah. Yeah, cuz poker is probably the only way uh the only kind of gambling that you can have some edge. Exactly. Exactly. Cuz you’re going to human against human. Yes. Someone has to win. Whereas the other games are like human against the house. Yeah. Yeah. Let’s take a step back. And you mentioned earlier that um you’re a hyper scalper. So So is that um like kind of explain to our viewers, how’s that different from just scalping? And what kind of strategy is that? How’d you get into this in the first place? Yeah, totally. So hyper scalping is two things. Um a lot of people think that the word hyper means taking a lot of trades per day. Oh, that’s what I thought, too. And although that is true, cuz if if I was to show you one of my charts, you’ll see arrows everywhere. Um it’s mostly a a testament to cutting a loss. So hyper means you instantly buy and if you are not in the profit, you cut the loss instantly. Like you’re hyper about cutting a loss. And that’s what creates a lot of trades because we’re almost like fishing for the right entry on the stock. Um and if but if it’s not breaking out right away or if we’re not seeing like that that short squeeze because most of the time we are buying extended extended stocks, there’s no holding for a test of VWAP, there’s no holding until a daily support level. It’s pretty much breakout or bail out because we are buying a stock probably with no news, Chinese, up 300%. It’s like we can’t afford a stop loss. So, if if you jump in on a halt on the third halt up thinking that the short squeeze is going to continue, if you’re wrong, you have to cut it instantly. So, there’s a lot of us cutting trades fast. That’s why the hyper comes. Um, but also because we do take a lot of trades and we pretty much trade like market makers. Uh, we try to make money off of the spread, we try to make money off of like micro micro movements on the tape. Like there’s a lot of because we trade during windows of short squeeze, there’s a lot of beginner short sellers that like marketing out, right? And all of a sudden you see like burst of of of green in the tape and the tape can jump a lot. So, we try to scalp those as best as we can and instead of trying to hold for a profit targets, we are kind of like going in and out as the price action allows us. So, it’s like if I believe a stock is going to run run from four to 10, I’ll be instead of holding from four to 10, I’ll be like buying and selling all throughout that move. I know, hearing a professional hyper scalper talk about executions can make it sound like you need a space center control room just to place a trade. But thankfully, trading doesn’t have to be that complicated, especially with tools like Moomoo’s new technical engine. One feature I found very impressive is the new and improved real-time order book and market depth. Instead of showing only the bid and the ask, the price ladder here shows where buyers and sellers are lining up and order size at each price visualized through these dynamic color bars. So, you can quickly see where larger orders are sitting and where buying or selling pressure may be building. Down here, you can also see a summary of the stocks order inflows or outflows, order sizes, and money flow across different time frames. All of this information can provide traders with much deeper insights into supply, demand, and short-term price action. And when you’re ready to trade, you can click to trade directly from the price ladder or use the quick trade buttons here for faster order execution. You also get advanced orders like stop limit to manage downside or stop limit to follow the price higher and help protect your gains if the trade reverses. If you’re an everyday trader looking to take things more seriously, Moomoo’s technical engine brings these advanced trading tools all in one place. You can try the technical engine free for 30 days, but if you trade regularly, you can pretty much keep it for free. Plus, this September, new users can deposit $100 and get 200 in stock cash coupons. Try it out with the link down below. Now, let’s get back to the interview. I I believe a stock is going to run run from four to 10, I’ll be instead of holding from four to 10, I’ll be like buying and selling all throughout that move. Because for example, I honestly think you can make more money that way because let’s say another example. If you’re trading if you’re if you’re trading a stock from one a penny stock that just crossed over one. That’s a really popular strategy that I like trading. A penny stock goes from penny stock to real stock. It breaks through one and you can either choose to buy it at one and hold it to till 110 or you buy it at one and that’s 10 cents worth of profit, let’s say, right? From one to 110. But what but these stocks very often do is that they go to one, then they go to 105, then to come they come back down to one again, then they come down to 95 cents, then they come back down back up to one, then back again to 105, and all throughout that range, there’s already 15 cents of profit. Instead of Oh, I see. instead of from one to 110 holding it and not doing anything about that fluctuation, we are trying to time even the micro movements making 15 cents out of a 10 cent move. You know what I mean? Right, but there will be like three trades of five cents. Exactly. Instead of one trade of of 10 cents. 10 cents. Yeah. Oh, wow. So, that’s kind of like the hyper style. Your broker must love you. Well, we do we do turn a lot of shares. It’s very funny because when we meet up in real life we brokers at events like this um they’re like, “But you have to do at least a million of a a million shares of volume a month.” And it’s like, “Oh, yeah, we do that every day.” Like he’s like, “What is the What is like the lowest commission you have?” The lowest commission the is the 5 million a month tier. Holy yeah. Cuz I was like, “Oh, yeah, that’s fine. We do that every week.” Yeah. But it’s But it’s because we turn so much. And and these stocks are cheap, so you can buy 20,000, 30,000 share blocks in and out like crazy and in one day you make a million you you trade a million shares. Okay. So, hyper scalping, eh? Okay, very interesting. So, you talked about the advantage, right? Which is um instead of like what we said, instead of taking a trade of five cents, you are taking three trades of five cents during that fluctuation and make a total of 15 cents. That’s obviously the advantage. You get all the small moves and they add it up, right? So, what are some disadvantages you see with this kind of strategy? It’s not very scalable. So, I would never make um you know, a million dollars a month. I would never make eight figures a year. Really? Cuz uh I I myself as a trader will eventually, but not with this strategy because it’s not it’s not very scalable because it requires a lot of speed and good fills. And the moment you start trying to put more capital into the trades, slippage becomes a big problem. So, the second you start suffering slippage, the strategy dies pretty much. So, so it’s like you can do it with smaller accounts, right? I can buy 10,000 shares in and out like no problem and I can make like let’s say my daily goal of $1,000 a day. That’s fine. But if I try to replicate the same trade, but now 100,000 shares, I’ll just be cleaning the book myself going long, like, you know, cleaning the ask myself trying to get long 100,000 shares rather than 10,000, and then all of a sudden I myself move the stock those five cents that I’m looking for, and the strategy’s done. So it’s like I can’t make a thousand a day like I would want to make 10k a day just by 10x my risk. Oh, and you also can’t. You you can only do that through I guess the quantity of trades. Right. Right, exactly. instead of more capital, more share size. and you trade more of stocks and you go insane. Yeah. Yeah. Is that why you have I remember seeing your social media, you have like what 10 monitors? That’s why we have 10 monitors because since we hyper scalp, right? Trying to find an opportunity of five cents is so much easier than finding a good quality stock that is going to move a few dollars to a few dollars on your favor. So we find things to trade all the time. Pretty much as long as it has volume and range, it’s tradeable for us. So that’s why I have so many stocks up at all times. And like you’re saying, because scalability is an issue, we focus more on frequency and trying to find more five cent trades. You make more money. Well, have you thought of or I’m sure you’ve tried. What about instead of a small cap that moves 20 cents in a day, or a penny stock moves a day. What about a large cap like say like Sandisk that moves like $200 a day? Right. Well, we’ve tried plenty, believe me, and we end up losing on everything except this strategy. Like trust me, we’ve tried so many things and and nothing has really worked for us. So we end up coming to small caps. I guess it has to be because we know how to read emotions better than actual patterns. So I don’t know. I guess people could do that but for us it’s it’s better to stay in the pennies small cap world. Yeah, I think it’s it is true to stay within like your range of what your expertise instead of trying to trade all these different kind of stocks. Right. And like a few thousand bucks a day, 300 300 grand a year, it’s not terrible. It’s really good. Can’t complain. Do you think this kind of trading strategy, obviously super fast-paced, do you think it suits your personality or or is that why you pick this strategy and you feel like you’re comfortable with this or is it the other way around? Right. Well, it’s funny that you mentioned that because most of my friends were gamers and they loved playing video games their entire childhood. They have very fast like reaction speeds. They’re very like tech-savvy. We have incredible advanced hot keys. So, it’s definitely not a not a strategy that I would teach my mom. Um I would teach my gamer friends this strategy. Um but also this reminds me of something my my good buddy Tariq said. Um My personality is like water and whatever makes money, my personality is going to mold right into that strategy. So, he was kind of like I was a struggling trader for 3 years. I tried so many things and this is the only thing that actually connected and started working. So, instantly my personality became that and I and and I just been doing that ever since. Do you ever find this kind of trading style um stressful? It’s horrible. It’s horrible? It’s very stressful and and I I have a lot of stomach issues. Oh. And um for the longest time me and my mom couldn’t figure out what was going on and until I I I’ve been to many doctors until one doctor told me like what do you do for a living? I’m like I’m a trader. He said okay, so it’s stress. What you have in your stomach is stress and um I genuinely believe it’s because of how I trade and and and the markets in general. Oh, no. Okay. yeah, it’s one of those things that Mhm. It’s all right. I thought you can like slowly adapt just like water. Yeah. No, no. Like no, no. It I mean it’s been better especially when when you’re not trying to make a living from trading exactly month after month. After you build a cushion and and you build up savings, you know, having a red day or like having a losing trade, it it doesn’t it doesn’t feel the same way as it used to before. Has it changed over the years, you think? How how long have you been hyper scalping? I’ve been trading for successfully for 5 years. Okay. And I’ve been just doing that same strategy. Um as long as small caps are here to stay, I think the strategy is going to is going to stay around. Yeah, but I know um I asked that because a lot of traders I talk to, especially I guess more so options traders, um they say a lot of options chains and liquidity has changed after 2021. Um I get it’s almost like the premiums got jacked up, like it’s a lot harder for them to make money trading the same strategies with options, intraday day trading. So, that’s why I’m like, oh, has small caps changed? Because they changed a bunch of rules with um halts and then like you don’t get the crazy um you know, like the the Chinese super micro float stocks, you don’t really have that anymore. Right. No, you’re right. Um it has changed and over the past few years, it has been the slowest years for us. We made less money. Um we’re still profitable, but less money than 2021, 2022. Yeah, that’s with everyone, I think. We were hoping that after PDT was removed, we were going to see an influx in volume, but we haven’t seen that much. Actually, I think it’s more of a, um, something that’s brewing behind the scenes as people slowly get accounts and and start learning about day trading, and eventually it’s going to the PDT, the PDT volume is going to explode, maybe a year or 2 years down the line, rather than right away whenever they announced it. But what I was going to say was, since we are looking for very small opportunities, 5 cents, 3 cents, we don’t need stocks to run you know, from a dollar to 10 to find trades. Um so, given given that the trades and the standards of our trades are very low, even under slower conditions, we still find trades. But it’s also because it’s summer. Summer’s generally just slow slower for small caps, I remember. Yeah. Yeah, I agree. Even this week has been awful. Like we’ve been waking up at 3:00 a.m. for no reason. It’s been very tough. Oh. But um you know, I don’t know. It’s been slower this summer, for sure. But it’s a it’s a cycle as well. It’s like short sellers get comfortable, everything that pops drops, they they get very confident, and then all of a sudden one goes from one to $30. And then from there the cycle shifts, and we get a few weeks worth of hotter action. We try to make the bulk of our money there, and then you know, there’s not much there’s not much to do afterwards for another few months. So, how many each I guess on just an average week, I know this week’s slower, but on an average week, how many trades, I guess round trips, would you take in your style? In a week? Yeah. Maybe a thousand. A thousand? Yeah. So, that would that’s like 200 a day. Yeah. Oh. And then what’s I’m just curious, what’s the risk reward kind of like with with high risk scalping? Oh, it’s normally like is is is one of those strategies that is higher accuracy, lower lower risk reward. So, we might have a negative one um two to one negative risk reward, Mhm. but high accuracy. Because it’s not too hard to predict a five-cent move based on the tape. You can tell when the stock is turning. We use a we use a lot of sub one-minute charts as well. So, you can like tell when the stock is turning, and then say you go for that quick pop or that quick drop. Doesn’t it it’s easier to predict a smaller move like that than a stock than a swing trade of a stock going from 200 to 400. So, higher accuracy, a lot of winning trades, but when we do get caught on that um big false breakout or or jackknife, that can wipe like 20 of our small winners. Oh, shoot. Yeah. Cuz it’s like, you know, all of a sudden you’re fishing for five cents at a time, and then it costs dollars. Yeah, then you’re screwed. Mhm. Have you ever been caught in offering before? Yeah, I’ve been caught in an offering before, especially pre-market. Oh, yeah. That’s how your drawdown start. Oh. Cuz then you have a five a five cent shovel to dig out of that. Holy. And then when they drop, they drop in dollars. They drop in dollars. Especially pre-market cuz there’s no halts. But um it’s one of those things that come with the strategy and you get used to it. And eventually five cents at a time you get out of it. I see. Yeah. What’s a I you said um it took you three years to become profitable. And since then like what’s the I guess what’s a what’s a hot streak like for you? What does the week in the market have to look like for you to have like a super hot all green streak and like where it’s like lots of opportunities every day for hyper scalping? Right. That’s a good question. For me a hot week looks like something is in theme. Like for example, Bitcoin is is going up, is bouncing like like you’ve seen yesterday. Um or there’s hot news around SpaceX, or there’s hot hot news around COVID. There has to be a theme because then a lot of small cap companies jump on that theme and they start uh dropping breaking news related to that theme. So that’s when I do the best, whenever Again, whenever Bitcoin has stabilized and is now curling up. Um tomorrow or next week we’re going to see a lot of small cap companies saying like, “Oh, we invested $10 million in Bitcoin.” And now we have a you know, a strategy based around Bitcoin and stuff. And those headlines pick up. They pick up a lot and that’s when we have stocks run from 100%to 200. And that’s when I do the best. And normally we have a few. It’s like there’s like a few headlines per day, the stocks hold up, the the the breaking news is relevant. That’s when I do the best. Um when there’s nothing going on um you know, that’s when I try to lose as little as possible. Yeah. What can you just What would a day have to look like for you to not trade? Wow. Yeah. I don’t think I even remember when was the last time I had a no trade day. I think it’s impossible, honestly. As long as there’s a stock gapping up more than 30%. Okay. And I think 30 is not that high. It’s not that high. But, I say 30 because over 25%that’s where most short sellers algorithms turn on to short, and that’s when there’s danger of a short squeeze for them. I wouldn’t be trading something up 10% because there’s no short sellers in it. It’s not extended enough for them to try to write it back down. Yeah. But, as long as there’s something up 30% and it has volume, I would try to find a few cents out of it. So. Okay. So, a slow day might be like 10 trades, but still trades. Oh my god. And a hot day, sometimes I had a a friend that came here to came here with us. His name is Tim, which I which I met at Warrior Trading. He took 4,000 trades like last Thursday or something. What on what in one day? In one day. What was the ticker for that day? S N O A. It’s S N O A something like that. I can’t remember. Okay. But, what’s funny though is like if you look at this chart, somebody that’s a real trader, let’s say at a prop firm, would say like there’s nothing here. Like the stock went from $2 to $30 and it was range bound all day long. It was just going like a like a ping pong from two to three, two to three, two to three. And for most people it’s like the stock didn’t go anywhere. But, for us it’s like my god, it had the range and it had the volume. We can just scalp away all day long this range. And that’s what he did. Oh, okay. Yeah. Interesting. So, you said you I think you mentioned that you start your day pre-market, right? What’s Kind of walk us through what your pre-market process and research process is like to prepare for the day? Right. So, I wake up before 7:00 a.m. Eastern Standard Time because I don’t trade 4:00 a.m. or 5:00 a.m. Eastern only because most retail brokers are not on yet at that time, and I need retail brokers to buy stuff. Because that’s the fuel to create a short squeeze. So, you know, the strategy doesn’t work as well in that under that environment. So, I start at 7:00 and then first I start reviewing gap scanners. Um, I’m typically looking at the top three, top four gappers and then I’m looking at their stats, Steven Duck style. Are they biotech? Are they not? Are what industry are they in? What float is what what float is their float? Are they micro floats or like or like more like mid caps? Um, but for me it has to be a micro float, at least up 30%with breaking news. Um, if it’s Chinese, that’s the only one that I would trade without news. Because then that means That’s funny. they’re rigged and they’re going to like send them up. It’s so fun. It’s so crazy. And then and then I just wait for for a short squeeze, right? I wait for normally the pattern looks something like there’s a PR release, they stock an algo on Wall Street jumps on it. Instantly this the stock spikes like 50% and then it fades and then that’s the end of that stock. Unless all of a sudden it starts curling up and then everybody that’s short at the top of that spike starts like crapping themselves thinking like, oh-oh, this is the runner the runner of the day. There’s there’s normally at least one runner per day. And that’s when that’s when this one reclaims the highs, short sellers short at the highs cover and we get all the retails long in this. It’s like an it’s like an imbalance to the buy side. Retail jumping because he’s the stock making new highs and Robinhood is telling them to buy it. Then a lot of chat rooms are long on it as well because they know short sellers are underwater. Also hyper scalpers are buying as well. Um, shorts themselves are covering and buying back creating those jumps and it’s like this small window where everybody’s buying and people that are selling are selling in panic. They don’t really care about good fills or like, you know, managing risk as best as they can. They just want to get out. Um, and that window is where we see a lot of price dislocations and that’s where edge appears. And that’s what I try to scalp as much as I can. Fish my 5 cents. And also that’s mostly happening pre-market. That’s mostly happening pre-market. Sometimes that’s like that’s a that’s a good catch because in 2021, 2022 it would happen pre-market and then carry on into the open. Yeah. Also like the golden times of day trading, yeah. crazy. And what’s the sad thing about the sad thing about it is that I traded 2020 and 2021 in a simulator because I was still learning. That’s okay. I saw I saw GME go from like 70 bucks to like Oh. I don’t know if we’ll ever get another stock as epic as GME ever again. yeah, but so that would be like a I guess larger cap stock that you would scalp. Right. Right, cuz it’s so liquid. And it’s so hyper in play. It’s like a grown-up small cap pretty much. A grown-up small cap, yes. So so as long as emotions are manipulating the price action that’s where that’s I would know how to read it and trade it. Amazing. But yeah, those are the windows that we trade when there’s imbalances to the buy side. Okay. to find our scalps and then stop. So why do you think So So does that mean you trade a lot less after open then? What happens after the open? It’s a secret. I can’t tell you that. Oh, yeah? kidding. I’m kidding. Let’s hear it. You got to tell us now. Okay, so what happens after the open the agenda of these companies change from trying to pump their stock up and trying to achieve warrant prices the agenda That’s the agenda pre-market, right? They They make up a headline that they think it’s going to catch attention and that they think it’s going to send their stock up 100, 150%. Um once they attract volume and they attract retail just before the market open they might they might paint a very nice bull flag or something. That attracts retail. Okay. And then once the market opens the agenda shifts from making the stock look good and strong to dilution. And that’s when they start like unwinding their ATMs, unwinding their shelves, selling millions and millions of shares into the market, raising money for their company. Um and you know, the imbalance now is to the sell side at the market open. So, it’s harder for us long-biased traders to like try to trade against the headwind of a whale unwinding 10 million shares. Um if they are smart rigors, they would unwind slowly, right? And then let it let it like run for another leg, unwind slowly. But I guess people in China waking up at their stock up 100%. Up millions of dollars, it’s like who cares about another leg? It’s like unwind everything now. So, at the market open unless it’s a very hot environment like 2021, normally stocks just fade. And that’s when my short-seller friends are short. Yeah. So, they are short. I know the agenda has shifted. I just like you know, and based on my stats, I don’t make money after the open. Oh, interesting. So, so you’re basically saying that there’s a lot of multiple multiple day runners with small caps then. By the way That’s like multi-run multi-day runners, right? They just gap up and fade. Right. Is what you’re saying is the most prevalent. Yeah, exactly. After the gap, it’s very hard for them to like hold up. Mhm. Um and if they do hold up, that would be like a different setup, more of a a short squeeze. It It’s more of a you know, short-sellers piling short thinking looking for the typical fade and the fact that it doesn’t happen across a few days, most likely it’s going to send it to a thousand or something. Mhm. Yeah, or or sometimes I I haven’t traded small caps in a few years, but sometimes there’s like yes, you get a pre-market pop and then you fade after open and then they they kind of come back like in the afternoon. Do you ever trade those? I used to. Um I used to. Like I said, I used to make money more consistently at the market open when when the market was hotter, but right now it’s like only pre-market and I try to leave because if not, I come back and and give money back. Um I do trade a bit of after hours. I find that after hours, we get fresh headlines. So, it’s kind of like pre-market all over again. Oh, okay. So, I do more of that rather than coming back midday. But, for for the most part, like you know, the money I make now is beyond my wildest dreams, so it’s fine. It’s enough. Amazing. Yeah, so I just leave. So, you did mention earlier that you look at the tape a lot. So, are you using both level two and the tape a lot in your hyper scalping kind of strategies? Yeah, so we do use 1-second charts. We use the level two, which is like the box, the bid and the ask with the different market makers. Um, and then the time and sales, which 1-second charts. Yeah, 1-second chart. Like I’m saying like what I told you, it’s like very hyper. Oh my goodness. to the penny. So, okay. So, what’s your Maybe I’ll ask you to have a screenshot of what your layout is. So, you have 1-second chart, level two, and the tape. And do you like where are your eyes looking at? Are you just glancing at all three to kind of see what the next move is going to be? Um, I’m staring So, so I have different time frames. So, I have the daily chart is where I start. Then I go into the 5-minute, then I go into the 1-minute, and when I’m about to trade Okay. um, churning around the level two and the 1-second chart. But, it has to be a bigger bigger I call the 1-minute time frame a bigger picture pattern. So, it has to be a a pattern in the 1-minute that I want to scalp. But, when it when it’s time to execute, I just focus on the level two. Um, and then I’m looking at the tape. Like, for example, based off of the 1-minute chart, there’s a level that I that I like. I I memorize that level, and then I go into the level two looking to see how the stock reacts to that level, and then I execute based on what I’m looking. Mm. Yeah. So, it’s more so on the level two than the tape? It’s It’s both. Like, I have them both next to each other. Yeah. Um, but it’s most on the level two, like how the bid stacks. Like, for example, if I’m going for a breakout, I do like when the spreads tighten up, right? That’s a good signal that the breaker is going to happen. I like um, with the corner of my eye, I’m looking at the color of the tape. Green, red, or blank. Um, I like to see how thick the bid is, how thin the ask wall is. Um, Um, if we should have broken through a level and there’s no sellers on the ask, but for some reason we don’t go, I instantly think like hidden sellers and I like get out. Um, or vice versa. If we’re dropping and all of a sudden something holds up and there’s no bid, it’s like hidden buyer and I just buy. No wonder you have stomach issues. There’s so much going on. You’re not looking for just the colors, you’re looking for like a skipping prices and the spreads. Yeah, it’s like a this funnel of things that go into a 10-second execution. It’s like this funnel of things that go into a 10-second long trade. Yeah, and it’s one trade out of the I guess average 200 that you take in a day. But it got it gets easier. It becomes almost like second nature eventually. But that’s one of the things about this strategy that is like you either become very good at it or you never get it because there’s a lot of what I call tacit knowledge, which you can’t teach. I can’t teach you how to read the tape. It’s like you have to stare You just have to look at it. at it for years. Yeah. And all of a sudden you know, eventually you’re going to notice signals that actually push the stock up or make it drop. Mhm. Yeah. So then that that also means like your platform and your execution, it’s is the the the thing that matters the most. Yeah. For this style. Latency matters as well. I have some friends that moved to New York just for latency because the trades are so quick. Like being far away makes a difference. I have I have a a friend that wanted to do a backpacking trip in the Philippines. He couldn’t because of latency. So he went there for a week untradable for the way we trade. You can trade like a normal human everywhere. Yeah. But if you want to be a crazy hyper scalper, you need the fast latency. So he came back. He cut the trip short. short. backpacking. Yeah, I know. So okay, internet speed matters a lot, too. Not just latency, but speed. Okay, let’s talk about the brokerage platform side. Like on your what are you looking for in a platform that tells you that you can execute your trades to have uh uh extremely competitive commissions. It has to have free routes. I see. Like no ECN fees. Okay, then those will be like the routes that add to liquidity. No, there’s some free routes now. I think they’re fairly new. Like routes that just don’t charge you commissions if you want to use them. Okay. Um these are like slower routes for the most part, but I’d rather be I know I don’t know if if if I pay ECN fees I I would be giving away more than 50% of my profits just on ECN fees. So it has to have free routes. Commissions don’t have to be completely free, but at least they have to be very close to zero. Like a few zeros and then like a three or something. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Um and then DAS Trader Pro. I have to have DAS Trader Pro. I’ve been trading with DAS for almost 6 years. So I have I have to have it. Yeah. That’s the best platform. I agree. Yeah. Um those three, I think. Okay. What’s your Okay. What’s your So you never trade on your phone then? No, no. Yeah, it’s too slow. I can imagine. Never. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Okay. Yeah, no. What’s your hotkey set up like? Uh I actually sent you a picture of this as well. All my keys have different stickers. Okay. Um but I have a lot of hotkeys. I have hotkeys to take liquidity from the ask, to buy the midpoint, to buy a few cents below the ask, to buy at the bid, to buy a few cents above the bid. It depends like how spread the stock is, how desperate I am to get in the trade, the the the less convinced I am of of taking a trade, I try to buy as close to the bid as possible. Kind of like saying if I don’t get filled, it’s fine. I see. Um the more I like a stock, the better the hotter headline, I’m eating through the ask and I don’t care. Mhm. Um for selling, I have a lot of hotkeys to sell a quarter, to sell half, to build out entire position, to add liquidity. I have different dark hotkeys on on different dark pools just in case I have a bigger position, which for a hyper scalper is never that big. If I want to have access to different liquidity, I can use that as well. I have a lot of hot keys. Oh, okay. Yeah, we definitely need to show people what the setup’s like. What about position sizing? How do you decide cuz hybrid scalping you said like every trade like you want them to be liquid, has a lot of range. How do you decide what’s an A+ setup that you can kind of 10x or 5x your normal position size? Um similar to what I mentioned earlier, the Steven Dux criteria. So, like if all the criteria is aligning, I instantly go in with bigger risk. And like I said, that was a a micro float penny stock biotech with news. Okay. Um I would instantly start pushing bigger size because I know that’s an environment where short sales are going to be more scared. Steven Dux wouldn’t even get out of bed for that. And I know the imbalances are going to be more to the buy side. So, as long as I know that imbalances are to the buy side, I can go more aggressive. And then I also take what I call warm-up trades. So, if I’m looking, if I’m reading the price action correctly, if what I think should happen is actually happening as I’m reading the tape, if I’m jumping in and out and liquidity feels good, I can start risking more and more as I’m getting more comfortable with the price action. And also, if I’m on a hot streak, I risk what I’ve made the day before on the following trade. I kind of like roll the profits into the next trade. Okay. Um which is something we’ve done since forever. And yeah, that’s how how I base my risk pretty much. That kind of makes sense. So, if you’re on a hot streak, you slowly increase your size, but if you’re in a drawdown, you slowly decrease Yeah, exactly. It’s like whatever I’m doing is working, so I do more of it with bigger size and vice versa. It’s very important and that’s the hardest part to do is reducing when it’s not working cuz you get stubborn and it’s like you want to make the money back and stuff. That’s why we get into drawdowns because we don’t we don’t flip the switch fast enough. It’s like something is not working, your breaking news plays are not working anymore, they’re reversing, but you’re stubborn and it’s like oh, maybe the next one, the next one.”But that’s The secret to success is reducing the risk as you’re losing, so you’re going like logarithmic, and increasing your size as you’re winning, you go exponential. Oh, I like that. for us, for me especially. Yeah. Yeah, risk management has to be probably like the most important thing for scalping. Totally. Like going break even, scalping is success for for the most part, cuz eventually like you’ll catch winners as long as you keep cut cutting your losers. And And I like saying that your winners work um instantly anyways. Yes. So, if it’s not bad, why even want it? It’s like Oh. I try to tell myself that when I’m trading. It’s like,”Cut it, cut it, cut it.” Okay. So, as a hyper scalper, you’ve been doing this for 5-plus years now. What’s still like the most difficult thing you have to kind of battle with? Um oversizing. Like sometimes I I try to, you know, sometimes I I have friends that trade different strategies, and I see them make hundreds of thousands of dollars in a single trade, maybe even in the exact same stock that I’m trading. Mhm. But because, you know, they’re accumulating against VWAP and holding for a few legs, um they just simply trade different the way I trade, and scalability for me has been the biggest issue. And when I when I try to go outside of of my mindset of capturing 5 cents and then locking it in, and let’s say I try to hold for 10 cents or 20 or 30, Yeah. almost always my entry come comes back down to break even. Or worse, the winning trade turn turns into a losing trade. So, I battled with that multiple times. Um It’s kind of like a a blessing and a curse. Like what keeps me consistent is also the same reason why it’s harder for me to scale. Yeah, I see. But that’s like That’s what I’m like trying to grow and and fix now as a trader. I’ll eventually find a a midpoint where I’m still scalpy, but maybe not as hyper, um so that I can size up bigger. Yeah. Because I find that my friends that make the most money are the biggest in size. They’re not better They’re not better in skill. They’re not better at stock selection. They’re not even better about pattern recognition. They’re just bigger accounts, bigger size. So, scalability is is is part of the problem, but I’ll figure it out. Yeah, that’s what I was going to ask you next to that. Do you think there’ll be a point where there’s a lot of algo trading already, especially with the advance in AI and coding? Everyone can code up almost anyone can code up an algorithmic trading system now. Do you think there’s eventually a day where like your edge in at least small movements would decay and make it like or the commissions get a lot more expensive will make just make this style a little bit less pro-less profitable and harder to execute in general? I do think that is possible. Um I do think algorithms are getting smarter. Yeah. Um I do think there’s less deficiencies in the level two and and in the different jumps in prices. Um but at the same time, part of being a trader is like not living in fear and and accepting that strategies can fade and and stop working. Um and I’ll just figure out what’s working what’s what’s the other thing that’s working and I’ll jump on that whenever the that the time comes. Um but for now, I’ll just be hyper Mhm. and try to maximize this as much as I can. But I do think you know, it might stop eventually. Yeah, you eventually like evolve into Like I I remember earlier you were mentioning that you’re doing a bit swing trading on the side, right? Right. I do I do a little swing trading. Swing trading is honestly honestly like very easy, I feel like. Especially if you’re like swing trading large caps, like Mhm. you swing trade against levels in the daily and if they don’t bounce, they become a a longer swing trade than you wanted and then you sold them and then they come back. Um and so, but that’s harder to do when you’re broke. Yeah, you need a larger account Exactly. Yeah. You have to day trade, go through the ringer, accumulate a few millions, and then swing trading with a few millions is like free money almost. So, you know, that’s the way it goes. I feel like hyper scalping is the vehicle to generate cash, and then from there I’ll graduate to I already do it with Tesla. Um you know, that’s when you can make more money than different with different methods in the market. Okay. So, speaking of account size, so how do you remember what’s what account what kind of account size you started with? I started with 26,000. Oh, that’s pretty good. I was expecting like, I don’t know, 5,000 like most people. No, because PDT, right? And because of the nature of how I traded, I had already blown a few small accounts offshore just purely on commissions. So, after blowing a few accounts offshore, knowing that I was I wanted to be a hyper scalper, I knew that I had to get into a American broker with free commissions. So, I worked my ass off. I used to paint houses over the summer, and I after 2 years I saved like $9,000. Um and then I borrowed the rest from a cousin, which was young and also like an entrepreneur like myself. He doesn’t trade, but he understands what the market was. So, he gave me a loan for the rest, and I knew I was never going to touch his money. I was only going to risk my 9,000. So, I guess my account was 9,000, but it was leveraged from his loan so that I could get over PDT and trade freely. Um 20 26,000 dollars, I remember I started trading with like one to 10 shares just making sure that whatever I was doing in the simulator also worked with a real account. Um it did it did work, and I did that for 3 more months. And then all of a sudden I started adding zeros. Instead of buying one share I added I buy instead of buying one share I bought 10 shares. Instead of 10, 100. Instead of 100, 1,000, and then 10,000. And everything kept on working. But if if I added an extra zero it stopped working. So, that’s when the scalability became an issue. Okay. Obviously, it’s been a few years since that initial small or smallish account of 26,000. Um what’s your goal now with your trading? Cuz I remember on social media I see like you have like a series of like your daily recap and you’re talking about like road to eight figures. Right. Tell us about like what that vision is like. Right. Okay, so I started what I call the eight-figure protocol, which is me starting this mission of wanting to become an eight-figure trader, which pretty much means crossing over $10 million worth of profit. So right now I’m a I’m a low seven-figure trader, which is beyond my wildest dreams already. Um but something that I used to tell myself when I was broke and an aspiring trader was dreaming is free. And if it’s free, I can dream as big as I want. So this is me dreaming bigger. Um and also I love trading and I I I love the challenge. I love growing, getting better. Um I have eight-figure trading friends. So it’s like why can’t that be me? Yeah. Um and there’s no reason why. So I started this challenge at at the peak of a drawdown that I was in because I had like 2025 was a rougher year for us hyper scalpers um because it was a very dry dry year. We had a lot of friends getting banned from different brokers and stuff. So when I was at my lowest of lows is when I decided to dream the biggest and I started this protocol. And yeah, my my social media’s are pretty much I pretty much like a a journal of my life. And every day I just show up, do the eight-figure protocol, post how much money I’ve made or lost, and I won’t stop. I’m I’m serious, I won’t stop until I cross $10 million. Amazing. Yeah. Yeah, so you mentioned getting banned by broker. Did that happen to you? Well, that’s a great question. Nobody can ban me. I banned the broker. Okay. So I left a broker um thinking that brokers with commissions were not going to be profitable for my strategy because like I said earlier, ECN fees were too expensive. Yeah. They were like half a penny to go in, half a penny to go out. I was still I was still making money on these, but I was losing like 60%to commissions and fees. But now brokers have become so competitive with each other that they have free routes. Yes. And they also have like almost nothing worth of commissions. So, I’m a full-time hyper scalper in a direct access broker now. Okay. Which is great. Yeah, I think I remember you mentioning that’s very important from a broker cuz otherwise yeah, otherwise the fees just too much. Yeah, for example, uh for Canadians, they don’t have free commissions, right? No. Because payment for order flow is illegal. Yes. And I remember I used to have a Oh, what is it called? I think Interactive Brokers or Okay. Trade Zero account. Oh, yeah. And and the hidden fees would be way too much. Oh, [ __ ] Like I could never hyper scalp on those brokers because they were so expensive. Yeah. In Canada, it’s actually like that’s also the reason in Canada we don’t have free commissions. Right. Because the brokers cannot sell your order flow. Right. Yeah. So, people need to know why their commissions are free Exactly. US. I remember in 2024, there was a lot of chatter in Wall Street that they were going to make selling payment for order flow illegal, which meant brokers were going to start charging commissions again. And we were all like terrified of that. We were like,”Please, sell my soul, but don’t don’t charge me commissions.” Yeah. So, then you I guess you don’t worry about your order flows being front run. Like your Not really. No. No, not really. I guess because of the nature of how I trade, uh it hasn’t really affected us. I keep saying us. It’s a pod It’s a group of traders that we travel and trade with. trade hyper scalping. We all hyper scalp like the hyper scalper group, yeah. Um no, it hasn’t affected us. I guess because we’re so fast. Um I think it’s mostly it mostly affected people that are doing more position trading cuz they can know where their or stop losses that their stop losses are at, how many shares they’ve accumulated, where. I see. for a slower trader maybe worse, but for us not really. Yeah, cuz you don’t really it’s not like you have a stop loss. You just get out. Exactly. Yeah, I see. So going back to road to eight figures, do you think you can get there with your current strategy? I will get there with this current strategy eventually. It may take me longer than I would want. Maybe a few five, six years. Which is not that bad. That’s not that bad at all. But I would like to I would like to accelerate that by either doing some bigger swing trades on the side or maybe carry on with this battle of trying to see how I can grow this strategy to be more scalable. Even if it means sacrificing a few scalps that are more mediocre and just focusing on the higher quality scalps. I think there’s room for improvement even within this strategy. And hopefully that will be good enough to send me over eight figures. Yeah, there’s always ways you can optimize. Yeah. Yeah, cuz I’m sure there are some stocks that can you can add one zero hopefully. Yes, I agree. Yeah, specific ones, yeah. Specific ones under specific cycles as well. When whenever we get a hotter cycle and PDT wakes up like the no PDT thing wakes up. I agree there’s a few that you can add that extra zero. Yeah, so once you hit that goal what do you think happens after that? Like is that going to change your life or Yes, I’ll delete my social media, buy a farm, and have seven children. Oh, okay. about trading for once. Really? I hope so. That you know, I’ve interviewed a lot of traders on this podcast. They always say that. And then they never But then they’ll hit that goal and just the goal post just gets moved. Right. They always say they want to stop trading once they hit that. I haven’t seen anyone all of them are still trading. That is true. I guess at the beginning my goal was to make 50k a year cuz that would replace my current job, my real job. And it’s been moved. You’re right. I’ll try my best to not move it. Like know how I’d like to do it. Just whatever’s right for your Or maybe I would tame tame it down a bit and not be as crazy about trading. Cuz right now trading is my life. Like, from the second I open my eyes to to the to the moment I go to sleep. So, I have train train train trying to get better. Oh my god, I remember reading your survey. I remember you said something like my main hobbies and side hustles are basically just eating lunch and going to sleep. Exactly. I don’t do anything else but trading, going over trading strategies, reviewing the tape, reviewing my recordings, reviewing my trades. It’s like I’m obsessed, not in a healthy way. I I I remember I’m a big fan of Lance and he always says that um he’s done trading his health for wealth. Yeah, yeah. And he’s like, I’m trading my health for a few thousand dollars. Hopefully it’s going to be a bigger Hopefully eight figures. No, actually it’s not hopefully. It will happen. It will happen. Yes, yes. Um but that’s how I feel. Mhm. So, hopefully I can get to a point where I tone it down a bit, trade less, study less, enjoy my family a little bit more. Yeah. But I’m also young at the same time. feel like these are my years of pushing. It’s true. And I like it. So, it’s a it’s mixed feelings. Yeah. I think I honestly think like when you’re young, when you’re in your 20s, mid 20s, or even late 20s, that’s that’s kind of where I was like kind of grinding really hard. Are you not mid 20s? I mean, no, I’m not. Oh. Um 20s. Yeah, low 20s. Um I think it’s it’s worth it to sacrifice a few years and just work very very hard and then, you know, like potentially coast a little bit more later when you’re you’re 30s or in your 40s. So, I think it’s worth it. Totally. I agree. Yeah. And that’s been my vision since I started. Um I love this quote from Dave Ramsey that says, “You have to work like no one else so that then in the future you can live like no one else.”So, it’s either you completely sacrifice your 20s so you can be well off in your 30s and 40s, or don’t sacrifice anything but never retire either. It’s kind of like just cruise off on a 9-to-5 till the day you die, pretty much. Yeah. Which is fair, I guess. It’s fine for some people. Yeah. But I think as long as you kind of recognize that there will be a day in which you want to work a little bit less, then you That’s That’s part of the vision, part of the goal, too. See, to me, eight figures is that exactly because imagine, if you have $10 million on spy or on a few, you know, properties or maybe a real-life business. By real-life, I mean like you do things rather than being online. Like like in buttons. With $10 million bucks, you can make like what? Like 50 grand a month passively forever. It’s like what else do you need? Yeah. That’s true. that’s my number as well. Okay. eight figures is like I do think most traders I’ve interviewed, they they have to go through a few a few years of obsession like you are right now to get to that point where you like trading becomes I wouldn’t say easy, but easier and becomes like second nature. Right. Then you get to like relax. Ironically, I think you become a better trader when you’re more detached from it, too. Mhm. Um I can see that. Because I I don’t know. I have a few rich, very rich friends that don’t really care too much about trading that are still the ones making the most money because they’re not forcing trades. If the market’s off, they take off the entire summer. Um They’re not living off of trading. They have so many other things going on. And if the market is hot, it’s like, yeah, I’ll throw a few million on that trade and make your year in one trade. So it’s like ironic how that works, but Mhm. I don’t know. Yeah. Yeah, but then you definitely need a lot bigger capital to Yeah, so there’s like both sides to this, I guess. Like you need obsession, but you also need to be detached. Right. to make it. It’s It’s a weird mix. Yeah, it’s ironic. Do you think anyone can do this can trade? No. I don’t think so at all. I think I actually discourage people from even trying. I have a lot of friends back home that want me to teach them how to trade. It’s like, no, don’t even try. It’s like It’s very hard. For most people. The best advice is to like invest on spy and have a well diversified portfolio of ETFs, you know, save 20%of the income and throw it on on on the stock market every month. But if you’re not insane like we were, like I am now, and maybe you still are, going through that learning curve of trying to figure out how day trading works, it’s not going to work for most of them. It’s going to be a lot of wasted years of, you know, money, time you could have invested in some other venture or some other job. I try to discourage people because the discouraging is it it does two things. If you’re weak-minded, the dis- my discouragement is going to be enough for you to not even try. And if you actually gave up because I said so, you don’t have the personality to trade. On the other hand, if my discouragement makes you makes you want to prove me wrong, you might be the type of guy that actually figures it out. That’s very true. So, I try to discourage everyone, and if they still want to try after I’ve said multiple times,”No, no, no, no,”then I’ll help them. Well, then what what about your seven kids? If they want to trade, what would you do? Um if they want to trade, no, I don’t think so. Oh, no. Okay, I get it though. In your opinion, why do most traders fail? Because they come to the market trying to get rich quick rather than understanding this is a full-time career that is going to take many years for them to master if ever. It’s kind of like a pilot trying to fly a plane on day one. It’s never going to happen. Um they have to go through training, through schools, through simulators, and only once they graduate, they can they can actually pull it off. So, it’s that mindset of trying to sprint rather than going in for the long journey. Mm. What advice would you give to struggling traders right now? Um watching this. To trade in a simulator. A lot of people like bashing on simulators, but I learned how to trade in a simulator because I didn’t I didn’t have money to afford a real account. Um you can learn tape reading in a simulator. You can learn about hot keys, about execution, about stock selection. There’s real There’s really not an excuse for you to be wasting real money if you can’t even prove to me or to yourself that you can have at least 3 months of consistent trading in a sim. So, for them, if you don’t have 3 months of consistent trading in a sim, there’s no reason why you should be wasting real money. Mhm, makes sense. Yeah, it’s like a proof of concept. Yeah, it’s like just um Yeah, but then also, how what’s the maximum amount of time you’d think people should trade in a simulator? Cuz you don’t want to stay in there forever. Yeah. if you If you don’t make money ever in the simulator, then I guess you stay forever. But um That’s fair. What I used to tell people is like 3 years is 3 years worth of trading practice in a simulator might be good enough for you to be able to tell if if this is something that one you like or if you can ever be good at. Um but at the same time, most of my friends and myself included didn’t have like a time frame. It’s like we were all all in and we were willing to like die trying pretty much to try to figure out this trading thing. So, so 3 years before you quit and the simulator never unless you become consistent in the simulator at first. The simulator is like easy because there’s no emotions. And if you can’t make money there, you won’t make money in a real account. Yeah, it’s not real fills. Yeah, either, yeah. But if you can’t even with fake fills and no emotions, if you can’t even with that environment make money, you’re just going to get destroyed with a real account. Mhm. So, to me, you have to graduate from the sim. Yeah, I see. It’s a It’s a rite of passage. Yeah. That’s a That’s That’s easy mode. If you can’t even do that and don’t bother. Exactly, exactly. Yeah. Um okay, what does success look like for you over the next 10 years? What does that look like for young Marcelo? Mhm. I will have crossed eight figures. Okay. Right? I hopefully I’m going to be married then. Seven kids, maybe not seven kids, maybe five by then. Okay. I want to have a big family, you know what? I want I want to be like that old grandpa with a huge family behind them. You see in those pictures up there? Yeah. Um and then hopefully I have I’m still going to be trading um more passively. I want to either focus more on my other real life businesses. Um and I want to carry on traveling with my trading friends. Mhm. And I would also like to do something to what Lance is doing, with which is shedding a light on all the tricks that happen in the market, all the scammers, um all the fake gurus and stuff. I would like to be involved in something like that, trying to like guide the beginner rookie trader uh of being abused by predators and stuff, because I was what I was that once. Yeah. So, I would like to join the the Lance the Lance crew of Yeah. anti-gurus. You want to join the bright side. Exactly. Yeah. Amazing. Yeah. Any final tips you want to give to our audience members listening to this? Give them Give them one juicy tip. One juicy tip? Yes. Yeah. Um that trading is very hard, but if you’re able to stick with it for long enough and as long as you are with urgency studying your trades, um sharpening your strategy and getting a little less bad every day, I genuinely believe if you want it bad enough, it can happen. So, just keep going at it. If this is your dream and and you’re all in, I think it can happen for them and it’s worth the struggle. Like it changed my life, it changed your life. Um and we only live once, like Yeah. it’s worth going for it. Amazing. Yeah. Thank you so much, Marcelo. It’s been a blast. Thanks for having me.

  • 09/30/2026 – Robinhood HOOD Summit ’26 Engines of Creation – Part 2

    All right. All right. Welcome back, everyone. Do we have a good lunch? Anything good out there? Food’s pretty good this year, right? Well, I hope you had a good lunch. Everyone from the live stream, welcome back. Take yourself off of uh whatever you’re doing and and and welcome back to the live stream. So, as I tee up this next session, I want to just preface a few things. When we came up with this idea, we’re like, will this work? Can this play? Um because yes, this is about the 2026 midterms. This does involve politics, but and I want to make this clear for you guys here in the live stream. This is not about left versus right. This is not a session about political punditry. It’s not going to be a segment from cable news. Uh we’re not here to debate the individual candidates or the issues at play. As everything we do, this is about trading. And unlike the presidential cycle where we actually launched our prediction markets product for uh the the race between President Trump and and Senator uh Harris or Vice President Harris. This cycle is a midterm cycle. So there are hundreds of potential events that you guys could look at and trade across House, Senate, gubanatorial, down ballot. And so this is like approaching the S&P 500. How do we narrow that universe down and find tradable opportunities? Which ones do we lean into? Which ones do we avoid? Or do we just use this as information to help us trade our normal financial portfolio? So, what we put together here are three experts from three different perspectives. We have a campaign strategist, we have a pollster, and we have a trader. And we are going to try to build a methodology for approaching the midterms like we would with anything else. So, please welcome to the stage Walter Hickey, who’s the executive editor of our media brand, Sherwood uh News. Danny Moses, who if you guys were at the trading lab just now, veteran investor uh featured in the Big Short, he’s going to be our trader. And then Matt Rose is a veter veteran political strategist, former campaign manager for Mitt Romney. And then Patrick Rafini, founder uh uh founding partner of Echelon Insights and one of the country’s leading pollsters and data strategists. So without further ado, welcome to Prediction Markets, the 2026 midterms, building your trading plan for election season.

    Hello. Thank you so much all the folks for coming out. Hope you had a good lunch. Uh thank you for coming out to this session. Today we’re going to be doing something pretty specific. Uh we’re trying to build a game plan for trading the 2026 midterms. We’ve got three very exciting, very different lenses on stage. Matt uh from the political campaign space, Patrick from the polling space, Danny from the trading space. As we kind of kick this off, I want to just go a little bit around the horn. And behind me, you’re going to see the Robin Hood midterms election hub as we get going and kind of dive in on each of these individual races. But um let’s start from the very top. All right, we’ve got a very big outcome on the board. Uh we’ve got just fewer than 5 weeks until election day and I’m interested in how you’re viewing the race. Uh Danny, do you want to kick us off? Sure. Thanks for having me. Great to be here. Um, over the last several weeks, we’ve seen the chance for Democrats to take the Senate, which is really was the only one that was really in play at this point. House, I think, is up to 93% probability, from a 50/50 to roughly 63 or 65% chance, which inversely would be 35 or 37% chance for the for, you know, Republicans to take the Senate. So, what does that mean? I try to trade policy, not politics. So, how I would think about that would be what industries in the stock market is it potentially good for, who is it bad for? And and what does it mean to basically future policy legislation as to go so far as to say, will the government shut down on December 12th, which I don’t think enough people are talking about, which is another event that’s trading out there. So, I kind of try to take it all in. And then to your point, what’s priced in and what’s not priced in? I don’t think the Dems’s taking both houses in Congress is priced in yet. Uh that’s just my personal feel even though the prediction markets are telling. So something I’m watching. Matt, what are you thinking about right now? Yeah. Well, look, it’s great to be here. I know you guys are an educated bunch because you are investing in all these races. I feel like the media, no offense, Walt, is just kind of waking up and now they’re paying attention and they’re starting to write about some trends that you guys probably saw come about 6 months ago, some of these trends a year ago. And in our country, and I’m always looking at trends, whether it’s looking at polling data that’s coming in from a public standpoint, um historic trends in any given state, but in 11 out of the last 13 elections we’ve had, presidential and midterm, there’s been a change in either the House, the Senate, or the White House. So, what does that tell you? That tells you the American voter is in a mood to reject. They’re rejecting people left and right. If you read the media reports right now, you know, if if this is a date, like, you know, we’ve had rejections where they don’t call you back, the way the media is going in some of these public polls, this is a throw a drink in your face kind of rejection, but there’s still opportunities and and and Danny just hinted at that. You know, the House is the House. It’s the smallest majority anyone’s had going back, I think, to 1932. So, the margins are very small for Speaker Johnson. But in the Senate, the map is a good thing. And I think even some of the media outlets that are covering this, and they’re always going to do the horse race. That’s part of the trends that you guys got to think about and know about. And Patrick will get into that a little bit more. Uh but they want the horse race. It’s closing. But the map is such an ally. We’re in some very r very very very red places including the state that we’re sitting in now which you know is a huge pickup need and I say need for the Democrats to become the majority party in the Senate. So I agree with Danny there’s still a lot of I don’t want to say a lot of time there’s still time in the Senate there’s a lot of competitive races and the map is not the Democrat’s friend. Patrick I want to talk a little bit about some of your work. What are the polls saying right now? Now, are they saying a similar story to what we’re seeing in the markets? Are there any meaningful differences that you’re picking up? Well, if anything, I think the polls should be telling or the market should be telling a more different story than the polls. I don’t think um you know what we’ve seen um and I looked I looked at this coming in coming into today um that you see in most of these states that the probabilities at least on the vote hub uh forecast and uh you know and looking at Cali um you know uh they’re within a point or two and then there’s one glaring exception where there’s about a 20 point disagreement um in Kansas between um the polls and or at least the fundamentals and the forecasts right um the Nate Silvers of the world um and the markets. Um and those are all polling based markets, right? Um so, um I think if anything, um I think markets can add a lot more um because as a pollster, I would be the first to say that, you know, you should be taking a lot of the polls you’re seeing uh with a grain of salt. Um, you know, we’ve seen historic a historic trend of the polls not capturing in particularly some of these Midwest states. Um, the white non-ol population, which is a majority of the electorate. Um, this was the reason Donald Trump was able to surprise everyone in 2016. Um, we’ve seen states like Ohio, Iowa consistently miss uh on um, you know, and Republicans um, not pull ahead in those states until mid-occtober. um well, Democrats were always favored and I think we’re are we seeing a repeat of that or is the wave or is the fundamentals of this particular election cycle enough um to keep Democrats rolling through all the way through election day? I think that’s the fundamental question right now. Um but I think the markets play a useful role in correcting I think some of these historic mistakes that even as a pollster I would tell you um those are things you really need to be concerned about and watch out for. Uh, I want to back out a little bit and Matt, I I want you to take this because I want to talk a little bit about just midterms 101. We’ve got a lot of folks in the audience who are very very experienced with markets. We have a lot of folks in the audience who might not be as familiar with what makes a midterm election particularly new or interesting or unique outside of a presidential. So, could you just give us a framework for what makes a midterm a unique and kind of difficult to predict uh election compared to maybe some other national races? Well, again, another historic trend. midterm elections, much smaller turnout. And with all the transformation that’s happened in politics and the emergence of President Trump and the MAGA movement, back in the day when Patrick Graffini and I were working together on campaigns in the Bush Cheney world in a midterm, we’d want low turnout. But now, President Trump, Republican party, they want higher turnout. So when as an investor, if I’m looking out there and I’m looking for opportunities to invest in, look at a place like Texas, which the horse race theory is totally in play when you look at some of the public polls and some of the media coverage, but there’s a saying we have on campaigns and the political side. It’s not scientific, but when we’re looking at vote goals and vote totals, we talk about ducks on the pond. How many votes are out there that we can get? and with Attorney General Ken Paxton and talking to some of the folks that you know know him well and work in his his orbit. One of the reasons why in some of the public polling data he’s underperforming a little bit and is lower in the polls at least from a public standpoint than Governor Abbott the Republican governor of Texas is right now he’s he’s seems like he’s underperforming in rural parts of the state. So, while you guys are sitting in your hotel rooms tonight and you start to look at some of the political ads, I’m going to take the the over that you’re going to see a Terrico or a Paxton ad on TV. And the ad you’re going to see on TV, and I noticed this last night watching the Yankees destroy the Boston Red Sox is that it’s focused on a rural voter, not a college educated suburban voter in Houston, uh, or the suburbs of Houston. And so that tells me he’s got room to grow. There are still ducks on the pond for Attorney General Ken Paxton. Meaning there’s voters he can pick up. If a Republican, a conservative MAGA Republican like Ken Paxton can’t pick up and find some more rural voters in the state of Texas, then well then he’s got a problem. But I think he can. Yeah. This is again to your point, this is a race with h there are hundreds of races around the country and it’s not all down ballot from one at the top. Patrick, I I want to actually go to you real quick. And you know, we have lots of polls at the state level. We have lots of polls at the national level. How do you recommend folks kind of make sense of this on a race by race basis? Yeah, I mean, it’s uh there more polls than ever before, and I would say there’s more incentive uh for uh you have a lot of lower quality polls uh coming in. There were a couple fake polls earlier this cycle. Um and um you know, and I think it’s part of the media ecosystem that we’re uh in. There’s more and more people. There are rooms like this of people who are never would be interested in elections before. Uh would never really play in elections and are now playing in elections. And so um to feed that interest, you have lots and lots of polls. Um not necessarily always the highest quality polls, not necessarily the polls that we as campaigns are um are uh uh you know, really uh you know, and the way we conduct polls. Um, you know, we’re very careful to look at voter registration, look at um, every single if we have 3 million voters in a state, we have the voter file on all three million voters in the state. So, we know what that electorate. We think a few points or two is going to look like and we’re conducting polls on that basis and not everyone is doing that. Um, so, uh, you know, what you get sometimes are polls that, you know, can look like extreme outliers or don’t, um, wait on things like education. Don’t wait on, uh, are really not in the ballpark of how this state has ever voted in the past. What I like to do is take um you know, you have uh your polls in an individual state, but I like to combine all the polls in all the states at the state level and just look at what’s the shift from the last presidential election to uh this current election. Um cuz that’s going to tell you, right? And the reality in this midterm, I I like to um you know, say it’s like a big wave but a high wall. Uh, and the wall for Republicans is the fact that the state that you need to take control of the United States Senate is a state that voted for Donald Trump by about 12 points. Um, so, uh, that’s a pretty big home field advantage. Uh, right. And sometimes, you know, the White Socks can come to Houston and uh and uh beat the home field advantage, but there is a home field advantage that you have to take into account as a traitor and thinking about because political fundamentals, the sort of we would call political fundamentals. Um uh you know, the basic partisanship of a state, how many Trump voters, how many Harris voters matters a lot more than it ever has. Uh, and the the variation the the uh the spread between these races used to be a lot bigger uh when uh Matt and I were starting in politics and now it’s just a few points. Um, so Democrats really I still think have their work cut out for them in the Senate. That’s that’s so interest again. I love the line of a big wave with a big wall like that. That’s really interesting in terms of how to view this race. Uh Matt, I want to go with you as well. We’re still talking about the Senate a little bit behind me again. you’ll see on the midterm sub uh the Senate map. Uh like what are we missing for those of us who aren’t plugged in to the decisions that are being made right now on the Senate level, right? Like you’ve had like insights and and access to lots of really interesting rooms over the course of your career and how party decision makers, money decision makers are investing and deciding where to kind of go like what what are we not privy to necessarily that’s going on now? Uh, Matt, well, at the national level, whether it’s national super PACs or the national campaign committees, they’re making decisions just like you all are investing in these races. They’re making the decision on where should they invest their their resources. And so many of these decisions quite honestly should have been made uh and could have been made over the summer. But like where can we find our path to victory? And we keep going back to the Senate. And so as you guys look at races to invest in, you should follow where the money’s going to go. And there’s races that have been discussed in the last week or two where Republican national uh campaign organizations aren’t going to invest in. But where the action’s going to be, and again, if if Republicans lose three seats, they’re still in the majority. It’s a 50/50 tie. And there’s a plausible chance that that could happen. Um but follow the races, follow where the money’s going to go. You’re going to see a lot of action. There’s three seats that Republicans need to to at least keep two of the three. Alaska, Texas, which we talked about, in Maine, where Senator Susan Collins is the only human being on the face of the earth that could run statewide in Maine as a Republican and still be competitive and and win. There’s no other human being that could do it. So if Republicans win two out of those three races and then pick up a race and two of the races that are going to still be looked at and people are going to think about investing in are Michigan with Mike Rogers and another pickup opportunity in New Hampshire with former Senator Cenounu and the Cenounus up in New Hampshire are kind of like the Republican version of the Kennedys but not as good-looking. Um but they’re a great family and we’ll see how it all turns out. So like that is a plausible pathway and that’s where the money is going to go on the Republican side. So as you guys think about your decisions, you should follow those races and see what decisions are made because it’ll start to come out all these media buys, especially broadcast TV. Um if people start pulling and plugging in different places, you know that there’s polls, internal data, and vote goals, especially when they start adding in the early absentee voting, which is going to be starting next week. Is it October 6 where a lot of it starts where smart people like Patrick Rafini can overlay data on some of the returns and kind of have a good indicator of how bad or how good we’re doing as a Republican campaign. I want to jump from the Senate to the House real quick. And Danny, I want to go to you because a lot of what you’ve been talking about here is not just like the actual races themselves investing in, but also, you know, the the ramifications about it, the data center trade, the AI trade, the regulatory policy, and and the House is going to be very instrumental in all of these, right? even, you know, how is a, you know, potentially split house or a deadlocked, you know, legislature going to handle a Republican president? And so, what are you looking forward to when it comes to how are you how are you factoring in the house, I should say, when it comes to your overall investing decisions and your overall portfolio? Let me just say since this conference is about the stock market, a lot of people invest in the stock market. Historically, the stock market is the economy and vice versa. Never have it been in a period of time where that was this separated so much different. You have x amount of stock supporting the stock market and you have x amount of consumers, you know, supporting the economy. So it’s really bifrocated when you think about the breakout of the economy and that’s kind of what you’re seeing within this election outcome. So, so I think, you know, banks would not do well historically in a highly regulated environment that might happen if Dems get both houses and congress, right? So that’s one thing. As far as the capbacks and AI, we’re at an inflection point anyway. I believe on AI, forget safety for a second. Let’s leave that to the side. There is a mismatch of supply and demand going on in the AI trade. You can use it as an excuse that the Dems win. Oh, they’re going to halt it. That’s why I don’t think that’s why these stocks are kind of booing right now. I don’t think that’ll be a reason. I think that it’s too important to the economy on both sides uh to have this build out in a very smart way. Um, so I think that is a little bit of a misnomer, but could be used a as an excuse. Like I said at the opening, I don’t think the market trading in. And you bring up crypto and Bitcoin, a lot of people here own that as well. They if Dems take both sides of Congress, maybe it’s a negative, they’ll think because there will be less Clarity Act chances, things like that. So there’s a lot of moving pieces. Um, so it’ll be interesting how it plays out and I know we’re going to get into some of the specific maybe how to trade it and what to look for. Um but uh you know and with MAD in terms of um you’re going to get surprises. Yeah. I I think there’s a lot more volume to come in to these prediction markets um over the next five weeks and there’s going to be a lot of ups and downs I think here coming. So I’m skipping ahead a little bit but actually on that point I’m super interested in what your thoughts are on some gubernatorial races particularly as it relates to the data center issue and how it reflects the data center trade. Are you looking at these? What’s on your mind? I haven’t done enough work on with I mean I know the states where a lot of these centers are being built. Um I know that it’s going to be important part of how people vote potentially. You’re already getting complaints of energy prices up in an area noise complaints obviously for data centers. But again I also think that it’s actually not a negative for the AI sector if things were to slow down a little bit. That’s a whole another podcast segment obviously what it means. Um, so I haven’t paid, you know, enough attention, but it’s definitely going to be going to be a focus, um, for sure on some of those races. So, so I I want to talk about some close races here. Uh, and I’m interested in kind of where you folks are looking on the map. I mean, Matt, you know, you’ve been the RNC before. You know, how people assess this large national map. You can kind of identify folks who are outperforming potentially. You know, what has your eye, what has your attention, what’s a close race that you’ve been looking at? Yeah, on the House side, I think there’s a couple races you should really look at to kind of make a decision from a broader standpoint of how the night’s going to go for for Republicans in general. Uh, one is Pennsylvania 8, uh, which is a Republican seat, but it’s in the Scranton Wilsberry market, which is a very, no offense to Scranton Wilsbury, a very cheap investment from a financial standpoint to buy TV and media up there. And so the Democrats, you know, wisely are spending a lot of money in that market uh in Pennsylvania 8. So that’s a race to watch. If Republicans were to hold that and Pennsylvania came in early, you know, that means that a lot of these public polls were showing more of a surge or wall than was expected. another race that I always go back to and I feel like I go back to it every cycle and he’s a buddy of mine and I love to to pitch him too. So like unlike Danny, I have a a heart on some of this politics. That’s why I like listening to him. He has no heart. He just wants you guys to make the right investment. But Lawler, Mike Lawler, New York 17, that’s uh Rocklin County. So just north of the city where I’m from, we call that downstate New York. Um it it’s it’s a true swing district. Mike Lawler though is one of those guys that you constantly see out there. You might not agree with him, but you know, no offense to a lot of members of Congress in the US House. A lot of them don’t do much. Mike’s out there, you know, even when he disagrees with the president, he does it in a way that the president actually listens to him and pays attention to him. And you saw that on salt tax policy back in the state of New York. Um, if he can hold on there, then it’s not going to be as as bad of a night for for Republicans either. and he’s got some really some things going for him. One, dynamic personality that actually does things. People know him. They actually hear about him constantly out in the news media. And there’s some voting blocks there. There’s a huge Jewish vote in Rockland County that I think is going to come home for Mike Lawler. So, when you’re looking at investments and you’re looking for ducks on the pond, you know, there’s a lot of ducks on the pond that I think Mike Lawler can bring home on election day and put him over the top of New York 17. So, I’d watch that. That’s a very expensive race, too. And the president just invested out of his own super PACs, I think $8.8 million. So, that’s that’s another encouraging sign for Mike. And it shows that you can have a public disagreement with the president and he still can love you and give you a big $ 8.8 million hug. And uh the president did that. So, keep an eye on New York 17. It’s so interesting because again like that is a very expensive media market but it is a reminder that like in as much as nationaliz politics have become nationalized all politics still is pretty local and that race in particular candidate quality really does matter. Patrick I want to ask you is there any part of the map that especially in the house that we’re not paying that close attention to. Obviously there was a lot of redistricting this past cycle that took a lot of races off the board put some on the board. Where are you looking for interesting races? Yeah, I mean on both sides of the redistricting equation are um you know you have seats where here in Texas Republicans uh tried to draw themselves five extra seats and they may be lucky if they get three of them um because in this environment right um you know you can’t um even if a Trump plus 10 seat is not safe uh for uh maybe you know next cycle it may be safe but for now it’s not a safe seat. Um and you also have um particularly with these uh districts along the border um where uh you saw a huge surge to Trump in both 2020 and 24, but it seems like a lot of those voters might be moving back and Democrats have done um a good job with candidate recruitment in some of those districts where some of these Hispanic heavy districts in Texas um even beyond those districts on the border, Texas 35, um even Texas 15, it’s one of those border districts. Uh Trump won it by 18 points, but Democrats have put up a a very strong candidate. And with the Hispanic vote, you can’t predict because they vote differently down ballot than you do at the presidential level. But I think we’re also seeing an interesting divergence. Um it’s not um between some of the blue states, what we’re seeing in some of the blue states and the red states. And I’m always a little cautious about this when people start talking about, oh, there’s a bunch of states that are going to vote completely differently. So, I would I take that with a little bit of a grain of salt. But you’ve seen polls out of Minnesota, very close race. It’s a very blue that’s a pretty blue state. Not not massively blue, but Democrats reliably win there. Um you see, um polls out of the Oregon governor’s race where Republicans uh you know, have a shot. And I think in particular um where they may be alpha um and but I think it requires um really knowledge of the states, knowledge of the environment is in gubernatorial elections. We’re talking a lot about congressional elections. We don’t talk as much about the gubanatorial elections because we don’t have the scoreboard who’s going to of partisan control. Nobody keeps track of that. Um, but that’s where you see a lot more openness of voters kind of switching sides because it’s less about what’s happening in Washington, more about what’s happening in their state. I look at a state like New York. I don’t think Republicans are favored in the state of New York, but the governor of New York, we saw it in the last time, and she’s trying to run for a third term. She’s very unpopular. I mean, uh, you know, she’s, I think, underwater by 15 points favorabilitywise. Um so some of those states you’re seeing a little bit of a signs of a split environment um and particularly in some of these statewide and guminatorial elections uh where people aren’t happy with um you know governance in those states either. Um if this is an anti-inccumbent wave it may hit um some of those Democratic incumbents in blue states too. It’s been so interesting at the gubernatorial level as you said you see states like Nevada as well where you’ve got again like states that are very much in the mix at this point. You’ve got also, I guess, Phil Scott in Vermont who’s a Republican who’s really running very very well in a traditionally blue state. It really seems like those tend to defy some of the conventional wisdom. Yeah. And that’s and that’s the thing. I mean, like I my thesis of this election, right, the wave meets the wall. Um, but that really applies to Washington doesn’t apply as much to the state level. I mean, you’ve seen some pretty idiosyncratic. You have a Republican governor in Vermont. You have a Democratic governor in Kentucky. Um, so that’s where politics really gets interesting. Um, and you know, as much as you know, there are a lot of races on the board, um, and a lot more maybe offensive opportunities for Democrats this cycle, um, you really have seen a real decline in the number of districts, um, particularly with redistricting and particularly with this hyper efficient and hyper optimized redistricting cycles that we now have. um where you’re really talking about two dozen seats in the House that are really competitive and are going to attract tens of millions or multiple millions of dollars in outside spending. Yeah. There’s just a lot of going back to the beginning rejection and it’s not good to be an incumbent whether you’re a Republican or a Democrat. And I was fascinated on the rejection theory looking at the state of Rhode Island. obviously not a bastion of conservatism, but they had two primaries, governor and the mayor of Providence, and they threw out both Democrat incumbents. And then you’re like, well, let’s look into it, you know, and partisans would want to look and say, oh, it must be AOC, you know, Democratic socialist candidates that just, you know, storm the gates and beat back these Democrat moderates. And that wasn’t the case at the ginatorial level. the the incumbent Democrat governor was beaten on the right and then in Providence it did happen there, you know, the candidate was beaten on the left and these were primaries on the same day and it just shows you the power of rejection out there. So when you’re in the majority and you have the White House, the Senate and the House, there’s an opportunity for the other side to try to run up some scores. Yeah, Danny, I want to talk a little bit about trading mechanics. You know, earlier Matt was telling us all about New York 17 uh behind me on the board. I’m going to pull that up. Um, and I would love for you to kind of talk a little bit about what you look for in these races, how it compares to, again, are you looking for volume? Are you looking for uh, you know, various different like do you where do you want to see these asymmetries? Do you want to see a race that has a lot of interest? Do you want to see a race that has a little uh, I’m just pulling up behind us uh, in terms of how this actually looks, but can you walk us through how you build a strategy with the trading mechanics on this? Sure. I think this is an interesting race because it’s East Coast and again, I don’t know the timing. everything comes in and polls are closing and so forth. But when you get an upset early, if Lawler, for instance, was to actually win or he was projected to win, it would swing things rather dramatically in terms of what people would predict. I think moving forward from there because maybe affordability wasn’t as big of issue as people thought, whatever it might be. So that’s one thing I think a race you would look at key and I would I would totally defer to Matt on which races he would look at on the East Coast that might be a bigger signal for what’s happening the rest. But in something like this, trading uh one of these markets, right, there’s two ways. Obviously, Dems’s getting the house is already trading at 93%. So, I would never really own anything at 93 cents to make 7 cents. That’s just not a great riskreward. But in something like this, maybe down ballot or, you know, in in a local house race, if you think Lawler’s going to lose, I I can’t see exactly where it’s trading, but the risk, you say to yourself, is there really a 65% probability that Lawler’s going to lose? Maybe. And I would watch it during the course of the evening, right? And so again, I would put limits in to sell things because things get obviously very uh may may get over it skis early. So maybe have something in at 90 cents. So maybe the you know the first 10% reports in that precinct and Lawler’s losing by a lot in an in a particular area of the of the district where he was supposed to do well, then you’ll go to 90%. I don’t want to be around for that last 10 cents. So use limit orders, use smart and look for liquidity. And so I would screen on this app by volume which you can do and anything below uh you know in terms of volume and open interest total you’re not so such little money could move those markets that it can send you know a false signal. So you got to be really careful uh with the volume and use limit orders is what I would say. So yeah, let’s also talk again about maybe a close race too like behind me I’ve got New York 11 the Staten Island race uh between the incumbent Nicole Maliotakis and you know you’re seeing here that you know these limit prices are rather these prices are adding up to over a dollar as in it seems like there’s a big skew between what you’re asking and what you’re bidding on this. So that comes down to market makers willingness to um basically provide liquidity into a market. So all event contracts should have add up to a dollar in a perfect world. Maybe with the bid to offer maybe dollar two since things are supposed to realize either at zero sense or at a dollar. So those should add up to be the same. When they don’t that tells you there’s lack of liquidity and there’s not a lot of market depth. So to me it’s a it’s a signal that I would stay away from the market potentially because obviously these market makers aren’t providing enough liquidity and it could move and you could get taken out of your position andor uh get scared out of your position rather quickly. So something else, you bring up a good point, something I look for as well there. So that’s really interesting. Anything else that you would kind of add on some of the trading mechanics element of it, like how are these similar to more traditional assets and what kind of strategies work just as well in this versus versus elsewhere? Well, this is a 24/7 market obviously. I know Rob had introduced pretty much 24/7 trading last night, so you could trade stocks with it. So they’re very different, you know, in that regard. Um, again, there could pockets of liquidity moving on a headline. uh that may be misunderstood in the media that gets picked up by an algorithm. So again, you got to be very careful on what’s moving it and um you know certainly not for the faint of heart, but it’s it’s a nice I I use these prediction markets a lot in general as a news source to help me in other things that I’m doing, not just with elections or whatever it might be and the implications of it, but it brings it makes you think about I didn’t even realize that that was even an event to be concerned about or that might be occurring in the next few days outside of elections obviously. So I kind of use it as part of Wall Street Journal, the FT, bottomup research, reading AKs, and then looking at event contracts, tell me what’s happening. So I want to talk a little bit about what you know makes these unique and why elections might be there’s some unforeseen elements of this, right, Patrick? I want to talk to you a little bit about what we can expect on election night, election week, couple days after, the idiosyncratic ways that these states might tabulate their votes. like what is would be might be new for traders who are more accustomed to a uh more specific settlement time than than elections might offer. Yeah. I mean um I studied this during the primaries. I don’t trade on prediction markets cuz I consider it as a pollster. You know I don’t trade on anything I might be pulling which could be anything at any given point. So I just don’t trade but I do I do think I do follow it closely. um I do um you know as an alternative source of information and um you know I was looking at the primaries and there was very clear biases in terms of how these the markets behaving oddly on election nights in these primary elections where um you know it seemed like there um was maybe almost an overreaction to these early ballot drops that in particular when they favored these progressive more progressive candidates um you know early in the Right. Um Elsa, yeah, was up to I think 99.9% on one of the markets. Uh and the race that was up within one point, right? Um so I think there’s a lot of emotion still that in in politics that there isn’t in other markets that you can take advantage of as a trader if you have a majority if you you know know that um and you can tell that a majority of traders on a particular contract want one outcome to happen. I think taking the other side of that is is probably a good bet because they’re going to believe any bit of good news, right? And if it’s even if it’s legitimately or seems outwardly to be a piece of good news that favors their preferred candidate, they’re going to tend to believe that faster than they’ll believe the good news on the other side of the equation. And uh it’s really complicated, right, coming in. You really have to know on election night the order um that ballots come in uh which counties which counties are reporting early votes uh which counties are reporting election day votes. There’s a dramatic difference between mail ballots and election day ballots. Um so there’s all this complicated thing and it changes from uh just because a state did it one way the last time, they don’t necessarily do it one way the next time. there are uh you know aggregators uh you know great accounts to follow that that do keep track of this. Um but at the same time you know I think and and but the markets I think in some ways were overreacting to some of those accounts. Um uh so um you know but there were pretty clear biases in the primaries that I think um you know light the path for uh I I pulled up California behind us just because they have a shall we say unique strategy of counting ballots that can kind of have some of those mirages as we saw during the primary. Yeah. I mean in California you know specifically I might say it’s a very blue state. Um but um you know in particular I mean that’s something that’s coming come in late in the night. So, um, uh, you know, I I think they’re probably, um, you want to be paying attention to maybe some of what are some early bell weathers early in the night. Um, like Kentucky 6. It’s not like that’s considered a competitive district, but it’s kind of a suburbish district that didn’t vote for Trump by a huge number. And it’s going to report very early. It’s going to have full reporting very early, and it could give us a good indicator of how the rest of the night is going to go. But um but you know in California remember during the primary I I was polling for one of the candidates in in California and uh you know Tommy Styer was up to be based on uh the way I think one of these accounts was characterizing the ballot drops the late ballot drops in California which obviously as we know California counts like takes forever to count. um based on how they were characterizing it um the markets went up to 50% and I you know I was pretty sure that there was no more than a 10% chance of Tommy Styer but I think there happened to be just a lot of sty bros there happened to be a lot of Hong supporters there happened to be a lot of supporters on these markets so that’s you know if you can really pick up on that I think that’s an opportunity Patrick can I just say something so Patrick and Matt bring up great points and they’re much more in tune with what’s the idea to to buy a contract at three or 5 cents does make sense if you believe that it’s you know 20 to1 which you’re the payout would be is way mispriced and so it’s not for me to decide cuz I’m not in the weeds like these guys are but I’m sure if you screen them then you could look at them and say that okay he might lose or she might lose but no way should it is it 20 to1 it’s probably like 2 to1 and then you can have opportunity but I think I think it’s key to point out that on the night of the election the market’s going to be very wide. So you talk about adding to a dollar, they might add to $180 because the market makers won’t be able to get the information that they’re going to have or whoever sources they’re using in time to get caught off guard. So just wanted to add that. Uh on the note of interesting data drops and things like that, Matt, can you tell me a little bit about Alaska? Uh this is going to be a race that’s going to trip some people up. Like rank choice, I know you’ve got some strong feelings on, but what can we look forward to in that kind of specific environment? Yeah, first off, Alaska is six hours behind and I’ve been on the receiving end on Super Tuesday needing to win Alaska and not getting any credit in the media after you you have because everyone went to bed. And if it comes down to, you know, the 5050 and it’s all rank, it’s all about Alaska, it’s going to be a long night and the the cable stations are going to go nuts in in large part because it’s a competitive race, but also because they have rank choice voting up there, which is just a variable that I just think our system, not just when it comes to you guys investing, but our system as a whole, as a country, just can’t handle. we’re there’s too many conspiracy theorists on both sides in this party in this country and people just can’t handle it. And so when you’re ranking out who’s first and second and you have all these in a place like Alaska, Patrick made the point in California, you’re going to have so many early votes, absentee votes, people in the military, um it’s going to be a long long night and it’s going to it’s going to create a lot of heartburn. So if you’re looking to invest in that overnight, like I’d be I’d be careful. I’d be careful because I think that there’s going to be some chaos there if that’s as competitive as it seems to be right now. The other thing I would say and the Democrat Mary Pelatollah has, you know, she’s she’s gotten the horse race factor. She’s gotten some good public data. There actually was a vote there because they have rank choice primaries and so they had their primary vote in August and she ended up beating or leading Senator Sullivan in the rank choice primary by seven points. Um, you know, honestly, I like Senator Sullivan. I wish he trailed by one or two points. That would make me feel better. Uh, unfortunately for Senator Sullivan, you know, we’ve got rank choice and then this is the state where the Democrats went out and recruited a second Dan Sullivan to to vote who I think received 2% of the vote. So, a lot of chaos up there in Alaska. But, I’ve done referendums as recently as 2020. And I keep going back like where for a Republican are there pockets of voters that can still turn out and I can tell you we did an oil and gas referendum up there in 2020 that I was a part of and we did our last big poll statewide uh in late August kind of make our final decisions about spends and media and everything else and it was right about the time where they just had their primary vote and excuse my French we’re getting our asses kicked and President Trump. This was President Trump versus Joe Biden uh race. And at that point in time, President Trump ended up winning Alaska easily. Uh but what was going on is Republicans hadn’t come home. They hadn’t come home for President Trump yet. And they certainly hadn’t come home. Uh and they were a key part of our our our voter pool that we needed to win. And we were able to win and and Republicans did come home. And so I’ve seen it happen. So that’s one to keep an eye on. Will Republicans come home for Senator Sullivan? But I think even if they do, it’s going to be a close race, a long night, and I worry about chaos up in in in the great state of Alaska. Uh before we do our final whip around and ask what we got to be looking out for over the next 5 weeks, Danny, I want to go to you and just ask essentially like what are the down ballot races? What are the outside races? What companies do you think you have an eye on heading into this uh this final stretch? Obviously, there are some companies that you alluded to earlier that have a lot of exposure to, you know, Congress and and the regulatory infrastructure. What is on your mind as we finish out these last five weeks? AI and data centers obviously within each of the states where they’re being constructed certainly uh that’s one of them. Um solar panels and green energy alternative sources of energy is a whole another sector. the potentially is going to get impacted in various areas. You have as much as the stocks and the dump gambling companies on online gambling companies, you know, there’s certain states maybe voting for that as well. Cannabis in various states, legalization, things like that. So, there’s a lot of them and I think it people aren’t paying enough attention to them and I think over the next month a lot of analysts will start to write about it. Um but in general I think people are focusing on the bigger picture which the bigger ones governor races which are probably AI data center related and potentially halting construction and so forth. So things one of the things I’m looking at Matt you want to address that? Yeah there was two things that have happened over the last two years that really surprised me from a polling political and policy standpoint. One is how quickly President Trump completely owned the economy and was no longer able to blame President Biden for everything, which really worked well for us in the last election. And it was a great tactic because in the past we, you know, I’ve been on the receiving end of this. President Obama was able to blame our former boss, President George W. Bush, for everything for almost eight years. But like there’s changes in the environment and how we consume information. Now, unfortunately for Republicans and President Trump blaming Biden, people washed their hands of them there. His own party did. We should have learned from the Democrat party itself during the campaign. And then the second thing, and Danny keeps talking about it, data centers and the impact that they are having, especially with incumbents, incumbent governors who, you know, it it seemed like brilliant politics, brilliant economics to recruit and get data centers to come to their state to create economic growth in communities. And I have never seen an an issue like data centers plummet as quickly as it did over two years. And I have some theories behind it. I think in the beginning in places like Northern Virginia outside of Washington DC, uh there was some people playing with matches out in the woods and sparking uh some what felt at the time organic opposition in places like Lden County, but now it is full organic like it spread everywhere. And to think that the numbers would drop as quickly as they did over a 2-year period and you could see it coming. It’s just I feel like again it was the media is late to the the ball game. No offense. Um and everyone’s starting to pay attention to it, but it’s shocking and that it’s an impacting in a negative way. Yeah. Especially governor’s races. I never would have saw that coming two years ago. It’s been wild to see that even in like Nova where they’ve been jamming data centers in there since do like it’s been fascinating to watch. That’s a great point. Patrick, I’ll finish with you. like what’s something heading into November that we haven’t chatted about that’s on your mind that that you’re interested that you think might be uh good last note for traders to think about? Well, I think the minute uh 26 is over 28’s going to start. Um so I think um I’m always fascinated by this period um right after the midterms in terms of what lessons the parties learn um whether or not somebody like JD Vance will be we you know weakened or strengthened um by the midterm results um and which Democrats are going to potentially emerge. I mean, we’re not going to be taking very much of a break uh after this election’s over. That’s amazing. All right. Well, I want to thank our panel so much. Danny Moses, Matt Rhodess, and Patrick Rafini. Let’s give him a big hand. Thank you very much, folks. Thank you very much.

    Guys, thank you. Just setting this up for the next panel. How’s everyone enjoy that? Was that pretty good? Yeah, I thought so, too. I mean, to get that much mental brain power on the the midterm elections on one panel and then you throw in Danny Moses, uh I I think that was uh fantastic. I learned a ton. So, we just spent the last session taking a huge uh universe and narrowing it down to some opportunities. This next one takes the same idea but applies it to private markets and private companies asking questions like how do you identify business and technologies that could shape the future? How do you evaluate them before they reach the public markets and how do you broaden the access to those opportunities? And that’s the purpose behind Robin Hood Ventures. How many people have heard of Robin Hood Ventures? Excellent. So, we put together a panel once again to help us understand it all from the ground level on up. And so, please let’s welcome Robin Hood CFO Shiv Verma, head of Robin Hood Ventures, Sarah Pinto, and Arc Invest founder, CEO, and CIO Kathy Wood, and your moderator, co-founder of Risk Riverful Media, and co-host of CNBC’s Fast Money, Dan Nathan. This is Inside Robin Hood Ventures: Private Markets, Innovation, and the Future of Investing. Enjoy.

    Hello everyone. Uh really excited to be here. Uh as far as all the content we’ve had today and yesterday, absolutely amazing. But I’m super excited about this conversation because for me, as somebody who’s been in the markets nearly 30 years, I’ve spent so much time staring at screens like a lot of you guys do and having at the tips of my fingers ways to transact. But I think some of the most interesting things going on in the markets are going on in the private markets. And I, you know, we’ve been talking a little bit about this in the leadup to this conversation. Um, I can’t remember a time where so much of what was going on in the public markets is being driven by what’s going on in the private markets. And so these folks right here are giving access to private markets in a manner with a level of diligence from an investing standpoint um in the private markets as you’ve accustomed to or become accustomed to in the public markets. All right, so enough of that. Um, I I want to start here because people know of ARC and they know of Robin Hood and you guys obviously all know them pretty well for having access and tools to the public markets. Why? I’ll start with you ship. What What was the um inspiration for offering this to your customers? because I think knowing your company and being involved as a a partner for the last 3 years, there’s been this evolution of aspirational products and we learned about a lot of them last night or were refreshed with them during the keynote, but what is it about access to private markets that is really interesting for this cohort here? Yeah, great great question. So, when we talked to customers, one of their main pain points was they didn’t have access to these great private companies. And so actually we started think about this in 2021 and a couple things all came together last year. Uh first new administration they put out great guidance. They actually said the best way to hold private assets for retail is in these 40act funds. The second thing that happened was a lot of these great companies were staying private for longer. No no surprise there. And then third we liked to launch products when we have a push not pull meaning our customers were asking for these. And we go through and the number one thing I kept hearing from customers is how do I invest in open AAI or data bricks and stripe. So we looked at the way to do this and the vision statement was can we do for private markets what we did for public markets and we came up with four tenants. The first was best-in-class names like if you do it you want to have really really great companies for customers to invest in. Uh the second was daily liquidity. We heard from all of our customers they’re used to trading. They’re used to getting in and out and so how can you have a vehicle where they can actually get liquidity? Uh the second or third one was no accreditation. 85 to 90% of Americans are not accredited. So it was a huge pain for customers. They couldn’t invest in accredited funds. And the fourth is they wanted competitive fees and a way to do it. And so that’s how we came about it. We launched our first fund which was late growth. Awesome portfolio data bricks openai stripe some of the largest names. We then heard from customers they want to do early stage. So our second fund was focused with YC and early stage customers. People love that. Uh, and now we’re getting a lot of new in inbound demand and and Sarah and the team are cooking some other new funds and we took a lot of inspiration from Kathy because she’s actually one who pioneered this with private public market funds and how to do this. So, yeah, we love the vision and and we’re going to keep innovating for customers. Yeah, Kathy, you know, uh, I think a lot of these folks know you as someone who’s a prolific innovation, a tech investor. I think it’s not just if you’re not invested in Kathy’s funds, you probably use a lot of what she has to say about markets, about individual names, about themes to work into your own processes. And so I’m just curious because you’ve seen lots of cycles and you’ve seen how innovation can really transform different industries and the like. What was the this obviously sounds like a logical, you know, sort of evolution for you. Um, what was it that you at ARC decided to create these sorts of vehicles? So regular investors unacredited here and there can invest either solely in private but also public private. Yes. So um we got the idea from our clients. Uh we had a lot of uh young clients working in the tech industry who were saying how is it that we who work in this industry and understand these companies, understand the technologies better than institutions, better than family offices, why can’t we have access to them? Uh because we don’t make enough money. Uh our net worth is not high enough. Uh, well, that’s just unfair. And I and I I agreed. I said, that’s unamerican. So, let’s try and figure this out. And uh and so we’ve done it in a little bit of a different way from uh Robin Hood. Uh and they both have their their pluses and minuses. I think uh 100% liquidity, which is your hallmark uh at Robin Hood, very important. In our case, uh we have quarterly redemptions. So daily inflows, quarterly redemptions up to 5% of NAV. Now uh what that means is that our portfolio is always selling at NAV. Uh whereas of course uh Robin Hood’s portfolios can go to uh premium or discount. Now, uh, when I first saw, and I we were talking about this earlier, when I first saw that Robin Hood was going to put private into, uh, a closed end fund like that, I thought, my goodness, the only example we have out there is Destiny Tech 100, which at the time was at something like 600 premium to NAV. And I think what Robin Hood has done beautifully is educate. So before you buy one of their funds, you know exactly where it stands uh relative to NAV. And right now I think you’re in the 10 to 15% range on both. Yeah. Ship, just really quickly tell us what were some of your considerations like with that structure. Yeah. So we debated a lot. You know, Kathy pioneered the interval fund and and we started closed end funds. There’s pros and cons of them. The main thing was customers wanted day liquidity or our customer bases and the only way to do that was in these closed end fund formats. Now the converse is as Kathy said the fund can trade at a premium or discount to a NAV. I think a sweet spot is if you’re kind of plus or minus 10% on either side and so when we talked to customers we said that’s a known risk. You can trade at a premium to discount but you can get day liquidity. And so that’s why we chose to do that. The converse is in cap these funds, you know, you’re always going to get in or out at NAV, which is great, but you might have quarterly of liquidity. So, I think the best thing for customers is you choose where you want to be on the spectrum. If you want day liquidity, great. We have a product to do that. If you want something with less liquidity, but you know you’re going to trade at NAV, you can go to Cathy’s funds and then it’s your own choice for where you want to be on the risk spectrum. And I’ll just say I think both of us um have started with a direct to to a a direct to cap uh table psychology. So um we are not invested either one of us in SPVS which and layered SPVS which include fees upon fees upon fees that are kind of hidden um in other products. I think both of ours direct to cap table is one of our calling cards. Yeah, absolutely. The other thing we did as we were talking about this before is every investment we made, we went through the front door, meaning we talked to the company and so you take OpenAI, you take data bricks, you take Stripe. We spent a lot of time working with them and we had had some things in the press where initially they weren’t so sure if they wanted to do that. But once they understood the power of retail, how important this is for their brand, for their company, that these were their customers, uh, now not only are they in the product, they’re actually promoting it. They’re telling other companies, “Hey, you should talk to Sarah. You should learn about these products.” So, it’s been a fun year. We went from the new kids on the block trying to get in uh to now people coming to us and saying, “Hey, how do I join part of your fund?” Yeah. And I was going to say, Sarah, you you kind of have one of the coolest jobs I think in this entire room here because, you know, if you are someone who’s curious and optimistic and really focused on innovation and finding value for others, um you’re that’s your seat right now. And so, I look around the markets and you know, a lot of the stuff’s picked over. We all trade it every day, right, on the Legend and all that sort of stuff, but it’s the stuff again going back to the private markets. I think they’re driving a lot of the stuff that’s going on with the companies who have been public for a long time. So, talk to me a little bit about being on the doorstep of some of the most interesting companies and I think we can say that any of us have ever seen. You got to go back to the 80s, you know, when Apple and Microsoft and all that sort of stuff. So, talk to me a little bit about that experience. Yeah, of course. Thank you. And look at that. You get a round of applause. Got a nice cheer for you here. Thank you. Um, so I’ve been a private investor in the venture market. Something cool is happening there. Um, I’ve been a I’ve been an investor in the private market since 2010. And so when I started, it’s always been fascinating. It’s always been interesting. But when I started, companies would go public when they were worth 10, maybe a hundred billion. And for companies like Shopify or for companies like Square, you could have bought at the IPO and done extraordinarily well in the public markets with a lot of the growth and a lot of what these companies are today happening post IPO. And what we’ve seen in the last 10 years is that that is just not the case anymore. And companies are staying private much longer. And so much of that value creation is happening exclusively in the private markets. We now have companies worth trillion, one trillion plus that are still private. I I never thought I would see this in my career. And with this AI movement, we’re just seeing an explosion of opportunity and of incredibly cool innovation happening. And I just didn’t think it was right that so many of us, so many of you wouldn’t have the opportunity to benefit from that and to learn from that and to gain from that. And so that’s why I would agree. I think I have one of the coolest jobs. But to give you an example, I was lucky enough uh and probably somewhat smart enough to invest in Anthropic in early 2023 when it was pre-revenue and largely pre-product. And you know, it’s it’s probably a unique example in the history of capitalism. Seeing that company go from where it was then to where it is today has been the ride of a lifetime. And now that we’re building this at Robin Hood Adventures with RVI and RV2, we’re making that kind of ride accessible to everyone, which is incredibly fun. So Kathy, what Sarah just said is pretty fascinating in in the scope of my career, your career to see value creation to this scale in such a short period of time. And you know, your point about anthropic is like, think about it. Chat GPT had just come out in late 22. People Anthropic was not on the tip of most people’s tongues. If anything, they were like, you know, well considered well well behind and look at how we’ve just had this sort of flipping a little bit. We’ll get to that. Um but uh like speak to like past cycles when you’ve seen this sort of stuff. Is it something that has longevity or do you have to be so good at nailing a theme but also picking the winners because I think in technology often times it’s been winner take all. If you think of like Amazon, if you I mean there’s no shortage of examples going back to the late ‘9s. Google’s a good example too. So just help us think about that. Put that in some context for us. Yeah. And I’ll just set it up. I mean it was beginner’s luck maybe, but we our fund started late 22. So the end of a bare market and one of our first investments was anthropic. Uh and believe it or not, back then I think it was a $40 billion valuation back then. No, it wasn’t. It was a $4 billion valuation. $4 billion valuation. And back then because we had been in such a terrible bare market, the public markets, you know, there were founders who really wanted to talk to us about what we were doing because they knew about our research. Very often our research ends up in their pitch decks, our our big ideas research. And so we started our relationship with the founders at at a very interesting time. In terms of your question about this relative to past cycles, the difference is there are so many technologies evolving at the same time. Uh so the five major platforms uh AI, robotics, energy storage, public blockchains, multiomics sequencing and the life science space. Those five major platforms involve 15 different technologies and they’re all converging like we’ve never seen before. And so think about scurves, you know, uh we we have innovation slowly slowly then all at once slowly slowly then all at once. What we’re seeing right now and the reason we’re seeing these valuations scale so quickly is these scurves are feeding each other. Uh if you think about Tesla, it’s the convergence uh among AI, the autonomous vehicles will be powered by AI, but also robotics, robo, robo taxis are robots and energy storage, they will be electric. So that’s three scurves feeding each other. And yes, autonomous vehicles. uh we started doing the research 2014 when I I founded ARC and we thought it was on the horizon on the horizon and 12 years later here we are but it’s going to happen really fast now and the market is beginning to sniff that out and of course AI is speeding everything up when the cost of something drops 99.99% per year as AI inference costs are dropping now. You’re going to get an a lot more of it. So that’s why we’re seeing this explosion. It’s pretty exciting. So Sarah, um Kathy just laid out these kind of different converging sort of themes when you are constructing a portfolio because I think that a lot of folks out here like you know they’re not just oneoff trading this or buying that or whatever. They think about it holistically a little bit. How do you think about it? Because again a lot of these themes are kind of overlapping. the vend diagrams or you know and that I’m I’m sure it poses challenges sometimes for concentration purposes but it also lets you kind of really lean into some of the themes that you really believe in how how are you thinking about that right now because I have friends who are in VC and if they have not invested in all the names that you guys have early you could call it dumb luck I don’t believe it um you know I mean that sort of thing it’s really hard to raise money right now if you are not in open AI anthropic and agile I mean the list goes on and on so how how do you think about it from a portfolio construction production standpoint. Yeah. So, we thought long and hard and we think long and hard about what products can we build that will be attractive to retail that will perform. We obviously we want products that will deliver outstanding performance and that we can uniquely build very well. And so we started with a concentrated portfolio of what we think are the top 15 to 20 companies out there. And the bar there is extraordinarily high. So, think of data bricks, open AAI, Stripe, 11 Labs that just announced an up round today, Revolute, Ramp, and a few others. It’s it’s a it’s a fairly known universe, but we have to get these companies, we have to pick the right ones. We have to get in front of these companies and get them to say yes to us. And so, that’s that’s one strategy which we think is incredibly attractive because we think these companies have a lot of value creation ahead of them. And we actually think that a lot of value, a lot of talent, a lot of interest continues to acrue to these winners kind of as they become big, they become even more interesting often. And then we have a second strategy which is our second fund RV2 which is the other side of the barbell. So as you think about what AI is creating is it it’s really opening up every category from consumer to enterprise. Everyone is looking at their tech stack and rethinking what they’re using. And so we think it’s a really interesting time to have exposure to early stage. And the right way to do early stage in my opinion is to have a very diversified portfolio. And we picked Y Combinator as the right ecosystem to go and hunt in because it’s they they just have an incredibly high quality proven track record of attracting and creating amazing companies, many of which we actually have in in our first portfolio. And so that one is a different kind of portfolio construction that will be attractive to certain customers. We just want retail. We want everyone to have the kind of choice that very high net worth individuals and institutional investors have. If you want diversified early stages exposure, we have a product for you. If you want concentrated lateage household names, we have a product for you. And it’s just the beginning. Okay? Now, listen, we have these mics here. All right? And if you guys don’t line up behind, I’m going to leave a bunch of time because we got a couple legends up here and I really want you guys to be able to interact with Kathy and and obviously Sarah is building amazing uh you know portfolios and and Shiv’s building great products. So you guys were all here last night and you heard about all the different products. I know you guys know about most of them, but as they’re rolling out different ways to kind of uh execute trades and manage risk and all that sort of thing. Chip, Chip, give me your best pitch on why someone out here who has all these tools at their fingertips now, right? And all these different products, why they should consider putting these products in their portfolio. It’s not something that you guys are going to be able to see every tick of every day, you know, that sort of thing. And maybe that’s a good thing, right? because it’s not something, oh, I want to trade that and I know that there’s some liquidity, but what’s the best pitch of why someone should buy this or one of these funds, put it in there, and not look at it. Yeah, I mean, I I’ll start. Uh, the main reason is it’s just a diversified way to private markets. So, you can trade as much as you want in the public markets. We stand for access. We think that’s fantastic. But if you want to invest in Open AI, data pricks, etc. before they go public, this is one of the best ways to do it. You can get data liquidity and get low cost. That’s it. Now in your own portfolio you should decide what your allocation is going to be. Some people will want a lot of access to private some will want smaller but for us just having access that’s the way to do it and then you design your portfolio how you want. And I I would add uh another reason important reason is um thanks to the speed at which things are happening today technology is progressing there is going to be a lot of disruption disintermediation in the traditional in the traditional world and a lot of the larger benchmarks around a lot of highfrequency trading is based uh a lot of companies companies in those benchmarks are going to be disrupted. So if for no other reason but to have a hedge against the disruption because these companies are if you think about every sector transportation is going to be completely disrupted energy completely disrupted almost every sector is going to be disrupted so I think it’s important to at least have a hedge in my own case I think this is the way the world’s going to work so this is where I have most of my exposure all right so you use the term hedge just so you guys know and Kathy mentioned the research that she puts out the big ideas. Um you’re not going to find someone who’s just giving of their brain and their thought process. Um it’s all out there. You can get it. You see her on TV a lot and and that sort of thing. And and you got to love transparency and access when you’re thinking about investing. So I give you a lot of credit there. Um when I first met Kathy, uh it was I think late 2017 and Bitcoin was 1,700 bucks. I just want to be and you were taking a very long-term you were not somebody who was saying by the end of this year it’s going to be 10 grand or 20. That’s not what your thing is. You’re talking about the reasons in which you think it could go to these sorts of levels. Where are you right now? Because I’m sure you have a lot of views about these private companies that are going in your portfolios and they’re informing your views about your existing public market investments. What do you do when you get I you just used the term hedge, but some of these companies that are in your portfolios are going to get decimated, right? Is that fair to say or no? I mean, when you think about it, you mean in in the public markets, in the public portfolios, a bunch of the private stuff you’re investing is coming for your public stuff, like to the point you just made as far as disintermediation. Oh, yes. Are you I’m I’m having a little trouble hearing here. So, you’re saying that uh that some of these private companies moving into the public? Well, I what I mean is you taking that long-term view like you did in Tesla and EVs and Bitcoin and SpaceX and that sort of thing. Some of the investments you’re making right now, you’re taking a very long-term view of how do you think they’re going to affect, you just talked about disintermed disintermediation. How do they affect some of the names that are in your portfolio? Because maybe it’s helpful for this group to kind of think about that if they have access to these products. How might they think about moving out of some of their public equities? Well, I think you know even within the public markets there is uh for companies that have very little cash flow or not big cash cushion, there’s still risk aversion. Uh we’re seeing that especially in healthcare. Healthcare has been the most difficult uh space in the last four years and we think there’s going to be massive disruption there but a lot of those companies are in the public markets because venture wasn’t as open to funding them in the private market. So interesting. This is why having a public private portfolio which is what ours is 80% uh private 20% public gives us an opportunity to arbitrage between the relative valuations or even the existence of opportunities in either or space. So, so Sarah, um, when I think about, you know, you just used that term private for longer, you know, when companies um, are looking to get liquidity or an exit, it’s a dual path for the most part, dual track, it’s, you know, IPO and M&A, right? And so when you talk about some of those names that you’ve had access to, Stripes and Data Bricks and the these are amazing companies and they have valuations that would put them in the top easily 50 of the S&P 500, that sort of thing. How do you think about okay maybe these folks they don’t feel any need to do it you still are getting the acrruel from a value standpoint but what are you seeing on the on the lower end you know what I mean are there are you just seeing amazing opportunities in companies that are just kind of bubbling up and doing some new things like how are you thinking about the early stage because to me a lot of the money has been made for the for the time being until you get an exit in the open AI and anthropic and and some of these other names where are you seeing what what parts of the private markets in around AI are you seeing the best opport opportunities, the most exciting opportunities. Yeah, I I think the winners are still really really interesting, which is why we invest in RVI in some of those even though they would appear to be really expensive. We we build an investment case for each of them and there’s very good reason why we pick them because we think they have a lot of growth in front of them. But in an early stage portfolio or in an early growth portfolio, which is also a category that can be really interesting, we think about strategic value all the time. And if it’s a if it’s an N of one team, if it’s exceptional talent, if they’re building something that is really valuable in this moment in time, then chances are that they’ll be very good M&A candidates as well. And we’re seeing it with Stripe acquiring Open Router and AMD acquiring World Labs and, you know, Cursor being acquired and and lots of these companies. You never hear about these acquisitions because they don’t happen because those offers are turned down. But I actually think we’re seeing a resurgence of really interesting M&A now. As coming back to your previous question, some of these large incumbents want to bring AI native talent inhouse, want to diversify their offerings to meet this AI moment and maybe sometimes the best way to do that is in organic. That that’s such a great point about the M&A. When you think about Stripe, I I don’t think a lot of folks maybe maybe Kathy was thinking about it, but like how do they become integral into this AI economy and they buy a company that’s been around for two years at a valuation like wait what you know but that may prove 10x you know in two years that sort of thing. Um, I want to get to some questions, but ship, I gota I got to ask you one last question on the product front because I know that you guys have been branching out trying to offer different ways in which we just spent a lot of time investors can have access to things. IPOs is one of them. How does this strategy fit within you gaining credibility with companies but also other underwriters to make find your way into let’s say these you know underwriting groups when these companies are coming public? Yeah, it’s a great question. So, we have two constituents here. One is the retail customers and one is the companies. For the retail customer, our goal is you should be able to invest across the entire life cycle when they’re private, when they go public at the IPO, and when they’re when they’re publicly traded. For the companies, it’s a very similar pitch. Our goal is any stage of the life cycle you need capital, the Robin Hood customer can be there to support it. So, you’re in early stage round raising your first capital. Great. The early stage fund can do that. You’ve grown, you’re going to the growth round, we can do that in the growth fund. you want to IPO, we just announced we’re an underwriter, so we can help you there. And then after you go public, we can help you engage with retail. For example, you can use our save product where you can talk to customers. We do that on our own earnings calls. You can now live stream your earnings in the app. And so the appeal is we don’t just want to be there once. We’re not a VC. We’re not just going to provide you capital and go away. We’re going to be there for the entire life cycle. That’s the vision. And when I talk to Vlad and the team, what does success look like? Success looks like in 5 years, every company that’s raising says, I want Robin Hood on the cap table. every company that’s going public says, “Can you help me with my retail strategy?” And that any public company that wants to gauge with retail knows we’re the destination. And you can see the pieces now. And it’s because of everybody in this room and listening. And I think we’re getting we’re getting pretty close. Yeah. Um All right. Listen, I want to get to a lot of questions, but you got to do me a favor. Let’s treat it like a speed round. Let’s have you know short questions and we’re going to give you efficient answers because I know there’s going to be a lot of you. Let’s start right here. Hi. Uh my name is uh Hong and uh uh by the way thank you uh Kathy for all the good content you released regularly on internet it’s really good. I have uh two macro questions. The first question is uh uh a lot of people say AI is going to give us a production boom and I agree with that but some people say that it’s going to solve the debt problem. uh if we look at the uh history of the United States for the last 100 years, it seems like the spending of the government and has been accelerating much faster than the uh uh booming of GDP and uh I don’t see how necessary AI booming is going to change the behavior of the government. So what could be a possible way of the solution for the debt problem? The second problem uh second question is related. Let’s just do let’s just do the one dude like I love you. I love great hat Kathy. Give it to me. Okay, thank you very much for the compliment, but I am standing on the shoulders of an incredible research team. So, that’s where I’ll start. In terms of the the debt problem, I know that that $40 trillion is grabbing the headlines. Uh, and I I I feel as though I’m back in the early 80s when I first started my career. Uh, and the same question, it was the exact same question. And the deficit as a percent of GDP was 5 a.5% back then as well. And the right answer was we grew out of that deficit. And while the debt never went down very much ever, uh the economy grew and the wealth in the economy grew so so much that it began to shrink that debt as a percent of GD GDP. So, uh, I think that’s the main answer and I think this, uh, S-curve feeding S-curves couldn’t have happened at a better time because we need that kind of growth and I think we’ll get it right here. Okay. Yeah. Hello. Um, I I really wanted to ask about the Robin Hood venture funds and the fact that, you know, they have a negative NAV in both of them. I wanted to understand that a little bit better and I also wanted to see you know as some of these companies that are venture start to become public you know we’ve seen some of these other use cases before that that could really drop you know the price of the overarching fund sometimes depending on allocation so I just want to understand what you guys are thinking about and how to address that I can take the first piece so our uh our navs more or less in our two funds at this moment in time are about $25 5 a share. Um I haven’t checked in the last few minutes, but last time I checked, our first fund RVI was actually trading at a premium to NAV. And that’s been true for most of its life. Um it’s it’s you know, obviously I don’t comment on the share price, but that’s been true overall as a fact. We most importantly the what we can control is the inputs which is getting you guys access to the best companies that we believe will deliver performance at scale and then making sure that we pay the right price and then making sure that we every quarter deliver a valuation that is fair and there’s a very disciplined process to do that. It’s highly scrutinized by the SEC, by our internal teams, by audit, external auditors. And so every single quarter, these both of these funds will release a full asset byasset fair value. And that is what the NAV per share will be based off of. Our second fund, which is our early stage fund, last time I checked, again, was currently trading at a slight discount. It’s it’s not it’s not surprising. It’s a new fund. It’s a new product. It’s a diversified portfolio of very early stage companies. I’m I’m incredibly again what we can control is be in the right universe. I I would definitely stand behind Y Combinator as the right universe. Make sure we have the right portfolio manager. Rich Aberman is incredible. He’s a exited successfully exited YC founder, former visiting partner. and making sure we’re in the right companies. Uh in the last in the last pre in the previous batches, we aimed for 40 companies out of 200 which we believe are the most promising and we got there and we got 40 companies to say yes to us even before the fund was public which I think is quite an achievement and would be very difficult to replicate for any individual retail investor. She have anything to add there or no? Um, I think when you look at the clos fund structure, it’s the for the early stage fund, it’s not surprising. This is a long-term time horizon. Most of these companies aren’t known. What you’d expect is some of these companies would do well, some won’t. But as soon as you see a company do well, the NAV should go up and the fund should trade. In the in the uh growth stage fund, as Sarah mentioned, for the life of it’s actually trading at a premium. I think a healthy premium, if you look at historically closed end funds, is about 10 to 15% and for the most part, that’s where we’ve been. But the nice part is investors can make their own decision. If you think it’s trading cheap, you can go in and buy it. If you think it’s trading rich, you can sell it. I think that’s a feature, not a bug. It gives the investors the ability to uh to trade in and out if they would like. Over here, hey, uh Kathy Wood’s uh Arc Investments funds have underperformed QQQ since the insion. So why did you based on what credentials you guys invited her uh where there are many people who are putting their money return expecting great returns. Thank you. May I answer that question please? So this is also making the headlines right and uh there’s a lot of endpoint sensitivity involved here. Uh, so you’re looking at the five-year record. If you look at our oneyear, threeyear, this is as of I believe the end of August. One year, three-year, 10-year inception to date, our performance, ARC’s performance is in the top five to 10% in each of those periods of the morning star database in our category. Now you are comparing us to QQQs. Uh that is an incorrect comparison because we are focused on technologically enabled innovation across all sectors. One roughly 30% 25 to 30% of our portfolio right now is in health care which we believe is going to be the most profound application of AI. The QQQs are not involved in health care or in financial services. It’s barely involved in financial services. So there’s no comparison. Thank Thank you, Kathy. Um,

    let’s go over here.

    Uh, so first of all, super happy that you’re here, Kathy. Thank you for taking the time and traveling to us and I’m super excited to hear your thoughts on my question. So a theme a major theme of this year has been space right not only of this conference but of the overall market. So I’d love to hear your thoughts especially with the recent pullback in a lot of these stocks. What are the areas that retail investors should be looking at whether it’s infrastructure launch connectivity IoT that are you think are underpriced by the market for long-term value? Or this is specifically on the space space. Yeah. Yes. Yes. Uh well, you know, when uh people ask us about um about the ramifications of AI on everything and talk about job losses, uh we we actually bring to life to them this new world that is opening up. And I I think it’s going to create part of the boom out there. Now, it is very interesting. SpaceX has been taking most of the oxygen out of the room. Uh, understandably so because it is going to be the most important company not only in space, but I think potentially because it probably will acquire Tesla, probably uh it will be the generational company of our time. And I think if you’re listening to to Elon, he’ll tell you in or that chips of course are the biggest gating factor for him because he’s not looking at just launching rockets or at Starlink. Uh but he’s looking at his neocloud business terrestrial and soon to be in space uh which is going to solve our infrastructure problem here. and he is also looking at chasing open AI and uh anthropic and becoming the premier frontier uh AI play. So we’re we’re we’re looking at space as a big part of enabling AI. It’s a big part of the infrastructure play. Uh so I was just in uh I’ll this is the last thing I’ll say. Uh I was in New Zealand, got to visit rocket rocket lab Peter Beck uh just last week to 10 days ago. uh and uh just uh talking to him uh I began to understand that what SpaceX is doing it and especially since it’s going to phase out the Falcon 9 is opening up a a whole new world for for companies like rock rocket lab who are thinking about vertical inte doing this vertically integrated way. So I think that variable is what you should really be looking at. What who is helping these uh companies that want to vertically integrate uh with reusable rockets move into space and help create this new world. Thank you. Thank you. Hi, good afternoon. Um so my question is uh what challenges this is open for anyone. What challenges have you faced um evaluating early stage or early growth companies and what signals gave you confidence to navigate through the um ambiguity and noise to find strong candidates that yield potential? I’m happy to take that one. Um look, that’s the that’s the job, right? Um first and foremost, for early stage and for early growth companies, it’s all about the team. Is this an absolutely outlier group of people that is going to beat the odds whatever they do and that is going to be a really attractive group of humans for potentially a larger company to want to bring on. And and that’s kind of what we’re seeing for some of these amazing teams that are getting these crazy acquisition offers from large companies is it’s not so much their product. Some of it is, but it’s really the ability of this group of humans to build something really special and to do it in a way that is extraordinarily differentiated. And honestly, that just simplifies the question because when you think about is this person a top 10 people I’ve ever met in my life, it would I quit my job to go work for this person? Then you kind of get to the answer a little bit more easily. I was just going to add to that. I agree the talent is absolutely critical. It’s the number one score in our scoring system. I also think doing research on these new technologies uh and actually uh choosing the the right technologies is critically important here. uh and trying to understand how what is the learning curve of this new technology and how is it going to scale across se sectors and become a really big opportunity which with with AI we have so many opportunities is this kind of company going to be able to do it and you’re right whenever things are not going well I think about the last conversation that we’ve had with the management team looking in their eyes and uh you know you can see conviction in eyes. I’ve been doing this for a very long time. Uh and sometimes you just pick up the phone and you say, “Hey, uh what is going on here?” There’s a lot of confusion. So being able to call management teams, I think is really important. Thank you, Kathy. Hi, Kathy. Um thanks for all the work that you do and your amazing team. Shout out to Tasha, Brett, Daniel. really excellent team. Yes. My questions regarding SpaceX and the AI compute buildout. Uh so Elon has said next year that they’re forecasting 8 GW of AI compute. Uh possibly more 8 to 10. Yeah. 8 to 10. And it seems to me like institutional analysts broadly do not think that that’s going to happen. Um I I believe that when you uh assign elite uh space engineers to these problems then good things happen. Um but I wanted to know do you feel that this is priced in and uh what’s your sense on them achieving that goal in the next year? So, um, one of the things we’ve all learned is there’s time and there’s Elon’s time. And of course, Elon thinks things will happen a little faster typically than most most people do. So, our view is that it won’t m they’ll they’ll get into the five to 10. That would be heroic if they do anywhere in that range. But in terms of really scaling this business, we’re looking more into 28 29. We have a fiveyear investment time horizon. So that would be wonderful if they if they got Now he’s saying uh that he expects uh you know much more than 10 gigawatts in the in the 5 to 10 I mean in yes in the fiveyear time horizon. Um I agree with you institutional investors are finding this difficult to believe. uh but and they’re being appropriately cautious. I think that’s good news. I love the fact that there’s a lot of concern, a lot of caution that we’ve got institutional skepticism. This is the wall of worry we need to create a very durable bull market in not only SpaceX but a lot of other stocks out there and I think that’s what’s happening. Uh last one very sadly guys. Oh, perfect. Good afternoon. Thank you panel for being here and your inspiration to us guys. Um for Miss Kathy and this kind of piggybacks off the previous gentleman when evaluating an early stage disruptive technology particularly AI and robotics how do you distinguish a company that has genuinely crossed the promising technology into a scalable business from one that’s still primarily a compelling technology story and thank you Miss Sarah for what you said too because in my job people are the mission but technology and scalable and crossing over. How is that? Yeah, that’s a I can take the first pass and then maybe if you want to add on, but um that’s a great question and it’s particularly true with physical AI, robotics for example, where there’s there’s a lot that needs to be proven, lots of safety questions and issues. And often times the best way to figure that out is to talk to early customers that are deploying these technologies as pilots and also to see where in the background of these founders have they defied gravity before. So for example, Tesla engineers or SpaceX engineers tend to be very good secondtime physical AI founders because they found ways before to think from first principles and do things that were you know maybe not even science challenges but engineering challenges and solve them. So, a combination of has this team done something like that before and can we talk to a lot of early customers to figure out if it’s kind of tipping into that um usefulness. I’ll just add I I think you nailed it uh Sarah, but I I all I always say follow the developers. Developers love hard projects. And if you see a company attracting more talent, again, we’re back to the talent question. And we’re probably going to be talking more and more about follow the agents given what we heard from open AI about dots yesterday. So uh again even this monitoring for success world is changing very very rapidly. Listen great question. Um thank you all for being here. This I could have done this all day long. This is amazing and uh we really appreciate all your uh you know insights here and uh I hope you guys check out what they’re all doing because I think they’re taking a very very interesting approach and they’re bringing it to you and I think that’s what’s really important about this the access and democratizing that seems like something that is a theme here and this is my third hood summit and it seems like they keep building on that every year. So congratulations to you guys and thank you Kathy for being here. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.

    Well, they didn’t disappoint. Thank you, Dan, Kathy, Shiv, Sarah. All right. Well, where’s everyone going, guys? This is it. This is We’re getting to the finale. We’re in the bottom of the eighth inning here. Uh penult penultimate session before we get to our finale. But uh we spent a ton of time today talking about markets, where potential opportunities are, how we find them, how we put capital to work. But now we’re shifting away from the market and we’re looking inward to ourselves as traders. Because having a strategy is one thing, but actually following it when there’s real money on the line, something totally different. How many people have experienced that? like, “Oh, it all feels good until you’re in the trade and things go sideways.” I mean, I’m a trader. I’ll be the first to admit I’ve chased trades. I’ve held on my losers too long. I’ve taken profits too early. I’ve gotten frustrated. When I get on a winning streak, I get overconfident and oversized. And my personal favorite, I’m literally looking at the screen and I know I’m about to make a decision that was absolutely stupid right as I was actively making it. And I said, “You know what? This is a bad idea.” and I push the button anyway. So, quick show of hands. Anyone else recognize any of those behaviors in your trading? Great. So, this is basically group therapy now. So, that’s why I’m so excited to work with our next speaker. I I started talking to Jared Tendler uh uh earlier in the summer. Um, one because he’s he’s phenomenal, but two, I need a little help help with my golf game, and he also wrote a book about that. Uh, but Jared spent his entire career studying these mental patterns. Not just how to recognize them, but how to correct them. So, if you’ve ever known exactly what you should do as a trader and then watch yourself do something totally different, we are in the right place. So, please welcome to the stage author of the mental game of trading, mental game coach, Mr. Jared Tendler.

    Happy to be here. You have heard from some fantastic speakers over the last couple days, including those who were just on stage. You’ve gotten some amazing advice. Unfortunately, it’s all useless to you. That is useless to you unless you have the right frame of mind to actually make use of it. The best knowledge in the world is absolutely wasted when you’re not in the right frame of mind. When you cannot access it. Look, we all know trading is intense. Your goals are on the line. Your future is on the line. Your money is on the line. Now, being able to have the mental and emotional wherewithal to withstand that emotional intensity, to not get steamrolled, just as Obie just mentioned, where you know exactly what you should be doing and can’t quite actually get yourself to do it, right? It’s one thing to know that you should stay on the sidelines, not jump into a trade out of fear or FOMO, greed. It’s another thing to be able to have that wherewithal in the heat of the moment. you know, you know, you should, you know, not close a a trade prematurely out of out of fear. And yet, what happens? Price dances around, you know, tantalizingly longer than normal, and you just kind of can’t withstand that intensity. Or if price is nose diving right back toward your entry, you’re closing out of panic. And it’s easy to say, stay calm, be poised, sit on your hands, not revenge trade, trust your strategy. But can you do it when it matters? Right? I’ve been a mental game coach for over 20 years. I I have clients in 45 countries. I coach PGA Tour winners, professional poker players, sports betterers. I have clients that are institutional day traders, fund managers trading books of seven to nine figures. But I also work with retail traders just like yourselves. And the reality is you’re all dealing with very similar stuff, right? You know, as a mental game coach, my job is to condition your mind, much like an athlete must condition their body. Now, we know Texas is known for a few things. Obviously, the space program, as we all got to experience last night, uh it’s also known for football. Can you imagine a football player not conditioning their body to compete? It would be illogical. They would get destroyed. They get injured. And yet, just maybe quick show of hands. How many of you actively work on your mental game every single day that you trade?

    I don’t see too many hands. And there in lies the point. You’re basically allowing yourself to get steamrolled. Okay. Now, one of the top priorities I have in my career is making the mental game tangible, right? emotions, this mental stuff, like it’s it’s hard to make real and tangible. Well, we’re gonna do that today, okay? And make it a lot easier to help understand how to work your mind, how to condition your mind. Now, today, I am your coach. And I want you to take that seriously. This is an opportunity. You don’t know where the breakthroughs are going to come from. Maybe it’ll happen today. Maybe you’ll plant the seeds for a breakthrough that’ll happen down the line. But the reality is your engagement is essential for that. So, we’re going to get started right now. I want you to open up your Robin Hood app, okay? And I want you to navigate. You’ll see a little button that says watch live. Click on that and you will see a poll.

    I want you to answer the question. And for those of you watching the live stream, not here, please do the same. Can you see emotions when they affect your trading decisions? Can you recognize that happening in real time? Now, I’ve done some research on this 5 years ago with a help of several partners of mine. We surveyed over,200 traders from around the world and you’ll see these 90% men, 10% women, stratified across age demographics and from people from around the world. And the effect that we found helds up across all different demographics. 90% 91% of traders had the ability to see in real time when emotions were affecting their trading. All right, let’s put up the results here. 84% can see it. Okay, so numbers a little bit lower, which tells me that we’ve got some work to do. And perhaps what we’re going to do today is going to help you to actually be able to do that. Now, one more question here. Navigate right back to that same spot. You’re gonna see another question. Okay. The next question is, do you have a concrete strategy to be able to manage your emotions effectively in real time while you’re trading? Yes or no? How many of you have that concrete strategy in place? Now, what I found was a whopping 57 point gap. One-third of traders had the ability to manage and control their emotions in real time. Everybody else getting steamrolled. And even worse, when you can see what’s happening and cannot stop it, that’s going to send your mind into a tail spin because it’s inexplicable how you could do something so dumb. You know better. As Obie was saying, you literally I’ve had clients literally grabbing their hand on a mouse and they cannot stop themselves from entering a trade. Okay, so this issue is ubiquitous. It happens around the world. You’re not alone, but there is solutions. All right, let’s see the poll results here. And it looks like the numbers are quite similar. Okay, so 37% of you have a effective strategy. Now, for those 37%, maybe we’ll help to refine that strategy a little bit more. For the rest of you, pay very close attention. Right? This is your opportunity. Take it. We can do something about this. You’re not helpless. I work with I work with traders just like you every single day. There’s a lot we can do. So, let’s drill down. All right. There are five big problems that I see every single day, right? And I want you to open up that app one more time. Last question that I’ll ask you through the app. The rest we’ll do here. Which issues do you struggle with? There are five big ones that I find. Discipline, fear, tilt, which is another word for anger, getting, you know, a little bit of revenge trading, hating to lose, things like that. Confidence issues, and of course, greed. So, which of the issues do you struggle with most? And you’re perfectly welcome to select more than one. I want to understand what we’re dealing with here because as a coach, I like to personalize everything I do, including a group of this size, right? I want to have an impact on every single one of you. So, let’s see what the results are here. All right. 34% lacking discipline, 25% uh deal with greed, 25% fear and confidence. Okay. So, it’s a pretty decent stratified mix. So, the question is well uh let’s go back to the other screen. the uh five mental uh five big issues. So, let’s talk about each one in just a little bit more detail. Okay, I want to make sure that you all have a good idea of what we’re orienting ourselves around. Okay, first off, discipline, which was the biggest issue that you all said was an issue, but do you really have a discipline issue? I would argue that you don’t. Now, it’s easy to look at your violations of your rules as just being a discipline problem, but you must rule out that it’s not caused by fear, anger, a lack of confidence, overconfidence. Overconfidence is a sneaky one, or greed. Because if you try to correct your discipline issues and they’re actually caused by emotion, guess what? You are going to make that emotional issue worse. Why? Because discipline is like the muscle of the mind. You are pushing yourself to adhere to your rules. And there are times where you can squatchch your emotions. And we’ve all done that, right? you know, situations outside of trading that kind of frustrate us, but you can’t really let that frustration out. You’re able to kind of control it in the moment, but trading is way too intense. It’s not like situations in life where you can get away with that. What’ll happen is that ability to squaltch will get overrun by that emotional intensity. And I will explain more about that in a minute. So, the discipline issues that we’re mostly dealing with are boredom, right? like those times where you, you know, mind starts to tune out, lacking a little bit of energy, market’s chopping around, not a whole lot going on, right? And then you kind of just do something random, you know, almost take a trade just to boost your excitement a little bit, have a little fun. Talking about impatience, sometimes that impatience can come from a lack of energy. Sometimes that impatience comes because you have way too much intensity. You’re so motivated to make money that you cannot help yourself. So, you get overrun. Okay, next issue, greed. Now, the greed, fear spectrum that you see popularized is a kind of poor representation of what individual traders deal with cuz there’s not a single person on the planet that I would ever say that Michael Jordan, the Houston Astros are greedy because they want to win championships. In trading, your job is to make money. So to say that you’re greedy trying to make more of it doesn’t really make a whole lot of sense except when your efforts to make money actually work against you. Now you’re like one of the Astros trying to turn a single into a double and you get picked off. But as traders, you have to define the line. You have to know exactly when your decisions are being guided by greed that’s excessive versus when it’s actually just your inherent desire to profit, make money. Fear, obviously FOMO is a big one. Fear of losing sometimes even the fear of failure. There’s that overthinking. The mind starts to spiral and go into overdrive. There’s fear of losing, right? You get very defensive, protective of capital excessively. yourself. Now, one piece of advice around fear, especially for those of you that close positions prematurely, regularly, there’s a problem that you have. Sometimes fear actually protects you from success. Imagine you have a t-shirt business and you’re continually selling your t-shirts at a discount just because somebody walked in your door. Like, you can’t run a business that way unless your profit margins are designed that way. So, if you’re protecting yourself by continually closing positions prematurely, not being able to get out the full, you know, scope of your trade, not trading the the way it’s designed, you’re basically guaranteeing your long-term failure because trading is not going to be successful enough to truly make your time worthwhile. So, be very careful about what you’re protecting against because sometimes it might actually be the success you’re after. And of course, tilt. Now tilt comes from poker but basically means anger and frustration. The hatred of losing and many of you are very very competitive. Just quick show of hands. How many of you are very competitive and hate to lose? That doesn’t surprise me. Look, it’s a trait that many people has led to a lot of success in trading and elsewhere. We’re not shy about your hatred of losing. I don’t I don’t want you to lose that. But you got to understand what losing means in trading because it’s not the same thing as in baseball and basketball, right? You cannot think about a losing trade like losing game one. You have to think of losing and trading like maybe striking out in the first inning, maybe uh you know having a small error. You just something just one single play. Imagine playing a baseball game that lasts 3 months. That’s what trading is, right? So, if you hate losing, have at it. But just zoom out and make sure that you’re not thinking of trading like everything else because it’s not. This is a diff very, very different game. You cannot trade the same way. All right, last one here. Confidence. Now, as I said earlier, overconfidence is a very sneaky problem. And I would imagine that very few of you here have the ability to recognize those early warning signs when your mind starts to deviate and starts getting a little high in your own supply, right? Believing that you’re more capable than you actually are. Believing that you deserve all the profits that are coming your way. There’s luck in this game. It is a reality. All right? I work with poker players. Any poker player that comes into trading has an edge in being able to understand that in the short term you are not in full control of your results. But if you believe that you are, your mind is going to start to deviate. You’re going to start to put on more size. You’re going to start to take more trades. You’re going to start to assume that you know what’s going to happen. The best way to know that you’ve become overconfident is that you start become pred start to become predictive of what’s going to happen. start. Solid confidence means being very comfortable with what you have done in the past, but knowing full well that you have absolutely no control over what is going to happen in the next trade. You are a probabilistic business. You do not have psychic powers. But all of you can sometimes get a little bit seduced by it. Look, I’ve institutional traders that killed it in 2020, 2021 and then they absolutely were awful in 22 23 until they started to really understand how much overconfidence had infected their perspective. Of course, on the flip side, right, a lack of confidence, you’re really kind of down in a draw down. It can very easy to question a profitable strategy and you start working against it or maybe even not trading it. Market conditions are challenging. it can be hard to know where your edge still lies. Now, when we start to understand confidence, it’s to understand that confidence is an emotion. It is not something that’s solid. And as an emotion, it’s influenced by your perspective. So, it’s easy to have your sense of your own capacity be altered. I want to ask another question. Quick show of hands. How many of you would like to make easy money? Wish that you could make easy money. Okay. Now, how many of you also believe in Santa Claus? Okay, to me this is adult Santa Claus. Okay, it is fiction. You do not have the ability to make money easily except the trading will kind of maybe give it to you once in a while. Anything hard is worth doing. And if you believe and if you are motivated to make easy money, I can promise you that when you are making money easily, you are going to get overconfident. And when you are struggling, the idea that you can make money easily is going to be eviscerated. So you’re creating a lot of emotional volatility by having that little outdated wish hanging in the background of your mind. Okay. So let’s drill into this a little bit more and understand why it is very difficult to control your emotions cuz I’ve just given you a bunch of advice and as I said at the outset maybe it is worthless too unless you are able to use it. So let’s understand how we can uh drill into your emotions a little bit more uh by discussing a concept called the Jük Dodson law. Now, I am color blind, so I’m going to try to get these colors right. Uh, and the reality is that emotions make us dumb. They allow us to believe things that aren’t real, and they are the primary cause of all of the repetitive problems that you have in your trading. Okay, these are not that’s an R.

    All right, so on one side we’ve got performance and down here we’ve got emotion or energy.

    Now I’m going to say some important things today. Hopefully maybe a few of that I’ve already said. This needs to be burned into your brain because if you do not understand this very simple concept, you are fighting against reality. You are believing that you can send a rocket into space without any propulsion. Like that you could fly, right? Gravity is real. We all accept gravity. If you don’t understand this concept, you are fighting against the reality in your brain. All right, here’s what this is. So when your performance is low, it’s because you don’t have enough energy or emotion to power the mind. So think about those times when you’re exhausted, burned out, tired, just getting back from vacation, right? Your performance is going to struggle. As your energy rises, performance rises as well, right? But you know, you get up in this space now, this is where the boredom might start to take place, right? You’re there trading but not totally energized. we find ourselves right at the top. Okay, now if this is not green, somebody yell at me. Okay, now this is the peak of your performance. Okay, green means go. Now for the institutional traders, the traders have been trading for 25, 30 years, they’ve got a lot more territory that is green. They can have a little bit less energy at times. They can have a little bit more emotion at times and they will still be rock solid. The more junior trader you are, the less experience you have. You’ve got a narrow slice where you’re going to be at your best. So, you got to know what that looks like. You got to know what helps to create it. Talk about preparing yourself, conditioning your mind like you condition your body. What’s going to get you there? Do you know? I would argue many of you don’t because you’re not studying yourself enough to be able to do that. Now, problem is that’s fickle. So, as emotion or energy continues to rise, you’re going to fall down this this curve and your performance is going to suffer and we end up down in this zone. Let’s call this 80, right? 80 out of 100. This is where mistakes are inevitable. You cannot stop these mistakes from happening. You can only rip yourself away from your desk, from your phone, chuck it, run away. because at that point the emotion uh the intense emotions have shut down your ability to think clearly. This is a fundamental law of human nature. You may have heard of it as the the fight orflight mechanism. Okay. Now higher brain functions include thinking, planning, making decisions but also includes emotional control. So just understand this clearly. The part of the brain responsible for controlling emotions is shut down and turned off by intense emotions. Okay? It’s a sadistic way the brain is wired, but this is the reality. So when you get to 80, you are pretty close to being in a blind rage, on a blind panic or euphorically blind, right? The the language there is real because at that point, you’re not thinking at all. And if you’re not thinking well then you lose access to new knowledge. You lose access to the advice that I’m giving you right now and the other things you’ve learned today. So this is firmly a red zone. Do not go. You have to be able to prevent yourself from getting to that point. And if you do, you rip yourself away. That is your only defense. Okay. Everything else, you know, we’ll say is sort of shades of yellow, right? Caution. Now, there’s a few other points here. When you’re at 75 and 80, one of the most difficult parts about that is that you have awareness. It’s like the last mental feature to be dissolved just before you become blind. You’re still aware of what you’re doing, but you cannot translate your thoughts into action. As Obie Obie was saying earlier, right? Know exactly what you’re doing is wrong. Cannot stop yourself. That is why It’s not some random thing. You’re more emotional than you realize. Now you know and now you can’t make the excuse.

    Now from this point down to here, there are early warning signs. And as we begin to develop a strategy here, this is what you need to keep in mind. Okay. So let’s keep working at this and begin developing a strategy that is going to help you to take your trading to the next level here. All right. So step one, mapping your pattern. You all have spent years studying the markets, studying the charts, studying the patterns that exist there to find opportunities for profit. Turn that same skill on yourself. There is no randomness here. There is no randomness on that board. The patterns that you see in yourself need to be studied and nailed down so that you have the warning signs before your emotional system shuts down. You can’t stop what you can’t see. It’s as simple as that. So, here is what you’re going to do. You are going to create a map of your emotional patterns. Okay? And this is an example comes from a client. And I’m just going to read a couple of these. But the idea is you’re trying to create a scale from 1 to 10. The blank spaces are purposeful. Okay. When you’re first getting started with this, you might only have, you know, 1 and 5 and 10, right? Very early warning sign. The signs that you’re in danger, right? Kind of firmly in that yellow. And then the signs of complete mental shutdown, whatever that looks like for you. Okay, this is personalized. You have to spend the time yourself studying your own patterning. Okay, so example here at level one, start thinking about the utility of my money, wanting to lock it up again, right? Want to have a big trade to secure profit. So very clear example of an early warning sign. Now he knows that greed has begun to take hold in his mind, right? the very end here at level 10. Want the absolute best return right now. Give up all control. Only focus on making money. Okay, not very complicated. And this right now is enough to give you some control. As long as you’re taking action early enough, but why stop here? There’s some holes in this. And the more you study your own patterning, I promise you, every single one of you will find more details. This is not something that you’re born with. This is a skill that is developed the more you pay attention and the more that you practice. And this is what you can end up creating. Okay, this took about 2 to 3 weeks. I’m going to give you some advice on how to do this, but it is not overly complicated. And one thing I want you to notice very clearly, step one or level one is different now. Just logging on to this client’s brokerage account was an indicator that something had changed mentally. just logging on because he wouldn’t do that. Now, this is a swing trader. He would not do that if he was truly comfortable with the positions. When he starts looking for more, he wants to get a taste of what that P&L is running at that moment. So, you see the other things that are now filled in. There’s more detail. There’s early warning signs. He set up a phenomenal defense. You want to win championships, you got to have a good defense. This is the beginning of how you develop a good defense. And here is how you do it. You’re going to spend time collecting data around whatever problems you dealt with, right? Whether it’s discipline issues, fear, FOMO, greed, overconfidence. And here’s how you’re going to do it. Okay? Every single day you’re trading, you’re going to pay very close attention to whenever your emotions start to creep up. Right? When you know what is optimal, it’s easy to see when they deviate. You also can do this immediately after a mistake, whether or not you know it was emotional or not. You can do it defensively, maybe every hour, every two hours. Okay? The point is you are actively collecting information that gives you indicators about where your emotions are, right? Study them over time. You do you do this, you know, three times, you’re going to gain more information than you know now. You do it 12 times over a few weeks. You collect these puzzle pieces that eventually allow you to turn it into this. And

    there it is. Okay, that’s what you get to create. So, let’s just go through a few examples so you know exactly what we’re dealing with here. Okay, so first you’re listing down the instrument of the situation. Then the trigger, like what sparks the emotion, what sparks the mistake. Was it a loss? Was it market conditions? What are your thoughts that are happening in that moment? What are you thinking to yourself or out loud? You know, I can’t believe I was so stupid, right? Or I’m looking for more money. Uh what are the emotions? Can you identify what you’re feeling in that moment? What are the actions or behaviors? Right? The behaviors might include, you know, death grip on the mouse, maybe you’re leaning into the monitors, maybe your foot’s tapping a little bit more, maybe you actually feel some tension in your head or your chest. And of course, what’s the mistake? Now this last one change in decision-m I do not mean what should your decision-m be I mean how does your thinking about your trading change right now all of a sudden you’re maybe thinking probabilistically you’re thinking deterministically like you know what’s going to happen maybe you’re worried about uh losing profit uh certainly unrealized profit let’s look at an example okay situation bought Apple trigger got stopped out by a tick And then of course it races to your target. Thoughts. I can’t believe this is happening again. Obviously not saying it with the same kind of inflection as you would when you want revenge, right? There’s a lot more intensity there. Behavior. Hyperfocused on finding a new entry to get my money back. Okay. Then of course finding a sub-optimal entry because that’s what you do when you’re hunting. Anything looks good at that point. And then the change in decision-m is being overly focused on making money. So like I said, you spend time doing this enough and over time you have a clearer map of your own emotionality gives you an opportunity for control. All right. Now the next step getting to the root. I want you to just imagine that you experience pain in your foot while you’re walking. What would you do? I mean certainly some of us would just try to walk it off. Maybe assume it was temporary. Maybe you hope it just goes away and maybe it does. But if it doesn’t, you’re going to investigate. You’re going to want to understand what the heck is causing this pain. You’re not going to live with it. Why do you not do that with your emotions?

    Emotions are a signal, right? They’re a a pain signal in a sense, right? That there is something wrong. And in this case, what is wrong is with your perspective. The the flaws, the biases, the wishes like making easy money. These illusions that we can easily get, you know, kind of sucked into, they are what cause the emotionality. Emotions are not a problem, right? As we saw on the whiteboard, we need emotion to perform. It’s not bad. What is bad is what causes it to become excessive and have you cross that threshold and have it start to work against you. So, if you’re going to develop a strategy that is going to actually not just gain control, but truly correct your emotionality. Look, the reality is you want to be able to not have to defend against your emotions. If you’re constantly having to be aware of and monitor your emotions, guess what you’re not able to do as well? Focus on the charge. Be as receptive as you want. You want your mind clear and not having to play aggressive defense, but to get there is going to take some work. So, you’ve got to understand what the hidden flaws are. Okay? And these are some examples. I know many of you got the mental game of trading. In the book, I talk about 40 different of these underlying flaws. Just go through a couple right now. Expecting perfection. There’s a massive difference between expecting perfection in your performance and in your results, right? Execution is maybe more in your control. You can have perfect execution aspirationally at least, but if you expect it and you underperform, then your reaction to mistakes and you know can be quite a lot worse, right? The trigger is the loss or the underperformance and it causes you to have frustration because you were expecting more of yourself than you could reasonably deliver. Okay? aspirationally be perfect, right? Some of the best traders and athletes in the world have that desire, but they do not have the expectation, hating bad luck, you know, hating to lose. If you have these beliefs or perspectives in the back of your mind, it is going to produce anger. It’s going to create overreactions when things happen in the market that you do not have control of. Hindsight bias, one of my favorites, right? you see how much money you could have made and then falsely assume that you’re going to be able to do the same thing in the next time, right? That this hindsight should turn into foresight is a flaw that many many people struggle with. Okay? So, your job is to figure out I want you to really in be inquisitive around the mistakes that you have. Now that you’re collecting more data, you’re peering into your issues a little bit more clearly. Ask yourself why. What what is going on in the background? Why am I reacting in the way that I am? and you’ll start to uncover these flaws. Okay, now we’re going to put this all together and allow you to start to correct the problem in real time. Bring the battle to the moment. The reality is conditioning your mind is a lot like conditioning your body. You have to be able to train. And the difficult part about know the mental game is that the best time to train is in the heat of the moment when the weight is at its heaviest. Look, if you go to the gym and you’re only lifting weights, it’s easy. You’re not really going to gain much. So when you’re trading, you have to be ready for those moments to be able to push yourself to have the right perspective in those moments. And when you do that again and again and again and again, rinse, repeat, that is how you start to retrain your mind, that’s how you gain control and ultimately delete these issues entirely. All right, so like I said, I like to uh make the mental game tangible, right? And let’s put this all together here, okay? Just so it’s very very clear. What if we start labeling all of these points much like the map I was talking about there like this? Now we can do the same thing on the discipline side, right? When your energy is too low, but this is effectively what we’re talking about. So the yellow area, right, is your best time to be injecting the right perspective. you still have enough kind of brain capacity, enough ability to think clearly that you can fight up against your patterns, right? If you wait to hear, you’re going to get steamrolled. That is a reality. So, by finding those early warning signs, you create the ability to work against the issue, work against the reaction, and pull yourself back up. And maybe on days where you typically would have, you know, turned towards revenge, taken in several losses in a row, frustrations rising, you’re in a little bit of a draw down, just rough conditions, don’t really see a whole lot of opportunity, right? Well, can you hold? Can you avoid the self-inflicted wounds that maybe have blown accounts before, maybe turn into actual gambling? I mean, to me, betting on a negative edge is gambling. And when you’re not trading with an edge, to me, you’re gambling. So, can you in those moments keep yourself in control and take steps to decrease your emotionality? This is not rocket science. Went to Houston yesterday. I mean, the the space center. I mean, it is remarkable what they’ve done. This is not rocket science. This just takes a little bit of diligence, a little bit of preparation. Right now, I want to challenge all of you right now. Just show of hands. How many of you are ready to to battle in the way that I’m suggesting? How many of you are going to take the time every single day to start conditioning your mind? Okay, great to see a lot of you raising your hands. For those of you that are unsure, understand that the next time you struggle, and you will, if you’re not ready to avoid your mistakes, this is the path forward. I I wish there was, you know, something that could just sort of snap my fingers and make you have the perfect mentality. I wish there was advice that was capable of transforming you instantly, but that’s not reality. We deal with rules. And when you understand the rules of the game, you have an opportunity to develop a strategy that might actually bring things home for you. All right. So, as we wrap up here, uh, I want you to understand just a few key takeaways. Got time for a couple questions. Um, and when it comes to the mic, I’ll be happy to answer any questions about anything I’ve talked about. Uh, any questions that you want, maybe a little bit more personalized, I will be at the Robin Hood booth during happy hour. Happy to answer questions then. Uh, so first off, you cannot rely on emotional control. Why? Because emotional control is a mental process that gets shut down by intense emotions. So what are you going to do? You’re going to understand your pattern of emotions. You’re going to find ways to be really detailed and specific about what you’re struggling with and where and why. And when you do that over time, what is happening becomes queer. You now have something that you can work with. Again, you’re making the mental game tangible. It’s not rocket science. And lastly, uncover those flaws, right? Take the time to ask yourself that why question, right? It can be challenging. Like I I will not not be shy in saying that the biggest gap between my abilities and my clients is in this step. Really being able to understand the underlying flaws. But it is not impossible. You start asking better questions. What a great mentor of mine said, if you want better answers, ask better questions. And just asking a why question is an will give you an opportunity to to do that. All right. So with that, we have a few questions here. Yeah. Thank you. Um when you get to one of those extreme levels where the mind’s turning off, you’re not thinking critically. How like time frame? Think about real time. How long should you wait? Uh what are some indicators that you can check in on to know that hey, I’m ready to revisit this again through. So ideally, you’re catching those earlier warning signs before you even get to that point. But let’s assume that you didn’t. Right. Right. Uh you want to act immediately. If you don’t act immediately, you’re kind of gambling with your mentality at that point. You’re hoping that you’re going to get lucky and be able to, you know, kind of gain control. So honestly, in those moments, just rip yourself away. If you can just stand up and run, I I mean, close the position, obviously. Do what you need to protect yourself. Get away. And then you could do go do a bunch of writing. Do a data collection. Just dump out what’s going on in your mind. It’ll help to make what’s going on a bit more objective. Sometimes when the emotions are kind of running rampant in our minds, it’s hard to kind of see things clearly. I actually had a a PJ tour player who I worked with who u he would send me uh voice notes, you know, after the round and you’d hear at the first few minutes was just all the frustration just getting released and then by the end he was answering his own questions, right? We’ve all had those instances where, you know, once you sort of leave a heated argument, cooler heads prevail. So, that’s my advice. Just run away, get it, get it out as best you can, you know, and give yourself an opportunity to kind of digest a little bit. Thank you. Yeah. Yeah. Go ahead. Hi. Um Oh, it’s not Oh, there you go. Oh, there we go. Hi. I really like what you said about betting with a negative edge is gambling. And I think when you have an edge or believe you have an edge, like emotions can blur whether you actually have an edge or not, like some people look a technical analysis and then they misread it because of emotions or they might just be mistaken. And I’m wondering how do you determine if you truly have an edge versus something that’s just like an emotionalbased edge. So that’s beyond my pay grade because I’m not I don’t get into anything technical or strategic. So you you need to prove over a large enough sample that you have an edge. Uh you know that’s sort of easy to say but if you need advice and perspective there’s lots of great traders around who can help you do that. But what I will say is it’s okay to at least be questioning, right? If they’re go through periods where you’re having high profitability and you’re not certain exactly what your edge is, if you can’t explain exactly why you’re making money, that gives you an indication as to, you know, what to be looking for, what you at least give yourself some pause for to think here. Generally speaking, I think if you’re not overconfident, if you don’t get too far ahead of yourself, if you’re kind of a little bit cautious about the profitability that’s happening, I I think you’re you’re well ahead of most traders in that regard. Thank you. Yeah. Go ahead. I got time for one more question, then I guess I’ll take the rest elsewhere. Um, thank you so much for this. Like this is wonderful. Um, so my question is basically regarding uh a bias. So many of times you think you have this stock in mind or an equity in mind and you go in with that conviction that okay I want to get this. So I personally try to go to AI and ask it to challenge me right. So I would be like play my devil’s advocate and tell me where’s the flaw in my thinking. But my question really is like if I am the one who’s choosing the prompts, the assumptions, the evidence and everything and then when AI challenges me, I’m like, “Oh, no, you don’t get the context, and here’s the context.” So, how do I actually genuinely make AI give me that right perspective that I might be lacking? Like, what are some of those practices you would recommend so that an AI can genuinely be helpful? The AI training I’m going to leave aside because I think more complexity and uh than I can get into in 30 seconds. Uh what I will say is, you know, have a a a pool of people that you can trust to at least bounce ideas off, right? Don’t just rely on a computer to challenge you. Find people that can do that that you know you respect. Uh but you also can do it for yourself. So if you’re keeping a very clear trade journal, to me that includes lots of trades that you do not take. I think a it’s very easy for traders to only track the ones that they’ve taken. But when you go in with certain biases or thesis, it’s okay to, you know, track how those thesis play out, whether or not you actually take trades or not. Because over time, again, you’re going to see patterning in your own ideology, in your own thoughts, your own thesis, and then how things play out. And over time, you’ll be able to make sense of a little bit more. Again, when you get lost in your mind, when when emotions are swirling, the best way to gain some some objectivity is through writing for yourself. Whether that’s turned into an AI that’s going to maybe help you make sense of it or not, I will be very very clear and honest. AI is awful at mental game diagnostics. It may help you summarize these themes, but it is honestly quite dangerous in some respects. Some of the things I’ve seen come through are quite bad. So just be very very cautious at this point about how much you’re relying on AI for your own kind of perspective. I’m not saying don’t use it like like a lot of things it’s a tool and when there’s a lot of kind of overlapping uh perspectives you kind of converge on a on some certainty. So that’s true with AI it’s true with other people right you we have all it’s impossible to not have bias. So all right that’s all the questions for today. Like I said I’ll I’ll take uh additional questions uh back at the booth during happy hour. At this point, the improvement is in your hands. Okay? My my job as your coach has concluded. So, take the next step seriously, right? You’ve got an opportunity and you know, it’s one that you can take now. So, I wish you well as you take that and uh really make some progress here. So, thank you.

    He’s

    got visual aids and everything. And Jared, you know, he was worried about his handwriting emotional. I can read it. It’s good. All right,

    we’ve made it. I don’t know about you guys, but I’m considerably more aware of what’s happening inside my own head when I trade, which is useful, also a bit terrifying. Um, but we are there, guys. We are at the finish line. We have one session left and this has become one of my favorite traditions at HoodSummit. We started it three years ago because we launched Robin Hood Legend and we were looking for a a fun name to go for a segment. We came up with lessons from a legend. Uh and the goal was simple. Bring someone on stage who has spent a lifetime in the markets. Get beyond the headlines and the hot takes and the mechanics. Actually, this one has a lot of mechanics, but let’s let them teach us what they’ve learned over their career. Two years ago in Miami at our first Hood Summit, it was Mark Fischer taking us inside the world of futures trading and the career that he built in the pits in New York. Last year, we were in Las Vegas. We launched shortselling and we brought in uh Fami Kadir who gave us a totally different perspective on the world of shortselling. And this year, we turned to a legend that came from the options world. But trust me, this one is going way beyond options. Now, I started my career working for this guy back in 2007. I was young. I was new to the retail brokerage industry. And somehow I got lucky enough to be surrounded by this incredible group of people at this company who thought about markets differently, thought about trading differently, and they genuinely loved it. And at the center of all that was Tom Sausnoff. And so a huge part of how I learned to trade about options, thinking about probability, risk, and frankly this entire business that we work in started with Tom. Uh and so the guy that I get to introduce that’s going to introduce Tom, uh he’s also been woven in my entire career as well. Uh I’ve worked with JJ Kahan for nearly 15 years. Uh he’s been a boss, a mentor, and a friend for a very long time. So, getting to stand here and watch JJ introduce Tom and then afterwards sit down with him and moderate a Q&A for you guys, it’s pretty special and there’s really no better home for it than a s a session sponsored by our friends at SIBO. So, let’s finish strong and to introduce our legend, please welcome to the stage senior vice president, head of retail expansion and alternative investment products at SIBO, my friend and fellow White Sox fan, Mr. JJ Kahan.

    Thank you, Obie. Uh I’m I’m honored to introduce Tom. He’s been a boss, a co-orker, a friend for many, many years. Tom and I started uh on the floor of the CBOE many, many years ago. I think they actually may even have a picture of it. We stood in the OEEX pit which at the time had 600 people in it. And so uh you can see the yellow uh circle around Tom. I’m actually at the very top left of the picture. If you look in front of the American flag, the guy with the giant forehead, that would be me. And so we were in that pit together for many, many years. Tom went and founded Thinker Swim. I went and worked for Tom at Thinker Swim. And then uh at Tasty Trade, Tom called me and I was CEO at Tasty Trade. And so we’ve been together in different roles for about 40 years. Uh quick thing about Tom before he comes up, he’s probably one of the most humble people I’ve met in my entire life. He really does care that everybody else in terms of being a retail investor is successful. He has all the time in the world. For anybody here, anybody who was a client of our firms when we had brokerage firms, Tom would sit and listen to a story about a one lot vertical spread for hours. If any one of us suggested anything, Tom would say, “You’re an idiot. You don’t know what you’re talking about. Please be quiet.” And uh you know, that was just how he operated is he will talk about, if you’ve ever read anything about Tom, it’s always no high fives. Uh you did your job if something went well. You’re an idiot if it didn’t. And in talking about humility, he always wanted to be one of the team. Uh, one really quick story, my son went to work for Tom as an intern at one time. And so my son comes back home after the first day. I’m like, “How was it?” He goes, “Oh man, it was so great. Mr. Saznoff is so smart. Teach me.” So I I learned so much on the first day. After the second day, Tom calls me that night and he goes, “I’m firing your son tomorrow.” I’m like, “What’d he do? I’ll kill him.” He’s like, “He keeps calling me Mr. Saznoff. I’m Tom. I’m one of the group. He goes, I’m not a hundred years old. If he comes in tomorrow and calls me Mr. Sausnoff and not Tom, he is going to get fired. My son had said to Tom, I can’t do that. My dad will kill me if I call you Tom. But I’m like, well, if it means your job, you better go in and call him Tom. The whole point of the story, Tom always wants to be one of the group. He’s the, as I said, one of the most generous people here. Many of the folks who are now at Robin Hood worked with us at Thinker Swim Around on the pit and Tom was a huge influence in all of our lives. But that’s enough of an introduction because I’m assuming many of you already know who Tom is. And with that, Mr. Tom Sazoff.

    Thanks, man. Beautiful. Thank you. All right. That’s the nicest things JJ ever said about me. I’ll take it. And it’s a true story, by the way. Um, yeah, I was never really going to fire his son, but I hate being called Mr. Sausnoff. I hate being called Grandpa now by my grandkids, so I have to. It’s Tom. Okay. Um, no, it’s amazing to be here and it’s uh when when the guys asked me to do this, I was like, “Sure, I’d love to. It’s really cool and it’s been an incredible event and um happy to be here.” I mean, I had a I had a couple of jokes that I was just doing this so I could get a gold card, but uh quick little story. I applied for the gold card, but they rejected me. So, if you’re the only ones that got rejected, don’t worry about it. Happens to everybody. JJ, Q, Obie, I mean, you know, um we have these great stories. We go back 45 years together. 40 years together. I met JJ playing softball, um and found out we were trading in the same pit. I met Q when he stood about 10 feet to my left. The funniest story about the best story about those two guys is that um they when we started Thinkorswim I I tried to bring them over and so first I went to JJ and I said JJ I’d love you to come work with us. We building an education part component to this brokerage firm and he goes you think I’m going to work for you? Never. Okay, that was the rejection year number one. Rejection year number two, same thing. you’re number three. I got him. And uh we’ve been together now the last, you know, whatever 25 years. Uh Q, the exact same story. Rejected me the first year, rejected me the second year, third year he came over and now he’s pretty much, you know, doing all the every running everything at Robin Hood. So, it’s just awesome to see what’s happened. And there’s so many other people and I’m sure a lot of you have anybody ever seen me speak before? Where the hell you guys been hiding under a rock? I’ve been on the road for 25 years talking about options. I’ve probably done 500 600 shows all around the country, all around the world. And it’s how we promote, you know, and um uh I’m the only reason I have this whatever they call it, legend status, is because I’ve outkked my coverage. I’ve lived longer. Legends aren’t anything special. It’s just you live long enough, you keep doing something long enough and it gets kind of um it gets kind of special. You know, one of my big things is uh there there’s very few outliers in life and occasionally you’ll run into an outlier. Like the guy that’s going to come up and close this event, Vlad, he’s an outlier. You know, he turns turns builds this amazing company, turns it into an incredible uh an incredible venture. Those are outliers. Most people uh the key to success is longevity. The key to success is being able to do something like for a ridiculous amount of time like you know I mean Warren Buffett’s probably the best example in the world of finance you know doing it for I don’t know how many years 70 years 80 years um but for a lot of us like this is year 45 for me and you know the long if you can do something for a real long period of time it’s really special and that’s how you get kind of this you know reputation or you get to talk to people like you guys and um I only talk to self-directed investors. I only talk to do-it-yourself traders. I’m on the active side of this business, not the passive side. In fact, I put out another video today which talks about, you know, the dangers of passive investing just but I’m not going to scare anybody. Um, the piece I put together today, this is a relatively short piece to take you through different stages of both my life and also kind of things that I’ve learned with lots of different takeaways. So, I’m going to get right into it. Most important thing, and this is the thing I just want to stress to everybody here that this is the biggest takeaway. Just bet on yourself. Life is all about you get all these different choices and the one person or persons, you know, the one the one thing that you have, especially when you’re a little younger, actually any time in your life. I didn’t build Thinkersome until I was 42 years old. I didn’t build Tasty till I was in my early 50s. Um, I’m not building Lost Dog now until I’m in my late 60s. You know, this is something if you get an opportunity to ever bet on yourself, just bet on yourself. I am a freak about that. But for today, I want to talk about, hey, where do I start? The reason you came to this event and the reason you go to any event like this, the reason you take time out of your day, your resources, whatever else it is, is to figure out, hey, where do I get started down this path? What do I do? How do I get here? And it to make it, how do I make it special? Well, learning how money works is not easy. So, you have to challenge yourself non-stop. I spent 20 years, that picture Jay just showed you of the trading pits. I spent 20 years challenging myself, standing in one single stupid spot that was about a foot wide just to figure out how this business works. I was a political science major raised by a civil rights attorney and a and a art teacher. And so I loved finance. I fell in love with the trading floors. But I challenged myself non-stop. And you know, that’s how you survive. The real risk in life is not really is not challenging yourself, not taking any risk. And when you’re young, and one of the things I stress more than anything else, roll the dice on everything. I I can’t stand when people say measure your risk or think about risk or take a step back and think about what you’re about to do. Don’t take a step back. Don’t think about what you’re going to do. Take as much risk as you can when you’re young because you’re not going to build wealth when you’re 22 or 23 or 25 or even 30 years old. That all happens later on. But if you don’t start when you’re young, it’s really tough. Wall Street’s version, put a little timeline together here. Wall Street’s version of wisdom is to surrender. That’s the tra traditional conflicts. That’s the embedded conflict in Wall Street. There’s something called the 40-year nap. The 40-year nap is is this fun little saying I do that when you’re 25 years old, you close your eyes. You take a nap. You just close your eyes, say, “You know what? I’m going to I’m just going to go to sleep for a few minutes. I’m tired.” You wake up, you’re 65, and you’re like, you look around and you’re like, “Where the [ __ ] did my life go?” And you’re sitting around going, “I’m 65 now, and I got no idea how markets work. I don’t understand strategies. I don’t understand financial markets. I don’t understand options, futures. I don’t understand crypto. I don’t understand anything because you’re 65 now. Take the risk when you’re young. That 40-year nap, it happens to everybody that’s not in this room.

    Success is not about marginally beating a benchmark. I want to stress this because it’s such an important thing. People think success is the S&Ps are up 11% this year and I’m up 13%. I killed them. No, you didn’t. Doesn’t mean anything. If you did it passively, if you did it if you did it without strategy, if you did it just because you’re a bull market genius, it doesn’t mean anything. Success is not about marginally beating a benchmark. Success is about learning how to consistently improve against yourself, improve against risk-free rates, improve against whatever the opportunity is. Like if the market’s down 5% and you’re unchanged, is that success? I would argue not. So success is not about marginally beating a benchmark. When you outsource your money decisions, and this is really cool because people in this room are here because they don’t outsource their money, their money decisions, but when you outsource your money decisions as a default, you’ve already lost. Because there’s only so many things in life you can do where there’s an efficient market playing field, where it’s literally an efficient market and it’s literally a laying a level playing field. And when you get to that point, you get to make so many decisions and so many positive things happen. you learn so much and if you outsource those decisions, it’s over. You can’t catch up. So, I’m going to give you a little brief background and then we’ll talk about it. the picture JJ showed before, which I didn’t even know those they orig they had. Um, I grew up in New York and I grew up I got out of college in the late 70s and I moved to Chicago in 19 Well, here’s the thing. I was a political science major and I got in there were no jobs in 1980. I got a I got a job interview on Wall Street. They offered me the job. I took it. Six months later, I met some people. They’ve said, “I’ll put up some money if you move to Chicago.” I moved to Chicago and I never left. The reason I never left is cuz I stepped on the trading floor and it was the last frontier of raw capitalism. It was an insane place. There were people yelling and screaming. I had no idea what’s going on. I’m like, I got to figure this out cuz this is the coolest place I’ve ever been. That’s how I started my career. It was very entrepreneurike before there was the word entrepreneurship. So 20 years I spent trading in the S S&P 100 pit and I stood 15 feet from Q. I stood 30 feet from JJ and my friends that that I still have today. My partner Scott Sheridan and a bunch of other people Tony Batista that I work with. We’ve been friends for 40 years. One of the coolest things is you know a working with your kids or b working with your friends. And I’ve been lucky enough to work with my friends for my entire life. 1999 2000 we built Thinker Swim. I’m not sure how many people in this room have ever traded on Thinkerson or even heard of it, but it’s a pretty big platform. It it was the first platform to democratize to democratize trading for retail investors. I mean, we were a public company. We were bought out by TD Merit Trade and TD Merit Trade was bought out by Schwab. So, now it’s Schwab’s primary platform, which is super cool. And there’s a lot of fun stories about Thinkorswim, but all I’ll say is just to give you just a tiny little bit of background. The name Thinkers Swim, I made it up when I was walking through my living room one night. And a reporter for Cranes Chicago, which is a business newspaper magazine, when we were launching wrote a story that said, “This is the worst name I’ve ever heard for a brokerage firm.” When when this reporter wrote that, Scott and I looked at each other. you go, “Oh my god, we’re going to be successful.” Because you need people that hate your name to kind of motivate you with bulletin board stuff. Well, anyway, the name Thinkersome obviously stuck around because it’s still around today. But when we sold Thinkerson to TD Merit Trade, TD Merit Trade, the first thing they said was their CEO said, “Oh my god, I hate the name Thinkersome. I’m going to change this name to the ultimate trading platform.” I looked at the CEO, I said, “You know what? This is a dumb move. Everybody loves the name Thinkersome.” And needless to say, they went through a couple of different studies. They spent a few million dollars figuring out that everybody loved the name Thinkorswim. And then Schwab did the same thing. And today, Thinkerswim still exists. And outlive TD merit trade. That’s one of my fun stories.

    So when I when my when my deal was over with TD Maritrade, I wanted to build another company because I just thought financial media needed something. So I wanted to build this company called Tasty Trade. And I was friends with the CEO of TD Marit Trade. So I went to him and said I said, “Fred, I’m going to leave.” And he goes, “I thought you were going to leave eventually because I knew you wanted to do something else.” And I go, “Yeah, and I’m going to build a network and not another brokerage from the time, but just a network.” And he goes, “Um, I’m sorry I’m going to ask this, but what’s the name?” I go, “Tasty trade.” He goes, “Oh my god, I hate that name worse than thinking.” So I looked at Fred and I said, “I I knew you were going to say that, but” And then he and then he did the weirdest thing. He goes, “But I’m going to bet on you, so I’m going to write you a check.” It was a big check. And he goes, “I want to be a partner.” And we were partners. And um we launched Tasty Trade. And then and then 11 years later, we sold Tasty Trade. You know, those were two billion dollar companies at the time that we sold and now they’re two multi-billion dollar companies. But I don’t look backwards. I want to keep moving forward. Now, we’re building a company called Lost Dog, which is about optimization of portfolios and optimization of careers. And we’re about to launch a the most amazing platform we’ve ever built called One Lucky Dog, which is about ideas. And the reason I love ideas is because as opportunists and as self-directed traders, you know what we need? We need ideas. We need we need we need we always People always say to me, “What are you doing? What are you trading?” You know, “What are you doing?” And it’s just like we all need ideas. I’ll be doing a live show and somebody will say, well, what do you think about XYZ stock? And I’m like, I don’t know, I never looked at it. And then all of a sudden, I’ll look at it. I’ll make a trade in there. So, I love that whole concept. Anyway, that’s where we are today. So, the most important thing and one of the most important things in life, whether you’re an entrepreneur or a trader, whatever it is, a business person, you need to know that you own the opening trade. You need to know that that decision, you control that decision. You control that opening trade. Like after you make a trade, you have no control over what the underlying is going to do. You don’t know if a stock’s going to go up or down, sideways, or whatever is going to happen to that company. You have no control. But you control all the dynamics, all everything that goes into making that opening trade. No matter what it is, no matter what kind of investment you make, you control that point. You control the decision to make that trade based on whatever it is that you’re looking at. And you can never forget that. control what you can or just own the opening trade. The root cause of wealth inequality is just a lack of financial knowhow. It is a fact. People that are not successful or do not build wealth do not have we call financial knowhow. It’s called there’s a it’s called economic bias. And economic bias comes from not making enough decisions and not making enough essentially enough trades.

    I talk about this next slide and it’s one of the most important things in life. If you run into anybody that has built a lot of wealth or has been very successful, I can promise you the one characteristic of every single person is they make the quickest decisions of anybody you’ve ever seen. Speed over everything else. Being first is way more valuable than being right. And that’s something you almost never hear from anybody else in the world because I just this is this is my life in a nutshell. I don’t necessarily care about being right. I care about being first because I want that opportunity and I want to figure it out. Most of the time most of the time our intuition most of the time our our sense of correctness our sense of probabilistic outcome is really strong. So being the first person to that has the opportunity to make that opening trade or make that trade, that’s the single most important thing. And every person you run into that’s super successful will be the quickest decision maker. When we put boards and stuff together, I always like to bring in really successful people. And the reason is not because I really care about their knowhow. I just want their speed. I want speed of decision-m. Make a quick decision. Don’t think about it. One of my a quick little story. My son is um when he got out of grad school, he he got a job offer and um he called me up and said, “Dad, I got this job offer. It’s it’s a great offer. It’s just what I was looking for with an amazing company.” I said, “Okay, when do you start?” And he goes, “No, I told him I need the weekend to think about it.” I’m like, “What’s wrong with you? like I’ve been training you for, you know, 27 years to make quick decisions and now you’re going to take the weekend to think about it. If somebody did that to me, I would hire somebody else. So, I told him that. I don’t think it made a dent, but I tried. Most losses most losses from most losses stem from a literacy or a mechanical gap. The business of finance is not rigged. This is not a rigged game. Most of the time when we make a mistake, we do something like we trade too big or we do something else like that. Like people don’t like you don’t know what’s going to happen next. Nobody knows what’s going to happen next. So most of the losses it’s just it’s just hey, you know what? We did something that was mechanically incorrect. We lost our discipline. Whatever it was, the agentive tools that are being launched now on new platforms, it’s really going to solve a lot of that. But for the most part, it’s just important to know, you know what, the counterparty, it’s not rigged. Nobody knows what’s going to happen. You don’t know. They don’t know. Nobody knows. But we do understand how to optimize mechanics nowadays. Going back a couple of years, they said it would end in tears, but it didn’t. when firms when when essentially when we eliminated commissions in this industry and Robin Hood is obviously one of the leaders in eliminating commissions, they thought they thought that no commissions would remove the structural disadvantage that separated retail from the pros. But you know what? Everything is better today. Markets are tighter. Markets are more liquid. Markets are more efficient. Everything’s better today than it ever was. There’s more products, more liquidity, and the technology is so much better than it was, you know, 5 10 15 years ago, it’s just incredible. It is a true level playing field today. Real time experience pays dividends. So, when you sit back and you think, you know what, I’m going to paper trade for a while. I’m going to think about this. There’s lots of ways to do things that are very capital efficient. And it’s really important to recognize that the value is not necessarily in the return. It’s in calibrated judgment over uncertainty. That just means do it. Put your foot in the water. Put whatever. Jump in the water. Whatever it takes. Keep your size in check and and just experience it. There’s nothing that can replace experience. If you’re going to bet on yourself, you have to make lots of mistakes. If you’re going to bet on yourself, you’ve got to take the last shot all the time and you’re going to miss a certain percentage of them. That’s cool, but you’re going to get paid. Most people never get to sit on a cap table. That’s a very fair statement, but trading is what makes it possible for some people or it’s made it possible for somebody like me. the your ability to articulate things because of your understanding of how financial structure works and financial markets work is critical. Once you can articulate things, you can get to places that you’re like, “Wow, I didn’t even know that that was possible. Articulating the mechanics, super important um to everything. If you can articulate mechanics, you can jump ahead of virtually everybody else in the queue. Most people, including most young entrepreneurs, have a really difficult time of articulating the mechanics of how they generate free cash flow, of how they’re going to turn the business into something successful or how they’re going to trade or whatever else it is. Once you do that, opens up a million doors. There’s a fallacy out there. It’s called the fallacy of the crystal ball. And essentially, that’s the assumption that you know what’s going to happen next. I mean, that’s just it’s it’s crazy. There’s there’s no such thing. And so thinking that somebody else knows what’s going to happen, that’s a fallacy. What you need to understand is just how the mechanics work. Control trade size and then you therefore you control your risk. Um that’s all this whole business is about. If you control trade size, you control your buying power, you control your risk. When genius fails, when genius fails all the time, when genius fails, it’s always because tra people trade too big. We’ve owned two brokerage firms, millions of customers, and the only time people blow out is when they trade too big. It’s it. It’s the same thing for everybody.

    Understand law of large numbers. Know how that works. Law of large numbers is simple. If you do stuff that has a high probability of profit, a high probability of success, and you do that one time doesn’t mean that much. 10 times doesn’t mean that much. 50 times doesn’t mean that much. 100 times doesn’t mean that much. A thousand times, law of large numbers start to work for you. Your 70% probability test is going to come in 70% of the time. There’s a reason to this day, this year, I’ll make about somewhere between 15 and 17,000 trades. A lot of them will be losers, a lot of them will be winners. Whatever it is, but whatever my statistical probability of success is when I opened every one of those trades will be the exact number with give or take 1% at the end of the year. That’s essentially how you use law of large numbers to your advantage or to your benefit. It’s always decision making speed over deliberation. First person to make the trade. The reason JJ’s up here, the reason Q was up here, professional traders, it’s always about speed. It’s not about being right. It’s just about speed. And life is like that.

    I I just ask everybody here because you came out midweek to Houston to meet people, to network. It’s crazy important. All the stuff you’ve done here over the last day and a half is super important to how you network, how you articulate, and also how you carry the torch, how you tell people about this industry, this business, the wonderful parts about finance and the opportunities it presents. So first, right now, everybody in this room, you carry the torch. Next thing you pass it on to whoever that is, your friends, your family, whatever it is, you we we we just ask you when you leave here to hand down fluency. A lot of people focus on the fear part of this business. What happens if the market crashes? What happens if I lose money? I feel more comfortable if somebody else makes decisions because then I can blame them for bad decisions. Hand down fluency, not fear. Fear is this insane meanreverting opportunity. And let’s focus on that. Let’s end this with leave here. Walk out these doors tonight as an opportunist. Nothing else. Just think about this. Everything I learned at this event over over two days. I’m walking out of here as the consumate opportunist. Thank you.

    I’m going to bring back JJ. I’m going to bring back JJ. We’re going to do a little a quick little um fireside chat or Q&A. That was a great speech, wasn’t it, guys? How about it?

    That’s it.

    So Tom, uh, you know, it was great and and I think your messages have always resounded well with people, as I said earlier, Tom, you know, really does care that the people in this room are successful. But those of you those of us who have known you a long time, uh, I think the question people always ask about you is this. How do you stay motivated? As you know, we said in your intro, you you you’ve sold two businesses, you know, for a lot of money, almost a couple of billion dollars, but you work still hard. Tom works harder than anyone I know. If you send Tom an email at 1:00 a.m., your answer is usually at 10:03. Uh, so I know Tom doesn’t really sleep much, but that all said, how do you still stay every single day where you’re always excited? You’re excited to give these talks. I think you’re giving, you know, four or five over the next couple of weeks. What keeps you going that way? I actually going to turn this around on JJ. Well, first of all, I should say I don’t have a hobby. So, like I literally don’t have a hobby. So, that’s a bad thing. But I I think the other thing is I don’t understand like the other like it’s weird. My brain’s wired in a way where I don’t understand the other side. Like I don’t know what I would do. Like I love to work and I work with my friends and I I like and I find technology to be fascinating and I think you know I don’t think Warren Buffett should have retired at 95 or six whatever it is. I really don’t. I think he should have kept going. I don’t think he should have retired. I don’t think anybody should ever retire. If you’ve if you’ve never heard me speak before I don’t believe in work life balance either. You believe in work work balance? Yeah. Um, all right. Well, you know, the second thing, and actually I’ve heard Tom speak quite a bit, but I’ve only heard you give this talk once and you know, and that is you talked the entire talk. It was an hour and a half, and it was nothing about his successes. It was just about his failures. And I would say it was my favorite talk of all the ones I’ve ever heard you give. Not because just because it gave me a few laughs at some of the investments over the years, but what what I really thought was important is people see the glory, but they don’t see all the little things that go into it. And it just translates so well to everybody’s trading. So just talk a little bit if you can about how you transition from some of those bad things into making things successful because you love to talk about entrep you’d love to talk to people outside trading who are just entrepreneurs about this also. I think it’s important that we measure ourselves by a lot of different things. One of the things is not how much we make but how much we give. And other things is I think it’s important that we have lots of failures. The tour JJ’s talking about a tour we did for a couple years called the bad trader tour. I did it all around the country and talked about all the horrible investments I’ve made in my lifetime, which is like millions and millions and millions of dollars. But the other side to that is I don’t know that I ever would have built anything like crazy successful if I didn’t have all these ridiculous learning experiences and and just and and what would have happened if nobody like when I moved to Chicago when I was 23 years old. what if somebody didn’t give me a check to trade with like you know somebody took a blind shot with me and and it worked for them but so I’ve done blind shots with you know hundreds of people and it’s you know some works most don’t but I don’t care I think it’s just important to remember where you you know remember how you got here and and support young entrepreneurs I mean we probably make 30 investments a year in young entrepreneurs around Chicago the Midwest mostly in fintech And to be fair, I’m not sure any of them ever paid off. I don’t even know if I’ve ever cashed a check. Well, I’ve invested with Tom and I remember one time where it did turn out pretty well and he’s like, “Can you believe it? We actually made money.” So, uh, my Irish good luck charm. But that leads to something else. First of all, I think you, uh, you’ve invested in a lot of entrepreneurs. to understate the amount of influence you’ve had in people’s lives and the amount of individuals you’ve helped to hire. Uh when we were at Thinker Swim, one of the women who ran Balancing was the Starbucks uh barista two weeks before that, but she worked really hard. Tom noticed it every morning. It’s like, you want a job? And so, you know, there are a lot of people who I’ve worked with at the firms that, you know, Tom has owned who were doing something completely different, but Tom noticed they worked hard at what it was they were doing and they were friendly, so he’d hire them and let people like that into the financial industry and change their lives. That all Yes, I agree 100%. You know, it’s funny, but I I I go through life with this idea that everybody’s smart. I know that’s not the way everybody else thinks, but I think that I’ve spent enough time on the road, met hundreds of thousands of people. I think everybody’s really smart. I think the difference sometimes is that you you talk to somebody and you realize this person’s actually really likable. This person like like this is somebody I want to spend time with, you know, in a business that I love. I I really like li likeability is super important to me. Yeah. Well, there’s no question. Uh we we we as Tom said we’ve been fortunate. We work with people we’ve liked our whole lives and it’s been absolutely fantastic. Uh so you know Tom we talk about there’s so many new products. I can’t remember a time where the industry is changing so rapidly as it has in the last we’ll say 3 years. As you look at the new products which ones are you most excited about and is there any that you’re like that one kind of scares me a little bit? I I don’t want to say anything scares me because I don’t want to jinx anything. I think that the coolest thing about new products is that it creates new areas of opportunity that you really don’t know, you know, what what it’s ultimately going to turn into. I think if there’s anything scary about it is I I don’t want there to be this gap in knowhow. You know, like sometimes sometimes you’ll find an exchange that will launch a new product and they’re hoping that somebody like me or JJ will will talk about it or or Q and then we’ll talk about the product to help them promote the product. That’s not really that’s not really the business we’re in. We want to promote opportunities for retail investors. And if we don’t think the product’s liquid or it has legs, we’re going to make the exchanges, we’re going to make the product creator prove it. make show us that this product is really good. Show us that there’s show us there’s a market for pers. Show us there’s a market for crypto. I mean, whatever it was at the time. Show us there’s a market for tokenization. Show us there’s a market for, you know, for everything that comes on board. And if there’s a market for it and there’s liquidity, I mean, I’m all in. And, you know, one of the things I I found your talk really good and again, I’ve heard you talk a lot. one, you you talked about a lot of mistakes people make and a lot of ways to think about planning. One of the things I don’t think you emphasize as much as I’ve heard you emphasize perhaps before is in terms of knowing your risk and really setting out your risk before you actually you said own the trade but uh own the opening trade I believe it was but you didn’t talk I think as much about how I’ve always heard you talk about really defining your risk in trading and I think for a lot of people here who maybe have made a few trades going to the next level it’s important. So, I’m I’m pretty much a premium seller and and I do a lot of undefined risk trades. Um, but I think the most important thing is you have to keep your size buying power in check. The one mistake people make is that they they don’t use really simple back of the envelope u mechanics. Back of the envelope mechanics for risk is buying power. So, if you have a $100,000 account and you’re using $5,000 for a trade, that’s acceptable. You have $100,000 account using $2,000 for a trade or $200. That’s absolutely acceptable. You have a $100,000 account using $80,000 on a trade. That’s not acceptable. So, it’s all about trade size and it’s all about how you use capital efficiency, how you use leverage and and none of this stuff is overly complicated. It’s actually very common sense driven when you think about it, but buying power reduction back of the envelope way of really understanding risk. Yeah. And I think it’s really important and I don’t know that enough people actually talk about or actually think about it when they’re first making their opening trades. And then the other question I know you’ve gotten quite a bit in the past and some folks here who don’t know you as well probably wondering it. They were like, “I’ve never heard you talk about any individual stocks or any individual equities.” So, now’s your opportunity. I trade a lot of stocks and a lot of individual equities. I just when I talk I I talk in more general terms. When I trade, I trade in more specific terms. Meaning like when I come out here and there’s an audience of a thousand people that say, “The last thing you want to hear is what stock do I like? Who cares what I traded today?” You know, I bought and sold a bunch of different stocks. I traded a ton of options today. I probably made, I don’t know, 50 trades this morning from my hotel room. I love trading, but who you shouldn’t care what I think. What’s interesting about what I say is the mechanics that we that we drive people towards so that we optimize your returns. So, we optimize the things that you do so that you have better outcomes. That’s why I don’t talk about specific underlings, right? And and and I think that with that when you think about how you trade, I always feel like it’s an interesting message for people. You want to make money on every trade, of course, or you wouldn’t make it. But to you, it’s more of a bigger game in terms of the overall portfolio, right? Not just the one individual trade because one of the questions I love when people ask is they will say they’re buying a call in Apple and they buy it and they’re like, why would that person sell it to me? So, I always find it interesting that everyone’s worried about the person on the other side of the trade rather than themselves. Yeah. Yeah. Don’t ever worry about whoever’s selling you an option. When you’re buying an option, don’t worry about that person. They’re okay. Um, that firm is doing just fine. Don’t worry about it. You know, I I look at this business and I want people to focus on really the opportunity that’s in front of them. Like, listen, I’m doing this trade because everything looks exactly the way I want it. Okay, fine. Make the trade. Move on to the next trade. Don’t overthink it. Like, don’t you don’t know anything and the counterparty doesn’t know anything and you don’t know what the market’s going to do next. So, you made your trade for all the reasons you made it. That’s great. Move on to the next trade. And yeah, no one knows anything. I think uh the more the longer you trade, the more you realize that you certainly know nothing. But uh you know I I think you get used to the fact that there is no one who actually knows what’s going to happen in the markets overall. And so with that said I think you know one of the things just talking to so many of the nice people who are at this event uh I think people have a question about their own confidence. So what I mean by that is not in a bad way. They’re like how do I know when I should be trading a little bigger? You talked about sizing a position. I think it’s a really important message. How do they know when they should go from say three contracts to four or five contract? What is it that should give them that confidence? So first I just have to say one other thing that I about the last question because I forgot to say this which is really important. All my friends trade. So I don’t have any friends that don’t really trade. And the beautiful thing about that, which is a huge advantage for me, not because they know anything, but because I have the opportunity in life to do the opposite of what all my friends do. So when JJ looks at me and goes I go, “What are you doing?” He goes, “I’m I’m selling bonds here. I’ll buy them.” When he when when Steve comes out here in a few minutes and he goes, I’ll say to him, I’ll go, “What are you doing?” and he’ll be look all smiley and he’ll look at me and he’ll say I’m buying XYZ and I’ll short it. So I have the advantage of knowing what my friends are doing and knowing that they don’t know anything which is really a good and as I said earlier he thinks we’re all idiots. So no I don’t think you’re idiots. I just love the idea of um it goes back to a time earlier in my career. I was on the trading floor and there was a huge trader who I had met who I was really respected and he was amazing trader, probably the best trader in Chicago. And um I was walking off the floor with him once and we were going on the elevator to go up to our office. And I said to him, “Man, can’t believe that selloff. I bought the clothes. I think they’re going higher tomorrow.” And he looked at me and said, “Do me a favor. Don’t ever tell me what you think again.” And here I was thinking I’m some smart kid. And then and he’s like, “Don’t ever tell me what you think again, cuz I don’t even want I don’t care what you think.” I I think you scale when you prove concept. So, a lot of people will start in the self-directed space with a portion of their money and they really want to start, they really want to move more over, but they don’t yet have the confidence. So, what you do is you scale very small and you prove concept at each level. There’s no rush. Everybody in this room, you’re going to be doing this like J and I for the next 40 years. So there’s no rush. You start small and you incrementally increase and you prove concept at each level that you can handle the additional risk. Ideally, first you widen the strikes. Second, you add contracts. If it’s stocks you’re doing, you incrementally add shares. If it’s futures you’re doing, you start micros and you move your way up. That kind of thing. So you incrementally increase. I I know there’s one other question. I think uh the folks from Robin Hood actually had one more question. Our buddy Obie is gonna come out and ask this one. Uh oh.

    So, a couple things I want to accomplish with this question. You mentioned you’re a premium seller. We know that. So, you don’t buy options. Uh and you’re a bit of a sports fan, especially a Chicago sports fan. I am a Chicago sports fan. There’s an a great debate going on between generations of who is the greatest basketball player of all time. So, two questions here. I believe on Taste You Trade, you once said the last call option you ever bought was your season tickets to the Chicago Bulls in 1984.

    And you mentioned experience is what matters. Tell the audience about your experience with Michael Jordan, why he’s the best basketball player of all time. And we got proof. We got proof of this. Oh, no. That’s That’s Tom on the floor of the old Chicago stadium in the It’s like the 1991 NBA finals. I’m going to tell you a quick little story cuz this is kind of fun. So, we’re a bunch of cocky young traders. It’s 1984. I think it was 1984. Bulls draft Michael. The whole deal. You have to remember in the 70s and early 80s because JJ grew up in Chicago. I grew up in New York as a Knicks fan, but the Bulls were the worst team. 3,000 people used to go to this the old Chicago stadium to watch the games and nobody every seat was empty. 3,000 it held like 19 or 20,000 Bulls drafted Jordan and the Bulls ticket office decided we’re going to go and try to sell courtside seats. 1984 1985 we drafted this kid Jordan. We’re going to be good. We’re going to try to sell courtside seats. They never sold them before. They were $75 a ticket in 1984. 1985 I don’t remember exactly the year. So they hit they knocked on our door first and which just out of pure luck they came to our floor. They knocked on our door. There were a bunch of trading firms. They just happened to knock on our door. They sat down with us. They said, “Would you guys like to buy courtside seats? We drafted this kid. He’s going to be really good.” We’re like, “All right, we’ll take a shot. We’re we’re young. We’re like, we’ll take a shot. We can afford it.” We, four of us, we bought one ticket each and we bought the four courtside seats at center court at the Chicago Stadium 1984. One of my buddies leans over and he goes, “The Bulls suck. We don’t want the center court seats. Let’s take the four seats at the end of the bench and sit next to Jordan cuz he always sits at the last seat on the bench.” So I go, “Okay, we’ll do that.” So we took the four seats at the end of the bench. Those seats became very valuable over the course of the next 15 years and six championships and we got to talk to Michael every night. So that was that was the best long trade I ever made. Yes. And settler for everyone. Not only is he the best basketball player all time, probably the best athlete of all time. Why are you asking me this? Cuz I think there’s some people out think out there that think otherwise. I I think Michael’s the best basketball player. Yeah. All right. Thank you, Tom. You don’t want to hear my You don’t want to hear my story when I played basketball against Michael Jordan, do you? Can I tell one last story? This is This is where is yours? So, Michael had I wouldn’t He didn’t have a gambling problem, but he loved to gamble. I’m going way off topic here. Remember, it’s me. He didn’t have a gambling problem because he had a lot of money. So, well, he didn’t at the time. One night, Michael Jordan leans over to us and we’re sitting on the edge of the bench and he goes, “Someday I just want to make as much money as you idiots.” Talking to me and my four friends. We’re like, “We’d like to bet on your career as opposed to my friends, but whatever.” Anyway, couple years later, he or a year later, he didn’t have any friends in Chicago. So, he we’re not really friends, but we’re talking to him every night. He goes, “What are you guys doing tonight?” And it’s like a Thursday night. We’re watching a Bulls game. I go, “We’re going to go home, you know.” I go, “We’re going out. Where do you want to go?” And he goes, “Let’s go out and play cards.” So, we go to a buddy’s house and Michael Jordan shows up and we played cards and we became friends and that went on for a number of years. Well, one night, one night we’re playing cards and we have a basketball court at the place we’re playing. And so we decide it’s Michael and another person who played at North Carolina, one of his best friends, against four, let’s say, Wreck League Jewish players. Okay? And at 4:30 in the morning in the middle of a playoff series against the Philadelphia 76ers, we played four on two against Michael and he was in slippers and he had been drinking all night. And we’re thinking to ourselves, if one of us steps on his foot and hurts this guy, we’re going to be dead. We’re going to be Bartman like 20 years before Bartman. Anyway, we played basketball for about an hour. Surprisingly, he beat us. I was shocked. We lost a couple thousand dollars because we had to bet on the game to make it worthwhile and that memory has stayed with us forever and it was just a good time and that is why he is a legend folks. Thank you so much Tom Saznoff, JJ Kahan, our friends at SIBO. This was a blast. Thanks so much. Thank you everybody. All right, one more round of applause for JJ Kahan and Tom Sausnoff. Thank you. All right. Well, as they say, all good things must come to an end. And after 2 days of product launches, trading, markets, technology, innovation, and conversation, we are reaching the end of our journey. Space Center Houston has us on approach, and we’re ready to re-enter the atmosphere. And there’s obviously no two other people I’d rather have up here to help us officially land the ship. So, please welcome back to the Hood Summit main stage Robin Hood’s founder, chairman, and CEO, Vlad Tennv, and chief brokerage officer, Steve Cork.

    We just challenged Tom and JJ to twoon two. Yeah, we’re going to bet. We might be playing out here if there’s a hoop out there anyhow. They told me I’m never touching the ball because Q here’s a ball hog. I am quite a ball hog. I will freely admit that. They used to call me the block. I did. Yeah. Yeah. I’m a I’m a uh I think we’ll play quite well together cuz I’m just a lock down defender. Okay, that works. Blocking shots. Rodman. If you defend and rebound, we’re going to get along great. Yeah, that was a great shot blocker. Um amazing. Well, thank you guys. Uh look at this crowd, man. At 8 in the morning, the crowd wasn’t quite as uh No, I think you I think everybody’s kind of come too now. Little too much fun at Space Center last night. Maybe they were up all night trading. Yes, you had alcohol. That’s true. That is true. I didn’t have any, but I’m glad you did. He’s from Wisconsin. Oh, nice. Well, uh Q, what what was your favorite part of the the day? Uh you know, I thought today was really good. There were a lot of sessions that I some that I was participating in but some that I was uh just able to sit and listen to at least components of and it was just really good. I mean, everybody was extremely engaged and um you know, I just think as we kind of talked about this morning, listening even listening to people talk to each other and exchange information and just talk about what they’re going to do from a strategy standpoint and sharing wisdom was really kind of cool. And you know, I’m hopeful that we say this every year, Vlad, right? Next year this is going to be twice as big. Right. Well, so I got to give Q your flowers here. So, HoodSummit’s really Q’s brainchild. I frankly didn’t think it was a great idea at first. I was like, why don’t we just go out there, launch some products, call it a day. But he’s like, “No, we’ve got to have these events, have the traders there, have educational content, and um have this Star Trek thing.” I was like, “No, Q. We don’t want to do that.” The Star Trek may not have been my idea. I mean, not that I not that I have an issue with it. I was like I was like Q, it’s too corny. We can’t do it. He’s like, “No, it’s got to be like a movie.” Um, but I think I think to Vlad’s point, like there are there are companies, firms, and others that do events to launch products, and there are companies, firms, and events that do educational. But there’s very rarely somebody who launches a product and then spends the next day teaching you how to use the product, which makes absolute sense, right? And then continues to educate so that you can use it suitably and be successful with it. I think that’s where you get the magic. And and by the way, it’s not just us. There’s a lot of industry participants and our partners and sponsors here that all we’re helping with this education because you know we when we’re all successful the industry is successful. Everybody’s successful and that’s really what we’re striving to do here. So I was just uh amazed at how unhappy people were today. People are very unsatisfied. It just keep coming to me asking for more stuff. Options on futures, naked options. It’s like it’s never enough. That was just Tom. Yeah. People want um people also want more hood summits. So I told them we’re going to do this every month and we’re taking the show on the road. I love that. Got to hit every major city in the USA. I love that. How about that?

    That would be exceptional. Actually, you guys might have to uh increase your travel budget a little bit though, right? We got to get to work. Hopefully, we can get the sponsors to sponsor a hood summit every month in every city. So, Obie, how about you? You know, I won the main stage. You guys are great today. Give yourselves a round of applause. We had uh a lot of tough choices to make, but that’s our job as traders between the trading lab, the pod stage, the main stage. I hope we did uh justice for uh Hood Summit. I hope you guys enjoyed the panels and the speakers. For me guys, you know, in early part of my career, I was on the phones every day and I was talking to customers with, you know, questions about their account this and you you’d have a really good, you know, your finger was on the pulse of what was happening with customers. Over the years, I’ve I’ve gotten away from that. So having a an event like this allows me to really kind of hone back into what matters to you guys, what’s important, what products they’re looking for, what education they need. Uh and more importantly, it’s great to be around traders. Like this is feels like family and and Vlad, I think with the launch of social like this community is just going to exponentially grow and improve and whether it’s in person or on the phone. Um I can’t wait to see what’s next. Yeah. But before we before we completely wrap up, I think we want to thank a few people. Um to everybody who took the time to to speak, moderate, join panels, thanks for sharing your time, your expertise, and all your wisdom. And um we appreciate it. And to the sponsors and of course all the teams, the sponsors all here, we thank you this morning. We’ll thank you again uh for making this all possible. Um, and most importantly to our event team, the whole production crew, you know, everybody with the food, the drink, it it all showed pretty well. I mean, it was pretty amazing experience. I I think we should all give him a round of a hand. If if you guys if we could lift the curtain, there’s an entire village back here of people working hard, the producers, the event staff. Uh, and it was great. I I want to thank everyone that waited in those huge lines to take selfies with me or to have them have me sign their badges. Please don’t sell those badges on eBay for at least another 20 years. I think they’ll be worth something. Be worth more. Yeah. And Vlad, how about the hoodies? How about all the hoodies that put this together? Unbelievable. And uh it’s just we get to talk about these products and be here on stage, but there’s just an army of people and AI agents working very hard to to create all of this AI Vlad is is good. Yeah. Yes. Well, boys, I think uh it’s it’s about that time. Vlad, any uh parting words as we head to happy hour? I think you guys should know that Robin Hood works very very hard and we’re actually going to go and continue to work on all the things that we’ve heard from you today and and yesterday. And our goal is to make it so that you’re at a disadvantage keeping your money elsewhere, trading elsewhere, managing your finances. So, we just take the obligation to make this the best possible financial home for you extremely seriously. So, thank you for the trust. All right. Well, Glenn, and keep pushing us to get better, too, because actually I love I know Q loves the criticism. I love it a little bit less, but uh I send all of the feature requests to Q. And this is this is the way it works. Compliments, please send them here. any criticisms? I have very thin skin because they’re going to go that way anyway. But, uh, no, keep keep the feedback coming. And it’s just the the honest feedback for how we can serve you better that leads to 16 product launches every every couple months. Yep. Well, you want with that, I think you you got to you got to and I look forward to trading with you all on Saturday. That’ll be fun. And Sunday. All right. Well, folks, we are officially cleared to land. A few housekeeping notes with that. Happy hour officially open. We’ve got CNBC’s Fast Money Guy and Dan are doing the remote hit. We’ve got I think CME Group giving away some silver. That’s not bad. Make sure we check that out. Uh and also don’t forget NASDAQ selects their market site New York City trip winner if you’re in on that. Uh we’ve got hosted food and beverage and uh I think Vlad, are you spinning or do we have a a DJ? Do we have a I mean DJ Vlad? I was uh DJ DJ Vlad is a real guy. Uh uh so please don’t leave because the party’s just getting started. Grab a drink. Find somebody you didn’t get to meet. Keep the conversation going. Vlad Q. Everyone, thank you for spending two days with us making hood what it is. Thank you. Thank you. Give it up for Vlad Tennis.

    Live long hoodies and prosper. Take us up. Live long of hoodies and prosper.

  • 09/30/2026 – How I’d Start a $10K/Month 1-Person Business With Claude AI in 30 Days

    Starting a oneperson business and personal brand with claude AI is the biggest opportunity for 2026. On one side, you have people building billiondoll oneperson businesses. And on the other end, you have everyday 9 toive employees building their side hustles and quitting their full-time jobs. I mean, why build somebody else’s dreams when you should be building your own? Now, at this point, you probably have watched a bunch of videos on how to make money with AI. But let me ask you an important question. How much money have you made so far? Zero, right? And look, it’s not your fault. All these creators on YouTube are just making these random technical videos and tutorials, but they never show you the most important part, which is how do you actually make money? And look, I’m not just saying this. I actually used to be a six-figure tech sales rep working in Silicon Valley. But I took a chance on myself, move over to Vietnam to build my personal brand and business. And now I have over 400,000 YouTube subscribers, and I make more than $100,000 per month. And the best part is I get to travel all around the world every single month and work from anywhere in the world as long as I have a laptop, a camera, and internet connection. I help my client Sean go from literally just a couple hundred views every YouTube video and his last video got over 100,000 views. My other client Mona, who recently just pivoted into the AI space, her first video in AI got 97,000 views and the second got 173,000 views. And Sandy went from an insurance sales manager to over 70,000 subscribers and now she makes over $50,000 per month. And I want to give a quick shout out to our partner for this video, Asus. Now, I’ve been using this ASUS Expert Book for a while now, and this thing is a beast. It has a 70 W battery that literally lasts 24 hours a day, and it only weighs 21 lb. It also has a 50watt TDP performance with 9H militarygrade durability for mobile professionals. This means I can take this laptop to run my business from anywhere. And it stays cool even at a cafe in the hot summers of Vietnam. And even if I drop it, I’m not even worried because the durability is military grade. And the 3K display is extremely vibrant that I can pretty much take a call from anywhere, even in the sun. So whether you’re on the go like me, working from cafes, or working from home, you have to understand that with the AI Boom, it’s now possible for anyone to break into the AI space. If you have an internet connection, a laptop like the ASUS Expert Book, as well as AI tools, you can pretty much start a oneperson business from anywhere in the world. In this video, I’m going to show you how I personally do this myself. So, you can follow step by step. And no, you do not need a big team to do this because with AI, you’re going to be able to do the work of 10 people by yourself. But first, let me show you how big this AI opportunity really is. Now, it’s no secret that we are actually in the AI boom, but let me just share with you some stats to show you how big it really is. Right now, the number one reason for why companies are cutting jobs is because of AI. They’re basically replacing all of their employees to save on cost and make more profits. But this isn’t necessarily a bad thing because if they’re replacing jobs with AI instead of being a victim, why not take advantage of AI so you can profit from it? Which is what I’m going to show you in this video. Now in America, $1.7 trillion are earned every single year by US businesses, right? And almost 30 million of these businesses are actually solo entrepreneurs or one person businesses. Meaning 82% of all businesses in the US actually have zero employees. And the crazy part is 77% of them are profitable within the first year. And this is becoming more and more possible for everyday people because look, AI like is doing all the work. You don’t have to hire a bunch of employees anymore. And to show you how early we are into this AI wave, only 12% of the world actually use clog on a regular basis has 1 billion users every single month. There are about 8.2 billion people in the world. So most people haven’t really used it. And if you think about where we are in the adoption curve, and this is just how generally technology is adopted, whether it’s the internet, cell phones, computers, right? We’re basically in the early adopters phase. the innovators, you know, all the nerds were using AI in the past, but now everyday regular people are starting to use it on a day-to-day basis. But because only 12% of the world are using clot on a regular basis, we still got, you know, 90% of the world to go. So, we are in fact early. Meaning, if you start a business or you create content around AI, every day there’s more and more people downloading chat GBT trying to learn what’s going on and you can be the person that they learn from and actually build an audience fairly quickly. And this is growing so fast. I don’t see any other industry in the world right now that can compete with AI in terms of its growth. So this sounds good and all, but you might have some challenges when it comes to building a oneperson business and a personal brand. So what are these challenges if you’re working full-time? Number one, you might be limited on time, right? You’re working your main job from 9 to 5. You have only a couple hours, you know, after work and the weekends. And if you have kids or you’re busy, it gets even tougher. Number two, you might be limited on capital, meaning you don’t have a lot of budget for a team, for tools. Kind of doing everything solo, right? And number three, maybe you have limited connections. So you don’t have a network, no mentor, and really just trying to figure it out as you go. But don’t worry, this is normal. So why doing a oneperson business with AI makes the most sense right now, especially building a personal brand, is this number one is high profit margin, right? Because of AI, it reduces the cost to actually create content, get your name out there, and you don’t really need full-time employees. Number two, it’s lower stress. Okay, you don’t have to hire a bunch of people. It can just be you, your laptop, internet, maybe a camera, and then you’re off to the races, right? You don’t have to deal with all these expensive employees and overhead every single month. And number three, you can optimize your oneperson business for your lifestyle. Meaning, instead of you working a job, building another person’s dream, you can actually build a business that works for you and live the life you want to live. So, for me, for example, I used to be a tech sales rep. I lived in San Francisco. I worked at like Oracle, Silicon Valley, and uh I pretty much left it all to move over to Asia and specifically now I’m in Vietnam, right? And because everything’s online and as long as I have an internet connection, I can pretty much work from anywhere in the world. When you create content, you put on YouTube and LinkedIn and Instagram, people from all around the world can see it. And in fact, most of my clients that I work with are actually from the US even though I’m living here. And on top of that, because everything’s digital, I literally travel to another country pretty much every single month. I’ve actually traveled to, you know, places like Thailand. And right now what I’m doing is I’m traveling to the best Muay Thai gyms all over the world to learn different techniques from different people because it’s fun. It’s my hobby, right? But at the same time, I get to work from anywhere in the world. So here you’ll see a picture of me in my um hotel over in Thailand. And the gym I was training at was actually right across the street at the mall that you see uh over there. So I’ll go training in the morning and then at night I would do like live webinar. We’re doing some trainings online and everything. And I just busted out my laptop, put a light there, put my camera there and that’s it, right? And you know, obviously at this point, you know, I’m making over $100,000 a month. So, I do have a small team. Uh, however, you know, it’s a very small team for making 100K per month, right? Because with Claude AI, it’s so good nowadays. Number one, it can help you find your business idea, right? You know, built around your skills and experience and, you know, combining that with AI. And I’ll show you exactly how to find your business idea later in this video. Number two, when it comes to making content, it’s going to help you find the content ideas, write your scripts, even edit your videos nowadays, right? Like, these AIs are doing all the work. All you have to do is be the creative thinker and be the face of the brand. And number three, you can with AI and using other AI tools like Higsfield for example, you can actually create the thumbnails with AI. Any kind of static images, videos, ads, you name it. So even on my YouTube channel, all the thumbnails that we’re creating, AI has a very big role in how I do all the visuals for my personal brand and my YouTube channel and all my socials. So now let’s get into starting your oneperson business and personal brand, even if you’re still working a full-time job. Now, the common pitfalls I see when people are building a personal brand is they often switch up their business idea like every week and they get distracted by every new shiny business model they see. Another common pitfall is really not knowing what you should be doing each day. Because if you’re working a full-time job, you only got a couple hours to work on your business, right? And if you’re doing the wrong things, then you’re just going to go nowhere fast. And third, a lot of people still haven’t made a single dollar yet, even though they’ve been researching for months and months trying to find the perfect business idea. News flash, there is no perfect. So, I’m going to help you overcome all these issues so that you can actually build a personal brand in the next 30 days and ideally sign your first client, even if you’re working a full-time job. Meaning, you have to spend at least, you know, just one or two hours a day on the work days and your weekends. And the way I think about it is if you’re willing to spend 40 hours a week building another person’s stream, you owe it to yourself to spend 10 hours per week building your own. So, when it comes to starting your one person business, you really have two paths here. The first path is the path of the creator. Essentially, you’re creating content like I am on YouTube or Instagram, LinkedIn, depending on which one is your preference. And then you monetize your audience. Pretty simple, right? Now, the second path is going to be an AI powered service. And this is for people who don’t necessarily always want to be front-facing and they just want to build a one person business. You still can have a personal brand, but the idea is you take any service that has already existed before AI like code emailing, SEO, YouTube script writing, right? And then you add AI on top of it to make it cheaper, faster, and better and start selling it to businesses. An AI powered service is really just an intersection of a service and AI put together. And at the end of the day, you’re selling the results. So don’t get caught up on having these fancy automations. Nobody really wants that. They just want to either make money, save money, or save time. So whether you take the path of the creator or the AI powered service, you’re going to need to understand holistically the high level of how the oneperson business model actually works. Now, you want to think of it like a triangle. And if you can’t complete this triangle one time, then you’re going to be able to sign your first client and actually make money building a oneperson business. Now, the first step of the triangle is going to be the offer. An offer is essentially answering three questions. What do you sell? Who do you sell to? And what price do you charge? Are you selling some kind of service, an online course, maybe coaching or consulting? Any offer can work. It’s just which ones you want to commit to. Now, once you have an offer, the next step is actually some sort of lead generation. So, it’s either you’re going to outreach people, meaning you’re sending them messages, right? Cold. They don’t know who you are, or you are building a personal brand, which is what we’re going to talk a lot about today, which is you’re creating content on YouTube and LinkedIn. Now, the good part about building a personal brand is that if you create content and you do outreach on top of that, more people know who you are and they’re more likely to respond. And if they don’t know who you are, they can just check out your profiles. And because if you have a lot of followers, that’s going to be instant credibility. Now, the whole goal of lead generation is to get them to step three, which is some kind of monetization mechanism. For the most part, if you’re selling a service like a high ticket thing that costs thousands of dollars per month, let’s say it’s a LinkedIn ghostwriting agency, you’re going to want to get the person on the phone and sell them on a call. Now, you can also do webinars. I do webinars. You could also do like sales pages, landing pages where people just go on your website and just buy something, right? It really just depends on what your offer is. But in general, if you’re selling something, let’s say $2 or $3,000 plus, I would highly recommend getting on a call cuz it’s not that easy to get someone to buy on the credit card for a price point that high. Now, to help you find your business idea and go through this entire loop, I actually have a free Claude skill. It’s called the oneperson business blueprint, and you want to go to the link in the description to download it. You can drag and drop this skill into your claw and it will prompt you and ask you a series of questions to understand who you are, what you love, what you want to do. And it will help you and research find business ideas that specifically fit you. And not only that, but it’s going to map out an entire game plan on what your personal brand should look like and what did the next 30 days look like in terms of getting your first client. So, I went ahead and did an example and this is essentially what I do for my clients through Founder X, which is the program I teach people in. And essentially, if you enter your information, uh it’s going to give you an entire document that’s going to map out your entire oneperson business plan from the overall blueprint of uh what exactly you’re selling, what is the service, how you combining your skills with AI to create something new. Uh it’s going to go into, you know, what is it that you’re going to be selling? and it actually researches your competitor’s pricing and goes on the websites, Reddit, wherever it can find data and then it’ll scrape it all and give it to you in a package so you can generally understand if this is something people are going to pay for. And it even lists out, you know, who your competitors are and then it’s going to give these different sources as well. And if you want to build a personal brand around this so that you attract clients, it’s going to give you your competitor’s personal brands and give you an idea of like what they’re doing, how much you’re charging, and it’s going to help you find your positioning on where you can stand out from everybody else, which is very important and what we’re going to cover uh later in this video. Um, and then from there, it’s going to cover like the outreach of how you going to reach out to these people if you just want to like get on a call and sell them. And finally, obviously, the 30-day plan of what you need to do from day zero all the way to day 30 in order to get your first client. All right, so now let’s go ahead and get into the path of the creator. Now, if you want to be a creator, essentially you want to build a personal brand. And the reason for that is because you want people to come to you. Now, with just an internet connection, a laptop, maybe your iPhone, and some AI, you’re going to be able to build a personal brand like on YouTube or on Instagram. It depends where you want to grow. And I’m going to show you exactly how. But before we get into that, I want to show you what the overall model is going to look like. So essentially, you build a personal brand so that you create content. You generate traffic so that you build a following. Essentially, you want to get that following and you want to push them onto your website or your landing pages so that you can turn these viewers into leads. You’re going to either, you know, have a lead magnet to collect their email, right? You give away some free things or you can just directly book a call. Now, when you book a call with them, you get on the phone with them and you close. Now, the easiest way to actually make money with a personal brand is just to sell something at a high price point, maybe a couple thousand dollars, and then you close them. So, let me show you how this is done. And I’m going to be using my ASUS expert book to show you step by step on how to do it. So, let’s say you want to build a personal brand on YouTube. There are essentially five steps you need to understand very clearly. Step number one, you need to find ideas. Step two, thumbnails. Step three, the titles. Step four, going to be the scripts. And step five is the slides or diagrams if you choose to do so. Now, we’re going to hop into my ASUS expert book, and I’m going to show you how I personally do this using Claude. Now, I’m going to use a Claude scale that I created for myself, uh, called the PD idea validator, and I’m going to say, “Help me research the best ideas on how to start a oneperson business using Claude.” Now, once I enter it, uh, AI is going to be doing all the work, and I’m doing it all in my ASUS expert book here. As you can see here, it’s going to connect to my Vid IQ account. It’s going to connect to the internet to really see like what are going to be the best ideas. And it’s great that it’s pulling all this data. And this ASUS laptop here can pretty much handle all everything I need when it comes to researching right here. It’s going to create um an artifact for me on Claude. And it’s going to essentially look like this. What I’ve done is I created this skill that allows me just to see, you know, whether or not ideas are going to be any good. You know, it’ll tell me like what the narrative is, how high the demand is for this particular video. Supply meaning how crowded it is. So meaning like if too many people are making this video idea, maybe I don’t want to do it right because I always want to look for high demand, low supply. Then it’s going to give me analysis of like all the top videos I can take inspiration from keyword volume as well to see how many people are typing it into YouTube. And it’s even going to give me some suggestions on other ideas that are somewhat related that might be a better opportunity for me to jump on. So once I have the idea, it’s pretty easy to just take the ideas that are already working, remix it to come up with my title. Then the next step is going to be the thumbnail. And these days, you don’t need to hire another thumbnail designer. You can actually just do it yourself all within Claude. Uh, this is one of my thumbnails I made before. Claude side hustles at night. It worked pretty well. And let’s say I just want to use the same thing, but just switch out the image in the back. So, I’m just going to go on Claude and say, “Hey, take the thumbnail, change the background, and I want to use Hakesfield.” So, Claude is really good cuz it connects with other apps like Hakesfield. And I use this for a lot of my image generations. And I said, “Hey, let’s change the background to the moon.” And so, off the bat, this character is just sitting on a rock on the moon with the Earth in the back. And actually, looks pretty good. Like, it is already good enough to post on my YouTube channel. All I really needed to do was just use Claude on my laptop and that’s it. So I basically get that, use it for the thumbnail and then the next step is to write the actual script. So after using the prompt in Claude, basically it’s going to give me this file where it’s going to be my script. So it gives the research brief, the title, thumbnails, and the hook word for word and then it’s going to give me the chapters. So for the most part, as long as I have my laptop and I’m just using these prompts, it’s fairly simple for me to create the uh scripts for my YouTube channel. What I typically like to do is I actually like to create slides for my video. So you can see here I’m like, “Hey, use Figma.” And then I’m going to take that script and create all the diagrams and everything like that. And I’ll show you what it looks like. So as you can see here, all the diagrams and everything for my slides. It’s just made with Claude. You know, I don’t need to be a designer. I don’t need to hire a bunch of people. I can literally just have my imagination, couple cloud skills, and I can just do it all in one laptop. And from my experience, I never had any overheating issues or any hiccups when it comes to performance when I’m using this laptop. It just runs everything very smoothly. Now, when you do build a personal brand, one of the most important aspect is actually building a website. So, when I go into Claude, let’s say I want to build a new landing page, right? I would say, “Help me build my website uh for a book a call page using my HTML references.” So, I’ll typically find other websites I like, put it in here, and then it’s going to give me the output. So, as you can see here, I give it like a photo of me and everything like that. And then we’re going to fix this up so that we’re going to be including a book a call page. Now, just using these cloud skills, I’m going to show you what the results look like. So, here are the final results. So, essentially, when I create content on YouTube, I want sometimes I want people to book a call, right? So, they go on this page, explains like why they should book a call with me. You press the button, it will scroll all the way down, and then it will go to book a call. Now, the cool part about this is not only does it look good, it’s like kind of interactive, right? But also, the page interacts with the calendarly page. So if somebody So it makes it the dark and orange aesthetic. They pick a time, they press next, and then I have them fill out information, right? But you see here, it also, you know, moves them along the process and says, “Okay, like fill out your details and confirmed.” So it’s pretty cool that you don’t need a website designer to design something that actually looks pretty good. Because in the past, before I started really using AI, this was like years ago, I would pay someone like $1,000, $2,000 to put together this kind of website. But now I can do it myself in like 15 minutes and just a couple prompts and a laptop and and that’s it. And that’s crazy. And for the most part, if you’re starting to build a personal brand, a one person business. Um, you can sell courses and things like that, but I would highly recommend building a page like this so that people can actually book a call. That way when you get them on the phone, you can actually just sell them for a higher price point uh versus trying to get them to buy something much cheaper. And important part about building a personal brand is that when you do have a personal brand, let’s say on YouTube or LinkedIn or wherever, when you do any type of outbound, if you run any ads, they will always try to Google your name and find you online. And if you have some kind of presence, the chance of them responding is going to be so much higher no matter which channel you use to reach out to clients. And personally for me, when I’m using Cloud Chat GBT, I’m using my ASUS expert book and I’m pretty much running it all day. And because I’m always on the go, you know, I need something light where I can just go to a cafe and like design, give feedback to my editors, take coaching calls, do webinars. And so what I like about the Asus expert book is that it actually has an Intel Core Ultra X7 series 3 processor. And that’s a lot of words, but it just means that it can pretty much handle anything I give it. It also has expert guard security, which features a NIST SP8001 93 compliance. Don’t worry if you don’t know what that means. It just means that your data is safe if someone tries to hack into your computer. This thing even has a three-year warranty. So even if something breaks or goes wrong, ASUS will actually pick it up, repair it, and send it back. And so with the confidence and power this thing has, I’m taking my laptop everywhere I go, you know, whether it’s to the cafe or sometimes I go to the gym, I’m running my Claw agents, and it just takes a while for it to do things, right? Cuz it’s just like running. And then in between my sets, I’ll just run some skills, let it do its thing, finish my set, come back, it’s done, do another prompt, and just do it again and again and again. It sounds kind of ridiculous, but if you’re at the gym, why not just use that dead time working in between the sets and be max productive? Let’s go into the next section where we’re going to talk about how to actually do outbound and get meetings with people if we’re reaching out to them. Now, the most important thing as a oneperson business is actually building your list. I used to be a tech sales rep in Silicon Valley and I remember spending hours and hours of my day building list of people I want to reach out to, writing the emails and everything like that, LinkedIn messages and sending it to them, right? So, it’s a lot of grindy work. But nowadays with AI, it can pretty much save you hours and hours of time that you know typically a full-time person would have to do. So, let me show you how to do this in Claude. So if we’re building a list, we want to use a skill, right? So I have the PD list builder, which allows me to build highly qualified lists of people that would be interested in my services. So let’s say I want to build a list of five SAS companies running meta ads. Uh I need them to have raise money so they actually can pay me. And my goal is to sell them some kind of AI service where I help them create ads using AI at scale. For this demonstration, I’m going to make it in this like blue style that we’ve been using so far. So you see um right inside Claude, right? Like you don’t need any employees. It’s just going to like build this list for you. And then let’s see what the list looks like. Made a list of eight people here. It’s going to have these criterias on whether or not they’d be interested in some kind of Minute ad services, which is what I’m selling. It’s going to give us their LinkedIn profile and um their funding and all that kind of stuff. And for the purpose of this video, I actually exported as a nice HTML so you guys can see what it visually looks like. And it’s going to rate these people on, you know, which ones are hot, which one should we reach out to, and you click into them. And then it has more information on uh why they would be a good fit for your service. So when you’re reaching out to them, you know, the outbound messages, whether you do code email or LinkedIn, pretty much writes itself, right? Because you’re using this data and finding the pain points of what the prospect has and saying, “Hey, I know your problem. I know what you’re trying to do. I have a solution to help you get what you already want.” It’s simple as that. Now that we’ve built the list and you start messaging people, essentially, you’re just going to get people on the phone, right? Whether you’re using content or outbound. Now, the next step of the process is actually to build your sales script. And the cool part is you don’t need a sales manager or sales coach. you can actually build it using AI. So, let me show you how. In this example, I’m going to use my sales script builder skill within Claude and I’m going to say, build me a sales script, assuming I’m selling this meta ad studio where I help create ads using AI to scale SAS startups targeting consumers, right? And then give it some more information and it’s just going to produce my entire script for me. Now, let me go ahead and show you the output. So, this is the sales script that it gave me. On the beginning, it’s going to give me a highle overview of exactly how I should be selling it. And then as you go deeper into the script, it’s going to go step by step from rapport, agenda, pain. Basically, I have a certain sales process that I use the moment you meet somebody on, let’s say, uh, Zoom or whatever, and then you actually close them, right? So, it tells you exactly what you need to say, what you need to do in order to close the deal. Now, I even programmed it so that if you want to do your calls in 30 minutes, you can pull this out, press start, and then it has a timer here. So, if you just kind of go through the whole thing and make sure like you’re doing it in a concise amount of time, it just kind of makes it easier, right? And also you can actually take your transcripts after the call, drag and drop it into claude and just say, “Hey, like based on this criteria, what can I have done better?” And then it will tell you and coach you. So you don’t even need to spend money hiring a sales coach. You can just, you know, self coach yourself using AI and get better and better. And what I like about the ASUS is that I can pretty much take calls anywhere. The camera’s pretty good. Works on Zoom and Google Meets and everything like that. So once I have my script in front of me, camera is ready to go. I don’t really need any other tools besides my AI tools, my laptop, and an internet connection. And it’s truly the era of a oneperson business. And so this is the future of the oneperson business where you can essentially do the work of 10 people all with just your cloud and the internet connection and your laptop. And if you follow all the steps I showed you, you know, in week number one, you should be finding your business idea. Week number two and three, you start doing your personal brand, creating content on YouTube or LinkedIn, whichever platform you choose. you start reaching out to clients to actually get them on the phone. In week number four, if you start getting more calls, if you get enough of them, eventually you’ll figure out exactly how to close them using the sales script that I just showed you. And then from there, you will sign your first client within the first 30 days. And this is the future of the oneperson business. All right, guys. So, now you have the complete playbook on how you should be starting your oneperson business. And remember, as long as you have a laptop, internet connection, and AI, you can pretty much do this kind of business from anywhere in the world. And if you want to watch another video on some of the best side hustles to be starting this weekend, check out this video right here. And remember, never let your circumstances stop you from achieving your dreams.

  • 09/30/2026 – AI INSIDER Series – OCTOBER Plan of Attack + latest advancements in AI

    What is happening everyone? It is Luke here. Let me go ahead and get up a nice new document page for you. Pause that. Let’s go ahead and I’ll pull up a drive link here. What is happening? Hello. Hello. Let me know if you can hear me. Okay. Uh I’ll turn my camera on in a minute. But for now, what we’ll do is we’ll change this over to

    um where are we?

    Let’s see here.

    Put this over here. Awesome. Awesome. Awesome. Awesome. Today is the first Well, it’s first here in Australia. I guess it’s 30 30th everywhere else.

    VIP insider series for my top 1% audience, aka you if you’re seeing this. Um, and I appreciate you all being here. This was this is probably probably the funnest session I get to do every single week. The one that I enjoy the most. uh because it’s always sharing something new. You guys are always great here. Um and it’s always a lot of fun. Um excuse me though while I clear my have to pause every now and then to clear my nose because I slept with the air con directly. Um I think my son must have gone out and changed it at some time in the morning and he doesn’t know what the buttons do. He just knows it makes it colder or hotter. And so it was at like 17° C which is um I don’t know what that is in Fahrenheit. I think it’s about double oh let me have a look actually. So it’s not not freezing but it’s not it’s way too cold for the air con

    62 F. Yeah. So not the best but to have blowing on your face the whole night. So it’s made me a bit congested this morning. literally just woke up. But uh we’ll get through it. Um now, first and foremost, let me know if you have any questions before we get started in today. We’re going to have a couple of really cool things today. Let me go ahead and uh pull up the the plan of attack for today. The main thing I want to share with you guys, well, there’s two main things. First is going to be something called Jev, the free AI model that is blowing people’s point AI marketers minds. we all we’re going to cover as well um of what I did by the past three hours

    letting uh Claude and charge everything spend money freely on Higsfield on whatever it decides too. And I want to make sure as well that everyone has actually put these into dot points. Um,

    make sure everyone has got access to their bonuses

    and then if we have time, I’ll share you some sneak peek at some other uh future AI plans that I have and that um I can share with you some use cases and some just some really really cool things we have time at the end. So that’s kind of the plan and um first but yeah what as you’ll see here in the third one I saying I want to make sure you guys have your bonuses. I’ve shared a few different offers recently that have had some massive, massive bonus packs attached with them. And I want to make sure that if you picked those up, you have got your bonuses. If you need anything at all, if you haven’t seen the emails, if you think you might not have got them, check your mail, but also just reach out to me at plus 61433844588 on WhatsApp. Um, I’m also right now working actually on a new AI uh agent that will actually be my support agent across every one of my products. I’m still thinking of a name for it, but I kind of want to run it like um have you seen how like you know Chat GBT and Claude have their little AI pet? I don’t know if you’ve seen that before, but they’ve got their own little that AI pet that kind that can work around the place um with you. And I I wanted to make them a support one. So, no matter what product of mine you’re in, you’ll have the same little support widget, little little character that can help you with anything and everything that you have. Um so, actually, let’s see here what I had it called. One second and open this into.

    All right. So, I’m just having a look at this as well because everything I’m about to show you, I I haven’t even looked at half of this yet. So this overnight is what Higsfield did for me with spending my own tokens without even even using um without me even looking at what it’s doing. So that’s pretty cool.

    I’m excited to see it. All

    right, we’ll go to that soon. That’ll be fun.

    All right, we’ll have that soon. And the reason I did that was um there was some there was an offer yesterday that that Higsfield had. It was bonus tokens, 2,000 bonus tokens, but they expired uh at midnight. And I’m like, what what a silly bonus, unless they’ve been running it for a week or something, which they might have. Um so I I had less than 24 hours to spend 2,000 tokens, which is a couple hundred bucks. And I thought I would just let Kingsfield do it. Oh, sorry. Cord and Chant TPT do it because I had no time uh to spend it all overnight. Um and cool. Jeff, Jeff, I see that you said that you mentioned that you

    me email me. Yeah. So, I mentioned for all bonuses, if you can WhatsApp me on this number here, uh now that I know that you’ve emailed me, I’ll put a note here. Say Jeff email. So, I’ll um double check that afterwards. Um but if you if if you ever need me, WhatsApp is the best place to contact me cuz it’s directly connected to my phone. I get a notification and I can then follow back that way, which is really really good. Um I can respond back to you live and then if you have problems ever, I can uh work with you directly. Um also, I don’t know how much longer I’m going to do WhatsApp for everyone. And by everyone, I mean like new people. So, um because obviously it’s a lot of my own personal time, time invested when I do do that. Um but I don’t mind doing it for everyone, but there comes a point where just it’ll get too busy and um I’ll have to find another way for everyone else to get in on that. So, but for you guys or if you get in, I’m not going to just drop not just going to drop off. I’ll be there for you guys. Cool. So, while that’s happening here, let me go ahead and pull up my uh get the plan for Jeff.

    Oh boy.

    All right, let me go ahead and open

    the presentation.

    All right. So, let’s go let’s go over the first point, the key topic of today, which is going to be the Jev uh the free or essentially free, but it’s like I should say very low cost model uh that is blowing users minds. Now,

    the big difference with this tool is that this AI model doesn’t talk to you. It just simply decides. And we’re going to go through exactly what this is right now. Who here, by the way, has used Jev so far or you might have heard about it. Uh,

    and cool. Jeff, by the way, you you know, you can actually download WhatsApp on your computer as well. You don’t have to do it on your phone, but um I will look through look for your email for sure if that’s easier for you. Now, just wanted to let you know, no, you can’t use WhatsApp on your computer or on the on web. Um, but yeah, who here has used Jev before? Let me know in the chat. It’s just like uh yeah, well, let me let me know then I’ll explain it.

    All right. Not yet. Not yet. Not yet. That’s all good. So, uh, again, it makes decisions. It doesn’t talk. It just decides for you. So, Chbt writes, Jev picks. You give Jeb a short list of choices. It picks uh one. It tells you how sure it is. No essays, no waffle, no answers outside of your list. So, side by side, what do you get? What do you get back? Uh, written text. And then with Jev, you get back a p a pick. And how sure it is. Uh, does it does chat GPT go off script sometimes? Does Jev? No, it can only pick from your list. Uh, how fast is chat GPT? It’s pretty fast. It takes a couple of seconds to get an answer. Jev is up to 200 times faster than that. Uh JBT cost it’s just not the normal cost of an AI like not overly expensive but still costs. Jev is next to nothing. All right. CHP is best for writing and building whereas Jev is better for sorting and scoring at volume.

    So this is what everyone’s talking about. It raised $40 million in from investors in its very first round.

    One sp one of the founders spent uh four years at open AI building ch and then it had a valuation from investors at $10 billion weeks after launch. Now like again like when you think of these valuations of these companies it’s hard to kind of like really pause to think how much that means but companies spend decades trying to get a valuation of that. This has done it in weeks which is just crazy right and we’re seeing this so much right now and it’s where all the money is getting poured into. So learning these skills is such a valuable asset that you’ll literally have one of the the most if not the most sought after skill set by learning this information and u just simply being able to install these different models and then they can do the work for the client. Um so how does dev work? Three steps. One it’s set. You have to set the choices hot, warm, cold or yes and no. you write what the actual choices could be. Then you feed it the thing. So, a lead, an email, a comment, a support ticket, um a social media post that has uh comments on it, Google reviews, whatever it might be, and then you’ll get a decision. Hot lead 92% sure your other tools can act on it straight away where it fits in your business. Lead scoring. Sort your whole list into hot, warm, and cold. So your emails, the right people at the right times. First inbox and support. Tag every ticket. Refund login help. Pre-sale question. Urgent ones jump the queue. Comment and DMs. Spot them buyers in the noise. How do I get this versus spam versus happy fans? Go/ nogo checks before anything goes out. On brand or not? safe to send or do humans need to have a look?

    Work example 10,000 leads uh pick the labels buyer, hot, warm, cold. Send each leads details what they opened. Click click that clicked and bought. Jev tags all 10,000 leads in minutes. Your email tool sends uh each group its own message and that’s under 15 cents to sort every lead on that list once. That’s the one of the major things in this 15 cents to go through 10,000 leads, analyze them, make a decision, and tag them.

    Right? Normally, this would cost a lot more to have to do that. The big move. Jeb decides Claude writes. Jeb, find your 500 hottest leads. Claude charging between writes each on a personal follow-up. The cheap fast brain sorts. The smart brain talks. What to know before you jump in. There’s no chatting. It cannot write or answer questions. Pair with quarter chat GBT for that. Company numbers. The speed and cost claims come from type safe which is the company that uh that owns um uh Jev nobody has tested them independently yet. Three after that three it’s it’s brand new early access. Expect how it works and what it costs to change and need a list. You need the choices up front. Open-ended questions are not its job. So you need to have some type of yes, no, or like what do you think uh of these answers questions? Um or like how likely is this is this link likely to convert and so on. So try it in 10 minutes. Sign in, use the side of credit, run a small test. So

    uh there’s also you can see here there’s a lot of lookalike sites that have started to be like companies and people are trying to build lookalike sites um which are trying to scam you. You do not want to do that. Right? So I’m going to make sure you get the right links in this chat. In fact I’m going to go ahead and get you the right links now. Give me a second here.

    Um, and I thought I would set mine up on this computer with you directly just so we can do it together for once because sometimes uh when I when I say this is the link to install there’s there’s there’s sometimes a step or two people say that they miss and they don’t know how to do it in the install process. So I thought I would do it with you guys directly today. So let’s go down here for Jeff.

    That’s the right link. I’ll show this link in the chat as well.

    And this will bring you all the way over to

    yours might because I’ve done this once before in terms of logged in. That’s as far as I’ve got. It might look slightly different to yours there. So yeah, when you go that link, it’ll have the option to sign in with Google or sign in with a email address.

    So go ahead and sign in. I think I’ll share with you actually what it looks like since I’m here. Share

    So this is what it look like for you. So click on one of these two and once you are logged in it’ll take you to a page like this.

    Right. Then once we’re here, we can go ahead and have a look at information out of here. Structure data parallel sampling for fast decisions.

    And we go down here, enter the console.

    And so it’s asking me a question pop. Can you can I chat with Jeff? No.

    Okay. So here this is how we’re having to install it. It says here, install the type table skill if you’re in claude run claude plugin marketplace. So basically I’m just going to copy this here, right? I’m going to copy this text

    and we’re going to pull out Claude.

    There we go.

    I wonder why this doesn’t want to let me show me this right now.

    Let me go ahead actually then. Let me pause this. Maybe it’s cuz I’m sharing the screen or something.

    Okay, there we go. I’m going to go new. I’m going to go here and press

    the paste. I’m chat into a new Claude code session here. Enter.

    Let’s see what it does. You can see I’m using Opus 5.5. I’ve got it set on high. I can probably drop this back down to medium realistically, but I’ll leave it on.

    high. Either one is fine.

    So, while that’s loading there,

    there we go. We’ll let it keep on doing its thing for a minute there by the looks of it.

    So there’s two things to know. It works from your next new chat and I need a project named this chat is open on your main projects folder not one specific project. Tell me which one you want it used on and I’ll apply it there. I also have a note so future chats know it’s installed and that Jev is your webinar hook model. Um and save this to your shared brain. So other tools can see time saver is installed. I need to correct one thing I said earlier. You don’t need a new chat. Time saver now shows up in this chat list of skills. So I can use it in too. The only thing I need from you is what project it’s for. Okay, got you. I might say what projects would you suggest I use this for? Perhaps one of the recent ones where we are breaking down my old email list over the years into different builds.

    So, if you don’t know what you want to use it on yet, ask CL and it can tell you.

    Now, while that’s running, I’m just going to double check something over here.

    Now, what I’ll do while that’s loading, I’m going to jump over here to show you this. Actually, share something else.

    inside of um time stamps they have this um trial options um so you can see you use it. So like here’s three examples. The first one is a hot dog a sandwich settle the everlasting debate. So clicked on it. Let’s go. Start.

    So, what I’ll actually do is I’m going to actually put some balance in here. I think there was a way that that I could have actually added in some credit. Let me just see if there was. I’m sure there was. Um,

    And that’s what I need to do as well. I need to go ahead and get the API key first. I need to create a key cause.

    All right. So, I need to add credits first, but I’m just going to go ahead and do it for today’s um example. Well, let me just see if I can get a code first for you guys.

    Is there any coupons for free credit you can find?

    Let’s actually go redeem code. Type in jev coupon code.

    Let’s have a free 500.

    Um,

    let’s type in free 500 and see what happens. No. Join Secret has the offer. So that’s a that’s a subscription that you normally have to sign up to. I don’t know if I ever signed up to them, though.

    And I’m just going to buy buy it for now if I can’t find a better um coupon.

    Okay. Yeah. So, you have to spend 150 bucks to get this actual deal by the looks of it.

    Oh, and you access it through open router. No, we’re just going to leave that for now cuz we’re only going to need like five bucks. So, I’m going to go ahead to billing cuz remember this is such a cheap model to use. We’re going to go here. We’re going to go add funds. Let’s add in five bucks.

    Five.

    Let me just pause this while I add in my credit card info.

    It’s just loading.

    Okay, we’re done. So, let me go ahead and hit play.

    Now we’ve got

    to this

    now create the API key on this cloud. Boom.

    Copy. Oh, I’m going have to go ahead and create a new one now. Actually, let me go ahead and pause this cuz we hit pause and

    that I just shared that all over the web. So, I hit delete. That won’t work anymore. That one. Um,

    resume. So, I’ll go ahead and create a new one real quick. Create chord. And I’m going to go ahead and copy what what it gives me.

    And now I’ll resume. Now I’ll open up CL again and I’ll say I’ve got the API key copied to my uh copy board.

    if you need it.

    So, I won’t paste it in this chat. I’ll just put it here.

    Um,

    cool. So, I’m going to hit play here then.

    So, it’s taking it’s taking my uh actual API key. It’s then saved it to my my password manager and now I can access it. It’s testing to make sure it works it. And so now it’s all it all works.

    Now, if we jump back over into what we were doing, let’s go back to the playground. Is a hot dog a sandwich? Let’s try this one. Yes. Start.

    Does in this walk through. Time stamp will answer one of humanity’s most persistent questions. Is a hot dog a sandwich? Yes. So, I want to go

    So question is sandwich has unknown type expected no choice or score. Let’s have a look

    is hot dog a sandwich run request.

    So true or false? 59% say it’s come back as a as true

    according to what studies you can find online uh for that specific answer. Now if I go back over here into our claude,

    let me go ahead

    and

    Let’s see why it’s not

    wanting to select that one up. Let me go

    share.

    Oh, let’s go.

    Okay.

    So, yeah, it’s working. I’ve set up a test and test and tested half of the webinar chat sort. I got stuck on the other half. Do you have access to your care? I sent four webinar chat messages and it sorted all four correctly. How much is it and is there a pay payment plan? Jeff said, “Want to buy how% greetings from Perth? Just chatting. My audio keeps cutting out is a tech problem. Does this work at go high level? I go today if so wants to buy.” So what it’s doing, this is analyzing questions based on the intent of what the user is trying to do. And then I guess you could then have your AI agents responding to specific questions. Like if there’s a technical support agent, you can have that respond to any of the just chatting or tech problem answers and then the sales agent respond to the others, I guess, is how they how it’s saying you might want to use it there. For me, I’m not going to use it on the webinars. Like I just, you know, I I still like for me personally, I still like having a bit of like control. But not not even control more so like like I don’t want AI to in infiltrate every area of my own business. I like having a human aspect to it. I like I personally like having to if I miss a question I can then come back and see it afterwards and go [ __ ] sorry I missed this question. I know it can be frustrating at times, like if that’s you who’s who’s asked the question, but I just don’t think it would just get a bit mentally draining if there’s an AI giving me information on absolutely everything it possibly could think of giving me information for. Right. Um,

    so let’s have a look here. Um,

    now there was some other examples I gave in here too. Um,

    I should say um, what about the

    Okay, cool. So, it’s um sharing here. What I can do is you can decide which art tool the job gets sent to cheaply and instantly. Um for brain mate

    is using Jeff here better for the end user than

    using whatever current method it picks.

    And you know, I haven’t actually shared this with you yet. What what brain mate is, I don’t believe. Um,

    but I I’ll share it with you guys so you can see an example of how this how this works. It’s almost like a twofold example. Um,

    also who here picked up my AIOS, my agent mate operating system quite a while ago, right? I mentioned this in a webinar maybe two webinars ago that I was rebuilding it um to be more up to date with with where things are today. Um, and that’s what I’ve done. And you guys will be getting it updated completely for free shortly if you have the AIOS. Um, if you don’t, it was something that I shared and then shut down publicly. Um, because of the offer I was running was just ridiculous. Um, and I only needed a handful of users at the time and we’ve built it out a lot more from there. So, I’m going to be releasing it again shortly, but this time again only for like a handful of users because um again the market has changed so much since when that first operating system came out. We don’t use the same tools and the same models that were thriving back then and the way we use AI is totally different now than how we used it then. So, uh, I want to share that with you in a minute. But I also wanted to share it because it shows you that when you pick something up from me, you don’t just like like if I can ever update something and make it modern again and make it up to date with what’s happening now, I do do that. You know, you you don’t just get left with obsolete files and programs and tools that you spent money on and then don’t work a couple of months later, right? like I make sure you guys have the tools even if it means I have to rebuild something entirely that’s essentially a completely different product like with the AIOS with or agent mate um I don’t mind doing that uh and I actually like to do it because it’s one thing that I feel really differentiates me from a lot of um buyers or or like marketers is that I don’t like to double dip um when selling a product to someone, right? I don’t like to do go here’s version two, pay me again even more than you paid me the first time. Like to me, in my head, it’s like if you’ve supported me in the first version, then I’m going to support you on going if I can. I know sometimes sometimes if there’s a new feature or something that’s recurring cost and and it’s physically mathematically would not work if I didn’t charge some form of recurring for that feature. Um, I’m that’s the only time I can see where that would have to be addressed somehow, whether it’s like through an upgrade for that one feature or give you the option of giving you all the others free or something like that. But yeah, I always want to make it fair for everyone. Um,

    let’s go ahead though and see what it says here first. Um, regarding brain mate.

    Actually, you know what? Let me share with you. Let me share with you bread mate and what it does.

    So,

    this is brain mate. And I might have mentioned this in the past. Um, sorry, what’s that? Yeah, sorry. One second, guys.

    Sorry. My partner just needed the nose spray. See, seems like everyone’s probably sick this morning. Um,

    okay.

    Uh thanks K. I appreciate you. So yeah, uh Brain Mate, it has it’s essentially an allin-one uh brain for your AI tools. So, if you’ve ever had this happen where you go to work in multiple different AI tools, um you want to um like go from chat GPT from Claude and then you normally have to restart the entire project and telling it what it is, what it does, what you want to add to it, all of that type of thing. It’s really frustrating. Well, you don’t have to do that anymore. Um, if you then need to go back into maybe even a third tool. Sometimes I’ll use Hermes to set up. This is a good example. Oh, you can’t even see my screen. Sorry, guys. My bad.

    So, yeah. Here. Um, I’ve never shared this to any anyone yet. So this again is just the simple first sales page that it’s created. Uh every AI start from zero. Let me explain the project.

    What did Claude just build? Wait, we already did that. So you’ll often find that like when you first start working on say Claude and then you need to go chat to build an image or something and then bring it back over into Claude, you need to tell each project or each AI tool what it is you’re building. Then uh it needs to make sense from whatever ch’s just finished building. If you bring it back into claude, it needs to understand where that item goes or that file goes or maybe it’s done a secondary scan of the of the tool itself to make sure it’s safe. um whatever it might be. It can but it can really cause problems when you’re using two different tools and you being the middleman trying to manually make sure that they both understand everything that they’re both building. Also, uh, if you are trying to get multiple AI tools to work on the same project, say you’ve got a you’re building an app, um, and you are wanting to be really cautious of your credits for the month and or say you have a lot more um, chat GPT credits for the month left over compared to your Claude on your Claude subscription. Well, you might want to have uh Cord or Charge GBT, sorry, code out the news the new app and then you might want to have Cord go over it over the code to make sure it’s up to um standard. Um so you have Chadity build the bulk work and then you do a little light review with with Claude. Well, um, or alternatively, sometimes you might just want want to have Claude build the back end of the product and then have Chat GBT build the front end. So, the user interface, anything the customer is going to see, the sales page, whereas Claude builds the back end of the product. So, like the actual development code, the actual work, um, the coding work of how the software does the actual thing that you’re trying to have it build. And when you have two lots of two AI tools working on the same project, it is very very likely and common that they’re going to step on each other and work on either the same project files or the same sections or even when they’re trying to connect to each other, it could get really really messy that they’re overriding each other or even potentially writing in complete different languages. Right? And this makes will make it so things just break left, right, and center. So maybe you want to think, okay, what if there’s a way I could actually just connect all my AI tools once like a a single unified database that I could come in, connect Claude, connect GBT, connect Gemini, connect U Manus, connect all the different tools that I use. And then from there, it doesn’t matter where I log in or what AI tool I join that each AI tool always knows exactly where I’m at with all of my projects across the board, right? and um that it can then when and then when those AI tools then start working on a project say that Claude that Claude originally started to build say chat MBT takes over some of it well the second chat EBT finishes Claude and all of the other AI tools that are sitting there connected know that chatb is just done at A B C and D and it knows that what to do next according to that so it’s everything is completely uh educated across my entire AI business, right? Massively powerful tool. Put a one in the box if that’s something you can see as being powerful for you. Like setting this up once as well that you never ever in the future have to worry about this not being something you need to ever worry about again. It means every time a new AI tool comes out, it can jump straight in and work directly on your business on where it’s at right now without needing to be given any type of like education or anything like that. It also stops the massive like reason why people don’t like to to set up anything new because when they have a brand new AI tool and then they download it and like it might be like Grockpot, they install it, they set something up like I did the other day with our um with Grockot, right, where we created our CEO agent and then had that CEO agent um create sub agents that it would delegate work to. Well, the CEO agent could only know what to create and delegate work to if they if it had a really good understanding of what my business was. And because I had my um my brain mate set up where uh all my AI tools are connected, I literally was able to connect it once and then it instantly knew what to do. I didn’t even have to tell it what to do, what to write um in the request that we had. So yeah, pretty pretty cool. And um so it’s one memory, it’s one hand over um where at the end of every chat, it it’ll write a handover document behind the scenes that then when you open up another AI tool, it can open up to see where things finished in another tool and then it can continue on from there. It’s private, so this is completely yours. It’s no one else’s your your own private brain. Nothing is um ever saved on our side. It’s all on your actual devices. Um,

    also if you ask it to do a request or a task in say Claude, say you ask Claude to build you an image or design something for you that it can’t actually do, um, it will connect to one of your actual other AI tools that you have connected and find the best way to do this for free with the best image tool possible. Um, so that’s a really really neat little addition there. So you could use say chat GBT’s image builder uh inside of Claude without having to say can you go to chat GBT and create an image for this. It will already be set up to work. So that just happens and you can be completely hands off and the result can be just done. So pretty neat. Now again the best thing about this is you set it up once and then you don’t ever have to do it again. Um right now we’ve got it on these different tools. So, Claw, JT, Cord Code, Codeex, Cursor, Grock, Grockbot, Gemini, Hermes, and uh any AI with an MCP option. Um, these are the prices right now for it. I haven’t actually released this out publicly yet, but there’s a lifetime deal, which means you don’t there’ll be no recurring. Otherwise, it’s going to be these monthly deals or 47 monthly or 397 yearly. So either or. But let me share with you just how this works quickly and then we’ll share how it ties in with um with Jev for example. Um so let me go ahead

    Let me actually just pause this for a second. So this is this is how I log into it.

    So, I’m going to go ahead here and hit where are we?

    So, I’ve entered my Gmail. I’m going to hit um enter. And it sends me an actual link

    to enter.

    We got brain mate. We’ll see if it wants to if it wants to work for me here. Yep. Sign into brain mate.

    Boom. And then this is how easy in this demo example it is to connect the different levels. So we go add the first tool.

    Let’s go. Claude connect

    and then we can go into chat GBT. And you can see where it says to go charge MT plugins add create MCP

    and then done. And then claude code.

    Just paste this into the terminal.

    So, say I wanted to copy this and then I can just go into let’s even just do it under a new chat here.

    Essentially, we’re going to go ahead and connect each of these until we get given our example. Sorry, we can go here.

    And so you can see here we got claw being connected up here right now. And they’ll all start um start connecting across. Now I should actually pause this and show you my actual live version. Um

    one second here.

    All right, here it is. Here we go.

    One second.

    Um,

    what is my

    One second here. I’m just going to share with you my actual setup of what it looks like.

    Um, and I should actually share this cuz I went back and actually do it. So, back in here in Claude Code, we’ve got this command. So, I would have copied this command and pasted this directly over in terminal. Same with the chat GPT,

    but I can see one second.

    Cool.

    Let me actually quickly show this now

    of what my actual brain looks like open here.

    All right, here we go. So, once you’ve connected each one, it’s pretty simple to do. Just follow the simple instructions. You can see they all start connecting into your brain. That’s is that’s all you need to do. And then literally everything that you speak into any AI tool will use your your actual um brain here. So if I click down here, you can see, you know, they’ll show me the other connectors I can still use.

    I can see all the different results of different things that’s been building image wise it’s been sharing across different builds. Um oops.

    I can also

    um normally this will populate out with the different jobs that it’s doing on different platforms. I’m still making the UI a little bit cleaner around the place, but it’s as simple as that. Uh so everything’s done here sinkly, super clean, and it it will then choose as well. um not only will will you know what you’re doing in each platform so each platform knows exactly what’s being done in the other. So, say for example, I went to let’s see

    code

    cursor. Let’s go add in. Let’s add in manners. Actually,

    I’ll get it to add mana since I can’t see it here right this second, but I’ll get it to add in manus shortly. Um, and it will know exactly what’s happening. But, let me go ahead and pull up chat GBT. down here. Let me share the whole screen

    also. Hey, can you see what we’ve built in Claude today for today’s webinar session?

    He goes, “Yep, I can I I check the brain, mate. hand it over in context and pull together exactly what was built for today’s webinar, including any decisions, assets, prompt, and unfinished pieces. So, it’s going through and searching Brain for today’s claw webinar. And just like that, it’s able to access everything and know everything and then continue working on anything that we’ve done today. Now, how does this become useful for Jev? Well, not only does it help use different tools.

    Um,

    so yeah, look at this. It says that that it built out the slide deck today and it also installed the type safe skill for JV as well. Now, if I go back over into GPT over here, um, what I can do is I can say, okay, let’s go to

    Um, what I can do inside of our Jev setup is I can say, “Hey, I want you to actually be the one that decides what AI tool does what.” So, because we’ve because because the brain mate is connected to all these different tools. Say I’m inside of chat GBT and I want or say I’m inside Claude and I need an image. Well, the shared brain can then have chat GBT go out and build that image whenever it sees that I’ve actually requested an image to be built. But how does it know to select chat GBT? Um it well it goes through and it would make a decision and use tokens. But um if is that might not be the most efficient way to do it. I’ve just told it to use GPT. So I could have Jev for every individual specific scenario know and make a decision on where the best place to get that get that work done is. So um what I might actually do um is uh run that as a scenario. Um so you can see it’s given a suggestion here on what it should do next actually. So, so my suggestion for the next step, a safe test that touches nothing live. I write 20 real questions about your own brain. Run them through today’s search and through Jeff side by side and score how often each finds the right answer. Then then decide with real numbers. I’ll say yes. Run that.

    And while that’s happening, I’ll say,

    let me put my whisper flow up.

    Um, where are we here? So, I’ll put the whisper flow up and I’ll say, “Hey there. Um, I was wondering would Jev, a good use case be for Jev be to decide um what actual AI tool that I have connected via Brain Mate or even via Open Router or any third party tool it should use when I request something inside of Claude for example that Cord can’t do directly. For example, if I ask for an image generator um to be image to be generated, um should I have Jev decide the best place for that specific type of image based on the um on the use case? Is it going to be a customerf facing image? Is it just a diagram for a slide? Is it um something that there’s a new tool that’s way better at creating images cheaper that I should be using, but I’ve I’m set to an old image generator or something like that. Is it is this a good use case of when to use Jev to decide when to use what tool for what specific uh outcome um via my brain? Let me know.

    Also, let me know how it chooses what to use currently and then why Jev is a better option to use to just making this decision and what’s being used currently.

    Cool. So, that do that do that there. Now, people are saying let’s look at the questions here. Can can I grab brain mate yet?

    Um, Donna, so yeah, Donna, Jeff, there’s a few people asking for it. Um, Donna, you actually, it’s actually finished. Like, you can get like this is this is the first time I’ve actually shared this though. It’s finished. You can pick it up. I’ve actually was going to give the what I’ll do is I’ll share this link in the chat. um if you want to be one of the first to get it. I wasn’t planning on selling this today, but it is ready um for you to uh get it. Um you can see down the bottom here there’s two options you can take up. Um and I’ll put I’ll put this on the proper brain made link later today. So I’ll just send this is the this is the first time anyone’s ever got this. Uh if you scroll down right now there’s the founders link which again 30 or 30 lifetime deal. You’ll never pay recurring anytime ever again. It’ll work once you install it once. That’s all you need to do. Everything’s set from there. Um or you can choose monthly or yearly. There’s different options, but right now uh the lifetime deal is without a doubt doubt the best way to go with this cuz as soon as they’re gone, that’s it. Um, all I ask is that if if you do pick the lifetime uh that I can use a testimonial from you when you find the this the use case for it is you find it useful for you. That’ll be great. Now um we’re adding more and more AI uh features to it. All right. So there’s more that’s coming with this um and new platforms being added. But it’s um the whole goal for this tool is you set it up once and you just leave it. It then makes all your other AI tools that you have work together seamlessly and you don’t have to have a problem with it. Again, I’ll put the link in the chat. What I’ll even do is I’ll put it in the document for today um for Brain Mate early access here. And cuz this is only going out to my top 1% audience. I don’t mind you guys having access to this early, but no pro like I was planning on doing it later in the week or early next week to my to to a different to a specific audience. So you might even be on that specific audience too, but I was going to release it then. And when I do that, all those spots will be gone. So if anyone is interested in this, go ahead and um pick it up. And if you have any questions in in and how to get anything set up, please let me know. There’ll be a few little tweaks and stuff that I’m doing today and tomorrow to get that final link up, but again, you you’ll have your spot secured. You can install it today and you’ll be good to go. um

    uh a um so not necessarily um but similar in some ways. What I’m going to share with you though I’ll share with you the upgraded AIO OS that everyone that bought the original one gets for free. I’ll get through that in a minute. Um also Donna says what what what would I need Higsfield for? Um, so can I use another program? So not duplicating, not duplicating payments. Of course you can. So Higsfield, by the way, guys, is simply like it’s it’s a tool that I’ve never even recommended people get because it costs quite a bit of money until last week when I shared with you all um uh a way you can use their API and you just get charged for what you use. Again, Higsfield in itself is basically like a a a one tool that that connects to all of these different AI models. So, you can see here Cance, Gemini, Cling, Flux, all these are different companies. These aren’t companies owned by Higsfield. These are different companies that that are letting Higsfield offer their services through their all-in-one Higsfield database. Same for images. These are all image generators from different companies. As you can see GBT image here, that’s chat GBT. That’s not a Higsfield owned product, right? Nano Banana Pro, that’s Google Gemini. That’s not a Higsfield owned product. But I can use these image generators inside of Higsfield and it stops me having to sign up to each one of these one by one by one. Same with video. It’s the same way it goes here. Now, in the past, you would need a subscription, which can cost anywhere from hundreds to over $1,000 a year. So, I’ve never recommended that. They’ve got their new API console access, though, which means you can sign up to it, and you just get you just charge get charged for what you use. Now, you don’t even have to um you don’t even have to use um Higfield at all. There’s many there’s plenty of image generators out there. For most most of your use cases, you’re you’re only going to need CH GPT or or even a free image generator. They’re they’re that good these days. Um and yeah, so look at this. and they’re always trying to get get you for sales for things. So, you can see for every $1,000 you spend here, $5,000 I I spend on the API, um I get it back in full. It says

    they put a $20 million pull out and there $17 million left, I reckon. So, they’re good at marketing. They’re very good at marketing this company. um especially when when their core product isn’t even a isn’t even a product they own. They’re selling other people’s businesses. Um but yeah, um so now they’ve got their API option. You can get you can charge for what for what you use. You do not need to actually have this though, so don’t worry about that. Um, let me go ahead and jump back and see what our GPT has sent to us.

    Okay, so this makes sense. So this is why I screwed up. I said, “Yep, short answer. Yes, it’s a good fit, but only for half of the job. Jeb is great at picking the right tool from the menu. It can’t know um what newer or better tool has come out. Something else has to keep the menu up to date. How brain picks today. So um should this go to another tool at all is what it’ll say. Who decides the AI that I’m chatting with? So Claude, chat, GPT, etc. Whatever AI tool I’m in will decide if I need help from another AI tool. It follows your settings. Stay here. Specialists only or best for the job. Which tool a keyword list and then um if your request mentions words like logo, banner, headline, poster, it’ll go to GPT image. Anything else will go to Nano Banana. What’s on the menu? uh written into into the code by hand. Only three tools right now. GPT, Naran Banana, 11 Labs. It never updates itself. Um where the keyword list gets it wrong. So make a diagram for my slide. Nano Banana the photo tool gets it because diagram isn’t on the list. Diagram needs clear text. So that’s the wrong pick. a photo um of a sign up page or a laptop GBT image gets gets it just because of the word sign. Um so why je would be better it’ll understand what I meant. So it doesn’t it will only match with uh with words.

    Um so Claude decides Jeb and then yeah Jev so Jev deciding would understand that same answer every time whereas Claude would then change between different chats and AIS works the same wheate

    itself

    say how sure it is unsure it can ask you first. Um, so if it if it’s unsure which which model you want to use, it can it’ll ask you can weigh several things at once from text, photo, customerf facing, and budget. So say I gave a big requirement that I needed to do something like create an image that has a photo in it and a c that it’s customerf facing and then it needs a budget added to it. What’s the best model and generator to use? It can understand all of those things and then come back with the right answer. Um, and

    it’ll the cost to do it. It’ll use your subscription include and otherwise with Jeb, it will cost a tiny fraction of a scent. The consistency matters a lot for Brain Made as a product. Your customers use all kinds of AI models. Some of them won’t follow routing instructions reliably. Jev makes the same smart call no matter what AI it’s asking. Um, the missing half, keeping the menu fresh. This is the catch with your new cheaper tool came out example. Jev only chooses from the list that you give it. So um so the full setup has two buttons. A weekly menu update something checks for new image video and and voice tools and their prices. Foul open router rankings t and adds them to braat’s menu of best for Jeff picks from that menu for every request based on what image it’s for. Side note, uh, Open Router also already sells Je router which does this exactly this for chat AIS. Picks the best model per question. It doesn’t cover images or voice, so it doesn’t replace that idea. Um, today with only three tools, the gain is small. The keyword list is wrong now and then, but the cost of wrong pick is a few cents. Once a man has A+ tools on it, video and researchers are much coming up soon and a keyword list. they can’t keep up, it will then be the right move. Um, so smallest first step once your Jev account is up, I run 30 example requests through three pickers side by side. Cord, keyword list, and Jev. See which one picks the best. It would cost a few cents. It takes it about 20 minutes. I’ll say yes. I think the other chat called type safe skill installation is doing that now. So from your side of things guys, you don’t need to worry about that. I’m going to deal with that right after this um in terms of brain mate. So that’ll just get added in so for you once I’ve done the tests here. Um

    so yeah, I’ll do that test after this. But again, um you can go ahead and grab Brain Mate if you decide you want to here and you and you’ll secure that. If you do grab it now, let me know. I I’ll add in some extra cool bonuses for you. Um because I wasn’t planning on selling this and I but I’ll make sure you get um get some something pretty cool for for jumping in on this random as hell webinar with this right now. But again, um, this will be something that just may it essentially allows you to glue all of the different AI tools that you have access to into one individual like master agent where they all understand your main goal. They’re all they’re all working in a way that’s trying to get the best outcome for you. And then when I get Jev connected to to it, Jev can then decide unbiasedly what tool is best to get what part of your website done. Um cuz for example, I’ve done I’ve created websites before where in chat GPT um the results are so much better. But in core core doesn’t want GPT to build it. it says no no no I’m capable of this and the cord version comes out so much worse or vice versa. Um AI tools don’t want to say another AI tool is going to do something better but Jev can unbiasedly decide the things like that for you. All right. Um and for those that still don’t understand what Jeb is going to say here. Can you create a visual example of 10 different key ways Jev could be used that can help my audience really understand the use case of Jev. And the cool thing is with Jev, you install it once, you never need to install it again. Like it’s just there. You can have it, you can have it work for you whenever you want it to. And it’s up at $5 credit. That’s going to last me so long. So long. Right. So, I’ll let this work here. Let me just go ahead as well and pull up the freebie that everyone gets that that has agent made already. I’m going to pause that real quick. Um,

    I’m just going to get it to fill up a demo example here. Actually,

    I’ll let that load load up now with a demo example once it’s filled up so you can see what it will look like for you. But um essentially similar to what you would do in Brain Mate is you have the ability to connect your different AIS into um agent mate. So the whole concept of let me go ahead actually and pull this up in a

    and whether you use agent mate or not you can you can build your own version um I guess in a way that might not be as indepth or functional but in in a everyone should have their own type of version of agent mate. which is essentially your master hub for all of your AI work. It’s going to have all of your key projects. Uh it’s going to track your um your goals and how far along you are with everything. track your subscriptions

    and manage your plans. It will give a bird’s eyee view of everything you’re doing online. It will um track

    and manage your um sales and goals,

    manage customers

    and it will act proactively.

    uh work for you in providing you with the most up tod date info in AI share with you key next steps you can take etc. It’s essentially a one single place that can manage everything that you are doing in the AI in in the AI space because again if you have too many tools and subscriptions and multiple places you’re building things like if I didn’t have this I’d have Claude as one agent I’d have I have oh sorry you can’t see this right now apologize guys let me go resume here and I’ll share this document with you guys as

    Copy this over in the chat.

    There you go. Um

    now because of this

    I can now um know what’s happening in my business daily right now on a deeper level

    you’ll be able to use and instruct your AI tools from your uh master hub. You’ll be able to approve next steps

    to be taken on different jobs. For example, for me, I had a field that had jobs that were 80% finished. And a problem that I have and many people have is they’ll get a job 80% done and then it freezes or stops and the last 20% doesn’t ever get finished. So I created a section for my own AI on my agent mate that would allow me to that would show me those type of jobs if when they would ever happen and then provide individual steps that I can just approve for it to go and finish off the entire build so it’s live and ready to sell. That’s actually why you’ve seen a lot of different tools that I’ve actually finished recently is because of this because I’ve built a lot of things in the past pretty much all the way there. Just hadn’t got to the last little bit of tidying up a few loose ends that previously were too frustrating for me to do. And I’ve, you know, I waited for newer AI models to come in that can do a lot of the work that I originally obviously didn’t want to do or got bored or was too entertained with something else, right? Um but yeah and

    right so there’s things like that. So again you can either go and have your AI create you like this right you can then you add in as many different sections as you want. You could say add in money section, custom section, uh maybe even content generation se section, traffic section. But um what I’m giving you guys is this essentially what I use. So let me go ahead and pull up this demo. One second. And remember guys, if I’m going to write this here again, if you purchased the AOS agent mate bundle maybe 6 months ago, you get this 100% free upgrade.

    If you didn’t, you’ll get a launch release deal again for limited 10 users. Right now, I’m not going to share that today. I just want to share with you this example and then how uh Jev is going to work inside of it. So, let me go ahead and actually pause this real quick. Pause.

    One second.

    So this is what you get. Something like this when you when you first log in. Check my email.

    I’ll go ahead and pause this for a second while that email comes through.

    might take a minute to do. So,

    um, giraffes or junk. Maybe I’ll say where where does the email come from?

    Let me switch this actually.

    It’s gone ahead and used one of my separate emails here. So, I’m just going to see where it would have pasted that specifically.

    Oh, so there’s an issue inside of um inside of my white list email. So, it’s just fixing this up inside of C real quick. If you have any questions as well, by the way, guys, go ahead and let me know. Um

    let me know if it pops up anywhere. I mean, let me know if you have any questions while I let this work again.

    Also, I don’t I don’t know if everyone’s seen the new meta glasses that have come out. Um, and also another big release this week actually that I should mention while we’re here is GPT

    is let me let me share this while I wait for the other section to load out. It’s called chat GPT dots. Who this is another big release that I should have made it as a main point. I’ll probably make the next webinar covering this specifically but um this is here. One second. resume

    um chat GPT’s answer to uh Grock bot and um remember last week I was showing you Manis’s or not Manis um Meta’s new agent Meta agent uh called Muse. So this is this is like individual AI specific agents that then do the work for you and customize the work for you and and just it’s a it’s like having a PA literally for anything but like to a really high level. Now we’ve got the version here that that it’s one individual agent with with Meta under the Muse platform. I it wasn’t released here in Australia for me yet so I couldn’t actually use it yet unfortunately. Um, I’ve also got Grockbot, which I use personally, um, cuz I can make multiple agents, but I’m definitely going to be using this new version that I share with you shortly. But you can see here, this is mine. I’ve got my these all individual agents, competitive research, head developer, automation expert, marketing expert. I got my CEO agent here. um that’s that runs and delegates work to any of these other agents. Uh you get the idea. But now chat GPT have introduced their own agent called dots. So I’ll copy this link and share it with you guys. Um,

    now it should already be inside of your chart GBT, but let’s go ahead and um what you can see what is what it says here. Uh, dots are remarkably capable always on agents built to handle everything. And the way I like to explain how agents work, uh, say inside of Claude or inside of Chat or wherever it is, say this is chat. If I go and I open up a new chat, it then gets put into this big list of all these random different recent threads. And you’ll have thousands of these. The more I scroll, the more there’s going to be. And we can do our best in trying to manage and control them under different projects, under different areas, and whatnot, right? But overall, it’s not ideal, right? Um, but dots kind of solves that because when you speak to your dot, it’s going to then take that task and place it into the conversation that’s most relevant to what it is you’ve just created. And ongoing whenever you then talk about things that are related to a specific topic, it will manage all of your work for you. It’ll clean things up so you’re not having thousands of random individual threads. It’ll do it all in the one place. And the cool thing is is these agents work on their own. If you ask it something, it will literally go and do it for you. You can see here it’s an extension of you and that it does work on their own. Uh you can have your computer turn it off and these agents are going to work for you. Um,

    dots work where you work. You can message or call dots in JBT on your desktop on your mobile. They can also message you with progress. You can also message your dot with Slack and Teams and with texting coming soon. It’s essentially what I’ve been doing in Hermes for a long time. But so you can try create your dot here or if you open up the latest version of chat GPT should say sorry here. Where are we? Just had that open for some reason. Here we go. Don’t know why that doesn’t want to open on me.

    Okay, cool. See under new chat it says your dot.

    So build to build on to take on complex work proactively helpful respect your choices.

    So we need to continue here.

    And we’ll let that set itself up. I’m going to hit pause.

    See, sometimes I like setting this up in advance cuz I don’t need to wait like this. But I know a lot of you like to see the full install. So then when you do it, it’s you’ve got the exact install yourself that you’ll see. You can watch me do it. Um, put a one in the box if you prefer me having these things already installed in advance. And then number two, if you like to actually see me installing them so that you can follow along that way too. I just want to see what you guys say overall. So in future if there’s one outstandingly higher answer, I’ll do that side more. Um

    Let me know. Let me know. Let me know.

    Um.

    Oh, wait. Hold on. That’s what I did wrong here. Whoopsies. Sorry, guys. One last check. Um, and

    Okay, cool. Wait one second.

    All right.

    Okay, cool. Um, now

    I’m going pull this up.

    Where were we? Let me go ahead and hit resume. Has it finished our doc creation.

    So, it says choose where I want it to work. I’ll say my computer, your local computer. Turn that on. Continue. Want

    to give me a name? Customize your dot. I’ll be looking forward to anything of help.

    And let’s customize it a little bit here.

    Leave it at that for now. Or that’s a pretty cool. I don’t know. Even I’ll just leave it as as a yellow dot for now. Work it out later. Can change it later if I want to.

    And look at this. Jeff who’s on this webinar right now. It’s um because of my brain, mate. It’s all that I wrote down and mentioned before that I I need to get you a bonuses that you send out with an email. Um

    and I’ll just say sure do do both of these.

    Um, what I might also say is also, can you go ahead and um, let me know the top five most useful things you could do for me right now. Uh, now in future, anything that you do instead of clicking new chat, if you want to create something, have your dot do it for you. Have your dot do the work for you. You say, “Hey, this is what I want to do.” And have it create the files to go out and do the work. Speak to your dot first before you click new chat. Rule of thumb. That’s how we’re going to go. Now, back to what we were showing before. I was sharing with you your the breakdown here of um at your agent mate, right? having your own master all-in-one setup so that this way you can track everything you have got going on all your subscriptions all of your tools when how much you’re spending uh on AI how much um like what tools you have access to and then when you have it when you have an actual hub like this when you’re using AI it has this this central hub as well to look at to go oh okay um I didn’t realize that um that Jenny had access to this tool and I didn’t realize that um that this this other AI over here was connect connected to Claude. We can connect this same AI tool to to Manis or to Chat GBT as well and use it in this specific use case here. Um, and it will just work as a entire, you know, instead of like a instead of like having like three different octopuses, you can have them with different arms doing different things that that aren’t connected, having one monster octopus that can do absolutely everything. Uh, that work together as a giant brain. Just like how with AI, the whole goal is what what they’re trying to do is they’re trying to add in like to get to um to a AGI, artificial um general intelligence. Uh the whole goal um for them to do that is just by adding in more computing power on to AI models uh or or or should I say onto these mega factories um at um Chachi MT or Claude or whatever it is just by making them more powerful and more powerful and more powerful by doing this and adding making sure your different AI platforms all work together and are connected to each other and all can work on the same jobs and task as a massive use case. That is so important. That’s what that’s what Brain Mate does with Agent Mate. What what it allows um allows you to do cuz you will connect your different AI tools to to Agent Mate here. Uh it will allow agent mate to pull the different jobs that you’re doing in different places into one specific dashboard. Um it will then allow you to then choose from there how to build out like what projects next step should be and stuff. So, let me even show with you an example like that. So, I put in my email here. I’ve got my link to sign in. This is a demo account. I’m just showing you what uh what’s in the new version. This is the brand new version. You guys wouldn’t have seen this if you’ve got your current AI OS, your own agent, mate. This is what where I built it out to currently, but I’m going to be building it further than this for you guys.

    So right now

    look at this main go sign 20 coaching clients approve the ones worth worth doing your connected AI picks them up and shows them the proof. This is the current progress of this job right here. I haven’t connected my stripe over here yet. Um, but if I did, it could go ahead and show me my sales right now. Um, project one, keep or cancel Claw Pro. Your your subscription, uh, and use in 2 days or $20 a month. Do I need it or not? You can say yes or no. Cancel your subscriptions. Pick your fastest move to land um, 13 more clients. You need 30 more clients in 81 days and your existing assets are your quickest path. So, if I hit approve, it’ll go ahead with uh this specific task. And then turning your Loom walkthroughs into social media posts and emails. You just finished recording it. So, the hard part is done and the content is fresh. If I hit approve, it’ll then turn my Loom videos here into content for me. So my a my my actual um agent made setup here is actively deciding and looking at things it can do with current assets. Like I might not have even had any idea that I could create content from my long loom video. It’s decided yes this is what we’re going to do. You just needed to approve it and then I’ll go and edit that out for you. Down here you can see my AI team cla uh and connections down here. Um, and then all clear over here is the morning email that’s gone out. Um, down the left side, projects. So, this this will showcase different projects that you’ve got running. And this is where you can actually add in a new project. It’ll go from the to-do list to the doing. And you can see here, um, I might want to for the plan of the Black Friday offer. And part of that next is I’m going to have to write three launch emails. Um I and then or for this next one, rebuild a sales page. Finish the hero and pricing section. I can do that by and I by clicking finish with Claude. Boom. It’ll open Claude. It’ll then go ahead and it’ll say use agent to help me finish my project. Plan the Black Friday offer. Check what’s already done. List what’s left, the next steps, and hit go. Now there’s that coming that caution that that’s purely coming because I’m asking that from linking it directly from a third party site. Don’t worry about that. You can see here that’s literally it’s asking you to do a simple task, right? Um but back over here now if I wanted to add another project over here, I could um add a new task. Call this one um weekly webinar setup. Um, I need to set up a weekly webinar at for Thursdays at 6 p.m. Eastern.

    Add it in here and I can move that that’s in my to-do list. Whenever I want to start working on it though, I can have it go over into the doing tab, which is then where it will help me fix and build out these different tasks. Right, next page is going to be the money section. I don’t have my Stripe set up here currently, but if I did connect it, it would then show me my sales, show me how much I’ve got going coming in, coming out, my subscriptions, my goals. Um, it’s a full breakdown of all of that. I won’t go through it right now. the stack. This my This will show me everything that I’m paying for right now. My different tools, when they actually when they get used, um how much I’m paying for them every single week or month, when the renewed dates are. This is important because you’ll be paying for things you don’t even realize that you’re paying for, right? Um,

    but yeah,

    now I can also go find my subscriptions and it’ll go through my emails and find them for me so I can automatically have them added, which is pretty useful. Um, and then over here you’ve got any tools that you use of mine. This is a place where you can actually connect all of your tools that you’ve picked up from me and run them seamlessly together um as a unified set of tools essentially. So by going to connect, you can connect your different AI tools, right? And then you can also connect your different tools you picked up from me. like perfection mission mate advert um advert mate uh stepmate sales page engine one on one shot engine there’s um I’m adding more and more of these now this is a new section I’ve decided to add to this there we got the news section which is going to have give you daily uh automated news um in the AI space so you can see what’s happening in the world that’s trending right now from new tools to big updates to uh overall just general takeaways. Again, I’ve got it so it’ll basically break down today’s news into three key posts and you can even use them as social media posts if you want to. And then we’ve got the the content generation which will take um content from what you know from from today’s news from things that you’ve built from your own topics and you can then turn it into social media posts here for you if you want to use it that way as well. just a little extra feature that I’m adding in there. So, it’s doing a bit more. The next step that’s coming to this though guys is that um once you’ve connected your different AI tools in our essentially the home setup here, you’ll just have the ability to be viewing each of your actual individual projects um on a project to project level and then be able to run them um to finish them off to have everything be done inside of agent mate website. Right now, it’ll ask you to go over into into Claude or into the chat GPT and it’ll paste the link kind of like it did just a minute ago with um that example that I shared with you. Where is it? Was it here? Yeah, like this. So, it’ll open up the tool itself, which isn’t bad, but it’ll be one less step that you won’t have to do. So, that’s coming uh for everyone else. I think let me go ahead and pause this real quickly and see if I can get a link for you guys. Um, but if you have already got it, if you’ve already got access to the first version, don’t worry because I’ll get you updated um to the second version probably this this week. It will come. Um,

    and

    let me have a look here.

    Let me just check something here and

    Oh, yeah. Okay. I need to get you guys. What was the one time option? Um, I might as well do this now for you guys since I’m here. Um, go high level. Now,

    I see there’s a bunch of questions that are coming in, too. Let me answer these real quick.

    Um, yeah, Catherine, no problem at all. I’ll get that sorted for you right away.

    Um

    and um a um if it’s an easy install, have it done. If it’s hard, show us, please. Okay, makes sense. Yeah. Um with your AIOS, that’ll be Yeah, that’ll be this week. Um and you won’t need to install anything new. that’ll be completely updated for you. Um that’ll be completely updated for you uh for for and you won’t need to it’ll just update o over and then you can migrate anything across with one button too.

    Let me turn my camera on for a second while I get this set up in the background here. I forgot to get a link um for the AIOS if anyone was interested in in in that too. Um I don’t even know what what that was going to sell for. I’ll just do it cheap. Um since I’m on here today, I won’t even um I’ll cut this out of the replay because I’ll probably do this way too cheap. Um let me go products. Oh, I’ll do it to I’ll do it to what it was last time, which I remember being was way too cheap. It was a bundle deal from my memory. Um, wait, where’s my camera? Why is that not working? Hold on.

    Let me see if that works. Hold on.

    Sorry, guys.

    Something’s happening with my camera. So, let me just turn that off again.

    And I’ll just turn this off here.

    There we go. Uh, it’s got a pix on that. Damn it.

    I don’t know where my lens is right now. There it is. That’s this annoying thing sometimes. So, I’m using a proper DSLR camera and it does a thing where it will constantly just re it needs to do single pixel mapping. I need to put the lens back on and it does it then I take it off then it works. Um, cool. Let me just quickly finish this um this up for you guys here and then I’ll share with you the thousand other the 2,000 tokens that I used in Higsfield overnight and what it built out. It’ll be pretty this this will be really impressive to you guys. Um

    Okay, cool. One second here, guys.

    All right, let’s see if that works. Hey, that’s better.

    All right. Yeah, it took me a minute to do that. Sorry, guys. Now, let me go I’m just doing this in the background here for you. Um,

    and let’s go seven plus hit save.

    Now, last time I offered agent made out, I am pretty sure I did it with uh my Hermes agent build, my Hermes bot um and the Hermes masterass and something else. I’ll double check. I’ll ask I’ll actually just ask in a minute. What do we What was the deal? I’ll ask that right now. Hey, homies. Um, sorry. HBD, disregard. Start again. Hey, Claude, can you let me know what our first um agent mate uh deal was? I know it was like agent mate plus maybe the Hermes Master Class or Hermes B plus something else. Can you let me know what it was the first time we released it? Um, just because I’m trying to make something as equal in value for this version 2.0 for that same type of price deal. Um, and again, we’re upgrading everyone from the first version for free. This is for anyone that’s new.

    Now, as that’s happening there, let me go ahead and just click quickly create this button for it. Um, pay my links.

    There you go.

    save. And then here is here it is. There we go.

    Cool. So, while that does that, let me have a look at some other questions that I’ve got coming in here. Theodore likes to follow along. You mentioned so awesome. And oh, Theodore, I’ll be trying to get you via email, my friend. Um, just to follow up on a few things there if you can. Um, let me know. Just let me know where you’re at with it. That’s all I need to know. Just so I don’t want to have anything of yours get cancelled and you lose access to anything. Um, so just reach out to me, my friend. Um,

    cool. Most people said not too. And yeah, I if it’s too late, I know it’s getting late for people in the world, so just uh no, don’t worry if you need to jump off. I’ll go ahead and I’ll send out um the replay afterwards. And Jeff, don’t worry. I will take the time to recover afterwards. I’ll be I’ll be all good. I promise you.

    Um good. Yeah, I can. If you can just message me on WhatsApp now, I’ll go ahead and um see if I can get that added for you. Um

    um which edit which AI agent aside from Manis can make edits in a landing page? For example, I want to adjust the size of an optin form, change background color, etc. So, you can do that in any AI tool. Now, like look at this. I could say I could say in say a new a new um chat GPT or even even a let’s go chat GPT. Let me just re let me just press play again here. I’ll show you I’ll show you this resume now. I might say something here like, “Hey there, can you as an agent or chat GPT, if you use computer use, go into my go high level account and change the size of an optin form for me.

    Because I know if I type that into claude and say can you use computer use what it does is it will go ahead and actually do that. You can see it does it here. Yes, I can use your max browser to resize it and go high level. Send me the page or the link what you want changed and a screenshot of the area marked works as well. So yeah, you can definitely do that now. Um, this this in itself allows you to become a professional of literally any any AI tools whatsoever. Um, and you know, it’s it’s crazy. I wish I could show you. I’ll ask my partner if she’s comfortable with me sharing it next week with with you guys being my top audience. I don’t think she didn’t mind. But um I had AI I fed AI last week a video that my son recorded. His very first like video of him sitting where I’m I am here trying to say, “Hey, welcome um to my podcast. My name is Bodie and I want to um tell you about my camp trip this week.” So he did this whole talking to the screen and he made mistakes. He tried again and we gave him guidance and so we had about a 5minute clip and I said to Bird, he said, “Who’s your favorite YouTuber?” and he gave me the YouTuber’s name and the way he edits videos and whatnot. And then I said to YouTube, sorry, I said to Claude, “Hey, can you take this video that we just recorded, edit it in this style of this YouTuber, add in an intro song and uh sign up buttons, make it really animated, um but edit it, edit it so that every 3 seconds there’s a change in um in image, whether it’s zooming in further, zooming out, voice change, something like that, or something appearing, there’s always something new and it literally did the best job ever with just that, right? It is crazy. Um, all right. Now, back to what we were saying though. We had um we were talking about our master agent here, right? This is what we were looking at doing and I was trying to get you the link for that real quick. Um,

    and

    It says it wants a monthly link. But what what I’ll just do for now is if anyone does want that, I’m just going to copy the link for this in the chat. I’m not going to share it in the other document because I’m not going to make this available to anyone else yet. I’ll say agent mate access first members ever on the 2.0 version. It’s going to be last time it was two grand and I got $1,000 discount plus I then gave access to the Hermes agent uh plus a live training series on getting everything set up and running and whatnot. So, we’ll do the same thing again. I’ve just literally made it at that special link there. Um you can see it’s a random link, but I just made that out now. That’ll get you connected, set up with everything. And again, um, you’ll be able to get access into it right now. It’ll then set everything up for you. Uh, once you connect everything else, but again, I’ll do I’ll do a actual onboarding webinar with everyone. That’s if you just want to get one of those first. Only only 10 spots I’m going to be doing initially for that because I’m not doing one-time deals on any of these high ticket things after these initial users. And you’ll see this is pretty much the last two things that I’ve uh got. And then I’m going to be you’re going to be seeing a lot of people promoting these as actual offers. Um because now I’m moving into the launch phase of things. Now because I’m moving into the launch side of things with the launching these projects, it means that you can also promote them as an affiliate and make money selling these tools as an affiliate. And if you’ve got some of these tools, it means you have access um it means you have access to actually um understanding what these tools do. So you can then um do better YouTube reviews. You can do better um uh sign up pages. You you can you can even start even creating reviews and websites uh reviewing these products now before the actual market goes and does it when I announce that I’m going to be launching these different tools in the future and because you’ve had you’ve had your websites and your YouTube videos and any email campaigns where you’ve where you’ve warmed up a list around a specific area or even just posted something literally to Google with the product name and the word review like as in made a website called like agent mate reviews or Brain Mate uh reviews or on YouTube even how to AI even if you went to AI like this right let me go ahead and actually share this with you right now um let’s go and share I went into new and I said hey Claude I want you to go ahead and create a review video on the tool Brain mate Um, after using it myself, I have found that it has made my work so much easier uh to have multiple AI tools work together for a common goal rather than having to use a broken experience of trying to use different AI tools, explain what I’m trying to do in multiple places, and then hoping that it understands what I’m doing without overriding work from different projects. uh Braymate has seamlessly uh enabled me to have uh an entire uh suite of tools worked seamlessly to get an end result. Um I then want you to break it down with 10 key points of why Brain Mate uh would be so effective for local businesses, ecom business, affiliate marketers, and different niches. And I want you to then just finish it off. I don’t want the video to go more than 4 minutes. Um, if you can go ahead and create that script, uh, or even create the video in Higsfield, that would be great. Thanks. And if you have Higsfield, for example, the video generator or any video generator, it can even record and set up the video for you. Getting that on YouTube, then we’ll start ranking it before anyone else will even know it’s even a product coming out. So, come launch, you’ll be one of the first ones out there. And you know what we’ll do? uh once I get some launch dates locked in or whatnot, I’ll even run through this with you with you guys privately. Um if that’s something you would like, it’ll give you a real edge. And um then when people when when when it’s launched week and other affiliate marketers are promoting these products like crazy, your video will have an edge, a slight edge that it can it’ll push itself up um the ranks and whatnot, right? And again, you don’t even need um need access anymore. You don’t so you don’t even need to be on video anymore. That’s how crazy things are now. All right, so that’s it. Any questions on that? Let me know,

    Stanley. Yep. You sure you?

    Yeah. Double check. I I’ll double check with you right after this. Um, I just want to make sure you’re clear on one thing. Um,

    oh Jeff. So, um, so the result was that people like to see the full install. They they they prefer seeing each step for of the full install more than they more than they don’t. Um, and good. Yeah, if you can just shoot me a message on WhatsApp, I’ll go ahead and get that sorted for you right after. So, but again guys, if you want access, I put in the in the chat and I’ll if you got this document open, I’ll put it here for um agent mate. I’ll be like right here, get your one time access here, private link. So, don’t share this link to anyone. I’m not even like making this like as a major part of this webinar um because I’ll do a proper release for this um with a proper like domain link and whatnot. You will get everything included in this though as the onetime deal, all the bonuses. Um I’ll even do a what I’ll even do. Last time I th I threw in a Hermes agent upgrade. Uh what I’ll throw in this time is I’ll throw in a um we’ll do a Hermes Grock and um and chat GPTs do agent upgrade session which will just cover these three agents and how how I use them together. This one obviously I’ve just installed now but I know I’m going to use this purely because it’s TBT. Chartp have the most powerful um mega factories. They’re putting the most money into it into AI. Um, and I really want to be I want to use these agents with the voice commands specifically. I love being able to talk to my agents. Um, and have them run tasks and run jobs for me. So, you can see here I asked it to top five things it could do right now. Um,

    you can see it’s going to go through. Um, right now it’s going to check agent RS is ready to sell independently. Check check out all the checkouts. Um, make sure the the the bundles are all working everywhere. Turn my finished Higsfield videos into usable launch assets. Review the three sales videos. Match each to the right offer. Prepare the strongest versions for your pages and campaigns. I’ll say do number Five now please.

    Now to finish this off today. Let me go ahead and make this smaller again right now.

    Um what was I showing? There we go. Turn that off. Let’s run through the last part of today’s session, which was going to be the Higsfield past 24 hours. Over the past 24 hours, Higsfield gave me it was something like 2,000 credits, right? Let’s have a look at this. 2,000 credits I could use overnight. Uh, and this was right before I went to bed. I was like, damn it, what do I use these on? Right. Um,

    and where are we here?

    View profile. Let me see. Let’s open the affiliate program and see what bonuses you guys get.

    Let’s see if I can get you guys a good discount for it or something.

    All right.

    Now I’m going to go ahead and contact directly.

    H how annoying is this? Um,

    I’ll do I’ll do that after. It’s asked me to sign in over here somewhere. So, I’ll do that later on. Um, I don’t want to use this as an operating email system, but we’ll do it for now.

    Um, why won’t it let me do Google?

    I’ll work it out later on. Um, let’s go. Choose from your list. All

    right, I’ll do that afterwards for you guys, but for now, I’ll send this link anyway because I’m sure it’ll still work. Um, and let’s see what you guys get for it. Actually, I’ll have this in the chat box up here cuz there has to be a reason benefit for you guys to even I wouldn’t send you a link if there was no benefit and it was only me that benefited. Um,

    oh, so you get extra discount on your on your sign up plans. So, let me go ahead and put this in the chat, too.

    But I’ll um apply for the bigger one cuz I know they’ll give me the better deal and then I’ll get get it added to anyone that’s does join that link. Um but I had 2,000 credits, right? And remember I told you I have the I have the membership because they didn’t have the um monthly or just pay as you go prior that that’s this is all they had, right? Um,

    all right. I’m definitely doing this later. Um, sorry, guys. Now, I just need to make sure that that I’m still sharing the right page. Cool. Um,

    now if I open up my claude here, you’ll see if I go down down to the actually no, I actually have a whole page open up for it here somewhere. Let me open let me close some of this.

    I had over here we go overnight and let and I’ll share with you literally what I wrote to it overnight. This is all the work it did overnight.

    This is the whole chart. So, this was the this was the deal. You see here says bonus credit 1,700 left. I think I had 2,000. It says use your 1,700 tokens up the top here before they expire. So, I had 12 hours left to use 1,700 tokens. And Ultra Plan gives me 3,000 tokens for the month. So it was like 2/3 of my monthly usage I had to use within 12 hours. I didn’t know how to do it. So I just said to Claude, “Hey, I got 12 hours to use all these tokens. Do a deep scan on the most most recent programs until their agent mate brain mate finish off state sales video. have a look at creating a digital version of me image-wise um through one of the tools um potentially create templates that I could use for different things moving forward for my own personal website. Um

    I’m also happy for you to rework anything anywhere that you find might be useful and then it’s gone. Okay, deadlines this time. So we’ve got roughly 12 hours. So that was until maybe 30 minutes ago is when it finished. Um, and then what I had, this is what it came back with with it suggest suggestions. Stepmate video, agent mate, a sales page draft, uh, brain mate um, to create a video for that as well and a video for agent mate uh, a digital version of me, which by the way guys, I haven’t even shared these with you, even though I just kind of released them to you in a way. Um, but we’ll do a proper release for these. you can just be the first to get in and make sure you secure one of those limited spots. Um, digital you, so there’s no trained face model of me. This was something I was really looking forward to. And Claude already found eight photos of me for the project. Um, and then also a website. I’m trying to build a website for me for Luke Mcguire. I haven’t found anything that I’ve liked so far. I’m really picky. And then overlay, mate, uh, to create an actual video for that, too. balance right now is 800 credits and they die before 9:59 a.m. Um, the big idea, the credits expire, but whatever we make with them doesn’t. So, tonight is about turning credits into things that I keep, finished videos, train digital you, and a library of clips and images to reuse for months. Building the website itself doesn’t need credit, so that can happen any day tonight. Only has pictures and videos, blah blah blah. Plans all the jobs. I uploaded a bunch of images of me and Bella. I was like, you know what? I’ll make a digital copy of my partner as well because I know I want her in different things. It took videos from my iPhone, screenshots, wherever I could find images. And you can see these are different file formats. They didn’t work for they didn’t work here. So then AI went in and it went and rotated the images to the correct way. It cut down images. It sort of just cut my face out of them. It then um the training module had to see just one person. of Belg cropped out of every photo, but they then made a separate version of her cropped into it, too. Um, it then found 19 pics of my face. And then it said the 15 photos here will train that were digitally of me. You can It says, and some of these were taken at different times. Um, it’s taken any photos out of it that if I have sunglasses, I’d hide my eyes or headdresses or facees too small or blurry. Um, it said these photos are over a few years. So, your builder and beard has changed a bit between them. Um, training blends them into one U. So, if you want a specific look, a few recent close-ups taken in daylight would be appreciated. So, I sent some more recent ones. Um, and then it’s gone ahead and picked those

    So you can do the same for Bella. And it’s gone through and it’s started to generate all of this stuff, right? All of this work. And the reason it’s gone through and done all of this, by the way, guys, is down the bottom here, I’ve set it to bypass permissions. I always say this, guys, but bypass permissions means it will not stop at any point to say press allow. You know when you guys put a give me a thumbs up or a one in the chat if you know what I mean when you’re asking AI to do things then you’ll come back and it’ll be a window that says do you allow this once do you allow it always right just by by clicking bypass and telling AI I’m going to bed continue your run so this does not stop and you make the most educated decision it will do it for you right it will do it for you so um it’s gone ahead It’s done everything it needed to.

    So, two things didn’t go to plan. Your main face models are still waiting. Um, they were paid for and will finish on their own. And then Higwood went down 20 minutes around 4:40 a.m. Nothing was lost. That’s why I used up the credits early instead of waiting for the face models.

    and they were ready when I checked the 8:15 a.m. So, look at that. Everything’s all been done for all the different models. And then, by the to when you’re doing an AI generating training, training AI on your face. There’s two different main models. There’s Soul and there’s Soul Cinema. These are two different companies, uh, or one company, but two different models. one’s for just general pictures and that look real in everyday pictures. Then there’s this more c cinema version style. Um oh sorry a third one which is the quick use for you like nano banana and stuff like that. Um, so it says now that I’m on 0.13 credits, I can’t even test these now, but they, um, when my monthly credits resume, um,

    it can, um, do that. And I’ll just say, um,

    yeah. So, what I probably I’ll probably even just top it up a little bit myself now. But again, that’s what it’s done. Now, let’s have a let me show you this here. This is what it did overall. Let’s have a look at these sales videos. So, this is for stepmate. I haven’t seen this yet. The audio may be messed up. There might be changes I need to do, but let’s have a look. Actually, let me go ahead. Can you tell me if you can hear this, okay? Or if I should change the audio to actually play out for you guys via the browser itself. But hopefully you can hear this, okay? Just let me know in the chat quickly when I hit play if this if this is okay for now. Just like if it’ll make do.

    And by the way guys, I ran all these tools through perfection as well. If you guys I saw someone mentioned something here about perfection. Perfection I use every tool that I ever create. I run perfection at the end. I’ll show you that in a minute. So, um,

    but Lance, I’ll get to your question in a minute. One second. Let me know if you can hear this. Okay.

    Okay, sorry guys. I just I just saw that you guys couldn’t hear that. All right, my bad. My bad. Um, let me let me just do that one more time. It only goes for 60 seconds. So, let me just do it this way then. I’m going to go I’ll turn my I’m going to turn my microphone off so you don’t get this horrible feedback. So, my microphone’s going off. Then I’ll play it one more time and I’ll play through each one really quickly for you.

    What I should also mention here guys is I did not give it any any uh plan of what to actually create for these videos. All of these videos are completely built from me saying create a sales video. It’s decided everything else here. Everything else has been decided because of this uh of how I’ve set it up because of of brain mate working and AI and so when I’ve asked it to build a sales video it’s gone across all the different AI tools anything that’s worked on these projects it finds find out the key info and then it’s made a script which it’s then built the videos generated the images and the visuals the audio the voice over everything timed it edited it all in one go I haven’t seen any of these that’s the first time I’ve seen this video. So, they might be horrible. They might be okay. So, let me go ahead and go share some share this. I’ll turn my my audio off and I’ll play the three of these and just give me a write yes if you can hear it. Okay. When I hit play, just let me know in the chat, please, if you can hear it. Fine. Write yes.

    You open your AI, type what you want, and 10 minutes later, it looks incredible. Then you ask for one change, and something else breaks. 3 days later, you’ve got 400 files and a build you’re scared to touch. So, you start again, or you quietly stop. Here’s the thing. It isn’t the AI’s fault. You handed a great builder a napkin sketch and said, “Go.” Nobody gave it a plan. So, we built the plan. It’s called Stepmate. Describe your idea in one paragraph like you tell a mate. You get back steps you can actually read. Every step is one plain sentence that’s either true or it isn’t. Then press one button. Your own claw code from Anthropic builds that step, saves it, and shows you a real picture of your app working. rather use codeex living in chat BPT. Every step comes with a readymade brief. Copy it and paste it into whichever AI you prefer. It does that one step and nothing else. Every step is its own save point. Change your mind in 6 months. Undo that one step. Nothing else moves. And the percent can’t lie to you. The step only goes green when it really happened. Never because the AI said so. Finish version zero and it keeps climbing. Every idea you parked along the way becomes the next set of steps. One payment, it runs on your own computer on the AI plan you already pay for. One step at a time all the way to finish. That is stepmate.

    You’ve got Claude, you’ve got chat GPT, maybe a few more. And every single chat starts from zero. So you explain your business again. You end up with 100 ideas, tools you forgot you pay for, and no clear sign of anything you did this week move to one thing you’re actually chasing. Here’s the thing. You don’t need more AI. You need it pointed at one goal. So, we built Agentmate OS. Every morning, it hands you three moves, each one aimed at your main goal. You just tap approve. Your own claw chat GPT does the work and drops the proof right there so you can see it’s done. Connect Stripe with a readonly key and your real numbers sit next to your goal. Read only. Nothing can charge or change a thing. Every tool you pay for in one list with what renews next and anything you haven’t touched in a month. Tap find my subscriptions and your AI reads a year of receipts and fills it in for you. Every project gets a progress bar and a clear next step. Tap finish with Claude and your AI opens ready to do it. Then turn what you did into what you post. Social posts, video scripts, emails to your list in your voice ready to copy. Plus the AI news that matters with a try this attached underneath it all. One shared brain. Claude, Chad, GPT, Claude Code from Anthropic, and Hermes all read and write the same private memory of your business. Nobody starts from zero. And when one finishes a step, the next one picks it up. Your AI gets a brain, not your bank login. Your AI can’t spend money and it can’t send email for you. And you can switch any AI off in one tap. Nothing to install. It works on your phone. Set up in about 10 minutes. Then it’s one tap in the morning.

    Your AI already knows how to do the work. Give it one goal. That is agent OS.

    So you’ve got claude open and chat GPT maybe cursor maybe claude code from anthropic brilliant tools every one of them but every one of them starts from zero every single time. So you explain the project again you brief Claude then you brief chat GPT then you find out they both did the same job twice. Here’s the thing. Your AIS don’t have a memory problem. They have a sharing problem. Each one remembers its own little world, and none of them talk to each other. So, we built the thing that sits in the middle. It’s called Brain Mate. One memory that every AI you connect checks before it answers. You connect each AI once, a click or a paste or two. The light goes green and that’s it. Now, watch. You finish a step in Claude. You open a brand new chat GPT chat and it already knows what Claude did and what comes next. It just carries on. Make an image in one AI, write a doc in another. Every result lands in one place and every tool can open it. And when a job needs a specialist, say an image or voice over, any of your AIs can send it to the best AI for that job and the result comes straight back. It works whatever model each tool runs. Switch AIs whenever you like. Your memory comes with you. Nothing gets lost. Nothing gets done twice. And you never explain it all again. One memory for every AI that is brain.

    All right. So hopefully that um that worked for you guys. Was that pretty cool? Put one in the box. That was pretty cool. I’m overall pretty happy with those. I know I could I still know I could tweak them to be a little bit better. Um but for when I had to use tokens and then I I’ve got all of those. I’d be happy to put them on my sales page. Uh I’m pretty happy with that, right? Um

    and that’s just the start of what it did. So it’s done that. It’s created two new website examples for me. So, let’s have a look at these.

    Oh, what the heck? It’s done. That needs a bit of work. I think

    it’s tried to do a uh intro version of me somehow. It’s got rid of my lips completely. Um, but

    This is a bit better. Breaking down some of the different tools I’ve created

    some phrases. I’ve created

    That’s funny.

    So, our weekly uh webinars,

    every replay one plays. It’ be cool if it’s actually built out an actual replay section. Um,

    so it’s built actual um

    it’s built little thumbnails for every single um webinar that we’ve been doing so far. Let’s click on it. What does it take me to? takes me to you have to join uh an email list to get access to that. And down here it’s gone, who am I? Now it’s using my real photos. Um

    and hey, not not bad for a website. Not bad for a website. All right. Overall, it like it’s starting to look a bit nicer now. It’s a more general version.

    Not sure about these animations here yet, but

    um

    basically similar thing really just a bit of a slightly different color style. Right. Don’t know which one I like more. Maybe this version. I don’t know. What do you guys like one or two? But again, overnight it’s gone and done that and it’s, you know, much better than what it was. So, not bad. Let’s see what else it’s done. Um, one second. Let me just uh continue here real quick. Uh, my phone was just ringing. I saw Let’s go. Let me just actually write this real quick. Um, we’ll go through the rest of it and then we’ll finish this off. Um,

    um,

    where are we? Where was that bonus page that I had up for you guys? All right, I’m going to pull it up again real quick. the report open in Google

    here. So did those two sites. It also went in and generated the model. So I I can test these when I I get some more credits. So I’ll share that with you next time. Uh what I can reuse from now on. Everything is live. It’s created 54 different photos for of me by the looks of it um in different ways that I can then use and implement. It’s also done done images of Bella and I at different places. 75 moving clips and 14 vertical clips of me doing different things which I could I can now use. AI insiders kit. So, it’s on a series cover story, email header, plus 10 animation versions, I guess, of different webinar replays or something. Product ads, it’s gone and done product ads, vertical, and square for all of the different tools that I’ve got. So, I can open up these later. Um,

    and this was the spend of everything. So, that’s I’m pretty happy with that overall. And I’ll probably do a bit of a breakdown of it. Maybe we’ll even do a bonus video sharing some of this if you guys have any more questions on any of that. Um but yeah, um again people So what if you have any more questions, let me know. I did see someone ask for the brain mate link one more time. So what I’ll do is I’ll share this link again for today’s chat. Um and again these aren’t going to be like on the replay. I’m not going to push these anywhere big on the on the replay page or anything cuz again um I’ve built these more for specific audiences that we’ve been I’ve been building around uh Brain Mate specifically, but you can get access to Brainate here for early access. And again, I’ll paste this direct link in the chat here. That will then enable you to link all your different AI tools together. And again, there’s a few more additions getting added in the next day or so. So just stand by with that. But again, you’ll get one of the founding spots, right? You can also, if you want to just pick it up monthly, but the monthly will be ongoing forever, right? Like until you cancel it. And then when you cancel it, it just then stops. Um you can see here, look, already two spots were taken live today. So you can um because this is a live banner and the more that you guys take, like I don’t do fake scarcity. If you scroll back on the replay, you’ll say you’ll see that this will say 30. Um, and where two of those are taken. So, they’re going to that’ll go down till they’re gone. Um, and you can pick up the monthly or the yearly, but again, these are going to go basically when I set the replay. So, if you see this, it’s it’s have to join this when you see this. Connect everything up. Uh, and then let that run in the background of your AI marketing on going. um whenever there’s new features that come out and you want to connect an individual new feature like I might have the ability to for the chat GPT dot that might be a new feature that we can connect specifically and if if they let us do it at chat GPT then well that’ll be added in always anything new will always be added in um and the cool thing with this as well is if see how it says any AI with MCP this is any AI tool whatsoever um that has MCP function ity means any a you can connect this to really anywhere at all. It’s that simple. That’s that there. I’ve also sent the link somewhere here. I’ll put it up the top though as well for agent mate um

    access 10 spots. This is the direct link to check out. Um what I’ll even do is I’ll I’ll just see what the um let me go ahead and get the sales page for it.

    Um,

    but yeah, you can see I’ve already updated this as well now for you guys. So, you can actually go to get.brainatehq.com to actually pick it up here as well. Um, I asked it to to launch this just before. Um,

    if there’s any other questions, let me know here too.

    Let me know. Let me know. Let me know. Where is this last thing I’m getting here?

    Low crime. Okay, here you go. Um, this is actually going to be the better link

    or see sales page here. So, this is the sales page to the actual offer um that I that I’ve not made by. So, you’ll be the first to get in on this brand new version. And if if you’ve already got the first version of agent mate, I upgrade everyone for free. Um, right here I know it’s a 67 a month. That’s not there um available right now. In the future, there will be a monthly deal. It will probably probably be around 127 a month. Uh or there’s that which is by the one time deal now, which is half the price of what it normally is. And you get the bonuses included with that as well. Absolute nobrainer just to grab that one in my opinion. Um, and then you can literally manage everything you do ongoing from one central place and we add more and more features to it. Um, I’ll get this I’ll get the actual um I’ll get the sales videos added to these pages now as well. So, actually let me do that. Um, let’s see if I got Yeah, I’ll do that after this webinar. So, any questions guys? Let me know here now before I finish wrap this one up. Well, you guys can’t see this right now. Sorry guys. Um, share. I cancel resume. So if I go back over here, I’ve put the Brainade link directly here, the new link. And also, if you click the one time check out, that’ll take you directly to the checkout page to sign up. But if you want to see the actual sales page, I’ve added that here. Now, if I go over into here, that that link, don’t share this. It’s only available like literally to you. Um, no one else right now. You can see everything that it has that includes. And again, you can manage everything going. You’ll also get access to the bonus uh Hermes method, the the chat GPT dot training where we’re going to build out our agents here and how you can even use tools like I use Telegram for mine and with my Hermes agent and I use this all the time to literally work seamlessly between my different um my different AI tools as well. So sometimes if there’s things that they won’t like in the past there’s been things that different tools wouldn’t want to talk to each other about directly but you can definitely have them work together by using an agent to do the work and speak in between as like as like an intermediary. And again I’ll I’ll see why this isn’t sharing here. Let me go share her

    here. So you can see right now this is my telegram. I’ve got my agent here um that I use with Hermes and you can see here it’s gone through and it’s also connected to everything. It’s got Brainate set up. Uh it’s tested it here. So that’s what it does. Like I’ve got my my Hermes agent doing tests on Brain Mate which is being built in Claude and it’s doing verification checks and doing work on that I’ve asked it to do um with any project that I build. I I want the I want my third party tools like ChachiPT, Homies and whatnot to double check the work that Claude has done. I want it to do I want it to do that work. So um yeah, that’s there for you. If I pull that up here again, you can see that the work that it’s done um

    it’s got everything set for now. So yeah, um any questions, let me know in the chat. Otherwise, we’ll be back next week with another pure value training. Hope you guys enjoyed it. Um, good. Yep. I 100% if you can message me right now on WhatsApp. I’ve mentioned if you can do that right now. Um, I will get that set up for you. Um, but if you can you if you can message me on WhatsApp right now, that’d be hugely hugely appreciated. Just write just send me a message on WhatsApp. Um, and I will get that set up for you. Like we can do it right now. like as soon as we finish this, I’ll literally jump on there and we can do that. Um

    um Donna, does this create your clone without having to use 11 Labs and Hen? So it it did it through it created my clone through using Higsfield um through using what the way it created my clone before it did it via the three different models that it had offered it under which were soul 2 soul cinema uh quick and then quick use of face which is again like n no nano banano gbt clean this is what what it will use for most of its um for most of its AI generating ing. And then the voice, it did use Higsfield for this, but again, you can get a free Higsfield account um and have it generate something like for you there. Easy. Um

    yeah, I definitely definitely message now, please. That’ll be that’ll be good, too. Cool. All right, guys. Let me know if you message me right now on WhatsApp. My number again on WhatsApp is, let me get it out for you guys, for everyone else too. Any questions, anything at all. If you want to know where sales numbers are at, let me know. And what I’ll do as well for any tool that you guys pick up here, I will also give you affiliate approval, which means you’ll be able to promote it and sell it, and I’ll give you 50% commissions or above for everything. So, say it’s a $500 funnel. You’ll get 250 bucks per funnel that you sell just by sending people to my offer. Um, message me on WhatsApp. But we’ll cover that more when it comes up to the launching. Uh, until then, guys, I appreciate you all. Hopefully, you’ve learned a lot today. We covered a bunch of different things. It was a lot of fun. Uh, give Je a go. I’ll be following up with this on our next week’s session. But until then, guys, have a great one and um, we’ll touch base soon. Cool. Thanks, guys. Bye.

    and Jeff, I’ll get your bonuses sorted. Thanks, Matt.